TERMS & CONDITIONS
WELCOME TO OUR 2009/10 SOURCEBOOK
SUITABILITY FOR USE Every care is taken to maintain the highest standard of quality. Preservation Equipment Ltd wish to make it clearly understood that it is the users responsibility to ensure that the goods purchased are suitable for the intended purpose. No guarantee is given or implied that any product we supply is fit for any particular purpose. Our liability is strictly limited to the invoice value of the items concerned.
In 2007 we extended our warehouse, which allows us to stock the most comprehensive range of conservation and archival supplies anywhere in the world.
PRODUCT CODING SYSTEM A coding reference number exists for all products. To avoid delay in order processing the product code number must be supplied. CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS We will allow credit to most archives, museums, libraries, colleges, universities, and other public institutions. Private institutions and business firms are also invited to open accounts with appropriate credit references. PRICES Prices are subject to revision without notice and are exclusive of V.A.T. Our sales office will confirm all current prices upon request. PAYMENTS Cash with order, except for recognised institutions and approved accounts. Payment must be in £Sterling with all bank charges paid. We do accept credit cards. Overseas payments to be made in £ Sterling with all bank charges paid, via direct mail transfer to: HSBC Bank, Howardsgate, Welwyn Garden City, Hertfordshire, AL8 6BH, England. Preservation Equipment Ltd. Account Number: 81285165. Sort Code: 40-46-08. IBAN: GB03MIDL40460881285165. VAT is chargeable to E.C. customers unless your VAT number is supplied. No VAT is chargeable on exports outside of the European Community. PEL VAT No. GB 491 0421 69. CREDIT CARDS We accept Visa, MasterCard and Switch. SHIPMENT CLAIMS Claims for damage caused in transit and incorrect deliveries must be in writing within 3 days of delivery to facilitate co-ordination with freight companies.
Our thanks as always go to University Products Inc and Lineco Inc along with other suppliers with whom we have exclusive arrangements. You will see a number of products now under the PEL brand, this ensures true archival quality products that professional conservators expect from us. We continue to develop new products with the guidance, advice and research from the many institutions with whom we work closely. The “Just In Case Case” a kit for disaster preparations is just one of them. The PEL website www.preservationequipment.com and www.pel.eu offers online purchasing and keeps you up-to-date with the latest products. Finally, thank you for your loyal custom, we look forward to continuing to serve you. Cliff Gothorp Managing Director
RETURNED GOODS No goods will be accepted for return without prior authorisation. When goods have been incorrectly ordered and if returned a 15% handling charge will be made. No returned goods will be credited unless in perfect condition. WARRANTY We supply products made by various manufacturers. The warranty of the product will be as the guarantee policy of the manufacturer. ORDERING PROCEDURES By post, telephone, fax or email to: Preservation Equipment Ltd, Vinces Rd, Diss, Norfolk. IP22 4HQ. Tel: 01379 647400/Overseas: +44 1379 647400. Fax: 01379 650582/Overseas: +44 1379 650582. sales@preservationequipment.com CARRIAGE & HANDLING CHARGES Minimum charge on all orders for one parcel UK Mainland £9.00, each extra parcel £5.00. Large Heavy shipments & exports at cost.
Sole EU Importer of University Products Inc. and Lineco Inc.
www.preservationequipment.com
3
Storage Document Cases A word about paper conservation A Few Simple Steps The deterioration of paper is caused by many factors, perhaps the most significant of which are the kinds of materials and chemicals used in the paper making process. Wood pulp papers usually contain lignin and alum-rosin sizing which form damaging acids over a period of time. Under prolonged exposure to ultraviolet light and oxygen, paper fibres break down, causing discolouration and embrittlement. Additional damage may be caused by dust, dirt, mould, insects and rodents. You can institute sound basic conservation techniques by using some simple environmental controls and safe storage materials.
Keep Away From Extremes Avoid excessive or fluctuating heat and humidity conditions. A cool, dark and dry storage area is ideal. A relative humidity of approximately 50% (see index for humidity measuring devices) with a temperature of 68˚ F (+/- 2.5 ) is desirable for most general collections. Normally, this would exclude most basements and attics. The area should be clean and free of insects and rodents. If natural light or fluorescent light is necessary, an ultraviolet filtering material should be used, (see these and our UV filtering fluorescent lamps in our Tools & Equipment section).
Choose the Right Enclosures Choose proper storage containers for your documents, papers, books, maps, etc. A wide selection is available depending upon the type of material to be stored and how often the material is used or accessed. Read through our catalogue to acquaint yourself with the many options available. All storage boxes, folders, etc. should be acid-free with an 8.5 pH where possible and have a 3% calcium carbonate buffer added. In addition, all materials should be free of groundwood and lignin when possible. The storage container must be designed to provide physical support and stability while protecting your materials from adverse chemical reactions. Boxes and folders should be comfortably filled, never stuffed. Each item must be supported, and metal staples and paper clips removed. Store only “like-sized” documents and papers together, and only in archival quality file folders, envelopes or archivally safe “see through” enclosures like Mylar® “D” or Melinex. These can then be stored in document cases or archival quality cartons. Avoid placing more than a dozen sheets together in one enclosure, and then use interleaving sheets between each item. These interleaving sheets reduce the risk of the acids from one individual document affecting the adjacent ones. In fact, the 3% calcium carbonate buffered sheets will resist acid absorption from adjacent material. Maps, newspapers, books, pamphlets and other oversized materials should be interleaved and stored flat in appropriate containers.
Benefits of Metal Edge Boxes The metal corners remove the need for adhesives which may dry out or off gas. Boxes can be stacked even when empty due to the strength of the metal edge. Archives have been using them for over thirty years and are now seen as the best type of box for archival storage and handling. Box sizes are internal measurements.
Removes the stress in creasing and the frustration in trying to assemble die cut boxes that pop open
DATE
TAKEN
BY
, SU NUMBER
BDIVIS
ION OR
NAME
DATE
File-Out Cards
Document Case Spacer Board
Archivally safe “File-Out” cards to mark your files when removing items for reference, exhibits or refiling to other locations. Made of 450gsm acid-free, lignin-free folder stock and pre-printed in green with “File-Out” information spaces. Price per package of 25.
A corrugated spacer board designed by the National Archives to keep file folders standing up straight when a document case is not full. This strong, lightweight corrugated blue-gray board is acid-free, lignin-free, and buffered with a 3% calcium carbonate buffer. Each board is 8" high x 21-1/4" wide with 5 score lines at each end of the board at one inch intervals to allow the board to be folded to fit either letter or legal size boxes. Price per package of 5 boards.
Product Code 727-9511 727-1485
4
size (mm) wt Price Letter 298 x 248 0.68kg £19.95 Legal 375 x 248 0.82kg £24.85
Product Code size (mm) 613-0821 203 x 540 note: 5 score lines 25mm
www.preservationequipment.com
wt 0.41kg
Price £10.85
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Document Cases Storage
Reinforced Document Cases PEL offers a choice of either our standard Document Case (blue-grey outside, white inside) or our lignin-free solid tan board which is made completely of lignin-free cellulose fibres for both purity and strength. Both boards are acid-free with a pH of approximately 8.5 and are buffered with approximately 3% calcium carbonate to retard the effects of migrant acidity. The combination of our strong, durable 1.5mm thickness board and metal-edged construction make these boxes your best choice for lasting protection. Pull strings are included on the 5" deep boxes in both letter and legal size. Box sizes are inside dimensions. Price each.
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Standard Blue-Grey Exterior, white interior
Product Code 735-2210 735-2510 735-5210 735-5510 735-5512
size (W x H x D) 12.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” 12.25” x 10.25” x 5” 15.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” 15.25” x 10.25” x 5” 15.50” x 12.50” x 5”
(311 x 260 x 64mm) (311 x 260 x 127mm) (387 x 260 x 64mm) (387 x 260 x 127mm) (394 x 318 x 127mm)
wt 364g 455g 455g 500g 955g
Price £4.75 £4.90 £4.95 £5.15 £7.20
Lignin-free Tan Document Cases
Product Code 801-2210 801-2510 801-5210 801-5510 801-5512
size (W x H x D) 12.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” 12.25” x 10.25” x 5” 15.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” 15.25” x 10.25” x 5” 15.50” x 12.50” x 5”
(311 x 260 x 64mm) (311 x 260 x 127mm) (387 x 260 x 64mm) (387 x 260 x 127mm) (394 x 318 x 127mm)
wt 364g 500g 455g 909g 955g
Price £7.40 £6.50 £7.45 £7.45 £10.30
www.preservationequipment.com
5
Boxes Archival Drop Front Print Storage Boxes PEL offers you a choice in Drop Front Storage Boxes. Great for prints, photos, music, pamphlets, and letters, these boxes will also accommodate our Perma/Dur® Envelopes. Our standard box is made of sturdy Perma/Dur® board with a blue-grey exterior and a white interior. We also offer a tan lignin-free box. This board is made of bleached fibres, with light-fast non-bleeding dyes. The absence of lignin in the board and the presence of calcium carbonate as a buffer produce a superior box. It is estimated that under proper storage conditions the lignin-free board remains durable and usable in excess of 500 years. Stackable for easy storage. Both boards are 1.5mm thick and metal-edged for stacking strength. Drop Front is on the long dimension of each box. Price each.
Standard Blue-Grey Exterior, White Interior Product Code Size (W x L x H) 733-8103 10.5” x 8.5” x 3” (267 x 216 x 76mm) 733-9123 12.5” x 9.5” x 3” (318 x 241 x 76mm) 733-1215 12” x 15.5” x 3” (305 x 394 x 76mm) 733-1015 15” x 10.5” x 3” (381 x 267 x 76mm) 733-1153 15” x 11.5” x 3” (381 x 292 x 76mm) 733-1418 14.5” x 18.5” x 3” (368 x 470 x 76mm) 733-0211 20.5” x 16.5” x 1.5” (521 x 419 x 38mm) 733-1623 20.5” x 16.5” x 3” (521 x 419 x 76mm) 733-0221 24.5” x 20.5” x 1.5” (622 x 521 x 38mm) 733-2024 24.5” x 20.5” x 3” (622 x 521 x 76mm)
Lignen-Free Tan
Wt 0.36kg 0.41kg 0.55kg 0.55kg 0.55kg 0.73kg 0.82kg 0.86kg 0.95kg 1.09kg
Price £4.70 £4.95 £5.55 £6.60 £6.20 £9.20 £9.65 £9.95 £10.30 £11.55
Lignin-Free Tan Unbuffered 40pt (1000gsm) Product Code Size (W x L x H) 800-8103 10.5” x 8.5” x 3” (267 x 216 x 76mm) 800-1153 15” x 11.5” x 3” (381 x 292 x 76mm) 800-1418 14.5” x 18.5” x 3” (368 x 470 x 76mm) 800-1623 20.5” x 16.5” x 3” (521 x 419 x 76mm)
Wt 0.36kg 0.55kg 0.73kg 0.82kg
Price £6.20 £7.15 £9.85 £11.65
Note: Unbuffered lignen-free tan boxes can be found on page 16
Newspaper Storage Boxes Newspaper Polyester L-Velopes PEL offers polyester pockets to fit each newspaper storage box. The pockets are sealed on two adjacent sides (known as L/Velopes) this allows easy access and removal of the newspaper for research. The 75 micron archival quality polyester contains no adhesives, is glass clear, acidfree, providing the best protection for newspapers. L-Velopes are ideal for items that are handled frequently, two adjacent sides open for ease of use. Price for package of 25 L-Velopes. See pages 42/43 for other sizes of polyester enclosures. Product Code 565-1522 565-1813 565-1925 565-2243 565-2331
6
Size 370 x 550mm 450 x 320mm 470 x 625mm 514 x 616mm 575 x 775mm
Fits Box 732-1522 732-1813 732-1925 732-2243 732-2331
Wt 1.08kg 0.75kg 1.55kg 1.64kg 2.35kg
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £37.50 £29.70 £49.50 £55.00 £72.00
These large boxes store maps, prints, newspapers or any large size item which should be stored flat. Manufactured of acid-free, blue/grey, Perma/Dur® archival quality buffered board in 1.5mm thickness and lined with heavy, white, lignin-free bond for extra protection of contents. Metal-reinforced edges for greater strength. Completely telescoping top gives the stacking strength of two thicknesses. Boxes are available from stock in six standard sizes; however, special sizes for particular requirements can be made in minimum of 200 boxes Inquire for details. Price each. Product Code 732-1522 732-1503 732-1813 732-1925 732-2243 732-2331
Size (W x L x H) 15” x 22” x 2” (381 x 559 x 51mm) 15” x 22” x 3.5” (559 x 381 x 89mm) 18” x 13” x 3” (457 x 330 x 76mm) 19” x 25” x 2.5” (483 x 635 x 64mm) 20.5” x 24.5” x 3” (521 x 622 x 76mm) 23” x 31” x 3” (584 x 787 x 76mm)
Wt 0.82kg 1.00kg 0.86kg 1.09kg 1.23kg 1.41kg
Price £8.20 £10.25 £8.15 £10.15 £11.50 £16.85
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Archival Boxes Sturdy & easy to assemble shipped flat to reduce shipping & storage costs.
Ready to Assemble Document Cases (Blue/Grey Corrugated Design Cases) Provide safe, long term protection for your documents, family records, books etc. These file boxes are constructed of our heavy-duty 600gsm corrugated board to protect your papers against dust, dirt, and damaging UV light. Double thick front and bottom panels provide additional strength. The acid-free, lignin-free material is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve, protecting the stored materials from migrant acidity and atmospheric pollutants. Because these easy-to-assemble boxes are sent to you flat, you save money on expensive shipping. Simply place your papers in one of our archival file folders from page 37 (prevent crushing by placing no more than 12 items in each folder); mark the folder with indexing information, and place in the box. You can use our new Document Spacer Boards from page 4 to keep the folders upright until the box is full. Available in letter and legal sizes and packaged 5 boxes per carton. Product Code 613-1251 613-1551
Type Letter Legal
size (L x W x H) 12.25” x 5” x 10.5” 15.25” x 5” x 10.5”
(311 x 127 x 260mm) (387 x 127 x 260mm)
wt 2.64kg 3.14kg
Price £59.40 £66.25
Clamshell Storage Box Protect your magazines and pamphlets from damage. Store them flat in these clamshell storage boxes. One piece box with hinged lid design affords easy access. Metal edges give these boxes extra stacking strength and our 1.5mm blue/grey boxboard is lined with white ligninfree paper and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve to protect the paper against migrant acidity and atmospheric sulphur. Price each. Product Code size (W x L x H) 735-0806 8.63” x 6.25” x 3” (219 x 159 x 76mm) 735-0906 9.25” x 6.5” x 2.5” (235 x 165 x 64mm) 735-1293 12.25” x 9” x 3” (311 x 229 x 76mm) 735-5103 15.25” x 10.25” x 3” (387 x 260 x 76mm) 735-1713 17.25” x 11.5” x 3.25” (438 x 292 x 83mm)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
wt 0.19kg
Price £3.70
0.20kg
£4.95
0.27kg
£4.40
0.50kg
£4.90
0.45kg
£6.85
www.preservationequipment.com
7
Boxes Archival
Archival Storage Cartons An acid-free corrugated storage box that is excellent for transfer storage or long term storage of archival materials. The 600gsm corrugated board assures durability as well as performance. Double thick bottom panels provide exceptional strength These tan kraft 12"W x 15"L x 10"H and 6"W x 15"L x 10"H cartons are designed to accommodate either letter or legal size folders. The cartons are shipped flat ready to assemble. Price each. Product Code size (mm) 540-0771 305 x 381 x 254 540-1561 152 x 381 x 254
wt Price 0.91kg £4.55 0.36kg £4.55
Archival Clamshell Boxes These acid-free boxes are of a high conservation standard with a clean attractive appearance. The boxes are shipped flat taking up the minimum of storage space. Once ready to assemble, they have easy to use self-locking tabs with a high quality finish. Made from 100% cellulose, contains no wood particles. The pH is between 8 and 9.5. A neutral adhesive is used, 4% calcium carbonate buffer is added for further protection. The qualities are in line with the technical standards of DIN ISO 9706, ANSI/MISO Z3948-1992, ONORM A1119, and are therefore guaranteed to be age resistant according to current knowledge. Clamshell one piece archival box with hinged lid to allow easy access to the contents 735-3021 302mm x 215mm x 75mm £4.25 each 735-3826 382mm x 266mm x 94mm £6.40 each 735-4433 440mm x 330mm x 70mm £6.40 each
See page 50 & 51 for more flat storage boxes and storage solutions
8
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Archival Cartons Corrugated Polypropylene Archival Box PEL is pleased to provide you with the latest innovation in archival quality storage - Corrugated Plastic. Corrugated Plastic is a rigid heat resistant, chemically stable copolymer of polypropylene and polyethylene. The storage boxes are shipped flat, and snap together using no adhesives. They can also be easily disassembled and stored flat, a property that creates a reusable container that is both economical and environmentally friendly. Because the material is water repellent, Corrugated Boxes boxes are washable, allowing you to keep them clean, attractive, and free of damaging dirt and dust. The ability to repel water makes Corrugated Plastic boxes ideal containers for storage and transportation of objects during inclement conditions. The sturdiness of the boxes is unmatched. Tests have shown that corrugated plastic has significantly higher burst, puncture edge and flat crush properties than B flute fibreboard. Corrugated plastic will not burst on the Mullen Tester. Boxes are available in white with built-in carrying handles and/or pull tabs and a unique design that helps to keep out dirt and dust. The storage carton is designed to fit our storage rack on pages 202-203. Corrugated plastic is available in both white and translucent sheets on page 80. Price each.
Description Storage Carton
Dimensions 15” x 12” x 10” (381 x 305 x 244mm)
Archival Bulk Storage Boxes
Our Perma/Dur® bulk storage boxes provide the very best protection available when storing albums, boxes, and photographs in envelopes, folders, etc. Available in our standard 15"L x 12"W x 10"H, and a compact 15"L x 6"W x 10"H model for smaller storage requirements. Both are made of acid-free and lignin-free, virgin bleached fibres which have been buffered to protect against atmospheric pollutants and neutralise migrant acidity. Constructed with double side walls and bottoms to provide extra stacking strength in pleasing smooth, soil resistant Blue/Grey colour. Ship flat; assemble easily. Price each.
Standard Size Product Code size (mm) wt 613-0771 381 x 305 x 254 909g
Price £10.00
Compact Size Product Code size (mm) wt 613-1561 381 x 152 x 254 364g
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £7.50
wt 545g
Price £7.25
Locking Tab
Product Code 225-0771
See page 50 for more flat storage boxes
Flat Storage Boxes Heavy duty flat storage boxes can serve a variety of storage needs. Manufactured from either economical acid-free, tan corrugated board or our highest quality acid-free, lignin-free, blue/gray corrugated board with a 3% calcium carbonate buffer added. Both provide convenient, acid-free storage for manuscripts, scrapbooks, files, periodicals or any items requiring a strong, durable box. Shipped flat, these boxes will snap together in seconds without tools, tape or adhesives. Three convenient sizes. Price each. Acid-free Tan corrugated boxes Product Code size (L x W x H) 540-0034 12” x 10.25” x 5” 540-0036 17.25” x 11” x 5” 540-0038 20” x 16” x 5”
(305 x 260 x 127mm) (438 x 279 x 127mm) (508 x 406 x 127mm)
wt 409g 591g 773g
Price £5.65 £6.65 £8.90
Acid-free, lignen free, Blue/Grey corrugated boxes with 3% calcium carbonate buffer added Product Code size (W x L x H) wt Price 613-3400 12” x 10.25” x 5” (305 x 260 x 127mm) 409g £11.85 613-3600 17.25” x 11” x 5” (438 x 279 x 127mm) 591g £12.40 613-3800 20” x 16” x 5” (508 x 406 x 127mm) 773g £15.40
www.preservationequipment.com
9
Textiles Storage Archival Hat Box The difficult task of finding suitable archival storage boxes for vintage hat collections is solved. Our hat boxes are made from 1300gsm, blue/gray unbuffered board with rust proof metal edges for superior support. Each box is 343mm square x 318mm deep with a telescoping cover which extends 64mm down. Price each. Product Code size (mm) wt Price 736-5000 343 x 318 x 343 0.9kg £14.28
Unbuffered Large Textile Storage Boxes See page 174 for Desiccants to Help Control Moisture and Humidity
Labelling Tape Record the catalogue numbers of your textile collection with permanent, washable ink on this 100% cotton tape and then stitch inside your artifact. Tape accepts ink well and is perfect for use with our Pigma Pens (see page 36). White woven twill fabric is 1" wide and comes on a 72 yard roll. Price per roll. Product Code size wt Price 586-0172 25mm x 66m 0.5kg £15.48
Sturdy, durable storage containers are excellent for textiles, costumes, and other materials. Unbuffered, blue/gray exterior and white lignin-free bond interior for complete protection. Reinforced metal edges combine with 1300gsm. boxboard to create a quality stackable box. Price each. Product Code 736-0775 736-3024 736-4018 736-6018
size (L x W x H) 30” x 18” x 6” 30” x 24” x 5” 40” x 18” x 6” 60” x 18” x 5”
wt 1.64kg 2.41kg 2.77kg 3.36kg
(762 x 457 x 152mm) (762 x 610 x 127mm) (1016 x 457 x 152mm) (1524 x 457 x 127mm)
Price £16.95 £17.65 £20.65 £25.85
Unbuffered Costume/Fabric Box (not shown) Protect and preserve precious or priceless fabrics and costumes with our Unbuffered Costume/Fabric Storage Boxes. Each is manufactured from our highest grade acid-free, 1300gsm boxboard and features metal edge construction. A white, acid-free, lignin-free, Perma/Dur® bond interior provides additional protection. Shipped fully assembled. Size 41"L x 18"W x 10"H. Price each. Product Code 735-4118B
size (L x W x H) 41” x 18” x 10”
(1041 x 457 x 254mm)
wt 4.27kg
Price £27.80
Corrugated Textile Storage Boxes Manufactured from sturdy, acid-free, lignin-free blue/gray corrugated board, these new Textile Storage Boxes contain a 3% calcium carbonate buffer for additional protection of costumes, period clothing, and other fabric items created from cellulosic materials. If storing proteinaceous fabrics, you should first wrap with an unbuffered interleaving tissue (page 85). Each of the two available sizes has a self locking design, half lid, and ships flat to save space and reduce shipping costs. The generous 6" height allows you to keep fabrics loosely folded. Price per carton of 5 boxes.
Ship flat for reduced shipping & storage costs. Product Code 613-3018 613-4018
10
size (L x W x H) 30” x 18” x 6” 40” x 18” x 6”
(762 x 457 x 152mm) (1016 x 457 x 152mm)
wt 7.27kg 9.55kg
Price £112.24 £126.87
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Boxes Archival
Perma/Dur® Pamphlet Files Our exclusive Perma/Dur® Pamphlet Files are set up and ready to use with no folding or bending. Made of 1300gsm Blue-Gray Perma/Dur® board, they are assembled with durable metal edges to withstand heavy use. For A4 size we recommend 735-1210. Price each. Product Code 735-9630 735-9830 735-1103 735-1210
size (H x L x W) 9” x 6” x 3” 9” x 8” x 3” 11” x 10” x 3.5” 12” x 10” x 3.5”
size (mm) 229 x 152 x 76 229 x 204 x 76 279 x 254 x 89 304 x 254 x 89
wt 136g 136g 182g 190g
Price £3.78 £3.80 £3.30 £3.75
Hinged Lid Pamphlet Box Store your pamphlets and magazines in these sturdy pamphlet boxes to protect them from damaging dust and light. Made of heavy 1.5mm buffered blue-grey board with metal reinforced edges for added strength. Price each. Product Code 735-5710
size (L x W x H) 5” x 7” x 10” (127 x 178 x 254mm)
wt 0.41kg
Price £5.10
Economical Acid-Free Shelf Files Our economically priced shelf files are made of extra strong, acid-free 600gsm test corrugated board. These long lasting kraft coloured files provide an inexpensive method of storing and organising magazines, pamphlets, manuals, etc. Large pressure sensitive labels are supplied with each package. Price per package of 12.
Perma/Dur® Telescoping Storage Boxes These acid-free Perma/Dur® telescoping boxes offer excellent storage for a wide range of small objects. Reinforced edges and basic strength permits boxes to be stacked. 1524 micron Perma/Dur® board buffered for an alkaline reserve with blue-grey exterior and white lignin-free bond interior. Price each. Product Code 736-1253 736-1264 736-1285
size (H x W x L) 3.125” x 5.125” x 12” (79 x 130 x 305mm) 4.125” x 6.125” x 12” (105 x 156 x 305mm) 5.125” x 8.125” x 12” (130 x 206 x 305mm)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
wt 0.32kg 0.41kg 0.50kg
Price £4.95 £5.50 £5.90
540-0863 size: 8"H x 3"W x 6"D, for storing digest magazines, small pamphlets, photos and booklets. 540-0950 size: 9-1/2"H x 4"W x 9"D, for storing digests, pamphlets, small manuals,brochures, etc. 540-1275 size: 12-3/4"H x 4"W x 10-3/4"D, for storing popular size magazines, letter size files and papers, folders, large pamphlets, and envelopes. 540-1411 size: 14"H x 3" W x 11"D, for storing larger magazines, legal size file folders and envelopes. Product Code 540-0863 540-0950 540-1275 540-1411
size (mm) 204 x 76 x 152 (8” x 3” x 6”) 241 x 102 x 229 (9.5” x 4” x 9”) 324 x 102 x 273 (12.75” x 4” x 10.75”) 356 x 76 x 279 (14” x 3” x 11”)
wt 1.05kg 1.82kg 2.45kg 2.45kg
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £20.95 £21.85 £25.45 £19.61
11
Roll Storage Heavy Duty Roll Storage Tubes Acid-free and lignin-free tubes made of our strong, bleached, non-bleeding tan fibre stock. This represents an improved product over tubes with inner cores of kraft and other soft or weak fibres. Large Diameter Tubes have a 6" inside diameter for special storage requirements. You can either wrap larger items around a single tube for storage or wind smaller items onto our 3" diameter tubes and nest these inside the 6" tube.
Inside diameter 3”. Price per carton of 10 tubes Product Code 017-3161 017-3162 017-3163
wall thickness 5mm 5mm 5mm
inside diameter 76mm 76mm 76mm
length (3ft) 0.92m (4ft) 1.22m (6ft) 1.83m
wt 9.55kg 12.73kg 20.00kg
Price £151.70 £187.70 £259.95
Inside diameter 6”. Price per carton of 2 tubes Product Code 017-6003 017-6004 017-6006
wall thickness 10mm 10mm 10mm
inside diameter 152mm 152mm 152mm
length (3ft) 0.92m (4ft) 1.22m (6ft) 1.83m
wt 4.10kg 5.00kg 6.82kg
Price £69.30 £84.40 £123.50
Tube plugs. Price per package. Product Code 777-1000 777-1001
Description (3”) 76mm 20 caps per package (6”) 152mm 2 caps per package
wt 182g 91g
Price £9.85 £4.04
A. Corrugated Roll Storage Boxes
B. Perma/Dur® Roll Storage Boxes
C. Expandable Tube Storage System
The design of these new Roll Storage Boxes allows you to place maps, blue prints, charts, textiles, and other large format items in roll form easily inside without the risk of damage that end-opening boxes can cause. These acid-free, sturdy, blue corrugated boxes are buffered with 3% calcium carbonate and open on long top dimension to allow ease of placement and removal of items. The generous 6" x 6" x 43" length can accommodate a large variety of products. Available in single units or in cartons of six. Wt. per box: 682g
Roll Storage Boxes for acid-free storage of rolled items. Excellent for blueprints and maps. Made of 60-point grey buffered Perma/Dur® board, with white lignin-free bond interior. Fastened with metal edges for stacking strength and vermin resistance. The box is 4" square by 30" long. Sold in multiples of 6. Weight: 410g. Price per pack of 6.
Durable, lightweight, grey polypropylene tubing safeguards maps, prints, charts, and textiles. Three part construction, end cap, base tube and middle section (spacer). The tube can be lengthened with additional 12” spacers to the required length simply adding a middle section spacer and screw on the end cap. The tubes provide a tight, water resistant, ultra violet light proof and dust free protection. Tubes come with end cap 26.625” (676mm) in length, middle section/spacer are 12” (305mm) long. Price each. See page 8 & 12 for other roll storage boxes.
Product Code size 777-4430 102 x 102 x 762mm
Price £95.76
Product Code Disc size (mm) Price 613-66431 single 152 x 152 x 1092 £24.75 613-66436 pk of 6 152 x 152 x 1092 £92.15
Product Code size wt 428-2012 89mm x 676mm 364g Base tube & end cap 428-0812 89mm x 305mm 364g Middle section/spacer
Price £9.40 £3.95
A. C.
B.
12
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Roll Boxes
A.
A. Roll Storage Box These acid-free boxes are of a high conservation standard with a clean attractive appearance. The boxes are shipped flat and take up the minimum of storage space. Once ready to assemble they have easy to use self-locking tabs with a high quality professional finish. The material is identical to the clamshell boxes shown on page 8 and match the same design. The full depth two piece separate lid gives strong dust free storage for various rolled items. In the picture we have shown tape being used, this is to enable heavy rolls to be lifted out of the box without damage (see page 111 for suitable archival cotton tapes). Product Code 735-1059 735-7620
Size 1059 x 102 x 102mm (41.7” x 4” x 4”) 762 x 102 x 102mm (30” x 4” x 4”)
Price £9.95 £7.95
B. Tyvek Map & Banner Sleeves Tyvek is already used in a number of conservation storage methods especially textiles and paper. This protective material has high tensile/tear strength in all directions because its constituent fibres are spun-bonded. The relatively slick surface is a further barrier and prevents fragile maps snagging. Most professional conservators are well aware of the benefits of Tyvek. This is the reason why we have introduced these map and banner sleeves. Available in two widths in 25 metre rolls, simply cut the sleeve to the length you require. The open ends can be sealed in our Crossweld sealing machine, stitched or tied with our cotton tape.
C.
Product Code Size Diameter Price 428-1200 120mm x 25m 76mm (3”) £31.75 428-2400 240mm x 25m 152mm (6”) £44.50
D. C. Triangular Roll Storage D. Map & Banner Bags A range of protective stitched calico bags with cotton tape pull strings. These soft breathable bags are used to protect rolled tithe maps, plans and banners. Can be washed but should not be tumble dried. Width: 9.5” (241mm). Diameter approx 155mm. Product Code 428-0036 428-0042 428-0048 428-0062 428-0072 428-0084 428-0096
size 36” (914mm) 42” (1067mm) 48” (1219mm) 62” (1575mm) 72” (1829mm) 84” (2134mm) 96” (2438mm)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £4.70 £4.95 £5.10 £5.40 £5.70 £6.25 £7.95
Moisture resistant coated B-Flute corrugated storage boxes are new to our roll storage range of boxes. The boxes are manufactured from acid-free, lignin-free corrugated board that is buffered for a pH of approximately 8.5. These boxes ship and store flat so you can save money on space. Their triangular shape prevents them from rolling off the shelf. Price each. Product Code 156-5245 156-6386 156-6496
Size (L x W X H mm) 127 x 127 x 619 152 x 152 x 965 127 x 127 x 1244
Wt 500g 600g 770g
Price £8.54 £10.77 £13.64
B.
www.preservationequipment.com
13
Boxes Binders & Folders Drop Front Storage Boxes - With Matt Black Exterior Our acid-free, drop front, storage boxes have an elegant, matt black exterior preferred by artists and photographers. The interior is white and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for additional protection from airborne pollutants. These boxes are manufactured with heavyweight board and feature black, metal edge corners to provide sturdiness. A full telescoping lid provides protection while the drop front allows easy access. Price each. Product Code holds 733-2008 8” x 10” 733-2009 9” x 12” 733-2011 11” x 14” 733-2014 14” x 18” 733-2015 14.75” x 10” 733-2016 16” x 20” 733-2022 22” x 30” Drop front on one (long) side.
actual size 266 x 216 x 76mm 317 x 241 x 76mm 292 x 381 x 76mm 368 x 467 x 76mm 380 x 266 x 76mm 419 x 520 x 76mm 584 x 787 x 76mm
Price £4.95 £5.50 £6.50 £8.90 £8.95 £11.50 £16.95
White Interior is buffered for added protection from airborne pollutants
Perma/Dur® Sheet Music Folders
Binder/Folders
These generous 11-3/4” x 151/4” Perma/Dur® Sheet Music Folders are ideal for the protection and support of sheet music and small scores. Each folder is manufactured from 225gsm. acid-free folder stock that is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for additional protection against air born pollutants. Folders fit nicely in our drop front storage box 733-1215 found on page 6. Price per package of 25 folders.
Use these acid-free binder folders for protective covering and housing of textbooks with detached or damaged covers, and to isolate covers with severe red rot. Manufactured from 1000gsm. acid-free and lignin-free board and scored to accommodate several spine widths up to 32mm. An economical alternative to phase boxes. Secure with white cotton tying tape (page 37). A variety of sizes are offered to accommodate various size books. Scores are parallel to the short dimension. Price per package of 10.
Product Code 701-1115
14
size (mm) 298 x 387
wt Price 1.10kg £17.57
Product Code 801-9512 801-1015 801-1119
www.preservationequipment.com
size (opened flat) 241 x 311mm 267 x 400mm 298 x 502mm
Price £12.53 £18.41 £20.24
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Archival Photo & Print Boxes Lipped Clamshell Boxes These attractive black book cloth covered boxes are specially manufactured for PEL. The book cloth is durable, washable and entirely suited to this product. The boxes are ideal for special collections and are archival quality. Available in two standard sizes both 60mm deep to store mounted or unmounted prints. Lipped clamshell boxes have a book like luxurious appearance and are competitively priced for such quality, making them affordable for most collections. Product Code 614-0013 614-0020
size (holds) 13” x 11.4” x 2.36” (330 x 290 x 60mm) 20” x 16.14” x 2.36” (510 x 410 x 60mm)
wt 1kg 2.2kg
Price £35.95 £55.95
Special size are available in minimums of 10 boxes
See page 31 for 4 hole boxbinder polyester pages
PEL® 4 Ring BoxBinder This archival quality, BoxBinder is manufactured using heavy duty, acid-free Board. The outer layer is covered with an elegant, yet durable, high grade bookcloth to help repel dust, dirt and fingerprints. The interior is lined with black, acid-free, paper. Four 38mm D Rings are incorporated to secure the special 4-hole polyester pocket pages below. the standard 4 rings can be used for most 4 ring album pages. Inside dimensions: 330mmH x 287mmW x 60mmD. Product Code 507-PBP1
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
size 330mm x 287mm x 60mm
www.preservationequipment.com
Price Each £35.65
15
Photo Files Storage Boxes
Drop Front Print Storage Boxes Museum quality boxes provide safe archival storage of photographs and prints. These durable boxes protect your valuable items from atmospheric contaminants, pollution, dust, and dirt, and help moderate changes in humidity and temperature. Ideal storage for prints, music sheets, pamphlets and more. Available in solid tan 1000gsm. acid-free and lignin-free unbuffered board. The boxes have a fully telescoping lid, a drop front for easy access and a reinforced metal edge for added strength and stackability. An excellent choice when storing prints on a shelf. Note: we suggest unmounted photos and prints be placed in envelopes or interleaved with unbuffered tissue before placement in the box. Price each. Lignin-Free Unbuffered Tan 40pt (1000gsm) Product Code size (W x D x H) 799-1081 10.5” x 8.5” x 1.5” (267 x 216 x 38mm) 799-1511 15.5” x 11.5” x 1.5” (394 x 292 x 38mm) 799-1841 18.5” x 14.5” x 1.5” (470 x 368 x 38mm)
wt (kg) 0.273 0.455 0.364
Price £6.55 £8.95 £9.30
See page 6 for additional sizes.
Infinity Archival Photo Files™ Our best acid-free and lignin-free Infinity Archival Photo Files™ meet museum standards for safe photographic storage. Files contain calcium carbonate to absorb migrant acidity from the atmosphere or from handling. Also included are 25 acid-free envelopes, an index, polypropylene negative sleeves and a label. Manufactured from a 1300gsm. thick tan archival board, Infinity Archival Photo Files™ are covered with attractive faux leather and reinforced with stylish metal edges for superior stacking strength. Generous size holds up to 1,000 3.5 x 5, 4 x 6, or 5 x 7 photos and negatives. There is no better long term storage at any price. Please add -56 (Ruby), -57 (Royal Blue), -58 (Ivy), -09 (Chestnut), or -33 (Black) to cat number listed in chart. Colours may be assorted for best quantity price. Price each. Product Code size 462-5059 7.87” x 10.87” (200 x 276mm) Extra envelopes - Package of 25 Product Code size 670-4757 4” x 6” (102 x 152mm)
16
Price £25.37 Price £3.95
Negative Storage Kit Each kit contains enough fine archival quality materials to help you organise and store hundreds of 35mm negatives in 6-frame strips. Clear sleeves of 3-mil polypropylene protect your negatives from dust, dirt and fingerprints while paper sleeves provide extra protection and a means to record indexing information. Kit includes: Unbuffered, 1000gsm. lignin-free, hinged lid file box; 50 clear polypropylene negative strips that open wide for easy insertion of negative strips and then seal with a fold-over top; 50 paper sleeves of 225gsm. unbuffered paper and a foil-backed label for identifying contents of box. Box dimensions: 264 x 149 x 114mm H, (inside dimensions.) Product Code 799-1056 487-1490 313-1043 799-5610
Description Negative storage kit Extra package of 50 polypropylene strips Extra package of 50 paper sleeves Box only
wt 773g 90g 364g 180g
Price £33.85 £13.45 £15.95 £4.45
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Print & Negatives Storage II II A. Clear Polyester Photo/Negative Envelopes Crystal clear, polyester photo or negative envelopes provide excellent protection during handling and storage. The transparent polyester material makes viewing possible without removing the item from the envelope. This prevents scratching, oily fingerprints and physical damage to old or brittle prints. The film itself will not interact with the print and will help prevent adjacent items from chemically interacting with the photo or negative image. Envelopes are sealed on three sides with our “thermo-weld” process for lasting protection. All envelopes are open on the first dimension listed. Envelopes may be marked with our film marking pen (page 63) or our foil back labels (pg 64). Price per pack of 10. See page 43 for many other sizes.
A.
Product Code 565-2726 565-4060 565-2728 565-2732 565-1114
fits up to 4” x 5” 4” x 6” 5” x 7” 8” x 10” 11” x 14”
actual size (107 x 132mm) (108 x 159mm) (132 x 183mm) (203 x 254mm) (285 x 360mm)
wt 0.05kg 0.14kg 0.14kg 0.32kg 0.41kg
Price £3.50 £3.75 £3.95 £5.75 £8.50
II B. Polyethylene Negative & Print Envelopes High density, transparent, matte 50 micron polyethylene negative and print envelopes have a thumb cut for easy access. Although these envelopes do not have the clarity or rigidity of our highest quality archival polyester sleeves and envelopes, they do provide an inexpensive solution to large collection storage. Envelopes may be written on with our film-marking pens (pg 17). Envelopes are sealed on three sides.
B.
Product Code 889-00635 889-00640 889-00650 889-00660 889-00670 889-00680 *889-00740 *889-00750 *889-00760
Negative/Print Format 60mm x 70mm 2.25” x 3.25” 3.25” x 4.25” 4” x 5” 5” x 7” 8” x 10” 11” x 14” 16” x 20” 20” x 24”
Envelope size 2.75” x 3.125” 2.75” x 3.625” 3.625” x 4.75” 4.25” x 5.25” 5.25” x 7.375” 8.25” x 10.375” 11.25” x 14.25” 16.5” x 20.5” 20.5” x 24.5”
(70 x 79mm) (70 x 92mm) (92 x 121mm) (108 x 131mm) (133 x 187mm) (210 x 264mm) (286 x 362mm) (419 x 521mm) (521 x 622mm)
wt 0.05kg 0.05kg 0.18kg 0.23kg 0.32kg 0.27kg 0.23kg 0.45kg 0.68kg
pkg 100 100 100 100 100 50 20 20 20
Price £8.92 £9.20 £9.66 £10.65 £13.27 £14.34 £12.39 £20.36 £31.23
* Open on long side
II Unbuffered Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes Sturdy Perma/Dur® Unbuffered Negative Envelopes are ideal for storage of negatives and photographs. On the recommendation of several photographic archivists, we have changed the seam design and added a new style without a thumb cut. The new side seam construction allows even stacking and filing, and prevents marring of the negative or photo within due to too much weight or pressure. Manufactured from a lignin-free ivory stock with a pH of approximately 7.0 and a high alpha cellulose content. Seams are fastened with a neutral pH adhesive. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes. Thumb Cut No Thumb Cut 800-4558 800-4558NC 800-4363 800-4363NC 800-5378 800-5378NC – 800-8060 – 800-6050 800-8210 800-8210NC Price per pack of 50 800-4388 800-4388NC
size (mm) 111 x 137 111 x 162 137 x 187 222 x 172 172 x 127 216 x 267
(inches) 4.375 x 5.375 4.375 x6.375 5.375 x 7.375 8.75 x 6.75 6.75 x 5 8.5 x 10.5
Price £21.95 £24.70 £28.30 £28.35 £21.95 £42.00
292 x 368
11.5 x 14.5
£43.95
II Print/Negative Storage Kits (right) These kits are designed to provide an inexpensive archivally safe method to store, index and preserve your negatives and prints. Protects them from dust, dirt and handling while providing an acid-free, lignin-free professional environment. Storage Kit includes: 100 (50 micron) Mylar® sleeve protectors; 100 Perma/Dur® thumb cut envelopes; 100 (25 x 50mm) foil back acid-free white labels to index envelopes and one 127mm deep tan, acid-free, lignin-free storage box made of sturdy, unbuffered 100gsm board with reinforced metal edges. Price each. Product Code neg/print size
wt
Price
778-2000 778-3000 778-4000
1.00kg 1.86kg 7.5kg
£45.43 £59.47 £90.22
102 x 127mm 127 x 178mm 203 x 254mm
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
17
II Storage Negatives & Envelopes II A. Negative Boxes These fully telescoping, drop-front boxes have been designed specifically to house negatives in our four-flap enclosures. Constructed of acid-free, lignin-free 1000gsm unbuffered tan board with metal reinforced edges for extra strength and stackability. The boxes are correctly sized to fit our four-flap negative enclosures for a firm fit and added protection for film or glass plate negatives. The drop-front design assures easy accessibility. Price each. Product Code 799-7251
A.
size (L x W x H) 7.25” x 5.25” x 2.06” (184 x 133 x 52mm)
wt 1.00kg
Price £3.15
II B. Four Flap Negative Enclosures These unbuffered enclosures are an excellent choice for the storage of either standard negative film or glass plate negatives. These enclosures are made of our exclusive Perma/Dur® paper which is a lignin-free paper of high alpha cellulose content with excellent folding properties. The design of the enclosure allows the negative to be encased on all four sides, assuring the uniform pressure which is so important with glass negatives. Multiple scores easily accommodate glass plate negatives. These enclosures can be supplied on special order with calcium carbonate buffered Perma/Dur® ledger or in special sizes for large plate glass or film negatives. Please call our customer service department for pricing. Price per package of 50.
B.
C.
Product Code size 727-3046 3.06” x 4.06” x 0.06” (78 x 103 x 1.58mm) 727-4050 4.06” x 5.06” (103 x 129mm) 727-4056 4.06” x 5.06” x 0.06” (103 x 129 x 1.58mm) 727-4058 4.06” x 5.06” x 0.125” (103 x 129 x 3.18mm) 727-4066 4.06” x 6.06” (103 x 154mm) 727-5070 5.06” x 7.06” (129 x 179mm) 727-5076 5.06” x 7.06” x 0.06” (129 x 179 x 1.58mm) 727-5078 5.06” x 7.06” x 0.125” (129 x 179 x 3.18mm) 727-6080 6.06” x 8.56” x 0.125” (154 x 217 x 3.18mm) 727-6989 6.56” x 8.56” x 0.06” (167 x 217 x 1.58mm) 727-8010 8.06” x 10.06” (205 x 256mm) 727-8016 8.06” x 10.06” x 0.06” (205 x 256 x 1.58mm) 727-8018 8.06” x 10.06” x 0.125” (205 x 256 x 3.18mm) C. Four Flap Lanternslide Envelopes Pack 100 727-33316 3.31” x 3.31” x 0.18” (84 x 84 x 4.75mm)
wt 0.409kg 0.636kg 0.636kg 0.636kg 0.636kg 1.00kg 1.36kg 1.36kg 1.36kg 1.36kg 1.36kg 2.45kg 1.36kg
Price £19.70 £20.59 £20.59 £20.59 £24.50 £31.37 £31.37 £31.37 £37.37 £37.37 £42.97 £42.97 £42.97
0.455kg £19.36
II Mylar® Lantern Slide Envelopes Now there is a protective polyester enclosure specially sized for your lantern slides. Heavy archival quality 75 micron archival polyester construction provides protection from handling and atmospheric pollutants while allowing you to see the image. Each envelope is sealed on 3 sides, with our thermo-weld process. Sized to hold American-style 83 x 102 x 4.76mm lantern slides. Price per package of 10. Product Code 565-33316
size Price 4.5” x 3.625” (114 x 92mm) £2.97
Feel free to browse our website at: www.preservationequipment.com II Lantern Slide Box
Four Flap Negative Enclosures
This short lid box is designed to store lantern glass slides (can also be used for glass negatives). Constructed from acid-free and lignin free unbuffered tan board of an exceptional high quality to ensure the best archival storage for rare valuable collections.
Proper storage of your glass plates and plastic supported film in our Four-Flap Enclosures and Archival Storage Boxes will not only provide added physical protection but will appreciably enhance the lifespan of the image itself. We recommend the following simple guidelines when using the Four-Flap Enclosures:
Product Code 799-0403
18
size Price 4.5” x 3.75” x 5”H £4.95 (114mm x 95mm x 127mmH)
• Plastic supported film should be placed in our single creased four flap enclosures. • Gelatin glass plates should be placed in our double creased 1/16" four flap enclosures. • Collodion glass plates should be placed in our double creased 1/8" four flap enclosures. note: Glass plate and plastic supported artifacts should be placed in the enclosure emulsion side down. Store paper and metal artifacts with emulsion side up with a sheet of interleaving tissue, cut to size, placed over them prior to closing the enclosure. (See “B”).
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Print & Negative Storage II II A. “Drop Side” Negative/Print Storage Boxes Negative/print storage boxes designed with a “drop-side” allowing easy access to negatives or prints which are stored flat. Each box is large enough to accommodate negatives or prints in a variety of envelopes as shown on page 38 and 45. If you are storing prints without an envelope, we recommend interleaving with our unbuffered photographic interleaving sheets shown on page 87. These boxes are made of our 1000gsm. unbuffered tan lignin-free and acid-free board with metal reinforced edges for extra strength and stackability. Boxes present an excellent method for storing your negatives and prints on standard size shelving. Price each. Product Code size (L x W x H) 799-5745 7.75” x 5.75” x 4.5” (197 x 146 x 114mm) 799-8104 10.75” x 8.75” x 4.5” (273 x 222 x 114mm)
A. Sides fold down for easy access
wt 0.27kg 0.41kg
Price £6.15 £8.55
II B. “Clamshell Lid” Negative/Print Storage Boxes Store negatives and prints in a minimal amount of space in drawers or on shelves, with these sturdy museum quality clamshell boxes. They will help protect your negative and print collection from the atmospheric contaminants of pollution, dust, and dirt and also help moderate changes in temperature and humidity. Boxes are made of our solid 1000gsm. tan lignin-free and acid-free unbuffered board and have metal reinforced edges for added strength. We recommend placing your negatives or prints into an acid free envelope before placing in the box. This provides protection from handling and prevents chemical reactions between unprotected items. Pre-made kits are available, see page 45. Price each. Product Code 799-0455 799-6343 799-0575 799-0815
size (L x W x H) 5.75” x 5” x 4.75” 6.75” x 5” x 4.75” 7.75” x 5” x 5.75” 10.75” x 5” x 8.75”
(146 x 127 x 121mm) (172 x 127 x 121mm) (197 x 127 x 146mm) (273 x 127 x 222mm)
wt 0.09kg 0.09kg 0.14kg 0.18kg
Price £6.45 £3.65 £4.97 £7.25
B. Upright clamshell
C. Short Lid
II C. “Short Lid” Negative/Print Envelope Boxes Short lid archivally safe boxes made specifically for the bulk storage of negatives and prints. Manufactured of the same museum quality lignin-free and acid-free unbuffered 1000gsm. tan board as our clamshell negative/print boxes. These boxes are 305mm long and have a 38mm high “short” lid for quick and easy access. All boxes are metal edge reinforced for added strength and stackability and are ideal for storing negatives and prints on shelves. As always, we recommend that negatives and prints be placed in envelopes prior to placement in the box. This provides protection from handling and helps prevent possible chemical reaction between unprotected items. Price each. Product Code 799-0405 799-6412 799-0507 799-8010
holds 4” x 5” 4” x 6” 5” x 7” 8” x 10”
size (L x W x H) 12” x 5.75” x 4.5” (305 x 146 x 114) 12” x 6.75” x 4.75” (305 x 172 x 121) 12” x 7.75” x 5.5” (305 x 197 x 140) 12” x 10.625” x 8.625” (305 x 270 x 220)
wt 0.18kg 0.23kg 0.27kg 0.41kg
Price £7.65 £5.75 £6.80 £8.30
II Oversize Photo Storage Boxes When you love to take pictures but can’t seem to find the time to organise and store them properly, these sturdy acid-free storagecontainers provide a quick, convenient method of assuring your photographs are kept in safe conditions while they await your special attention. Each box has four internal sections and is available with or without 50 archival photo organiser envelopes to protect your photos and negatives. Metal edge reinforced corners on attractive burgundy board provide plenty of stacking strength. Designed to hold 1700 photos up to 4" x 6" and their negatives. Size is 395mm w x 305mm d x 127mm h. Product Code 613-1512 BUR 613-1512 EBUR 670-4757
Description Photo Storage Box w/o envelopes Photo Storage Box w50 envelopes Extra Envelopes Pack 25
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £21.95 £30.56 £3.95
www.preservationequipment.com
19
II Storage Microfilm A.
II Micro Film Viewer A convenient handy viewer for reading aperture card, microfiche and X-ray film. Magnification 8x with a 24mm field of view. Product Code 886-2026
Wt 92g
B.
C.
Price £71.50
Helpful Hint… Photo Activity Test In addition to the testing performed in our own plant, University Products also relies on the Image Permanence Institute to conduct the Photo Activity Test (P.A.T.) on all relative paper products. The P.A.T. was developed by the ANSI to evaluate the safety of paper intended to come in contact with photographic materials. This testing assures you that our materials are the highest quality available. For more information on the Photo Activity Test, see our free literature section.
II A. Microfiche Storage Boxes
II B. Large Capacity Microfiche Box
Constructed of our acid-free and lignin-free unbuffered tan board, these boxes have passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that this box is safe for long-term archival storage of microfiche. Inside box dimensions are 100mmH x 156mmW x 111mmL. One piece construction and metal-reinforced edges for strength and durability. Price each.
An easy-access, large capacity “shoe-box” style box for the safe storage of your microfiche files. Each box is made of our 40 point, unbuffered, tan, acid-free, lignin-free board with metal-reinforced edges for added strength and stackability. The board used in the manufacture of this box has passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for long-term archival storage. Boxes are high enough to allow a storage and retrieval system using our divider indexing guides (Cat. No. 228-5400 or 228-5500) and designed to fit any standard size microfiche envelope. Price per box.
Product Code 799-6443
wt 136g
Price £3.70
Product Code 799-5612
size (H x W x L) 127 x 159 x 305mm
wt 500g
Price £6.25
II C. Microfiche Indexing Storage Box A microfiche storage box high enough to allow a storage and retrieval system using our divider indexing guides. This unbuffered, acid-free, lignin-free, tan box is made of one piece construction with metal-reinforced edges. The board used in this box has passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for long-term archival storage. Fits any standard acid-free microfiche envelope and our acid-free microfiche divider guides (Cat. No. #228-5400 or #228-5500). Each box holds approximately 225 fiche in envelopes and twelve guides. Size: 127H x 159W x 127mmL. Price each. Product Code 799-0565
wt 136g
Price £4.95
II Microfiche Divider Guides Full cut or half cut guides for easy division of microfiche. Overall size is 121mmH x 152mmW (4.75” x 6”). Light Tan acid-free stock. Price per package of 50. Product Code 228-5400 228-5500
description half-cut full-cut
wt 364g 409g
Price £15.26 £12.56
II Acid-Free Microfiche Envelopes
Microfilm Storage Cabinets are available on page 196 20
Acid-free microfiche envelopes protect fiche from potential damage which may occur from acidic paper. Fiche envelopes have high throat and closed end. Overall size: 82 x 156mm. (3.25”H x 6.125” W). Price per box of 500. Product Code wt Price 570-8700 1.68kg £15.76
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Microfilm Storage II D. E.
II D. Microfilm Cases
II E. Archival Microfilm Storage Boxes for 35mm & 16mm
This sturdy metal reinforced edged box, made of our tan lignin-free boxboard, was designed to hold both 16mm and 35mm boxes shown at right. Hinged lid and drop front provide easy access to individual boxes so unit is ideal for shelf storage of microfilm. The unbuffered board used in the manufacture of these boxes has passed the “Photographic Activity Test” assuring you that these boxes are safe for long term archival storage. Price each.
Made of our sturdy tan acid-free and lignin-free board, these boxes will stand up under rigorous use and are metal-edged for long life. This unbuffered box board is made from highly purified fibres which will not tarnish. The board used in the manufacture of these boxes has passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for long-term archival storage. Price per 100.
Holds 6 35mm boxes Product Code 799-1044
10 .625”L x 4.125”W x 4.125”H (270 x 105 x 105mm) wt Price 273g £4.95
35mm Product Code 799-3310
3.75”L x 3.75”W x 1.5”H (95 x 95 x 40mm) wt Price 5.73kg £149.90
Holds 7 35mm boxes Product Code 799-1244
13”L x 4.125”W x 4.125”H (329 x 105 x 105mm) wt Price 273g £7.15
16mm Product Code 799-3312
3.75”L x 3.75”W x 0.75”H (95 x 95 x 19mm) wt Price 5.73kg £151.95
II Mylar Covers for Microscope Slides These sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captive flap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm) glass slides. Being glass clear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust and fingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomology at The Natural History Museum in London, who kindly allowed us to use the picture. Price per 1000. 217-8032
Price £115.85
II Microfilm Reel Identification Tags II Infinity™ Microfilm Reel Storage Boxes To assure the quality of the Microfilm Storage boxes we provide, University Products is offering its own line of boxes for microfilm storage. Both the 16mm and 35mm size boxes are constructed of a high quality, acid-free (pH 8.5 +/- .5) and lignin-free board that is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate to help prevent microblemishes (also known as measles). The boxes fold flat for shipping and storing then pop together easily when you are ready to use. There is no better box of its kind on the market. Imprinting available, please call for quotation. Price per package of 100.
Product Code 507-2221 507-2224
film 35mm 16mm
box size 4” x 1.75” x 4” (100 x 45 x 104mm) 4” x 1.125” x 4” (100 x 29 x 104mm)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
These Button & String Reel I.D. tags are a safe and effective means of preventing the unraveling of your valuable microfilm. Acid-free Perma/Dur tags help prevent damaging dust and light from reaching your film while providing you with space for numbering or recording specific information about each particular reel. Available for both 16mm and 35mm microfilm. Price per package of 100 tags. Product Code 721-1137 721-1138
film 35mm 16mm
type 1.375” x 12.5” (35 x 318mm) 0.625” x 12.5” (16 x 318mm)
wt 273g 182g
Price £35.70 £31.45
Price £62.33 £45.43
www.preservationequipment.com
21
II Storage CD
II Polypropylene CD Cases Dust, grime and environmental pollution are often the greatest threat to your audio/visual collections. Protect your CDs by storing them in these long-lasting polypropylene cases. Polypropylene is an inert, non-reactive plastic suitable for long-term, dust-free storage of media of all types. Original polystyrene “jewel boxes” often crack or break at the hinge after only one or two openings, but the hinges on these cases are flexible and will withstand hundreds of openings. Translucent cases allow a visual check of the contents without having to open them. Size (W x H x D): 59/16" x 47/8" x 7/16". Price each. Product Code 549-6424
size 141mm x 124mm x 11mm
wt 22g
Price £2.45
A.
II Archivalware® Jewel Case Inserts An easy-to-use, pressure sensitive disc of Corrosion Intercept® polyethylene film can be placed easily and permanently into existing jewel cases or envelopes. Featuring Corrosion Intercept Technology, each 4-1/2” circle of active protection is able to absorb organic gases and acts as a barrier for your music CD’s, computer software or games, photo discs, etc., inside the closed container. Simply adhere Archivalware® Inserts to the side of the jewel case or envelope that faces the readable (shiny side without label) side of the CD. Helps preserve all types of compact discs from atmospheric gases, mold and mildew, as well as outgassing by the media itself. Inert, acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive holds them in place. Price per package. Product Code 416-1959 416-1960
quantity/package 10 100
wt 136g 1.36kg
Price £4.60 £35.50
C.
B.
II CD Storage Boxes Make the most of your shelf space while at the same time, protecting your CDs from dust, dirt and environmental pollutants. Both of these boxes store up to 30 CDs and accompanying literature in either the original jewel cases or our polypropylene replacement cases (see above). Constructed of 60 pt. lignin-free tan board that has a smooth, low-dust surface. Lids are 2" (50mm) deep. Choose the portrait version that allows you to read titles on standard CDs, or the landscape version that leaves room for divider guides (sold separately). Divider guides allow you to identify and divide your collections within the box. Please note: Divider guides are not compatible with 800-5512. Product Code A. 800-5512 A. 800-1255 B. 800-1255DIV
size 12” x 5.125” x 5.625” (portrait) 12” x 5.875” x 5.5” (landscape) 5.5” x 5.875” x 5.625” (10 pack)
wt 273g 273g 273g
Price £6.95 £6.62 £6.80
II C. CD Spacer Boards Spacer boards will keep the CDs upright in their box. Each board is made of lignin-free, buffered corrugated board. Boards are 5-1/2" high and 19-3/4" long with scores at each end. 5 pack. Product Code 613-5519
22
wt 273g
Price £7.95
www.preservationequipment.com
II Compact Disc Identification Labels CD Labels feature high tack, acid-free permanent acrylic adhesive. The white, smudge proof labels have a foil backing to protect from bleed through of the adhesive. Note: If you are holding CDs for permanent retention, the circle labels for the CD may not be advised. Fan-folded, 200 labels per package. Price per package. Product Code 387-0730 387-1730
description Circles label 1.5” diameter (38mm) Jewel box spine 0.25” x 4.625” (6.35mm x 118mm)
Price £4.95 £6.61
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Audio & Visual Storage II II A. Dividers for Angle Flap Pockets Dividers for Angle Flap CD Pockets are the same size as the pockets for easy browsing. They may be hand-lettered or you can use printable Perma/Seal® Labels shown above. Dividers are made of heavy acid-free cardstock for long life. Price for pack of 10 & 100. Product Code 800-0505 800-0505/100
A.
Price £4.35 £37.10
II B. Perma/Seal® Labels for Angle Flap Pockets and Dividers
B.
Laser or Inkjet printable, these standard 8.5’’ x 11’’ sheets fit nearly all printers. Labels are 0.5’’ high by 4’’ wide and are acid-free with our exclusive foil back and permanent non-yellowing acrylic adhesive. 40 labels per page. 5 pages per pack. Product Code 387-1735
Price £6.95
C.
II C. Style “P” Angle Flap Standard Pockets The pockets are Manufactured from smooth clear archival 4.5 mil polypropylene. The flap is scored for easy tucking inside. Accommodates CDs, DVDs or booklets up to 5.375’’ x 5’’. Overall size is 5.625’’ wide x 5.375’’ high. Flap is 1’’ high. Sold in packages of 10 & 100. Product Code 416-5585 416-5585/100
Size 142mm W x 136mm H 142mm W x 136mm H
Price £2.10 £13.65
II Storage Box for Angle Flap Pockets This convenient CD Storage Box offers easy access with good visibity. It is 10'' deep and holds over 150 CDs with pockets. In addition, 10 handy dividers are included. Boxes are black outside and white inside with sturdy metal edges and elegant metal label holder. Product Code 800-5510
Price £15.25
D.
II D. Archivalware® Pockets Featuring Corrosion Intercept® Technology. One side made of smooth Corrosion Intercept® material and the other side is clear 4.5 mil polyethylene. The flap is scored for easy tucking inside. It can accommodate CDs, DVDs, ZIP Discs or booklets up to 5.375” x 5”. Overall size is 5.5” wide x 5.25” high. Flap is 1” high. Sold in packages of 10 & 100. Product Code 416-5555 416-5555/100
Size 140mm W x 133mm H 140mm W x 133mm H
Price £3.10 £21.98
II Compact Disc Envelopes Acid-free archival quality compact disc storage envelopes with protective flap. For long term archival care of compact discs. Can be used in our CD storage cabinets (see page 196) or archival storage box. Designed to house one single CD with a snug fit to prevent movement inside the envelope. These sturdy, inexpensive storage envelopes help protect all types of compact discs from atmospheric pollutants that can corrode a CD’s important metallic layer. Each acid-free envelope is buffered with calcium carbonate to neutralize acids. The 4.75” x 4.75” enclosure has a 1” flap to keep out dirt and dust. Ideal for all types of CD’s including music, photo, games and software. A great replacement for bulky, fragile jewel cases. Price per pack of 100. See CD Storage Box opposite which completes the system providing a suitable storage for the envelopes, alternatively see our Multi-Media Archival Cabinets on page 196 for easy access of bulk storage of compact discs. Product Code size 124 x 124 & 25mm flap 381-0124
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £12.50
23
II Disc Storage II Introducing archivalware® Preservers with Corrosion Intercept® Technology Extend life of your CDs 40+ years! PEL is pleased to announce that new testing of Lucent Bell Labs’ Corrosion Intercept® Technology indicates substantial increases in CD longevity by storing them in archivalware® enclosures. Recent studies have shown CD life to be extended from 40 to 120 years. Ozone and reactive oxygen cause the aluminum layer on the CD/DVD to break down. When aluminum in a thin film oxidizes it becomes clear and unable to reflect the laser pulse attempting to read the disc. archivalware® Corrosion Intercept® protects against this failure. The permanent neutralization of corrosive gasses also prevents fungus and bacterial growth. The unique design of the archivalware® CD Preservers allow full visibility of the face of the CD/DVD while protecting the data side of the disc. The clear film which is UV protected will not lift images from the face of laser or inkjet produced labels. This unique and convenient storage system assures you the maximum protection current technology offers. Product Code 416-8001 416-8002
description Album, slipcase & 5 pages Album, slipcase & 5 pages
colour black grey
Price £24.15 £24.15
II 8-CD Page Storage System
Our new archivalware® Storage System is comprised of a sturdy 3-Ring Album and a matching Slipcase for easy stacking and light/dust protection. Album has 38mm D-Ring system and contains five 8-CD archivalware® Pages. Maximum capacity is 15 pages (120 CDs) per album. Overall size is 11-1/4" high x 11-7/8" wide (286 x 302mm).
II Perma/Dur® CD/DVD Albums
Available in 2 sizes to accommodate either 4-CD or 8-CD pages, Perma/Dur® Albums are archival and made with sturdy acid-free binder board which is covered with Black F Grade library Buckram bookcloth. 1" (25mm) slanted D-rings will accommodate 10 pages. Albums will fit our archivalware® Pages or Standard. Binder Pages shown on opposite page. The 4-CD album is 11-5/8" high x 7-1/2" wide (295 x 190mm), 8-CD album measures 11-5/8" high and 13” wide (295 x 330mm). Price Each Product Code 463-D4BK 463-D8BK
24
www.preservationequipment.com
style 4 page 8 page
size 305 x 190mm 305 x 330mm
Price £12.80 £13.20
Browse our website at www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Disc Storage II
II A. Black/Clear Pages for CDs
Manufactured from clear archival polypropylene on the outside and black, non-woven polypropylene on the interior which helps prevent scratching. These pages provide an economical and safe way to store your compact disc collections including CDs, DVDs and Photo Discs. Won’t stick to discs like vinyl pages. Unique “steerhead” design holds discs firmly in place. Choose either the 4-disc page (two on each side) or 8-disc page (four on each side). Price per package of 10 pages. Product Code 416-0204 416-0408
description 4 disc (146 x 257mm) 8 disc (273 x 257mm)
A. Black/Clear Pages for CDs
Price £3.90 £4.38
II B. archivalware® Pages for CDs
II 8-Disc White/Clear Binder Pages (above)
Featuring Corrosion Intercept® Technology Created specifically to protect the delicate metal layer of compact discs from degradation, these pages actively protect the digital images and information stored on CDs from oxidation caused by damaging gasses in the atmosphere. Choose either the 4-disc page (two on each side) measuring 5-3/4" x 10-1/8" or 8-disc page (four on each side) measuring 10-3/4" x 10-1/8". Corresponding albums are sold separately. Price per package of 5 pages. Product Code 416-8004 416-8008
description Price 4 disc (146 x 257mm) £3.95 8 disc (273 x 257mm) £4.95
Fit our Perma/Dur® CD/DVD Albums as well as the Archival-Ware® Albums shown on opposite page. Sold in packages of 10. Product Code 416-0402 (273mm x 257mm)
Price £4.95
B. archivalware® Pages for CDs
II C. DVD Storage Page with Literature Pocket
Featuring Corrosion Intercept® Technology. Ensure the longevity of your movie library with archivalware® DVD Storage pages. The copper colored Corrosion Intercept® inner layer helps neutralize gasses that can adversely affect the metallic layer of your disc, causing a loss of data that renders the disc unplayable. Unlike standard DVD cases and pages, the archivalware® pages actively protect the disc’s delicate surface. Each 9-1/4" x 11-3/8" page holds two discs (one on each side) and the accompanying literature. The pages fit any standard three-ring binder or album, and allow you to quickly flip through and locate your movie of choice. A 7-1/2" x 5-1/8" upper pocket holds standard DVD literature while the 5-1/4" x 5-1/8" houses the corresponding disc. An inert clear outer layer allows you to easily view titles. Price per package of 5 pages. Product Code 416-1458
weight 136g
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
size 235mm x 289mm
Price £5.15
C. DVD Storage Page with Literature Pocket
www.preservationequipment.com
25
II Storage Cabinets II Multi-Media Archival Cabinets Glass Negatives, Photographs, VHS Cartridges, Music & Video Cassettes, Floppy Disks, Compact Discs A highly versatile lockable cabinet with simple drawer fittings which can be easily adjusted to suit a variety of formats as listed above. Archives and Libraries can store more than one form of media, allocating a drawer, or part of a drawer. The unique feature of the PEL cabinets is the drawers can be opened fully to the back of the drawer, making it so easy to remove the last item at the back. The easy-action drawers have a safety interlock which permits only one drawer to be opened at a time. Six different size cabinets available. We have endeavoured to offer a guide to cabinet capacity because of various thicknesses of material, or if stored with protective covers, sleeves or case, these figures can only be approximate. Drawer size:155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm Front to back. Colour: Two-tone coffee/cream. Cabinet 501-4000 501-5000 501-6000 501-7007 501-8008 501-9009
Drawers 4 5 6 7 8 9
Size 785mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 955mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 1125mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 1295mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 1465mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 1635mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD
Glass Negs 3000 3750 4500 5250 6000 6750
Photos 7000 8750 10,500 12,250 14,000 15,750
VHS 168 210 250 290 330 370
Videos 430 530 640 750 850 960
Floppy Discs 3000 3750 4500 5250 6000 6750
CDs 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350
Price £616.00 £708.00 £778.00 £853.00 £975.00 £1097.00
II Audio Cassette Storage Box
II Archival Video Box
Keep audio cassettes neat and orderly in these Audio Cassette Storage Boxes. Each box holds 36 individual cassettes in their original cases. These buffered acid-free boxes feature metal edges for stacking strength, and a 1-1/2" telescoping lid to prevent dust and light from reaching your cassettes. Dimensions: 12-1/2" x 9" x 3". Price each.
Store 12 video cassettes in their original cases or in our polypropylene video cases (below) in this archival quality box. Constructed of 60 pt. blue/gray boxboard, this box has a 2-1/2" deep lid so it stays securely on, protecting the contents from dust and rapid changes in the outside environment. Use our foil-backed box labels. Price each.
Product Code 732-9125
size (W x H x D) 318 x 229 x 76mm
wt 364g
Price £4.95
II Polypropylene Media Cases Dust, grime and environmental pollution are often the greatest threat to your audio/visual collections. Protect your videos and audio cassettes by storing them in these longlasting polypropylene cases. Polypropylene is an inert, non-reactive plastic suitable for long-term, dust-free storage of media of all types. Polystyrene “boxes” often crack or break at the hinge after only one or two openings, but the hinges on these cases are flexible and will withstand hundreds of openings. Translucent cases allow a visual check of the contents without having to open them. Price each. Product Code 563-4881 441-6420
26
media VHS Video Audio Cassette
size 117 x 203 x 29mm 67 x 105 x 14mm
www.preservationequipment.com
Product Code 735-1555
size (W x H x D) 394 x 216 x 127mm
wt 364g
Price £5.75
II Foil-Backed Perma/Seal® Audio Cassette Labels Superior label stock with foil-backed smudge proof paper and an aggressive high-tack adhesive. Labels are pin-feed, 1-across. Label size: 3-1/2"W x 1-9/16"H. Price per package of 500. Product Code 387-1064
size 89mm x 40mm
Price £24.53
Price £1.95 £0.19
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Vinyl/Music Storage II
B.
A.
II A. Phonograph Record Storage Boxes
10" and 12" Record Storage Boxes
These sturdy, acid-free, Phonograph Record Storage Boxes are manufactured from our 1300gsm. Perma/Dur® board with an attractive blue/grey exterior and white interior. The adhesive-free, metal edge construction creates an ideal storage environment for your precious vinyl recordings. Boxes available for 7", 10" and 12" diameter albums and are designed to fit the album and sleeve.
7" (45 rpm) Record Storage Boxes Store up to 100 of your 45 rpm records in an easy-access clamshell design. Box size is 7.75"H x 7.5"W x 9"L. Price each. Product Code 780-7759
size (W x H x D) 197 x 190 x 229mm
wt 364g
Price £8.20
Store up to 33 of your 10" or 12" records in these record storage boxes with telescoping lid and interior edge lip for easy viewing and access. Price each. Product Code 780-10756 780-13136
size (W x H x D) 273 x 273 x 152mm 330 x 330 x 152mm
wt 455g 545g
Price £7.90 £10.45
II B. Divider Boards Matching 1300gsm. Divider Boards are available for the 12" record box to help you organise and segregate your collection. 13"H x 12.5"W. Price per package of 25. Product Code 780-13125
size (H x D) 330 x 318mm
wt 455g
Price £24.85
II Phonograph Record Storage Sleeves and Envelopes Protect your valuable record albums with durable, acid-free and lignin-free, olde white, 135gsm Perma/Dur® storage sleeves and envelopes. Each is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate to absorb migrant acids. The extra smooth surface minimises abrasion of recordings. Storage Sleeves feature a circular cut-out to view record label. Storage Envelopes have an overlapping flap for added protection from dust and dirt and are without the circular cut-out. Price per package of 25. Sleeves Product Code 308-7070 308-2100 308-2112 Envelopes Product Code 380-0010 380-0012
Description for 7” record (178mm) for 10” record (254mm) for 12” record (305mm)
wt 545g 727g 864g
Price £21.21 £22.46 £27.86
Description for 10” record (254mm) for 12” record (305mm)
wt 682g 955g
Price £25.62 £34.58
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
II Anti-Static Record Sleeves Replace the torn, worn out, and dust coated inner sleeves which can damage your valuable record collection. Each polyethylene sleeve is subjected to a negative ion, static prevention process,which lessens friction between the record and the inner sleeve and reduces the attraction of dust. Each sleeve is designed to fit 12" lp recording which is then placed in the record’s cardboard jacket. Works for laser discs as well. Price per package of 50 sleeves. Product Code 967-102
wt 182g
Price £17.80
www.preservationequipment.com
27
II Storage Film II Polypropylene Movie Film Cans
II Polypropylene Film Cores
Storing your films in rusting film cans may be one of the chief causes of their deterioration. These film cans of inert polypropylene won’t rust or corrode like the original metal cans your films probably came in. Gap between the lid of the containers allows the exchange of acidic gasses (the by product of deterioration) which would otherwise build up inside the can and speed the breakdown of the film. These cans are flame retardant and contain less than 4% halogen which means that in the event of a fire there is virtually no release of chlorine or bromine gas. For storage of films on cores (not reels), only. Price each.
The flanges of a reel may cause the edges of film to warp and curl. The best, safest way to store film is wound on one of these cores without a reel. The 35 mm cores are of made of inert, archival polypropylene; the 16mm cores are polystyrene. Diameter on both cores is 3" (76mm). Price each.
Product Code 519-22504 519-22522 519-23510 519-23520
for: #m of film 122m of 16mm 670m of 16mm 305m of 35mm 610m of 35mm
Diameter 7” (178mm) 15” (381mm) 12.5” (318mm) 15” (381mm)
wt 364g 455g 682g 727g
Product Code 519-53230 519-52030
core 35mm 16mm
wt 45g 45g
Price £1.05 £0.70
The Image Permanence Institute in Rochester, New York has developed A-D Strips, (film base deterioration monitors) to check film collections for vinegar syndrome. Contact IPI for more information
Price £2.40 £7.25 £5.45 £8.00
II Audio Tape Boxes The boxes that are normally supplied with audio reel tapes, although convenient, are usually made of acidic chipboard, covered with acidic paper and unstable adhesives. In order to maintain the integrity of the sound on your tapes, you should store them in an acid-free, dust-free environment that provides physical protection as well. Our Audio Tape Boxes are constructed of unbuffered (pH neutral) lignin-free board with a low-dust surface. The two-piece design is made with a snug lid to stay closed during storage. Boxes accommodate tapes on reels either with or without flanges. The box for 267mm reels comes with a removable insert which has a 3" hub to keep smaller reels from shifting and creating static and dust. Box size: 178mmH x 178mmW x 18mmDeep and 279mmH x 279mmW x 18mmDeep. Product Code 799-7070 799-1111
for reels up to 7” (178mm) up to 10.5” (267mm)
wt 455g 910g
Price £4.56 £8.74
II A-D Strips Film Base Deterioration Monitors. Cellulose acetate film undergoes a slow form of chemical deterioration known as ‘vinegar syndrome’. A-D Strips represent a safe and reliable method for detecting, measuring and recording the severity of ‘vinegar syndrome’ in film collections. When placed inside a closed container in the presence of acidic vapour given off by degrading film. A-D Strips change colour to indicate the severity of the level of acidity. Each kit contains complete instructions, a reference pencil printed with four bands of colour that correspond to the level of acidity, as well as 250 detector strips (measuring 38 x 10mm). Product Code 114-0002
description A-D kit
wt 90g
Price £55.90
II IPI Storage Guide for Acetate Film Collection managers will find this tool from the Image Permanence Institute invaluable in evaluating the quality of the storage environment they provide for their film. Easy to use wheel has two sides, one for new film, the other for partially degrading film. To calculate the approximate time to the onset of vinegar syndrome of new film, just turn the wheel to the storage temperature and check the relative humidity. For film that is already degrading, use the other side of the wheel to calculate the approximate time for free acidity to double. Also included are graphs, a “Time Out of Storage” table, and instructions. 1993. Price each. Product Code 114-0001
28
wt 182g
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £39.95
II Film Reel Storage Boxes Developed in conjunction with a major motion picture studio, our Film Reel Storage Boxes provide the best possible environment for stored movie film on reels. The boxes are made from an acid-free, lignin-free, buffered board and feature a full telescoping lid to keep out dirt, dust, and light. Two sizes are offered. Price each. Product Code 733-1010 733-1414
size wt 10.25 x 10.25 x 1.5” (260 x 260 x 38mm) 410g 14.625 x 14.625 x 1.5” (371 x 371 x 38mm) 818g
Price £9.35 £11.65
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
II A. Stereo Storage Boxes
Postcard Storage II
Storage Boxes for stereoscopic cards, post cards or other similar size items. Boxes have metal edges for stacking strength and are made of 1300gsm archival quality Perma/Dur® board. Inside is white; outside is blue/grey. Completely acid-free throughout for lasting protection. Slanted front allows for protection of contents and easy viewing without squeezing. Cover is 1" deep. Price each. Product Code 780-1218
Inside Dimensions (L x W x H) 12” x 7.5” x 4.5” (305 x 191 x 114mm)
wt 410g
Price £5.60
A.
II B. Stereo Sleeves Stereo Sleeves in two sizes for stereoscopic card preservation. Crystal clear, archival 2 micron archival polyester protects the cards while allowing complete visibility. Price per package of 25. Product Code 780-1216 780-1217
Size 3.625” x 7” 4.5” x 7”
(92 x 178mm) (116 x 178mm)
wt 136g 182g
Price £8.75 £9.75
B.
II C. Postcard Storage Boxes Postcard Storage Boxes are blue-grey outside and white inside, buffered and acid-free throughout. Sturdy 1300gsm Perma/Dur® board for durability and lasting archival storage. Price each. Product Code 780-4618 780-4612
Inside Dimensions (L x W x H) 8” x 6.125” x 4.5” (203 x 156 x 114mm) 12” x 6.125” x 4.5” (305 x 156 x 114mm)
wt 182g 273g
C.
Price £4.90 £6.20
II D. Postcard Protectors Postcard Sleeve Protectors, sealed on two sides, will protect your postcard collection from damage caused by handling or acidic conditions. 50 micron archival polyester assures complete visibility while supporting and protecting contents. Price per package of 25 sleeves. Product Code 780-4070 780-4060
Size 3.75” x 5.75” (95 x 146mm) 4.125” x 6” (105 x 152mm)
wt 90g 136g
Price £6.75 £7.00
II E. Economical Polyethylene Postcard Protectors Transparent, 50 micron polyethylene postcard envelopes provide inexpensive protection for your collection. Archival quality polyethylene is free from damaging plasticisers found in other plastics, protects your collection from dirt, dust and fingerprints, and allows you unobstructed viewing of your postcards. Opens on short side. Also ideal for photographic storage. Price per package of 100. Product Code 500-3756 500-4256
Size 3.75” x 6” (95 x 152mm) 4.25” x 6.25” (108 x 159mm)
wt 90g 136g
D.
Price £5.30 £5.30
II Postcard Storage Cabinet This archival quality cabinet has been especially produced for PEL who worked with archivists to design a cabinet that would house various sizes of postcards. The drawers have metal dividers to provide storage channels of widths to suit an assortment of sizes. Available in either 4 or 6 drawers, the internal drawer width is 442mm. The channel width can be adjusted to various sizes by inserting the metal drawer divider into the appropriate slot at the front and back of each drawer. The unique feature of the PEL cabinet is the drawers open fully to the back of the drawer to avoid damage when removing even the last postcard from the back of the drawer. For safety reasons only one drawer can be opened at one time to prevent the cabinet tipping forward. The drawer and channel sizes have been designed to take postcards with or without sleeve protectors, we recommend our archival ones are used. Product Code: Colour Dimensions Drawer Size Weight
P501-4000 (Four Drawer) Two-tone Coffee/Cream 785mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to back 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to back 53kg
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
£536.00
E.
For more Storage Cabinets see page 197. Product Code: Colour Dimensions Drawer Size Weight
P501-6000 (Six Drawer) Two-tone Coffee/Cream 1125mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to back 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to back 68kg
www.preservationequipment.com
£795.00
29
II Photo Albums Scrap Books
II Perma/Dur® Ring Binder Storage Adapters II Heritage Albums & Scrapbook Our Heritage Scrapbooks and Heritage Albums have set the standard for archival quality storage albums. Each is manufactured from sturdy, 2.8mm thick. acid-free board that is covered in an attractive maroon book cloth. Interiors are lined with acid-free, lignin-free Perma/Dur® and feature the appropriate O-ring or D-ring to securely hold pages. Slipcases covered in matching maroon bookcloth are available for standard size albums. Choose our standard acid-free, Ivory coloured Perma/Dur®, Insert Pages manufactured from acid-free, archival quality, mounting paper. Our Jumbo Album features sturdy, acid-free, blue/grey insert pages for increased support. All page protectors are manufactured from inert Mylar® archival polyester to provide additional safety.
Standard Album & Pages: Album is 305mm high, 298mm wide with a 64mm spine and 38mm D-ring (3 rings 108mm centres). Matching slipcase is 318mm high, 305mm wide with a 73mm spine. Pages measure 295 x 245mm. Albums Product Code Description wt. Kg 462-0001 Album & Maroon Slipcase 1.60kg 462-0002 Album only 0.73kg 462-0003 Maroon Slipcase only 1.00kg Expansion Pages with 50 micron Protectors, Ivory Product Code Size Qty/Pack 742-851250 298 x 245mm 50
Price Each £47.73 £23.89 £23.89 Price Per Package £24.80
Oversize Album (Legal Size) & Pages: Album is 394mm high, 392mm wide with a 52mm spine and four 38mm O-rings. Sorry, no slipcase available. Pages measure 356 x 241mm. Albums Product Code Description wt. Kg 462-0004 Album Only 1.09kg Expansion Pages with 50 Micron Protectors, Ivory Product Code Size Qty/Pack 742-851450 355 x 245mm 50
30
Price Each £34.16 Price Per Package £28.78
www.preservationequipment.com
Enjoy the convenience, adaptability, and organizational capacity that storage binders offer (without punching holes) using our Ring Binder Storage Adapters. These sturdy Ring Binder Storage Adapters are manufactured from 10 pt., acid-free, Perma/Dur® cardstock and feature a non-yellowing permanent acrylic adhesive for long life. Simply remove the release liner and attach to Archival Polyester or paper envelopes, brochures, catalogs, or most any flat item you wish to keep in a binder. Available in two styles to fit most standard ring binders or albums. Not for use directly on valuable artifacts. Price per package of 12 adapters. Product Code 381-1134 381-1122
Length 298mm 279mm
To Fit 4 ring A4 Multi-ring
Price Each £13.95 £13.95
II Heritage Scrapbooks University Products' acid-free Heritage Scrapbooks for memorabilia offer all the benefits of our Heritage Albums. In addition, we have attached an acid-free envelope inside for safe, temporary storage until you are ready to mount to pages. Available in three standard sizes, each containing 50 acid-free, Ivory coloured Perma/Dur® pages. Screw Post assembly makes insertion of expansion pages a simple task. Choose from our wide variety of mounting corners (page 62) or use neutral pH adhesive (page 96) for direct mounting. For additional protection try our 50 micron polyester page protectors. Scrap Books With 50 Pages (does not include protectors) Ivory Perma/Dur® Product Code Size mm (W x H) Page Size Wt Kg Price 742-1012 267 x 330 254 x 318 1.55kg £54.67 742-1116 305 x 419 292 x 406 2.18kg £61.88 742-1624 419 x 622 406 x 610 4.18kg £105.50 Expansion Pages. Price per package of 25, Ivory Perma/Dur® Product Code Size Wt Price 743-1012 254 x 318mm 0.41g £11.59 743-1116 292 x 406mm 0.64g £11.27 743-1624 406 x 610mm 1.45g £16.11 Polyester page protectors (does not include mounting pages) Price per package of 25 Product Code Size Wt Price 781-1012 254 x 318mm 0.41g £20.68 781-1116 292 x 406mm 0.59g £21.32 781-1624 406 x 610mm 1.18g £38.64
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Storage Binders Photographic II
II PEL® 4 Ring BoxBinder This archival quality, BoxBinder is manufactured using heavy duty, acid-free Board. The outer layer is covered with an elegant, yet durable, high grade bookcloth to help repel dust, dirt and fingerprints. The interior is lined with black, acid-free, paper. Four 38mm D Rings are incorporated to secure the special 4-hole polyester pocket pages below. the standard 4 rings can be used for most 4 ring album pages. Inside dimensions: 330mmH x 287mmW x 60mmD. Product Code 507-PBP1
size 330mm x 287mm x 60mm
Price Each £35.65
II Polyester 4 Hole Boxbinder Pocket Pages Designed specifically for use in our Deluxe Infinity Album™ and our 4-ring Museum Boxbinders, these pages offer maximum protection to your most precious photos, documents, momentos, etc. The crystal clear pages, made from 75 micron polyester with a superior welded seam, will not become brittle or yellow with age, safeguarding your memories for future generations to enjoy. Overall page size: 320mmH x 250mmW. Price per package of 10 pages. These pages fit 4 ring albums and boxbinder found on this page.
100% Archival Polyester Pages
II The Museum BoxBinder
Product Code 565-PBP1 565-PBP2 565-PBP3 565-PBP4 565-PBP5
Pkts/Pg 1 2 1 4 8
Approx Pkt Size (mm) 318H x 229W 152H x 229W 318H x 229W 157H x 118W 76H x 114W
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Opening top top side top side
wt 0.5g 0.5g 0.5g 0.5g 0.5g
Price Each £8.98 £16.95 £9.75 £15.95 £17.95
This BoxBinder is manufactured from our 1300gsm. acid-free blue/grey board, lined with a white acid-free interior that is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate. Black, rust proof metal edges give the Museum BoxBinder extra stacking strength. Available with your choice of either a three 38mm D-ring (to fit standard 3-ring pages found on pages 32-34 and 60-61), or a four D-ring binding mechanism which accommodates pages below. Interior dimensions: 330mm x 291mm x 60mm. Price each. Product Code 735-BB3 735-BB4
Description Three D-Ring Four D-Ring
wt 1.14g 1.14g
www.preservationequipment.com
Price Each £10.95 £10.95
31
II Photographic Pages & Accessories Helpful Hints… Black Mounting Paper The popular black pages often used in older albums and scrapbooks, while providing an aesthetically pleasing background, contained harmful acids that damaged the photographs and documents they contained. Today, technology has allowed us to create a black paper that is free of damaging acids and yet provides photographers and collectors with the background that best contrasts and enhances their mounted items.
D.
C. E.
A. F.
B. II A. Heavy Duty Perma/Dur® Black Mounting Pages
II D. Photo Page Protectors With Insert Mounting Sheets
University Products’ acid-free, lignin-free, Perma/Dur® Black Mounting Pages provide you with an ideal background to mount photographs, documents, prints, and other items. Use them to replace dangerous acidic pages found in most commercial binders, or with the variety of albums offered on pages 30 and 31. Manufactured from sturdy 225gsm. stock that has passed the Photo Activity Test. Each page is 3-hole punched and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for increased protection. Use with our mounting corners on page 62. Price per package of 50 pages.
These photo page protectors provide excellent archival protection for your individual photographs or clippings. Crystal clear, 50 Micron Mylar® archival polyester sheet cover provides protection from harmful pollutants, dirt ,dust, handling and will not react chemically with your photo images. Each 216 x 279mm protector is 3-hole punched for use in a standard 3-ring binder. The paper insert is available in Ivory or Black acid-free and lignin-free material for complete protection of your photograph. We recommend use of our acid-free photo corners (page 62) to mount your photos and clippings. Price per package.
Product Code 745-8511
overall size 280 x 217
wt 0.73g
Price Each £10.95
For Documenting Items Mounted on Black Perma-Dur® Pages Include names, dates, places, and any other information about the photos, documents and ephemera you mount on black mounting pages with our elegant marking pens. Choose from opaque white, metallic gold or metallic silver fine point ink pens. An ideal way to personalise your memories and provide valuable information to future generations. Price each. Description Opaque White Metallic Silver Metallic Gold
wt 0.05g 0.05g 0.05g
Price Each £3.28 £3.28 £3.28
II C. Heavy Duty Mounting Pages These pages are ideally suited for mounting and supporting photos, documents, cards, etc. Made of our medium weight rigid 225gsm, pale cream, acid-free cardstock, these pages are three-hole punched with the 280 x 217mm size, fitting neatly into our standard page protectors. Price per package of 50 pages. Product Code 781-8511
32
overall size 280 x 217
Wt. 0.73g
www.preservationequipment.com
Colour Ivory
Qty/Pk 50
Wt. 0.95g
Price Each £28.95
II E. Archival Polyester Sheet Protectors
II B. Silver, Gold and White Ink Pens
Product Code 642-2300 642-1302 642-1301
Product Code 780-8511
Price Each £7.65
Preserve, protect and display autographs, prints, letters, cards, photographs, negatives and other items with our archival quality polyester envelopes. These envelopes are sturdy polyester 100 micron archival polyester. 3 edges are sealed by an exclusive welding process. archival polyester is recognised as the most stable and protective plastic storage material and can be used with confidence for the storage and display of your valued materials. Completely transparent for easy viewing without touching. Use with our mounting sheets (page 32) for trading cards, photos, postcards, baseball cards, etc. Items mount easily with our Mounting Corners (page 62) Price per pack of 10. Product Code 565-2753 565-2752
Description letter size letter size
size 222 x 286mm 231 x 286mm
3 hole (side opening) 3 hole top opening)
Price £7.30 £7.95
II F. Divider Guides Archivally safe divider guides help you organise and index your files and albums. Made of our acid-free, lignin-free 225mm. light tan Perma/Dur® file folder stock. Each guide has a 13mm high one third cut tab to allow you to “write-on” or place a label with your information. All guides are punched to fit our Heritage and all standard 3-ring albums. Price per pack of 24 dividers. Product Code 727-1185 727-1195
size wt Price 216 x 279mm plus 13mm tab 0.45kg £16.79 for use with standard size files, albums and pages with protectors 241 x 292mm plus 13mm tab 0.55kg £16.79 for use with protectors 565-2753 and 565-2752, above
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Pages & Accessories Photographic II
II PEL Box Binder™ Preserve your family’s most personal treasures for generations to come with the Infinity Archival Box Binder™. Like a box, this unique format protects your photographs and other momentos from damaging dust and light, yet allows you to enjoy and share the memories like an album. An elegant embossed black book-cloth exterior features an acrylic coating to resist moisture. The acid-free Perma /Dur® lined interior assures you your collection is safe from natural deterioration. The large capacity 64mm slanted ‘D’ rings provide plenty of room for a lifetime of memories. An overall size of 337 x 311 x 76mm allows you to choose the page format that best suits your particular needs. Choose from a variety of styles and formats (Featured in this catalogue). Price each. Product Code 507-3110
wt 1.09g
Price Each £29.95
The first choice of professional photographers and artists to display and protect their valuable collections.
II Giant Archival Scrapbook Album Our newest Archival Album is 20” wide by 26” high, making it easy to mount full size newspapers with ease, Made with post binders to allow for easy expansion, The album comes complete with 25 heavyweight (216gsm), ivory, acid-free sheets (50 pages), each measuring 19.5” x 25.5”. A 1” reinforcing strip on the binding side of the page helps prevent tear-outs and keeps the binder from bulging once items are mounted on the pages. Album covers are crafted from an attractive and durable book cloth to assure years of use. To provide additional protection to your mounted items, cover them with crystal clear polyester Archival Polyester page protectors (sold separately). Product Code 742-1925-33 743-1925 781-1925 870-2055 870-2054
Description Black Album 25 extra pages/ivory 25 Mylar D (50 micron) 3/pk 0.5” post extension 3/pk 2” binding post
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £72.09 £24.25 £41.53 £1.20 £1.43
33
II Photographic Storage
A. 565-2753 Letter size. 222 x 286mm. 3 hole punched, side opening.
A.
B.
C.
Page protectors 50 micron to fit 216mm x 279mm sheets. overall size: 230mm x 281mm, with acid-free Ivory insert sheets.
Pocket page 75 micron to fit 216mm x 279mm sheets, sealed on 3 sides open at top 216mm side. Overall size: 248mm x 286mm.
4 pocket page 75 micron to fit 86mm x 140mm photos or cards. Pockets are top opening and sealed on 3 sides. Overall size: 248mm x 286mm.
These pages will fit The Preservation Box/Album on this page, PEL Boxbinder on page 33 and the 3-ring Museum Boxbinder on page 31
II Infinity™ 100%/Polyester Archival Album Pages
B. 565-2752 Letter size. 230 x 286mm. 3 hole punched, top opening.
We’ve added a new dimension to the convenience of organiser pages by manufacturing them from the most permanent and stable of all plastics - Polyester. Now you can store your photos and other collectibles quickly, conveniently and confidently. Archival Organiser pages contain no harmful plasticisers, and will not become brittle or yellow. They are inert, chemically stable, crystal clear, and have a high tensile strength. The exclusive welding process creates pages without sharp edges which will enhance and protect the items enclosed for decades to come. Page protectors (styles A & D) are now available in your choice of acid-free, Ivory Perma/Dur®. We recommend using mounting corners shown on page 62. Available for 3-ring binders in a variety of styles and configurations. Sold in packages of 50. These album pages fit 3 ring albums and boxbinders found in this catalogue.
II Polyester Sheet Protectors Preserve protect and display autographs, prints, letters, cards, photographs etc. with our 75 micron archival polyester pages. Three edges are sealed by an exclusive welding process that creates an exceptionally strong seam. Pages are completely transparent for easy viewing without touching, while protecting items from dust, dirt and fingerprints. Protectors can be used alone or with mounting pages found on page 32 and a large selection of acid free mounting corners on page 62. Price per package of 10. Product Code A.565-2753 B.565-2752
wt 0.27kg 0.27kg
Price £7.95 £7.95
For 3 Ring Binders - Price per package Product Code Description A. 780-8511 Page protector open on 3 sides B. 533-5811T Pocket page sealed on 3 sides C. 533-5811P Four pocket page
wt 0.95kg 0.95kg 0.95kg
qty/pk 50 50 50
Price £28.95 £47.96 £72.87
Helpful Hint… Plastic Enclosures Plastic enclosures allow viewing of the image through the enclosure, reducing damage from handling and protecting it from moisture and sulphides in the air. Unfortunately, under certain conditions, plastic enclosures can trap moisture and cause sticking. Suggestion: Use archival quality plastic enclosures made of polyester, polypropylene, and polyethylene. All are chemically stable and have a neutral pH. AVOID enclosures made from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). It is not chemically stable, and its plasticisers will cause deterioration of photographs over a period of time.
Printfile Negative & Print Preserves, see page 60 II The Preservation Box/Album Enjoy all the safety and security an archival quality box provides, along with the organisational capabilities an album offers. The Preservation Album/Box is manufactured with 1300gsm. acid-free, lignin-free tan boxboard using metal edge construction to create this clamshell design. A 1-1/2" plated steel O-ring mechanism secures whichever standard size pages you choose to include. Protect photographs, negative, slide collections, or documents. An ideal vehicle for transporting your collection. A Velcro enclosure is included for additional security. The Album/Box measures 12-3/4" x 11-3/4" x 2" when closed. Product Code 799-1112
34
www.preservationequipment.com
Description Tan (324 x 299 x 51mm)
Price £10.80
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Slides Storage II D.
Archivally safe storage for your valuable slide collection.
A.
B. C.
II A. Slide File Case For Archival Slide Storage Boxes Designed to hold six of our archival slide storage boxes Product Code wt Price described below (799-2211), this sturdy metal edged box is 799-1143 0.36kg £8.89 made of our 1000gsm. unbuffered tan, lignin-free box board. Fully telescoping lid provides protection from dust, dirt, and handling and the drop front design provides easy access to individual boxes. This slide file case is ideal for shelf storage of your slide collection. Inside dimensions: 387mmW x 292mmD x 76mmH. Price each.
II B. Archival Slide Storage Box The very finest archival quality slide storage box available Product Code wt Price in today’s marketplace. A fully telescoping, reinforced 799-2211 0.14kg £3.68 metal-edged box. Manufactured of our 1000gsm. unbuffered, lignin-free, tan, acid-free board, it provides safe, convenient storage and transportation for your slide collections. Inside box dimensions are 54mmW x 64mmH x 279mmL with six dividers. Designed to fit case above. Price each.
II C. Slide Storage Box Our buffered slide storage box, made of the finest 1000gsm. lignin-free tan board, has a hinged-lid design for stability and a thumbcut top for easy access. Each box comes with 20 slide boxes, made with our 500gsm. buffered board. Just pop open the slide holder and tuck in the bottom - it’s ready to hold up to 20 slides. A safe, easy and economical way to sort and store up to 400 2" x 2" slides. Inside dimensions: 290mm x 162mm x 57mm. Price each. Product Code 799-6112 799-2000
Description Box and 20 Slide Holders Pkg. of 20 Holders
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
wt 0.27kg 0.09kg
Price £13.40 £10.29
II D. 35mm Group Slide File A rugged and economical archivally safe slide file for storing 2" x 2" 35mm slides. The all-metal construction protects your collection from damage in storage or transit. The attractive baked enamel finish will not react with slide image and the convenient handle makes transporting the file easy and safe. An ideal file for storing up to 750 readymounts or up to 375 glass mounts; each file has 24 movable pressboard dividers allowing you to categorise your collection. A corresponding index chart is included on the inside of the cover lid. Size is 190mm x 368mm x 50mm. Price each. Product Code 545-200
wt 1.55kg
Price £36.60
www.preservationequipment.com
35
II Folders
II Perma/Seal® Laser Labels Choose either our regular acid-free Perma/Seal® laser labels for file folders, or Perma/Seal® foil-backed version. Both contain 30 individual file folder labels on one 8.5” x 11” sheet (two columns of 15 labels). Individual labels measure 3.44” x 0.67” (87mm x 17mm). Price per pack of 100 216 x 280mm sheets of 3000 labels. Product Code description wt Price 377-4375 Perma/Seal® 410g £22.95 387-0666 Foil Back Perma/Seal® 410kg £29.95
II Juris Expansion Folders These expansion folders have four scored flaps so that the folder thickness can be adjusted to accommodate varying amounts of loose or bound papers up to 30mm thickness. The seven scores allow easy creasing, each score is 5mm apart and no tools are needed to make the folder adjustment. The folder card is acid-free, lignin-free, 245gsm file folder stock which is also buffered with a 3% calcium carbonate to help the control of migrant acidity. These light-fast, non-bleeding, soil resistant expansion folders are available in A4, letter and legal sizes. The folders meet the Library of Congress specification and they have passed the PAT test. Please note PEL do not print or emboss these folders they are 100% plain. BEWARE of embossed printed folders that may overtime leave an impression on the papers inside. Price per package of 100 Product Code 727-7044 727-7011 727-7022
II Paper File Folder Inserts Protect Individual Documents During Hanging. Now you can separate and index your letters, documents and other materials before placing them into standard file folders with our water marked Perma/Dur® 90gsm paper file folders. These individual folders provide extra support for each item and they are buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve to protect against migrant acidity. Developed in cooperation with the Library of Congress, these quality paper folders are sized to fit within a standard file folder and each has a full 14mm exposed rounded corner tab for indexing information. Available in letter and legal size. Price per package of 100 folders. Product Code Size Wt Price 678-9119 letter 232 x 298mm 1.09kg £15.81 (9.125” x 11.75”) 678-9149 legal 232 x 375mm 1.27kg £17.78 (9.125” x 14.75”)
36
www.preservationequipment.com
Style A4 Letter Legal
Size (W x H) 318 x 230mm (12.5” x 9”) 285 x 225mm (11.25” x 8.75”) 362 x 225mm (14.25” x 8.75”)
Weight 3.2kg 2.7kg 3.6kg
Price £59.95 £58.95 £61.95
See page 9 for our full range cartons
II Hanging File Folders Acid-Free, Lignen-Free. Developed by University Products for our customers who favour the simplicity and effectiveness of a hanging file system, but require archival quality folders. Available in both letter and legal size, these hanging folders are made from the same lignin-free, acid-free, buffered, Perma/Dur® tan folder stock that we use for our standard folders. Folders are mounted on standard hanging rods and include index tabs. Price per package of 25 folders. Product Code size wt Price 727-1100 letter 298 x 240mm 1.6kg £19.25 727-1400 legal 375 x 240mm 2.0kg £19.25
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
File Folders II II Flush Cut File Folders for A4 size Flush Cut Acid-Free Folders designed for A4 papers. Made from acid-free buffered heavy weight attractive 244gsm paper with moderate porosity allowing the folder to breath. Will allow a quantity of papers to be stored in one single folder. No exposed tab makes the Flush Cut File Folders suitable for archival box storage (see box 733-9123 on P6). Price per package of 100 folders.
Product Code 701-1209
Our best quality folders are both acid & lignen free with superior strength qualities
Dark Tan 13mm (0.5”) Exposed Tab Product Code size 727-0912DT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) 727-0915DT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm) Dark Tan 25mm (1”) Exposed Tab Product Code size 701-0912DT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) 701-0915DT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm)
wt
wt
Price £33.46 £37.10
Price £28.36 £33.66
wt
Price £33.46 £37.10
wt
Price £28.07 £33.00
II Perma/Dur® Unreinforced File Folders Made from acid-free, lignin-free Perma/Dur® 260gsm stock in light tan for exceptional strength and endurance. Top margin has 1/2" exposed tab, straight cut and round corners. Price per package of 100 folders. Letter Size: 241 x 298mm (9.5” x 11.75”) Product Code Tab size wt 727-1912 full cut 2.82kg 727-2912 half cut 2.68kg 727-3912 third cut 2.45kg Legal Size: 241 x 375mm (9.5” x 14.75”) Product Code Tab size wt 727-1915 full cut 3.82kg 727-2915 half cut 3.59kg 727-3915 third cut 3.45kg
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £29.40
Finally… pin-fed labels sized specifically for use on file folders. Made of our foil-backed label stock with aggressive acrylic adhesive that will not yellow, crack or peel with age. Package of 1000 labels, fanfolded for use on your computer, word processor or typewriter. Price per package.
These acid-free and lignin-free folders offer maximum protection for storage of letters, documents and other materials. Made of our exclusive Perma/Dur® 260gsm folder stock, these full-cut file folders possess superior folding characteristics and outstanding strength qualities assuring long life and protection. Folders are lignin-free and acidfree with a strictly controlled pH level (8.5±) buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve to assure a safe and protective environment for material stored within these folders. Available in two light-fast, non-bleeding, soil resistant colours, in both letter and legal size. Price per package of 100 folders.
Light Tan 25mm (1”) Exposed Tab Product Code size 701-0912LT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) 701-0915LT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm)
wt 2.75kg
II File Folder Labels
II Perma/Dur® Reinforced File Folders
Light Tan 13mm (0.5”) Exposed Tab Product Code size 727-0912LT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) 727-0915LT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm)
size 12.2” x 9.05” (310x 230mm) A4
Product Code 387-3736 387-3301
To fit tab size half cut third cut
wt 0.45kg 0.55kg
Price £20.26 £15.04
II Manuscript Folders Acid-free, lignin-free, Perma/Dur® stock Manuscript Folders provide ultimate protection for long-term storage of important papers. Your manuscripts and other meaningful documents benefit from the 3% calcium carbonate buffer which helps to control migrant acidity. The light-fast, non bleeding, soil resistant 260gsm. folders are available in both letter and legal size, with a 25mm tab and rounded corners. Price per 100 folders . Product Code 701-1913 701-1915
size 10” x 11.75” 10” x 14.75”
(254 x 298mm) (254 x 375mm)
wt 3.45kg 3.86kg
Price £40.59 £42.28
II Acid Free Vertical File Jackets Access the contents of your file jackets without pulling the files out or tugging open the flap. These vertical file jackets combine instant access to documents afforded by the open design with the safety of archival quality materials. One piece construction file jackets are made of sturdy 260gsm Perma /Dur® folder stock with an alkaline reserve and have a 13mm exposed reinforced extended back for labelling. Pleats for 1" expansion also give the file a firm base on which to stand. Choose either letter or legal size. Price per package of 10 folders. Product Code 727-8111 727-8141
style letter legal
size inc. tab (W x H) 11.75” x 9.5” (298 x 241mm) 14.75” x 9.5” (375 x 241mm)
wt 0.27kg 0.36kg
Price £21.71 £23.48
II Expansion Folders Accordion pleats on sides and bottom fulfil a variety of archival storage needs. Excellent for groupings of manuscripts, pamphlets, music or any items with expansion potential. Made of sturdy. 260gsm Perma/Dur® acid-free folder stock for long life. Pre-scored, large, overhanging flap folds easily. Expands to 1-1/2" (38mm). Price per package of 5 folders.
Price £28.38 £28.38 £27.04 Price £31.35 £31.35 £31.35
Dimensions 0.75” x 4” (19 x 100mm) 1” x 3.5” (24 x 89mm)
Product Code 727-2012 727-2015
style letter legal
size (W x H) 12.25” x 10.25” (311 x 260mm) 14.75” x 10.25” (375 x 260mm)
wt 0.32kg 0.41kg
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £11.41 £13.72
37
II Envelopes Print & Negatives II A. Unbuffered Glassine Envelopes (P.A.T. Tested)
II Unbuffered Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes
PEL acid-free translucent preservers are available in four standard sizes. The neutral pH glassine is unbuffered and allows you to see the negative without touching it. Envelopes are side seam style and open on one long side. The open side has a leading flap to allow easy inserting of negatives.
Sturdy Perma/Dur® Unbuffered Negative Envelopes are ideal for storage of negatives and photographs. On the recommendation of several photographic archivists, we have changed the seam design and added a new style without a thumb cut. The new side seam construction allows even stacking and filing, and prevents marring of the negative or photo within due to too much weight or pressure. Manufactured from a 120gsm lignin-free ivory stock with a pH of approximately 7.0 and a high alpha cellulose content. Seams are fastened with a neutral pH adhesive. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes.
Product Code 375-5378 375-5358 375-5368 375-2418 375-3024
Size 53mm x 78mm (2.09” x 3.07”) 108mm x 134mm (4.25” x 5.25”) 134mm x 184mm (5.25” x 7.25”) 185mm x 250mm (7.25” x 9.85”) 250mm x 310mm (9.85” x 12.20”)
Price per 100 pk £2.25 £5.50 £6.50 £9.95 £15.15
New & Improved Two Side Seams!
Thumb Cut 800-4558 800-4363 800-5378
No Thumb Cut 800-4558NC 800-4363NC 800-5378NC 800-8060 800-6050 800-8210 800-8210NC Price per pack of 50 800-4388 800-4388NC
size (mm) 111 x 137 111 x 162 137 x 187 222 x 172 172 x 127 216 x 267
(inches) 4.375 x 5.375 4.375 x6.375 5.375 x 7.375 8.75 x 6.75 6.75 x 5 8.5 x 10.5
Price £21.95 £24.70 £28.30 £28.35 £21.95 £42.00
292 x 368
11.5 x 14.5
£43.95
II Buffered Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes PEL acid-free Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes are available in three standard sizes. Each envelope features side seams for even filing and stacking, and are constructed using a neutral pH adhesive. The material is ivory coloured Perma/Dur® buffered with 3% calcium carbonate to help retard migrant acidity. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes. Thumb Cut 375-4358 375-4368 375-4378
size (mm) 111 x 137 137 x 187 216 x 267
(inches) 4.375 x 5.375 5.375 x 7.375 8.5 x 10.5
wt 0.68kg 0.82kg 1.27kg
Price £22.50 £24.50 £49.75
Helpful Hint Paper enclosures are opaque and block light. They are also porous and help prevent the accumulation of moisture and gases. However, viewing is more difficult since you must remove the item from the enclosure before you can see it. Handling can cause harmful fingerprinting and other damage. Suggestion: Use paper when items don’t require frequent viewing. Select non-acidic paper enclosures that are of archival quality. Use buffered storage enclosures for cellulose-nitrate and early safety-film negatives, brittle prints, and prints on brittle acidic mounts. Use non-buffered enclosures for colour images, black and white prints, cyanotypes, or albumen prints.
A.
38
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Print & Negatives Envelopes II II A. Heavy Duty Side Opening Envelopes These acid-free envelopes, ideal for filing loose materials, are made of 225gsm heavy weight buffered cream stock with an ungummed flap. The acid-free stock protects the contents from atmospheric pollutants and migrant acidity. Price per package of 25. Product Code 322-2300 322-2301
size 9.5” x 11.75” (241 x 299mm) 9.5” x 14.75” (241 x 375mm)
wt 0.9kg 1.14kg
Price £20.68 £22.53
A.
II B. Perma/Dur® Envelopes (with new improved side seam design) PEL Ivory coloured Perma/Dur® Envelopes are an excellent acid-free and lignin-free storage device for all types of documents, pamphlets, clippings, etc. Manufactured from 120gsm sturdy Perma/Dur® stock, buffered with approximately 3% calcium carbonate. Each is constructed using a neutral pH (P.A.T. tested) adhesive and includes an ungummed flap to help keep out dust and light. We have eliminated the centre seam which could mar the contents if too much pressure or weight is applied. Instead we have incorporated two side seams that are not only safer, but provide more even stacking and filing in large groups. No adhesive on flap. Price per 100 envelopes. Product Code 381-0124 381-0609 381-6795 381-7010 381-7515 381-0810 381-0912 381-1013 381-1115
size 4.9” x 4.9” 6” x 9” 6.75” x 9.5” 7” x 10” 7.5” x 10.5” 8.5” x 10.5” 9” x 12” 10” x 13” 11.5” x 15”
(124 x 124mm) CD (152 x 229mm) A5 (171 x 241mm) (178 x 254mm) (191 x 267mm) (216 x 267mm) (229 x 305mm) A4 (254 x 330mm) (292 x 381mm)
wt 1.23kg 1.23kg 1.50kg 1.68kg 1.86kg 2.10kg 2.55kg 2.82kg 3.82kg
B.
Price £12.50 £31.56 £33.96 £33.30 £35.80 £38.00 £46.95 £49.95 £59.95
II C. “Open Wide” Envelopes Seamless “Open Wide” Envelopes offer unique storage for fragile documents and manuscripts. Items may be placed in or removed from these envelopes without damage in handling. Envelopes are acid-free and buffered for added protection against acid migration. May be stored flat or in storage boxes. Self-adhesive Velcoins® (see page 132) are useful as an enclosure device. Five sizes available from stock. Special sizes available - please inquire. Price per package of 5. Product Code 779-7010 779-9115 779-9015 779-1013 779-1114
size 7” x 10” 9” x 11.5” 9” x 15” 10” x 13” 11” x 14”
(178 x 254mm) (229 x 292mm) (229 x 381mm) (254 x 330mm) (279 x 356mm)
wt 136g 273g 273g 273g 318g
Price £8.54 £11.54 £11.95 £13.95 £14.95
C.
II D. Tyvek® Envelopes Our Tyvek® envelopes provide excellent protection for your documents, negatives and artwork, and are also useful in storing and protecting books in need of repair. Dupont's patented and unique Fibre-Spun bonded Olefin (a bonding of tough, durable high-density polyethylene fibres) is made of continuous fibres and is so strong, you cannot tear it. It resists water, chemicals, rot, mildew and won't discolour. Available in 5 standard sizes. No adhesive on flap. Price per 100 envelopes. Product Code 622-0001 622-0002 622-0003 622-0004 622-0005
size 6.5” x 9.5” 7.5” x 10.5” 9” x 12” 10” x 13” 11.5” x 14.5”
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
(165 x 241mm) (191 x 267mm) (229 x 305mm) (254 x 330mm) (292 x 368mm)
wt 0.86kg 1.10kg 1.55kg 1.73kg 2.14kg
D.
Price £61.95 £68.27 £77.59 £82.69 £107.98
www.preservationequipment.com
39
II Folders Map & Print
II Perma/Dur® Map & Print Folders These completely acid-free and lignin-free Map and Print Folders provide an excellent means of storing and protecting maps, prints, and broadsides. Manufactured from .010 light tan Perma/Dur® with a pH of approximately 8.5, reducing the possibility of paper discolouration and ink fading. Straight cut for safe, convenient storage. Flush folded and reinforced with acid-free tape for added protection. Special size requirements available. Price per package of 10 folders. Product Code 701-7046 701-7047 701-7048 701-7049 701-7050 701-7052 701-7053 701-7051
size 18” x 24” (457 x 610mm) 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 20” x 30” (508 x 762mm) 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm) 24” x 40” (610 x 1016mm) 30” x 42” (762 x 1067mm) 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 36” x 48” (914 x 1219mm)
wt 1.82kg 2.27kg 2.27kg 3.64kg 4.10kg 5.45kg 5.90kg 6.82kg
Price £26.72 £31.90 £36.41 £48.76 £53.11 £52.69 £56.73 £60.50
Visit PEL online at www.preservationequipment.com
II Large Print File Folders Store your valuable prints and photographs in these folders to keep them clean and safe from bending. Heavyweight 135gsm, unbuffered lignin-free and acid-free ledger folders support photos while protecting them from atmospheric contaminants and migrant acidity. Folders are ivory coloured, with squared corners and flush folds so they neatly fit inside our standard print size portfolios (see pages 14 and 15). Price per package of 25 folders. Product Code 743-1418 743-1620
40
size (H x W) 14” x 18” (356 x 457mm) 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm)
wt 3.23kg 4.14kg
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £27.59 £34.80
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Documents & Book Binders II step 1 Determine book size and select the 2 Closest box half sizes. eg: Book size 6"W x 7"L x 1"D One-half size piece 6" x 22" One-half size piece 7" x 16" note: allow at least 2" for overlap.
step 2 Encase book side to side first. Fold along scored lines for snug fit. Attach Velcoin to complete enclosure.
step 3 Encase book top to bottom. Again fold along appropriate score line. Attach Velcoin to complete the enclosure.
Product Code 722-6014 722-6022 722-7016 722-7024 722-8018 722-8026 722-9020 722-9028 722-1022 722-1030 722-1124 722-1132 722-1226 722-1234 722-1430 722-1436
size 6” x 14” 6” x 22” 7” x 16” 7” x 24” 8” x 18” 8” x 26” 9” x 20” 9” x 28” 10” x 22” 10” x 30” 11” x 24” 11” x 32” 12” x 26” 12” x 34” 14” x 30” 14” x 36”
(152 x 356mm) (152 x 559mm) (178 x 406mm) (178 x 610mm) (203 x 457mm) (203 x 660mm) (229 x 508mm) (229 x 711mm) (254 x 559mm) (254 x 762mm) (279 x 610mm) (279 x 813mm) (305 x 660mm) (305 x 864mm) (356 x 762mm) (356 x 915mm)
Price £6.00 £6.40 £5.80 £7.25 £6.95 £8.15 £8.75 £8.40 £9.70 £10.00 £8.80 £12.50 £12.45 £11.85 £14.15 £15.40
II Adjustable Book Storage Boxes Create your own storage boxes for your valuable rare books and documents with these acid-free 450gsm boards. These soil-resistant cream colour boards are scored every 0.625" for easy folding and are available in a wide range of sizes. Enclosure is secured using a pressure-sensitive Velcoin (1 Velcoin provided per sheet; for additional supply, see below). See How-To on this page for complete instructions. Price per package of 5 boards.
II Document Pamphlet Binders
II Document Preservation Folders
With 40pt. Board. Superior heavyweight shelving or drawer binder protection for your most valuable documents and pamphlets. Each binder is made of our acid-free and lignin-free 1000gsm rigid board with a 225gsm internal storage folder and a flexible 6mm spine. These binders, buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve, provide protection during handling or storage and may be shelved vertically. Features a 6mm spine for easy access and indexing. Price each.
These folders are ideal for pamphlets or documents without much bulk. Store them vertically or horizontally. Sturdy grey genuine pressboard folders offer an inexpensive means of storing documents. The inner folder is sturdy Perma/Dur® which is acid-free, and lignin-free. Price per package of 5 Folders.
Product Code 801-1189 801-1449
binder size 308 x 235mm 381 x 235mm
Product Code 323-1159 323-1509
folder size 289 x 229mm 368 x 229mm
Price £7.60 £8.90
Our long, continuous folders may be easily cut to size to fit your panoramas, oversize albumin prints and colour photos. Made of our unbuffered, lignin-free and acid-free 225gsm Perma/Dur® folder stock in a pale cream colour, these long flush cut folders are 12" and 24" high and 36" long. Simply cut the length and height to fit your requirements using a standard paper cutter or scissors. These durable folders provide protection from handling, dust and dirt and may be stored in standard size metal flat files. If you are storing on shelves, we recommend you put the folders in our tan drop-front print storage boxes (call our customer service for special sizes). Price per package of 25 folders. Product Code size (H x W) 313-1236 12” x 36” (305 x 914mm) 313-2436 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
wt 2.64kg 4.95kg
Price £47.07 £69.45
(229 x 292mm) (229 x 381mm)
wt 0.86kg 1.18kg
Price £25.95 £22.95
wt 0.55kg 0.64kg 0.59kg
Price £20.52 £21.77 £27.08
wt 0.77kg 1.00kg 1.23kg
Price £31.71 £35.55 £43.96
II Drama/Playbook Binders Binders designed specifically for the protection and storage of drama/playbooks. Manufactured of sturdy 1300gsm blue/grey board, they are hinged with our strong, acid-free linen tape. The expanding interior folder provides a full 6mm spine and is made of acid-free cream white Perma/Dur® stock. These binders are strong enough to store vertically or horizontally. Price per package of 5 Binders. Product Code 740-6080 740-6595 740-75105
II Oversized Print Folders (for Panoramas, Albumen Prints & Colour Photos)
size 9” x 11.5” 9” x 15”
size 6” x 8” 6.5” x 9.5” 7.5” x 10.5”
(152 x 203mm) (165 x 241mm) (191 x 267mm)
II Wide Spine Document Binder Our Wide Spine Document Preservation Binders accommodate thicker pamphlets and small books with a full 13mm spine and 13mm expansion on interior folder. Binder is made of sturdy 725gsm. genuine Pearl Gray Pressboard with an acid free, lignin-free folder of 225gsm. Perma Dur®. Price per package of 5 binders. Product Code 324-70102 324-91152 324-10132
size 7” x 10” 9” x 11.5” 10” x 13”
(178 x 254mm) (229 x 292mm) (254 x 330mm)
www.preservationequipment.com
41
II Archival Polyester
II Archival Polyester Pockets PEL pockets are used for conservation quality archival storage for works of art on paper. Archivists and Conservators insist on polyester for glass clear, inert protection, knowing it will not crack or yellow with age. It’s so strong it withstands constant handling. Standard pockets are open on one short side. We also offer a complete range of sleeves which have both short sides open. We have included in the format column the nearest box size. You should ensure the size tolerance is acceptable and this is only a guide. We can supply other sizes and configurations such as open two adjacent sides, long side and in sizes to suit your requirements. Prices on application, minimum quantities may apply. Contact our customer services department.
II Polyester Film Marking Pens Ideal for cataloguing polyester pockets with details of contents. Also used for overhead projection film. The ink is non-erasable, alcohol based, permanent and smudge-proof. Can be used on most smooth surfaces such as films, acetate, glass, plastic and metal. Available in two colours. Price each. Product Code Line Width 642-0050 0.5mm 642-1050 0.5mm
42
Colour Black Red
wt 9g 9g
Price £1.59 £1.59
Product Code 565-0503 565-0504 565-4070 565-0604 565-650 565-1217 565-0705 565-272 565-550 565-575 565-3580 565-0906 565-1008 565-1007 565-8105 565-0810 565-2523 565-10105 565-1155 565-1190 565-1285 565-450 565-475 565-1297 565-1210 565-1308 565-09145 565-11145 565-3617 565-14095 565-1411 565-1612 565-350 565-375 565-4532 565-1915 565-1913 565-1625 565-2117 565-5537 565-275 565-2418 565-2420 565-6247 565-2618 565-3022 565-175 565-3624 565-3011 565-0575 565-3042 565-750 565-075
Format Photo size Photo size Photo size Postcard A6 + 10mm Photo size Photo size Photo size A5 + 10mm A5 + 10mm Bank note Photo size Photo size Comic size Photo size Photo size Photo size Photo size Photo size Print size A4 + 5mm A4 + 10mm A4 + 10mm Print size Photo size Foolscap Photo size Photo size Certificate Photo size Photo size Photo size A3 + 10mm A3 + 10mm Newspaper Photo size Photo size Photo size Print size Newspaper A2 + 10mm Print size Photo size Newspaper Map print Newspaper A1 + 10mm Map print Print size OS map OS map OS map A0 + 10mm
Product Code 565-14586 565-11786 565-9011 565-6086 565-3724 565-4733 565-5137 565-5630
Format Cabinet size Cabinet size Cabinet size Cabinet size OS map OS map OS map OS map
www.preservationequipment.com
Box Code
799-0405 780-4612 799-6412 799-0507 799-0507 735-0806 735-0906 735-0906 735-0906 733-8103 733-8103 733-8103
733-9123 733-9123 733-9123 733-1293 733-1293 733-1015 733-1015
733-2011 735-3826 735-3826 735-4433 735-4433 735-4433 732-1813
733-0211 732-1522
732-2243 732-1925 732-2331
Box Code
Micron 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 75 50 75 50 50 50 75 75 75 75 75 75 50 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 50 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 100 75 75
Size (mm) 126 x 86 132 x 107 146 x 95 152 x 102 158 x 115 178 x 116 183 x 132 216 x 140 220 x 158 220 x 158 203 x 89 229 x 152 254 x 203 267 x 190 260 x 210 260 x 210 254 x 235 260 x 260 280 x 216 292 x 235 304 x 216 307 x 220 307 x 220 310 x 245 320 x 250 340 x 214 356 x 232 360 x 285 365 x 174 368 x 235 362 x 286 413 x 313 430 x 307 430 x 307 450 x 320 485 x 380 488 x 335 513 x 413 533 x 432 550 x 370 604 x 430 610 x 457 616 x 514 625 x 470 660 x 458 775 x 575 851 x 604 915 x 610 1016 x 635 1016 x 821 1060 x 750 1060 x 750 1199 x 851
Size (inches) 5 x 3.4 5.2 x 4.2 5.75 x 3.75 6x4 6.2 x 4.5 7 x 4.5 7.2 x 5.2 8.5 x 5.5 8.6 x 6.2 8.6 x 6.2 8 x 3.5 9x6 10 x 8 10.5 x 7.5 10.25 x 8.25 10.25 x 8.25 10 x 9.25 10.25 x 10.25 11 x 8.5 11.5 x 9 11.97 x 8.5 12 x 8.6 12 x 8.6 12.2 x 9.65 12.6 x 9.8 13.4 x 8.4 14 x 9.13 14.2 x 11.2 14.37 x 6.85 14.5 x 9 14.25 x 11.25 16.25 x 12.6 17 x 12 17 x 12 17.7 x 12.6 19.10 x 14.96 19.2 x 13.2 20.2 x 16.25 21 x 17 21.6 x 14.5 23.8 x 17 24 x 18 24.25 x 20.25 24.6 x 18.5 26 x 18 30.5 x 22.6 33.5 x 23.8 36 x 24 40 x 25 40 x 32.3 41.73 x 29.53 41.73 x 29.53 47.20 x 33.5
Price 25pk £8.50 £8.50 £8.50 £8.50 £9.00 £10.00 £11.00 £11.00 £10.50 £11.50 £11.00 £12.50 £13.50 £15.50 £13.50 £14.50 £13.50 £16.00 £15.00 £15.00 £15.50 £14.00 £15.50 £17.00 £18.00 £17.00 £18.50 £22.00 £20.50 £20.00 £20.50 £23.00 £22.00 £23.00 £31.00 £32.00 £28.00 £35.00 £38.00 £38.00 £48.00 £48.00 £55.00 £51.00 £56.00 £72.00 £75.00 £79.00 £86.00 £112.00 £135.00 £108.00 £135.00
Micron 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
Size (mm) 1450 x 860 1170 x 860 open 900 x 1100 open 600 x 860 open 955 x 625 1200 x 841 1320 x 955 1422 x 762
Size (inches) 57.07 x 33.86 46.06 x 33.86 35.43 x 43.31 23.62 x 33.86 37.6 x 24.6 47.25 x 33.1 51.97 x 37.6 56 x 30
Price 10pk £69.00 £58.00 £55.00 £31.00 £36.00 £55.00 £69.00 £67.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Polyester Archival II
Product Code 415-1255 Product Code 415-1250 415-1251 415-1005 415-100 415-753 415-755 415-75 415-5020 415-503 415-0050 415-12 415-36 415-0200 415-0150 415-0010
Product Code 415-175 415-275 415-375 415-475
Micron 125 Micron 125 125 100 100 75 75 75 75 50 50 12 36 50 50 50
Size (mm x m) 1270mm x 25M Size (mm x M) 1067mm x 50M 1524mm x 50M 1067mm x 50M 1067mm x 20M 1067mm x 100M 1524mm x 50M 1067mm x 20M 500mm x 20M 1067mm x 100M 1067mm x 20M 1524mm x 100M 1524mm x 50M 50mm x 152M 38mm x 152M 25mm x 152M
Size (mm) A1 + 10mm 851mm x 604mm A2 + 10mm 604mm x 430mm A3 + 10mm 430mm x 307mm A4 + 10mm 307mm x 220mm
Type anti-static Size (inches x feet) 42” x 164ft 60” x 164ft 42” x 164ft 42” x 65.6ft 42” x 328ft 60” x 164ft 42” x 65.6ft 12.7” x 65ft 42” x 328ft 42” x 65.6ft 60” x 328ft 60” x 164ft 2” x 500ft 1.5” x 500ft 1” x 500ft
Micron 75 75 75 75
Price £93.50 Price £107.00 £165.00 £93.25 £38.00 £147.50 £105.00 £29.70 £15.00 £102.50 £20.25 £48.75 £52.50 £14.70 £10.95 £7.30
II Archival Polyester Rolls
Price 100 Sheets £89.95 £45.75 £23.25 £11.95
II Archival Polyester Sheets
Polyester rolls are a convenient way of handling polyester especially when your requirements are for various sizes. We can supply special thicknesses and roll sizes however minimums will apply, contact our customer services department. Stock sizes are as shown and are available for immediate despatch.
Polyester Sheets are used on our polyester sealing machines. Sheets are also used for interleaving and other conservation methods. Sheets remain perfectly flat, they do not curl like polyester cut from a roll. All sheets are supplied interleaved with tissue between each sheet. We offer convenient sizes however, we can supply sheets to your required size. Minimums will apply, contact our customer services department. Pack of 100 sheets.
Product Code 780-1913 780-1612 780-375 780-350 780-14095 780-1411 780-1114 780-09145 780-1308 780-1210 780-1297 780-475 780-450 780-1285 780-1190 780-1155 780-1010 780-8105 780-0810 780-1008 780-0906 780-550 780-575 780-272 780-0705 780-1711 780-650 780-0604 780-1495 780-0504 780-0503
Micron 75 75 75 50 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 50 75 75 75 75 50 75 50 75 50 75 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Size (inches) 19.2 x 13.18 16.25 x 12.3 17 x 12 17 x 12 14.5 x 9 14.25 x 11.25 14.2 x 11.2 14 x 9.13 13.4 x 8.4 12.6 x 9.8 12.2 x 9.6 12 x 8.6 12 x 8.6 11.97 x 8.5 11.5 x 9 11 x 8.5 10.25 x 10.25 10.25 x 8.25 10.25 x 8.25 10 x 8 9x6 8.6 x 6.2 8.6 x 6.2 8.5 x 5.5 7.2 x 5.2 4.55 x 7 6.2 x 4.5 6x4 3.75 x 5.75 5.2 x 4.2 5 x 3.4
Size (mm) 488 x 335 413 x 313 430 x 307 430 x 307 368 x 235 362 x 286 360 x 285 356 x 232 340 x 214 320 x 250 310 x 245 307 x 220 307 x 220 304 x 216 292 x 235 280 x 216 260 x 260 260 x 210 260 x 210 254 x 203 229 x 152 220 x 158 220 x 158 216 x 140 183 x 132 178 x 116 158 x 115 152 x 102 146 x 95 132 x 107 126 x 86
Price £68.00 £64.00 £64.00 £52.00 £48.00 £49.00 £52.00 £45.00 £42.00 £44.00 £42.00 £39.00 £36.00 £36.00 £38.00 £38.00 £40.00 £36.00 £38.00 £36.00 £34.00 £29.00 £31.00 £30.00 £29.00 £28.00 £26.00 £24.00 £24.00 £24.00 £24.00
II Archival Polyester Sleeves Polyester sleeves are open on two short ends and sealed on both long sides. We only use 100% archival polyester film in the manufacturing of these glass clear acid free sleeves. The material is identical to our polyester pockets, the price is lower because they are produced automatically, removing expensive labour costs. Another benefit of archival sleeves is the less likelihood of damaging the paper or photo when inserting into the sleeve. The natural cling of polyester helps to prevent the contents falling out. Pack of 100 sleeves.
www.preservationequipment.com
43
II Polyester Sealing Machines
II Crossweld™ Polyester Film Sealing Machine Preservation Equipment Ltd’s polyester sealing machines are recognised and trusted worldwide. After years of experience with the previous Crossweld we have now introduced the ultimate sealing machine. This new machine has been designed with health and safety approval, we no longer use a foot switch which could easily be activated by accidentally stepping on it (health and safety liked that). The jaws previously slammed down by touching the foot switch and could cause nipping of fingers, this cannot happen with this new machine. Not using jaws means you are not restricted by the jaw width and can continually weld very wide sheets, up to a maximum of 1400mm. The new style of operation allows much more room to work with the material you are sealing. The working alignment grid squares can now be replaced when worn. The PTFE cloth protecting the welding element is simply replaced by winding new material into place from the roll attached to the machine, a real advantage for quality welds. We have increased the weld length to 700mm and you are no longer restricted to the width between the jaws as on the old machine. For wider material you can now continuously weld in any position from the edge to the centre, this is because the jaws are no longer used. The heat compensating device uses the latest electronics to ensure constant welds every time. The Crossweld can be used for sealing various thicknesses of polyester film, it will weld polyester to paper and board also other materials such as Reemay, Hollytex, Tyvek, PEL Softwrap and even bubble film can all be welded to make pockets and bags. We have made replacing the heating element so easy (not like the old machine), replacing the PTFE Cloth is even simpler. A floor mounting stand is available complete with adjustable feet. Comes complete with instructions, spare element and PTFE cloth. Each machine is shipped in a wooden crate arriving ready for use. Product Code 806-7000 806-7000-110
Product Code 806-7001 806-7002 806-7003 806-7004
44
Description Power supply: 240 volts Power supply: 110 volts Weld length: 700mm continuous Dimensions: 870 x 680 x 240mm high Weight: 58kg
Price £1995.00 £1995.00
Description Spare heating element Spare PTFE Cloth 700mm x 600mm Base protection PTFE tape 19mm x 15m Floor mounting stand
Price £8.50 £32.00 £41.00 £249.00
www.preservationequipment.com
II Monarch Economy™ Polyester Sealing Machine Make Your Own Melinex® Envelopes & Encapsulation Units The Monarch Economy Polyester Sealing Machine edge seals polyester sheets in about 3-5 seconds. The single action clap and alignment grid provide positive positioning and ease of operation. The adjustable timer allows you to vary settings for different weights of polyester. A built in light sensor indicates completed weld. An ideal machine for creating adhesive-free encapsulation units, folders, and envelopes. Welding capacity: 750mm continuous Product Code 806-6000 805-ME710
wt Price 18.2kg £1399.00 Monarch Sealing Machine 90g £9.95 Monarch Replacement Element
A4 Format Archival Multihole Album Pages II
II A4 Format Archival Multihole Album Pages
Product Code 525-00A4 525-00A4/10 525-00A5 525-00A5/10 Museum Boxbinder 735-BB3 735-BB4
Overall Size 302 x 235mm 302 x 235mm 302 x 235mm 302 x 235mm
Pocket size 1mm x 300mm x 217mm 1mm x 300mm x 217mm 2mm x 214mm x 150mm 2mm x 214mm x 150mm
Price £12.75 pack 100 £115.00 pack 1000 £13.95 pack 100 £124.75 pack 1000
330 x 290 x 60mm 330 x 290 x 60mm
Three 38mm D-Ring Four 38mm D-Ring
£10.95 each £10.95 each
These archival album and binder pages are manufactured for PEL to a high conservation standard. Made from inert, clear, acid-free polypropylene. The pages are designed to fit A4 and A5 paper sizes with multi holes for 3 or 4 ring binders. The pages have a soft clear quality feel with an attractive appearance making them one of our most popular best selling products. If you use binders that are in constant use then this product will be ideal. The smooth surface allows you to flick through the pages with ease. For more albums and boxbinders see page 31. Buy 1,000 pages and you save 10%.
II Preservation Time Capsule Designed for PEL by a scientist who recommended we use marine 316 stainless steel that will not rust even in salt water. Comes complete with a PTFE sealing gasket. The materials will not affect the contents, the time capsule is water tight and will survive thousands of years into the unknown future. Papers may need to be de-acidified so they contain no acid and to stop deterioration (see solutions available in this catalogue). Separate each item with archival quality bags, rubber and some plastics will emit acidic vapours, so avoid them. Remove batteries from electrical devices. We also suggest you have your details engraved onto the time capsule. Product Code: 412-0008 size: 220mm Diameter x 600mm Long
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
£379.00
45
II Sleeves, Envelopes, Bags II A. Archival Quality Polyethylene Bags
A.
Prints and posters exposed to repeated handling deserve to be protected from the damaging effects of dirty hands, dust, and moisture. Accomplish this easily and inexpensively with the use of these quality polyethylene bags. Each bag is manufactured of 50 micron uncoated polyethylene, which is chemically inert and will not harm your valuable materials. Smaller bags each hold one matted print; the largest bag holds multiple prints, but is ideally suited for protecting up to 25 sheets of mounting board or archival corrugated board until ready for use. Pack 100 bags. 500-3547 Pack 50 Product Code 500-0810 500-1114 500-1418 500-2024 500-2431 500-3547
size 8.25” x 10.375” 11.375” x 14.25” 14.375” x 18.25” 20.375” x 24.25” 24.5” x 31.375” 35.75” x 47.375”
(210 x 264mm) (289 x 362mm) (365 x 464mm) (518 x 616mm) (622 x 797mm) (908 x 1203mm)
wt 0.41kg 0.68kg 1.36kg 1.82kg 2.05kg 2.18kg
Price £9.25 £13.25 £16.80 £36.80 £42.50 £43.70
II B. Polyester Protector Bags For books, pamphlets, paperbacks, objects or collectables. These lightweight 25 micron bags contour to irregular shapes & are inexpensive for the storage of most common materials. Archival polyester with flap for sealing. Best seller with comic collectors. Price per package of 100 bags.
Product Code 565-2156 565-2158 565-2162 565-2153
size 6.25” x 8.25” 6.875” x 10.375” 7.875” x 10.5” 8.875” x 11.75”
(159 x 210mm) (175 x 264mm) (200 x 267mm) (225 x 299mm)
wt 318g 364g 500g 500g
Price £42.55 £36.26 £40.11 £55.16
qty 500 500 500 500 500 500 200 200 200 200 200
Price £2.60 £3.40 £8.85 £9.00 £8.70 £10.25 £7.70 £11.30 £13.70 £20.60 £26.20
B. II C. Polyethylene Zipper Bags Minigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made from 50 micron polyethylene, now available at very good prices giving excellent value. These simple efficient bags are completely inert and transparent. They have many uses in Museums, Archives and Libraries including storage of books, paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, archaeological spacimens and odd shaped objects. Bags are water resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety of sizes for a variety of uses. Pack 500 and 200 bags. Product Code 500-1000 500-1001 500-1005 500-1006 500-1008 500-1105 500-1100 500-10A4 500-1014 500-1016 500-1017
C.
46
www.preservationequipment.com
size 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 380mm x 510mm (14.96 x 20.08”)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Print/Negative Storage II II D. Archival Quality Polyester Pockets Prints and posters exposed to repeated handling deserve to be protected from the damaging effects of dirty hands, dust and moisture. Polyester is the best material available for this purpose. Each pocket is manufactured from 75 Micron ICI Melinex top grade archival polyester film, which is chemically inert and will not harm your valuable collection. Below are listed photographic sizes, you will find a more complete range on page 43. We can make them to your size requirement, just contact our customer service department for a quotation. Pack Quantity 25. Product Code 565-2420 565-2418 565-1625 565-1612 565-1411 565-1210 565-475 565-1155 565-10105 565-0810 565-0906 565-650 565-0504
size 24.25” x 20.25” 24” x 18” 20.2” x 16.25” 16.25” x 12.3” 14.25” x 11.25” 12.6” x 9.8” 12” x 8.6” 11” x 8.5” 10.25” x 10.25” 10.25” x 8.25” 9” x 6” 6.2” x 4.5” 5.2” x 4.2”
Price £55.00 £48.00 £35.00 £23.00 £20.50 £18.00 £15.50 £15.00 £16.00 £14.50 £12.50 £9.00 £8.50
(616mm x 514mm) (610mm x 457mm) (513mm x 413mm) (413mm x 313mm) (362mm x 286mm) (320mm x 250mm) (307mm x 220mm) (280mm x 216mm) (260mm x 260mm) (260mm x 210mm) (229mm x 152mm) (158mm x 115mm) (132mm x 107mm)
D.
See page 43 many other sizes.
II E. Easy Access Photo/Negative Sleeves With Self-Locking Flap Lightweight, clear polyethylene protectors provide long term protection for the storage and handling of your entire collection at very reasonable cost. Each protector opens on the side for easy insertion or removal of materials and the flap seal provides a secure closure. Soft, less rigid transparent polyethylene will not scratch the emulsion side of your photographs and the protector will not yellow or crack with age. Price per package. Product Code 511-0045 511-0057 511-0810 511-1114 511-1620
neg/print size 4” x 5” (102 x 127mm) 5” x 7” (127 x 178mm) 8” x 10” (203 x 254mm) 11” x 14” (279 x 356mm) 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm)
wt 0.14kg 0.18kg 0.45kg 0.50kg 0.55kg
Qty/Pkg 50 50 50 25 25
Price £5.30 £8.02 £13.59 £14.07 £40.43
E.
II F. Archival Polyester Polyester Sleeve Protectors An easy method for protecting your prints or other items from dust, dirt and scratches during storage and handling. Our best crystal clear sleeves make superb viewing easy without removing the item from the sleeve. Archivally safe polyester material assures that neither the sleeve nor adjacent prints will chemically react with the enclosed print. Sleeves have the two long sides sealed and are open at each end for easy access. Sleeves may be marked with our film marking pen (page 17) or labelled for identification with our acid-free foil-back labels, (page 64). Price per package. See page 43 for full range 25/Pkg. Product Code 780-4070 780-4060 780-0507 780-1217 100/Pkg. Product Code 780-0504 780-0705 780-0810 780-1155
sleeve size 3.75” x 5.75” 4.125” x 6” 5.2” x 7.2” 4.55” x 7”
(95 x 146mm) (105 x 152mm) (132 x 183mm) (116 x 178mm)
wt 0.09kg 0.14kg 0.14kg 0.18kg
Price £6.75 £7.00 £8.00 £8.00
sleeve size 4.2” x 5.2” 5.2” x 7.2” 8.25” x 10.25” 8.5” x 11”
(107 x 132mm) (132 x 183mm) (210 x 260mm) (216 x 280mm)
wt 0.27kg 0.41kg 0.91kg 1.00kg
Price £24.00 £29.00 £38.00 £38.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
F.
Our Polyester Photo Mounting Sleeves on page 62 allow you to mount photo in sleeve directly to mounting page. www.preservationequipment.com
47
II Storage Special Collections
II “See Thru” Polyester Map, Newspaper & Print Envelopes These large envelopes offer an excellent approach to the practical archival storage of large maps, prints or broadsides. These envelopes offer archival storage while giving complete visibility to its contents. Made of 75 micron archival polyester, with 3 edges sealed. Price per package of 5. Product Code 565-2769 565-1721 565-1824 565-2777
size 11” x 17” (279 x 432mm) 17” x 21” (432 x 533mm) 18” x 24” (457 x 610mm) 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm)
wt 364g 636g 773g 1.41kg
Price £6.95 £9.95 £11.50 £19.50
II Polyester L-Velopes
These L-Velopes are sealed on 2 adjacent sides for easy insertion and removal of your valuable covers and documents. Static electricity in the archival polyester clings to materials, providing security while making complete enclosure unnecessary. One long side and one short side are thermo-welded for long life. Sturdy archival 75 micron archival polyester assures the utmost in safety, strength, clarity and longevity. Guaranteed non-yellowing and stable. Price per package of 10. Product Code 737-2510 737-0810 737-0912 737-9514 737-1114 737-1714 737-1620 737-2420
Outside Dimensions of L-Velopes™
2.5” x 10.12” (64 x 257mm) 8.25” x 10.25” (210 x 260mm) 9.25” x 12.25” (235 x 311mm) 9.5” x 14.25” (241 x 362mm) 11.25” x 14.25” (286 x 362mm) 17.375” x 14.375” (442 x 365mm) 16.25” x 20.25” (413 x 514mm) 20.25” x 24.25” (514 x 616mm)
Fits Box
Price
733-8103 733-9123 735-9123 733-1153 733-1418 733-1623 733-2024
£2.50 £6.95 £7.95 £8.95 £9.95 £12.95 £14.95 £21.95
fig.2
fig.1
fig.3
II Self-Sealing L-Velopes® Now you can protect your photos, ephemera, maps, or documents safely and easily between sheets of archival quality polyester using no adhesives! These Self-Sealing L-Velopes® are made of polyester to support their contents and protect them from stress, dirt, fingerprints and atmospheric pollutants. Great for temporary displays or items that need to be handled frequently. Self-Sealing L-Velopes are easy to use: two adjacent sides open (fig.1) so sheet slips safely in (fig.2) then flaps fold over to make a seal (fig.3). The process is just as easily reversible with no damage to contents. Price per package of 5 L-Velopes. Product Code 738-0811 738-0912 738-1114 738-1117 738-1217
48
Micron 75 75 75 75 75
fits up to 216 x 279mm (8.5” x 11”) 229 x 305mm (9” x 12”) 279 x 356mm (11” x 14”) 279 x 432mm (11” x 17”) 305 x 432mm (12” x 17”)
wt 182g 182g 318g 364g 364g
www.preservationequipment.com
Price
£10.15 £11.95 £13.30 £14.35 £14.35
II Coin Envelopes Acid-free, paper coin envelopes with flap. Insert the coin, fold over the (ungummed) flap to hold the coin. Safe for handling, protecting from fingerprints, dust and dirt. Product Code 876-5050 876-COIN-S
size 50mm x 50mm) 50mm x 50mm
quantity 100 1000
Price £5.35 £35.50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Archival Print Boxes II
A. Archival Print Boxes
II A. Archival Print Boxes
II B. Archival A Size Boxes
Made exclusivity for PEL these archival print boxes are ideal for single prints and other works of art on paper. The print boxes are made with acid free board covered in black book cloth. The white acid free interior assures you that your collection is safe from natural deterioration.
The A size acid free boxes are designed to store international paper sizes from A1 to A5.
The small capacity is 15mm deep which allows storage for a small selection of sheets ensuring damage is removed from over filled deep boxes of documents. For additional protection use our polyester pockets on page 42, we have entered below the product code for the pocket which is suitable for each box. The separate lid fits completely over the box base for secure protection. Product Code 507-1005 504-1004 507-1003 507-1002
Format A5 A4 A3 A2
Polyester Pocket 565-575 565-475 565-375 565-275
Internal Size 225 x 160 x 15mm 310 x 225 x 15mm 435 x 320 x 15mm 610 x 435 x 15mm
Price £12.00 £13.50 £15.60 £23.60
Modern A size archival boxes have previously been hard to find, PEL is the only company to offer true archival conservation quality in the international A size as standard. The archival boxes are 50mm deep, the metal corners remove the need for adhesives which may dry out or off gas. The boxes can be stacked, heavy full ones will not crush the partly full or empty ones due to the strength of the metal corners. The PEL matt black outside and white inside conservation boxboard is used for both purity and strength. The combination of our strong, durable 1.5mm thick board and metal edge construction make these boxes your best choice for lasting protection. Buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for additional protection from airborne pollutants. For additional archival protection we have included the polyester pocket product code for each box. Product Code 732-1005 732-1004 732-1003 732-1002 732-1001
Format A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
Internal Size 225 x 165 x 50 315 x 225 x 50 435 x 315 x 50 610 x 435 x 50 860 x 610 x 50
Polester Pocket 565-575 565-475 565-375 565-275 565-175
Price £6.55 £7.55 £8.95 £12.95 £15.25
B. Archival A Size Boxes
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
49
II Boxes Flat Storage
50
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Flat Storage Boxes II
II E-Flute Blue/Grey Flat Storage Boxes Consider lightweight E-Flute acid-free, lignen free corrugated blue/grey board. Each contains a 3% calcium carbonate buffer. Available in three convenient sizes. Price each. Thickness 1/16”
Product Code 612-0034 612-0036 612-0038
CaCO3 Buffer Yes
Colour Blue/Grey
Size (L x W x H) 12” x 10.25” x 5” 17.25” x 11” x 5” 20” x 16” x 5”
Design Short Lid
Size (mm) 304 x 260 x 127 438 x 279 x 127 508 x 406 x 127
Construction RTA Weight 0.3kg 0.5kg 1.14kg
Lignen-Free Yes Price £16.00 £19.25 £23.10
II B-Flute Blue/Grey Flat Storage Boxes The standard for protection. Our B-Flute acid-free corrugated boxes offer durability with no sacrifice in archival quality. Available in three convenient sizes. Price each. Thickness 1/8”
Product Code 613-3400 613-3600 613-3800
CaCO3 Buffer Yes
Colour Blue/Grey
Size (L x W x H) 12” x 10.25” x 5” 17.25” x 11” x 5” 20” x 16” x 5”
Design Short Lid
Size (mm) 304 x 260 x 127 438 x 279 x 127 508 x 406 x 127
Construction RTA Weight 0.4kg 0.6kg 0.8kg
Lignen-Free Yes Price £11.85 £12.40 £15.80
II Kraft Flat Storage Boxes Made from our cost effecient acid-free tan corrugated. These boxes ship flat and snap together in seconds without tools, tapes, or adhesives. Available in three convenient sizes. Price each. Thickness 1/8”
Product Code 540-0034 540-0036 540-0038
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
CaCO3 Buffer No
Colour Tan
Size (L x W x H) 12” x 10.25” x 5” 17.25” x 11” x 5” 20” x 16” x 5”
Design Short Lid Size (mm) 304 x 260 x 127 438 x 279 x 127 508 x 406 x 127
Construction RTA Weight 0.4kg 0.6kg 0.8kg
Lignen-Free No Price £5.65 £6.65 £8.90
www.preservationequipment.com
51
II Box Really Useful
Serving Museums, Libraries & Archives Worldwide
II Really Useful Box These transparent polypropylene multi-purpose boxes are acid-free, suitable for archives and are conservation quality. They are exceptionally strong, stackable and come complete with a lid and locking handles. The 35 litre size is also available in folding format making it very useful for keeping a quantity ready in your disaster kit, product code 755-0035/F. For storage of CDs and DVDs, the 18 litre box is rigid, strong and is ideal for safe storage of this type of media. Another very useful (really useful box) box is the 35 litre with an integral lip to accommodate foolscap suspension file folders, see page 36. This makes the box ideal for mobile filing or as archive storage. The 9 litre box is designed to take A4 paper size and is one of the best selling sizes. Another valuable size is the 1 litre used for small fragments especially on archaeological site digs. The locking lid ensures contents are secure, even if the box is knocked over. Dimensions: Length x Width x Depth. Product Code 755-0001 755-0015 755-0002 755-0003 755-0004 755-0006 755-0009 755-0010 755-0011 755-0018 755-0019 755-0020 755-0021 755-0035 755-0035/F 755-0038 755-0042 755-0050 755-0064 755-0084 755-00TR 755-00TS
52
www.preservationequipment.com
Litre Size External Dimensions Internal Dimensions 0.7 155 x 100 x 80 120 x 80 x 70 1.5 355 x 100 x 70 320 x 80 x 60 1.6 195 x 135 x 110 150 x 110 x 95 3 245 x 180 x 160 190 x 143 x 120 4 395 x 248 x 88 348 x 220 x 68 6 465 x 270 x 85 400 x 225 x 70 9 395 x 255 x 155 335 x 210 x 140 10 520 x 340 x 85 460 x 295 x 70 11 450 x 350 x 120 365 x 300 x 91 18 480 x 390 x 200 380 x 310 x 170 19 395 x 255 x 290 315 x 205 x 270 20 710 x 440 x 120 610 x 370 x 90 21 480 x 390 x 230 380 x 310 x 200 35 480 x 390 x 310 370 x 310 x 280 35 Folding 485 x 390 x 325 380 x 320 x 290 38 480 x 390 x 345 370 x 310 x 280 42 520 x 440 x 310 405 x 365 x 280 50 710 x 440 x 230 605 x 370 x 200 64 710 x 440 x 310 605 x 370 x 280 84 710 x 440 x 380 605 x 370 x 355 Trolley fits 50, 64 & 84 litre boxes Trolley fits 18, 21, 35 & 38 litre boxes
Price £0.95 £2.80 £1.87 £2.80 £3.73 £4.67 £4.67 £6.53 £5.60 £7.47 £7.47 £9.33 £9.33 £10.59 £12.45 £12.45 £10.92 £10.92 £12.60 £15.96 £39.20 £23.40
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Really Useful Box Storage II
II Archiving Shelf Kits – Really Useful Boxes Due to the success of the Really Useful Boxes we can now offer racking designed by PEL together with our racking manufacturer. The shelves are especially made for the boxes. The paint is of conservation standard and does not off gas, making the archive racking suitable for museum storage and archiving. The kits are supplied flat packed and are easy to assemble. Really Useful Box storage bays can be used with other sizes of boxes to suit your requirements. Each shelf will take 78kg. Please be aware that weights quoted are for uniformly distributed weights. Graphite grey uprights with light grey shelves. Please note, prices are for shelving only. Boxes must be ordered separately. Product Code 502-0704 502-0705 502-0706
Size (mm) 1850H x 900W x 450D 1850H x 900W x 370D 1850H x 900W x 450D
Boxes 10 x 35 litres 48 x 4 litres 10 x 35 litres
Shelves 4 5 6
Price £129.35 £148.85 £159.20
II Really Useful Box Trays The trays are designed to fit inside the 755-0035 Really Useful Box. The system is ideal for storing fragments, specimens, small fossils, minerals, shells, jewellery, medals and various artefact collections. We recommend our 979-1000, 100% polyester batting/wadding to create nests to protect fragile contents. Really Useful Box Trays are 90mm deep and you can fit 3 trays into the 35 litre box. Each tray has a lip to allow the trays to be stacked neatly and prevents them slipping apart. They sit squarely on each other and this allows them to be used without a box if necessary. Product Code: 502-00T1 External Dimensions (mm): No. of compartments & size: Product Code: 502-00T2 External Dimensions (mm): No. of compartments & size:
£4.25 375 x 310 x 90mm 6 x 150mm x 20mm £4.25 373 x 308 x 90mm 16 x 90mm x 74mm
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
53
II Dehumidifiers II A. Heavy Duty Humidifier Suitable for areas requiring quiet operation and smart appearance. Will remove 25 litres of moisture per day, through built in water tank or continuous drainage option. The dehumidifier has a variable humidity control for the RH level you require. The features on this model are normally found on more expensive units. Automatic defrost, washable nylon filter, fitted castors, automatic water tank full shut off, full tank alarm or light. Product Code: 810-0036 Power Supply Energy Use Operating Temperature Water Tank Dimensions Weight Noise Level
A.
£259.50 220/240 volt 0.463 Kw 5-35ºC 10 litres 530mm H x 340mm W x 425mm D 22.6 Kilo 55.7 Max dB
II B. Extra Heavy Duty Humidifier This dehumidifier is ideal for use in occupied buildings with a sound level of 63dB at 3 metres. Despite its power it works off a 13 amp electrical socket, just plug in and go. The housing body is powder coated to resist rust and has the strength to soak up inevitable knocks. Water removal rate is up to 60 litres per 24 hours with a standard outlet stub for a garden hose. The wide fin spaced coil blocks help to prevent coil clogging to deliver the designed performance over longer periods. This robust unit is designed to be powerful, efficient and highly mobile. Product Code: 810-0060 Power Supply Energy Use Water Removal Air Flow (average) Operating Range Refrigerant Noise Level Dimensions Weight
£986.00 230 volt 0.8 Kw 60 litres per 24 hours 300 cfm 5ºC to 30ºC R134A 63dB 950mm H x 360mm W x 410mm D 36 kilo
B.
II C. Extreme Heavy Duty Dehumidifier This Dehumidifier is a very quick unit, when speed of drying is required such as drying out an entire building after flooding. This extreme heavy duty dehumidifier can remove 170 litres of moisture/water per day. Built to withstand the rigours of a disaster site this unit operates on 230 or 110 volt. It is fitted with automatic pump out and purge button as standard. Operates off normal 13 amp electrical plug. The unit has a built in trolley with large handle for mobility and is easy to lift with two side handles.
C.
54
www.preservationequipment.com
Product Code 810-0170 Power Supply Energy Use Drainage Moisture Removal Air Volume in free air Maximum Static Pressure Dimensions Weight
£2,200.00 230 or 110 volt 2.3 Kw Continuous 170 litres day (37 gallons) 1000 m3/hr 450 pascals 999mm H x 571mm W x 599mm D 63 kilo
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Air Conditioning II
D.
E.
II D. Air Conditioning Mobile Unit Many customers have requested we include an air conditioning unit to our range of products. After serious investigation and research we have decided on a unit suitable for museums, archives and libraries. We are offering two models, one at 23000 btu and one at 28000 btu. Both are commercial air conditioning units capable of providing air conditioning to rooms 100 square metres (1000 sq ft), product code 810-0023 and 160 square metres (1700 sq ft), product code 810-0028. The units work off 3 pin standard 13 amp electrical socket and can be used up to 65 feet (20m) from an external wall. The units have a removable water tank with automatic cut off or continuous drainage options. The 2.5 metre exhaust hose is permanently attached and stored inside the unit. Spot cool attachment hose is available and comes in 10 metre lengths. This allows cooling directed to where you need it. Product Code 810-0028 Power Supply Energy Use Cooling Power Air Delivery Refrigerant Exhaust Diameter Cooling Duct Diameter Range Noise Dimensions Weight Product Code 810-0023 Power Supply Energy Use Cooling Power Air Delivery Refrigerant Exhaust Diameter Cooling Duct Diameter Range Noise Dimensions Weight
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
£2,853.00 220/240 volt 2.3 Kw 28000 btu (8.2 Kw) 850 cfm (1420m/hr) R417A 8" (200mm) 6" (150mm) 21º C to 35ºC 65 dB 1450mm H x 530mm W x 690mm D 97 kilo £1,870.00 220/240 volt 1.8 Kw 23000 btu (6.7 Kw) 650 cfm (1100m/hr) R417A 6" (150mm) 6" (150mm) 21ºC to 35ºC 65 dB 1080mm H x 530mm W x 690mm D 86 kilo
II E. Mobile Air Conditioning Units
F.
This climate control system has soft touch controls for switching between heating and cooling. The powerful 15000 btu (4.4Kw) heating and cooling capacity gives hot or cool climate control all year round. The heat pump technology together with an additional evaporative cooling feature keeps energy costs down. The three fan speed climate control unit is very quiet at maximum only 50 db at the low setting is just 46 db. Suitable for 100 cubic metre large rooms, offices, studios and other hot spots. No water tank to empty when cooling; just set the temperature and forget about it. This model has an evaporative mode which allows an increase in humidity if required Product Code 810-0150 Power Supply Energy Use Noise Level Dimensions Weight
£425.00 230 volt 1.6 Kw Max 50 dB low 46 dB 815mm H x 370mm W x 595mm D 40 kilo
II F. Mobile Air Conditioning Units Hot or Cool climate control for use all year round. No need to empty the water tank when cooling. This full remote control mobile unit cools and heats; simply set the temperature and the system automatically keeps the room temperature level. Easy to install and simple to use. The unit has a heavy duty chassis with castors for easy repositioning and comes complete with 2 metre exhaust hose and window mounting board. Uses ozone friendly R407C refrigerant, suitable for areas of up to 60 square metres. The three fan speeds have a very low noise level at maximum 48 dB and 42 dB at low level. Product Code 810-0140 Power Supply Energy Use Noise Level Dimensions Weight
£399.00 230 volt 1.55 Kw Max 48 dB Low 42 dB 800mm H x 570mm W x 410mm D 35 Kilo
www.preservationequipment.com
55
II Film Containers
II Film Containers The Analog Media Preservation container was designed with the best criteria sod preservation available, to answer the needs of the audio and film industry. The cans are vented, the gases produced by the degradation of the film base are evacuated and the Vinegar Syndrome should not develop in them if the film was in a proper condition when put in.
16mm film container. Price each. Product Code
Description
519-22504
16mm/400ft (120m) polypropylene film container 16mm/800ft (240m) polypropylene film container 16mm/1200ft (360m) polypropylene film container 16mm/1200ft (360m) film container with CD/DVD lid 16mm/2000ft (600m) polypropylene film container 16mm/2000ft (600m) film container with CD/DVD lid
519-22506 519-22512
Storing your films in rusting film cans may be one of the chief causes of their deterioration. These inert polypropylene film cans won’t rust or corrode like the original metal cans your films probably came in. Small vents in these containers allow the exchange of acidic gasses (the by product of deterioration) which would otherwise build up inside the can and speed the breadown of the film. These cans are flame retardant and contain less than 4% halogen which means that in the event of a fire there is virtually no release of chlorine or bromine gas. For storage of films on cores (not reels) only. • • • • •
Silver Grey colour 100% prime polypropylene Designed allowing ventilation They cannot be water soaked The cans are stackable, interlocking and they don’t open only by dropping them • CD/DVD case in the lid as an option available for the 16mm/1200 ft container and the 16mm/2000ft only
519-22516 519-22522 519-22526
Dimensions Interior & Thickness 7.01”/0.98” 178mm/25mm 9.25”/0.98” 235mm/25mm 11.22”/0.98” 285mm/25mm 11.22”/0.98” 285mm/25mm 14.17”/0.98” 360mm/25mm 14.17”/0.98” 360mm/25mm
Dimensions Exterior & Thickness 7.64”/1.11” 194mm/28mm 9.88”/1.11” 251mm/28mm 12.01”/1.08” 305mm/27mm 12.01”/1.17” 305mm/30mm 14.96”/1.10” 380mm/28mm 14.96”/1.14” 380mm/29mm
Price
Dimensions Interior & Thickness 10.24”/1.54” 260mm/39mm 11.06”/1.73” 281mm/44mm 14.17”/1.54” 360mm/39mm 17.13”/1.54” 435mm/39mm
Dimensions Exterior & Thickness 11.02”/1.81” 280mm/46mm 12.01”/1.83” 305mm/47mm 14.96”/1.81” 380mm/46mm 17.95”/1.85” 456mm/47mm
Price
£2.40 £4.00 £4.75 £5.65 £7.25 £8.55
35mm film container. Product Code
Description
519-23510
35mm/1000ft (300m) polypropylene film container 35mm/1200ft (360m) polypropylene film container 35mm/2000ft (600m) polypropylene film container 35mm/3000ft (900m) polypropylene film container
519-23516 519-23520 519-23526
Casing answering to the standards drawn by ANSI, AIN and SMPTE.
£5.45 £5.35 £8.00 £13.00
II Hubs • Designed to prevent lateral sliding during transportation • Used to hold an audio reel of 10" • Made of polypropylene • Black is the only available colour • Size for 1200 ft and 2000 ft containers Product Code
Description
519-21200
Hub for 1200ft (360m) film container Hub for 2000ft (600m) film container
519-20000
56
www.preservationequipment.com
Dimensions Exterior & Thickness 11.02”/1.81” 280mm x 46mm 12.01”/1.89” 305mm x 48mm
Price £1.40 £1.80
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Film Containers II II Cores
Cores
The flanges of a reel may cause the edges of film to warp and curl. The best, safest way to store film is to wind around one of these cores without a reel. The 16mm cores are made of inert, archival polypropylene: Diameter on both cores is 3". Price each. • Resilient, does not deteriorate • Made of polypropylene, resistant to acids and bases • Size 3” • Blue is the only colour available Product Code
Description
519-52030 519-53230
3 inch core for 16mm film container 3 inch core for 35mm film container
Dimensions Exterior & Thickness 3”/1.81” (76mm x 46mm) 3”/1.89” (76mm x 48mm)
Price £0.70 £1.05
II Labels • Made of vinyl, resistant to acid • Adherence resistance to temperature between -190ºC and 125ºC • Can be peeled off and replaced easily • Compatible with regular laser printers • Possibility of permanently identifying the label with your logo • Personalized dimensions available • Also available in a roll for thermal printers Product Code 519-0018 519-0019
Description Vinyl white labels for 16mm container for laser printer Vinyl white labels for 35mm container for laser printer
Quantity per packet 192 per packet 144 per packet
Price £70.00 £70.00
II Data Protection CD/DVD Case & Discs
Data Protection CD/DVD Case & Discs
Originally the CD/DVD case was created to answer the needs of the archival field but since has been discovered by users for their daily use. Made of unbreakable polypropylene, its shelf life is estimated to about a century. These durable and functional CD/DVD cases are ideal for both circulation and long-term storage. Manufactured from inert, heavy-duty polypropylene, these one-piece cases won’t crack or yellow over time. The resilient hinge won’t crack or separate even after years of use. A protective hub holds the disc securely in place and the transparent case allows you to easily view the contents. Internal tabs are provided for storage of literature with the disc. The lock-tight design keeps the case securely closed during transit. Best of all, the patented self-releasing hub suspends the disk midair. • 100% unbreakable, polypropylene • Fully hinged, resilient, moulded as one piece • Self-releasing patented hub • Disk floats to prevent scratches Product Code 491-7845
Description Polypropylene CD/DVD case
Quantity per packet 5.63” x 4.88” x 0.39” (143mm x 124mm x 10mm)
Price £1.07
II Kodak DVD & CD Disks The recordable Archival Gold CD-R is manufactured using a patented dye that reacts faster to the disc drive’s writing laser, making the pit edges used to store data sharper and easier to read. This dye offers maximum resistance to the effects of light, humidity and heat. The CD’s reflective layer is made with 24K gold instead of the silver layer used in most common discs, making it less vulnerable to oxidation (CD rot). An ideal medium for long term storage of digital files including pictures, music and other data. Tested through an accelerated aging process and shown to safely store data for more than 300 years. Gold CD-R has a speed of 52X and can store up to 700 MB. • Assures the safety and integrity of your digital heritage • Pure gold reflective layer that will keep intact your data for centuries • Approved for all burners Product Code 245-1001 245-1002 245-1005 245-1006
Description Kodak Gold Preservation CD-R Disk Kodak Gold Preservation DVD-R Disk Kodak Preservation System: Kodak Gold CD-R disk in a clear polypropylene case Kodak Preservation System: Kodak Gold DVD-R disk in a clear polypropylene case
Kodak DVD & CD Disks
Price £1.83 each £2.90 each £24.95 10pk £25.35 10pk
II Labels • Made of vinyl, resistant to acid • Adherence to temperatures between -190ºC and 125ºC • Compatible with regular laser printers Product Code 519-0024
Description Vinyl white labels for CD/DVD case for laser printer
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Quantity per packet 624 labels
Price £70.00
www.preservationequipment.com
57
II Multihole Pages
For Boxbinders see page 31 II Archival A4 Multihole Pages These archival album and binder pages are manufactured especially for PEL. Made from inert, clear, acid-free, polypropylene designed to fit A4 paper size 297 x 210mm with multi holes for 3 or 4 ring binders. The pages have a soft clear quality feel and attractive appearance making them one of our best selling products. We now offer them in a bulk pack of 1,000 pages and you save 10% discount (£10.75 per 100). Product Code 525-00A4 525-00A4/10 525-00A5 525-00A5/10
58
Overall Size 302 x 235mm 302 x 235mm 302 x 235mm 302 x 235mm
No. 1x 1x 2x 2x
Pocket Size 300 x 217mm 300 x 217mm 214 x 150mm 214 x 150mm
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £12.75 100 pack £115.00 1000 pack £13.95 100 pack £124.75 1000 pack
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Digital Print Presentation II
II Presentation Pockets High clarity, 150 micron thick polypropylene. Sealed on three sides, 1/16” (1.5mm) lip, opening on short side. 1/4” (6mm) pocket tolerance. Ideal for digital prints. Price package 100 pockets
Product Code 067-0810 067-0811 067-1117 067-1319 067-1620 067-2024
Description Presentation Pockets Presentation Pockets Presentation Pockets Presentation Pockets Presentation Pockets Presentation Pockets
Size (mm) 210mm x 262mm 222mm x 287mm 304mm x 440mm 336mm x 490mm 412mm x 516mm 514mm x 617mm
Size (inches) 8.25” x 10.25” 8.75” x 11.25” 12” x 17.25” 13.25” x 19.25” 16.25” x 20.25” 20.25” x 24.25”
Price £11.25 £12.19 £19.47 £23.93 £29.48 £41.59
II Workbox® II Wire Bound Albums/Portfolio Edition Wire bound portfolio edition albums feature three popular presentation sizes: 5 x 7” (127mm x 178mm), 8.5 x 11” (216 x 279mm), 11 x 14” (279 x 355mm). Matte black cover material. The portfolio album comes with 12 high clarity 125 micron polypropylene print preserves. Black wire secures preservers and allows for easy turning. Wire binding allows album to lie flat during presentations. Portfolio edition wire bound albums are a professional and functional way to display your work. Archival quality, acid-free. Ideal for digital prints. Product Code 652-0510 652-0610
Description Holds 24 8.5 x 11” Prints Holds 24 11 x 14” Prints
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Size (W x H) 252 x 303mm 316 x 379mm
Price £7.64 £11.83
Workbox® is a fully enclosed box binder which makes storage, presentation, and transportation of photographic work easy. Featuring a sleek, contemporary design and made of archival quality polypropylene. (241 x 316 x 63mm). Acid-free, archival safe, no PVC. Long life hinges and latches. Removable binder rings. Detachable handle. 1.5” D-ring capacity - 75 negative pages, 50 print pages, 25 slide pages. Colour: Black. Product Code 080-0600 080-0800
Size (W x H x D) 241mm x 316mm x 63mm Workbox® Document Clip
Price £11.47 £1.86
At the top of each preserver page (see page 60/61) you will note the overall size in brackets. To ensure the preserver pages fit the Workbox® you will need to select page sizes smaller than 316mm x 241mm
www.preservationequipment.com
59
II Archival Preservers II Print File Negative & Print Preservers Print File have appointed PEL as their European Importer. We stock the range in 4 hole and 3 hole binder pages.The Archival quality preservers are made from premium high clarity polypropylene which contains no harmful chemicals to cause deterioration during long-term storage. Independent laboratory tests prove Print File preservers store negatives, slides, transparencies, and prints safely. They have passed the Photographic Activity Test (PAT) per ANSI Standard IT9.2. These archival preservers are acid-free, containing none of the plasticisers, catalysts, or solvents found in vinyl. We encourage you to compare our products with other brands, and we are confident our consistent quality will convince you. If you still prefer polyester Mylar or Melinex, these are available, see pages 31 & 43. The overall dimensions are in brackets after the Printfile Product Code. 35-8P (278mm x 235mm)
35-10P (287mm x 251mm)
46-6P (278mm x 235mm)
310-4P & 412 4G
57-4P (278mm x 235mm)
(278 x 235mm) & (327 x 252mm)
416-52581
416-3510
525-4660
Holds eight 3.5” x 5” prints
Holds ten 3.5” x 5” prints.
Holds six 4” x 6” prints
£7.37 25 pack
£7.37 25 pack. 3 hole
Multi hole
Available in 4 hole 416-3510/4
810-2P (278mm x 235mm)
811-2P (303mm x 250mm)
416-4124 4”x12” £8.10 25pk
Holds four 5” x 7” prints
£7.37 25 pack
416-3104 3.5”x10” £7.37 25pk
£7.37 25 pack
Multi hole
Holds four panoramic prints. 3 hole
Multi hole
45-8P (278mm x 235mm)
46-4M (260mm x 184mm)
8 x 10-Bag (273mm x 213mm) 11 x 14-Bag (375mm x 289mm) 16 x 20-Bag (527mm x 416mm)
525-8102 8”x10” £9.19 100 pk 525-1114 11”x14” £13.56 100 pk 525-1620 16”x20” £23.39 100 pk
416-8101
416-62013
525-4050
416-464M
Holds two 8” x 10” prints
Holds eight 4” x 5” prints
£7.37 25 pack
Holds two 8.5” x 11” documents or prints
£7.37 25 pack
Each album page holds 4 4” x 6” prints along with one strip of four 35mm negs.
Multi hole
£7.37 25 pack
Multi hole
£5.55 25 pack
3 hole
35-7BXW (293mm x 253mm)
35-7 (293mm x 253mm)
3 hole
35-6HBXW (276mm x 248mm)
525-3507 Extra Wide
527-3542
525-3506 Extra Wide
Holds seven 6 frame 35mm strips, 42 frames total
Holds seven strips of 6 frame 35mm, 42 frames total
£19.84 100 pack
£17.65 100 pack
Holds six 7 frame 35mm strips, 42 frames total, 3 hole contact prints on 8.5” x 11”
Multi hole
Sheets. No holes
£19.84 100 pack
225-12HB (303mm x 251mm)
45-4B (284mm x 235mm)
525-2512
525-4542
Holds twelve 6x6cm frames of 120 mounted Holds 4 4”x5” negative or tran; contact or unmounted transparencies or negatives prints on 8”x10” £5.19 25 pack
£26.57 100 pack Multi hole
60
525-4544: £17.65 100 pk 25 pk 3 hole. 100 pk Multi hole
www.preservationequipment.com
416-52572
Holds four panoramic prints. 3 hole
120-3HB (267mm x 221mm)
120-4B (287mm x 217mm)
525-1241
525-1240
Holds twelve frames of 6x6cm, nine Holds 12 frames of 6x4.5cm, or 8 frames of 6x7cm, or fifteen frames of frames of 6x7cm 120 film, contact 6x4.5cm 120 film contact prints on 8”x10” prints on 8”x10” £17.65 100 pack
£17.65 100 pack Multi hole
525-1244A: £5.19 25 pack Multi hole
120-9HB (295mm x 225mm)
810-1HB (267mm x 235mm)
57-2B (284mm x 219mm)
525-12067
525-8101
525-5720
Holds nine individual frames of 120 film Holds one 8”x10” sleeved negatives or up to 6x7cm; contact prints on 8”x10” transparency; contact prints on 8”x10”
Holds two 5”x7” sleeved negatives or transparency; contact prints on 8”x10”
£7.37 25 pack
£17.65 100 pack
£17.65 100 pack
Multi hole
Multi hole
3 hole
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Archival Preservers II 2x2-20B (295mm x 238mm)
2x2-20H (279mm x 246mm)
2x2-20HB (279mm x 240mm)
(365mm x 265mm)
2x2-20HBF (279mm x 240mm)
525-2220
525-2225
525-3524
525-3525
525-3525F
Holds twenty 35mm mounted or unmounted transparencies or negatives
Holds twenty 35mm mounted transparencies, I.D. strip for each slide
Holds 24 mounted 35mm slides
Extra heavyweight 10mil, holds twenty 35mm mounted transparencies
Frosted back, Extra heavyweight, 10 mil, holds twenty 35mm mounted transparencies
£26.57 100 pack
£26.57 100 pack
£8.83 25 pack
£8.80 25 pack
Multi hole
3 hole
120-4UB (287mm x 252mm)
(302mm x 235mm)
Multi hole
3 hole
£24.50 50 pack P466-PSHU For convenient filing in standard file drawers, slide hanger through I.D. strip on preservers
£56.00 100 pack 35-7B (284mm x 217mm)
45-1 & 57-1
35-6HB (254mm x 248mm)
(132mm x 140mm) (155mm x 197mm)
525-4541
525-3571
525-3560
525-1267
525-00A4
Holds one 4”x5” sleeved negative or transparency
Holds seven 5 frame 35mm strips, 35 frames total; contact prints on 8” x 10”
Holds six 6 frame 35mm strips, 36 frames total; contact prints on 8.5” x 10”
Holds twelve frames of 6x7cm 120 film Multi hole for 3 & 4 hole
Holds A4 paper 297x210mm Multi hole for 3 & 4 hole
£7.37 100 pack
£17.65 100 pack
£17.65 100 pack
£19.84 100 pack
£12.75 100 pack
525-5070
Multi hole
3 hole
Holds one 5”x7”
£15.38 100 pack 46-8G (236mm x 327mm)
(302mm x 235mm)
525-4680
525-00A5
Holds eight 6” x 4” prints
£8.10 25 pack
Holds two A5 papers 210 x 148mm Multi hole 3 & 4 hole
Multi hole
£13.95100 pack
II Archival Album Standard 3-ring archival album designed for Print File preservers. Embossed leather-like black exterior, black interior and satin black 40mm D-rings. Offers good security since it makes it virtually impossible to open the D-rings without an audible loud snap. The 40mm 3-ring mechanism allows ease of page turning especially when in constant use. Holds up to 100 album page preservers. Product Code 416-ALBS 416-ALBG
overall size 280 x 301 x 66mm 282 x 340 x 70mm
wt 620g 712g
Price £14.56 £17.93
II Economy Album (not shown) Accommodates Print File preservers and allows you to store a wide variety of print sizes in one convenient album. An economical alternative hard-wearing album available at a moderate price. The 3-ring (25mm) gives a capacity up to 50 album page preservers. Holds up to 50 album page preservers.
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Product Code 416-ARCS 416-ARCM
overall size 280 x 295 x 47mm 219 x 273 x 47mm
Descriptions Fits standard 3 ring pages For pages 416-464M only
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £7.55 £6.73
61
II Photographic Mounting Corners
II Mylar® Photo Mounting Sleeves II Gummed Paper Photo Corners
Product Code 533-0028 533-0025 533-0024
colour gold olde white black
wt 0.136kg 0.136kg 0.136kg
Price £2.87 £2.87 £2.87
Enjoy the ease of application and a traditional appearance with these handy 13mm archival quality photo corners. These acid-free paper corners include a neutral pH, water activated adhesive that is quick and easy to use. A great look in any photo album, but especially attractive on our new black photo and scrapbook album pages (see pages 32). Price per box of 240 individual corners.
II Photographic Infinity Tabs®
Product Code 780-3550 780-0406 780-0507 780-0810
Photo Tabs provide a simple solution to permanent mounting of photos, news clippings, postcards, etc. The 0.5” square tabs have an acid-free, non-yellowing, pressure sensitive adhesive on both sides. Simply apply the tabs to the back of the photo, peel away the easy-lift release liner and press your photos into place. Infinity Photo Tabs® have passed the P.A.T. test. Price per package of 500 tabs. Product Code 533-0030
wt 88g
tab size 13mm x 13mm
This quick and convenient mounting system also protects your photographs from dirt and dust. Simply slide the photograph into the appropriate size sleeve, remove the release liner from the two pressure sensitive strips on the back of the sleeve, and press into place. The inert, crystal clear 50 micron Mylar® creates an effective barrier from fingerprints and other hazards. Originally designed for photo albums, these Mounting Sleeves are now being used for framing applications as well. Price per package. fits 3.5” x 5” 4” x 6” 5” x 7” 8” x 10”
size (mm) 86 x 133 105 x 159 130 x 184 208 x 260
qty 25 25 25 10
wt 0.227kg 0.273kg 0.364kg 0.182kg
Price £4.34 £5.12 £6.48 £11.14
Price £3.70
1.25” & 3”
II Pre-Scored Mounting Corners
II Mounting Corners for large artwork Full View Product Code 533-0022 533-0034 533-0035 533-0036 533-0037
size 5/8” (16mm) 1.25” (32mm) 1.25” Full View 3” (76mm) 3” Full View
qty/pkg 500 250 250 100 100
Price £5.30 £12.30 £13.60 £11.80 £12.97
These Lineco polypropylene mounting corners provide extra strength and are available in sizes to accommodate larger art pieces. They are safe and acid-free. The full view variety minimises the border required to hide the corner under the window mat in a picture frame. Can be used for light to heavyweight photographs and artwork. Prevents prints and photographs coming into contact with the mounting corner adhesive and allows the artwork to be removed in its original pristine condition.
Crystal clear Archival Mounting Corners allow safe mounting of photographs, post cards, ephemera, clippings, letters, prints or nearly any paper item. Archival Mounting Corners are prescored for speedy application and are made of Mylar® polyester. The self-stick adhesive is 3M 415 tape. Available in either 16mm or 22mm size, these corners offer easy and practical means of archival mounting. Price per box of 100. Product Code 545-2336 545-2337
size 16mm 22mm
wt 0.09kg 0.09kg
Price £8.30 £9.14
II Mylar® Photo Mounting Corners Lineco Self-Adhesive, Preformed Print & Photo Mounting Corners Lineco’s popular Mylar® archival polyester, self-adhesive mounting corners are crystal clear and completely free of harmful plasticisers used in vinyl corners. They feature a non-yellowing, pressure sensitive, acrylic adhesive backing which never comes in contact with the item being mounted. Display and protect photographs, prints, post cards, trading cards, baseball cards, stamps, and other items. Great for albums, scrapbooks and framing. Price per package of 240 corners. Product Code 533-0020 533-0021
62
www.preservationequipment.com
size 13mm 35mm
wt 0.09kg 0.18kg
Price £4.99 £9.97
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Ink & Pens Conservation II B.
B.
A.
D. For permanent marking of archival materials.
C.
II Archival Inks These permanent, non-fading inks are resistant to light, heat, and water, and contain no impurities that can affect the permanence of paper or photographic materials. Black Actinic Inks are chemically stable and feature an inorganic pigment that has no tendency to absorb impurities like other ink pigments can. Caution must be used to guard against contamination of pens and stamp pads by other, non-archival inks. Price each. Product Code 885-125
wt 100g
Price £10.95
Black Actinic Ink #125 for stamp pads. 2oz. bottle with brush in cap.
Product Code 885-1000
wt 100g
Price £9.60
wt 273g
Price £19.77
Archival Ink Stamping Kit includes 2oz. Black Actinic Ink #125; 3 disposable un-inked wood ink pads. 1.75” x 3” applicator and directions (no case included).
Product Code 885-230
wt 50g
Price £7.70
Black Actinic Ink #230 for writing, for use with steel tip quill pens.
Product Code 885-230K
wt 230g
Price £13.60
Archival Ink Writing Kit includes 2oz. Black Actinic Ink #230, steel pen, 1 pen holder and directions.
II Ultrafine Rollerball Pen When you need to write small and discreet notes, the rollerball pen has a 0.4 ball tip that writes a smooth 0.2mm ultra fine line with constant line width. Newly developed bio-polymer ink prevents feathering and is water resistant when fully dry. A built in cushion in the pen cap protects the tip. You would not believe a rollerball could write such an ultra fine line. Product Code Line Width 642-4902 0.2mm
Colour Black
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
wt 10g
The first generation of technical pens using the new Pigment Ink Process. Pigmented Ink is composed of super-micro particles and provides a waterproof line with no fading or discolouration under direct sunlight. The .08 line width is perfect for spine label lettering, the .01 mm and .005 mm provide fine lines for delicate writing, and the .05 mm is a great all-purpose pen. Available in Black, note: ink is Permanent. Price each. Not suitable for polyester film. Product Code 642-08BK 642-05BK 642-01BK 642-005BK
Line Width 0.50mm 0.45mm 0.25mm 0.20mm
wt 40g 40g 40g 40g
Price £2.56 £2.56 £2.56 £2.56
Price £2.34
The only way to improve upon what have become our most popular pens is to offer a greater variety of sizes. We now have a six pen set, including the .005 (.21 mm line), .01 (.28 mm line), .02 (.32 mm line), .03 (.36 mm line), .05 (.38 mm line), and .08 (.47 mm line): a pen to fit almost every drawing or writing need. Black, permanent ink. Price per set. Product Code Description wt 642-P6 6 pen PIGMA set 110g
Price £14.95
II C. Film Marking Pens These fine-line film marking pens from Germany are far superior to the others we’ve tried. Ink dries within one second to a permanent, smudge-proof, waterproof mark on film, Mylar®, acetate, slide mounts, glass, plastic, metal and all smooth surfaces. Set of 4 includes one each: red, blue, green, and black. Also available in black only. Product Code Description 871-2040 Black Only 871-2039 4 Film Markers
wt 40g 40g
Price £4.41 £21.95
II D. Marking Pencils (not acid-free) This truly unique graphite pencil marks paper, glass, plastic and metal. Use it to temporarily mark on photos or any other slick surface including Mylar and glassine. Remove pencil marks with soft white vinyl eraser. Price per dozen. Product Code 479-9120
wt 136g
II Perma Ball Roller Ball Pen Permanent marker pen for metal, plastic, ceramic, glass and most hard smooth surfaces. Use minimum pressure on hard surfaces to avoid scratching the surface. Easy and comfortable to use writes and flows well to create clear markings. Price each. Product Code 642-4910
wt 11g
Price £1.95
II “NEW’ Millennium Pens
II B. “Pigma” Pen Set
Clear Print un-inked wood block stamp pad set. includes wood stamp pad 2.5” x 4” and reusable case.
Product Code 885-125K
II A. “Pigma” Acid-Free Fade-Proof Pens
Price £23.10
Pigment ink, acid-free, archival quality, lightfast, waterproof, fade proof, non-bleeding, xylene free and odourless. A marker system for records, cataloguing, scrapbooks and memory books. Each marker pen includes pure pigment ink which stands the test of time so your precious memories can be preserved for future generations to enjoy. Available in three line widths. Please note the ink is permanent. Price each. Product Code 642-0020 642-0035 642-0065
Line Width 0.20mm 0.35mm 0.65mm
Colour Black Black Black
wt 9g 9g 9g
Price £2.15 £2.15 £2.15
II Polyester Film Marking Pens Ideal for cataloguing polyester pockets with details of contents. Also used for overhead projection film. The ink is non-erasable, alcohol based, permanent and smudge-proof. Can be used on most smooth surfaces such as films, acetate, glass, plastic and metal. Available in two colours. Price each. Product Code Line Width 642-0050 0.5mm 642-1050 0.5mm
Colour Black Red
www.preservationequipment.com
wt 9g 9g
Price £1.59 £1.59
63
II Labels Acid-Free II Clip-On Label Holder Metal clip-on label holder allows quick and easy relabeling of boxes, pamphlet files and binders. The spring-lock mechanism allows for easy yet firm application. Rounded corners will not scratch or mar surfaces. Each black label holder comes complete with identification insert and a plastic label protector. Overall size is 2-3/4"L x 2-1/2"W with a full 2-1/4" x 2" area for identification. Price each. Product Code 607-SL2
size 70mm x 64mm
wt 45g
Price £1.50
II Pressure Sensitive Archival Polyester Label Holders Our Archival Polyester Label Holders provide you with a simple and effective means of label-ling boxes, binders, shelving, folders, etc. Label holders are constructed using a crystal clear window of 50 micron Archival Polyester attached on two (long) sides to a 75 micron Archival Polyester base. Remove the release liner and attach the holder using the pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. Each label holder comes complete with an acid-free insert. Use over and over again simply by changing the insert. Price per package of 12 holders and inserts. Product Code 780-2030 780-3040
Size 2” x 3” (51 x 76mm) 3” x 4” (76 x 102mm)
Price £7.90 £8.15
II Tyvek Tying Tape Labels These Tyvek labels have two slots to thread through unbleached cotton tying tape. The labels are used for cataloguing and detailing notes when tying together bundles of papers, books and documents. No doubt other uses will be found for these Tyvek labels. They can be used outdoors as they withstand water and are very strong and will not split. Used as identification tags, Tyvek will take our pigma Pens (see page 63) for acid-free permanent lettering. Price per 1000 labels. Product Code 613-7500
Size 100mm x 70m
Price £59.75
II A. Pin-Feed Box & File Labels
II B. Perma/Seal® Foil Backed Labels
Same labels as described on page 65, but in a continuous, 2-across, pin-feed format for computer printers, word processors or any standard typewriter. Price per package of 1000.
White, smudge proof, flexible, permanent Foil-Backed Labels coated with our special formulation of Perma/Seal® acid-free acrylic adhesive that really does stick to boxes, books, Mylar® polyester film, etc. The unique foil barrier prevents surface inks from penetrating the label and affecting the material beneath; conversely, the adhesive cannot penetrate the foil to attack the ink and cause excessive fading. Price per package of 1000.
Product Code size (H x W) 387-1640PF 2” x 3” 387-1642PF 3” x 4” 387-3052 1.5” x 0.9” 387-3301 1” x 3.5”
mm 51 x 76 76 x 102 38 x 22 24 x 89
overall width 6.875” 8.875” 3.5” 4.25”
mm 175 225 89 108
wt
Price
1.05kg 1.86kg 336g 514g
£43.90 £53.65 £13.17 £15.04
B.
Product Code label size 387-1216 0.75” x 1” (19 x 25mm) 387-1224 0.75” x 1.5” (19 x 38mm) 387-1420 0.875” x 1.25” (22 x 32mm) 387-1624 1” x 1.5” (25 x 38mm) 387-1225 0.75” x 2.5” (19 x 64mm) 387-1632 1” x 2” (25 x 51mm) 387-1648 1” x 3” (25 x 76mm) Price Per Package 387-1640 2” x 3” (51 x 76mm) 252 per pack 387-1642 3” x 4” (76 x 102mm) 150 per pack
wt 182g 182g 182g 227g 318g 364g 500g
Price £7.66 £7.48 £9.84 £8.96 £12.50 £12.03 £14.15
273g 273g
£9.28 £9.87
A.
64
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Laser Labels II
A. Label Size - 4"W x 2"H (102mm x 51mm)
B. Foil-Back Perma/Seal® 8.5" x 11" (216mm x 280mm)
C. Label Size - 2.625"W x 0.875"H (67mm x 22mm)
D. Slide Label Size 1.75"W x 0.5"H (47mm x 11mm)
E. Label Size - 3.33”W x 4”H (85mm x 102mm)
F. Label Size - 3”W x 4”H (76mm x 102mm)
sheets without splits or perforations for making your own custom laser images in variable sizes. 50 sheets per pkg.
II Archival Quality Laser Labels
Our Perma/Seal® and Perma/Seal® Foil Back Laser Labels provide archivists, conservators, curators and other collection care specialists with a variety of acid free label formats for their laser printers. All feature a non-yellowing, pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. The foil back version provides an extra barrier between the acid-free paper and the adhesive to prevent bleed through and to enhance the ability of the label to adhere to rounded or other irregularly shaped items. Each label format is provided on an 280 x 216mm sheet. Please note: These labels should not be used directly on valuable artwork, documents, artifacts or photographs. Price per package. Product Code *387-5352 *387-3025 377-3025 377-4501 *387-2520 633-2520 377-5164 *387-3400 377-4375 387-0666
key type A B B C D D E F G G
Foil back Foil back Perma/Seal Perma/Seal Foil back Perma/Seal Perma/Seal Foil back Foil back Perma/Seal
labels/ sheet 10 1 1 33 84 84 6 6 30 30
sheets/ pkg 100 50 50 100 30 30 100 100 100 100
label size 102 x 51mm 280 x 216mm 280 x 216mm 67 x 22mm 47 x 11mm 47 x 11mm 102 x 85mm 102 x 76mm 83 x 17mm 83 x 17mm
wt
Price
1.5kg 0.8kg 0.7kg 1.5kg 0.5kg 0.4kg 1.5kg 1.6kg 0.5kg 0.5kg
£28.70 £15.88 £13.52 £38.14 £24.50 £22.56 £38.14 £30.44 £25.90 £29.95
* These labels, specifically formulated for desktop laser applications, have performed effectively in HP Laser Jet Series II printers. Always consult your printer manual and service rep for technical requirements before using foil-backed laser labels.
II Artifact Identification Tags With
New Size for Bar Code Labelling II Unbleached Cotton Archival Tape Various uses are made of archival quality tapes, from tying up bundles of documents and folders to bookbinding. This soft, unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of books and periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying together damaged books while they wait for repair. Non-abrasive, with no dye to bleed. Product Code 586-0006 586-0010 586-0016
size 6mm x 100m 10mm x 100m 16mm x 100m
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £5.32 £5.99 £7.40
Identify artifacts or specimens with University Products’ acidfree Artifact I.D. Tags. Made of buffered 225gsm off-white tag stock which is both acid-free and lignin free, each tag features a strong 152mm cotton string for attaching to objects. Four sizes are available including a size to accommodate bar code labels. Price per package of 100 tags. Product Code 613-3478 613-1530 613-3050 613-1535
size wt Price 19 x 22mm 40g £7.68 38 x 76mm 90g £14.50 76 x 127mm 273g £16.45 89 x 38mm 136g £11.76 new size for bar code labelling
II Tyvek Tags & Labels Identity tags for artifacts and specimens used in museums for labelling works of art, very strong, tear proof, waterproof, can be used outside since the wet will not affect them. Tyvek is acid-free, lightweight, resistant to harsh chemicals and can be easily over printed (contact our sales office for over printing). Tag has eyelet reinforced hole, supplied without ties. We suggest our acid-free twine is used for ties, so you can cut to the necessary length. Special sizes available, contact out customer service department for prices.
Product Code size Price 613-7550 75mm x 50mm £37.95 per 1000 613-7510 150mm x 100mm £55.00 per 500
www.preservationequipment.com
65
II Storage Artifact II A. Artifact Storage Boxes - For Small Items Artifact Storage Boxes for storage of various objects such as buttons, fragments, miniatures or any small item that should be stored in an environment that does not contain migratory acids, lignins or chemicals. Metal edged for strength and vermin-free enclosures. Tops and bottoms may be used as open trays. Buffered, light tan board; 0.5mm thickness. Sturdy and stackable for a variety of uses. Price per package of 10. Product Code 734-2525 734-3540 734-4560 734-5575
size 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5”
wt 318g 410g 773g 864g
(64 x 64 x 32mm) (89 x 102 x 32mm) (114 x 165 x 38mm) (140 x 191 x 38mm)
C.
Price £23.40 £25.95 £34.00 £42.40
B.
II B. Card File Boxes Short-lid boxes made for the storage of cards, envelopes and other miscellaneous items requiring a metal reinforced, stackable box. Short-lid (1.5") makes access quick and easy. Available in both our 1300gsm buffered blue-grey board and our buffered tan lignin-free board. Price each. Size: 12” x 5.125” x 3.125” (for 3” x 5” cards) Product Code board 732-1253 Blue/grey 305 x 130 x 79mm 801-1253 Tan 305 x 130 x 79mm
wt 318g 318g
Price £4.40 £5.35
Size: 12” x 6.125” x 4.125” (for 4” x 6” cards) 732-1264 Blue/grey 305 x 156 x 105mm 801-1264 Tan 305 x 156 x 105mm
410g 410g
£5.35 £7.60
Size: 12” x 8.125” x 5.125” (for 5” x 8” cards) 732-1285 Blue/grey 305 x 206 x 130mm 801-1285 Tan 305 x 206 x 130mm
500g 500g
Size: 12” x 9.125” x 6.125” (for 6” x 9” cards) 732-1296 Blue/grey 305 x 232 x 156mm
545g
A.
II C. Flat “Short-Lid” Storage Boxes “Short-lid” flat boxes made for the storage of manuscripts, rare books and many other items requiring a shallow depth 89mm, metal-reinforced acid-free stackable box. The convenient “short-lid” makes access quick and easy. Available in both our acid-free 1300gsm Blue/Grey board and our acid-free, lignin-free tan board. Price each.
£5.90 £7.70
Size: 17.5” x 11.5” x 3.5” Product Code board 732-1711 Blue/grey 801-1711 Tan
445 x 292 x 89mm 445 x 292 x 89mm
wt 500g 545g
Price £6.55 £8.75
£6.35
Size: 20.5” x 16.5” x 3.5” 732-2016 Blue/grey
521 x 419 x 89mm
864g
£10.80
II Small Artifact Storage Boxes Three distinctive design styles now available Artifact Storage Boxes for storage of various objects such as buttons, fragments, miniatures or any small item that should be stored in an environment that does not contain migratory acids, lignen or chemicals. Metal-edged for strength and vermin-free enclosures. Fully telescoping lids. Tops and bottoms may be used as open trays. All prices are for package of 10 boxes
A. Top View Artifact Boxes Bottom Top
A.
Thickness 20pt 20pt
CaCO2 Buffer Yes N/A
Colour Light Tan Clear
Design Deep Lid Deep Lid
Construction Metal Edge Metal Edge
Lignen Free Yes Yes
Store your collections safely and visibly with our Clear-View® Boxes. These boxes feature an acid-free buffered 0.5mm tan boxboard bottom with a 375 micron clear polyester top. Both tops and bottoms have sturdy metal-corner construction with a full telescoping design for strength and stability. Display and view the contents without disturbing your collection. Product Code 734-2525-1 734-3540-1 734-4560-1 734-5575-1
LxWxH 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5”
(64mm x 64mm x 32mm) (89mm x 102mm x 32mm) (114mm x 165mm x 38mm) (140mm x 191mm x 38mm)
weight 318g 410g 773g 864g
Price £31.00 £32.00 £37.25 £38.25
B. Full View Artifact Boxes Thickness Full View Box 20pt
CaCO2 Buffer N/A
Colour Clear
Design Deep Lid
Construction Metal Edge
Lignen Free N/A
The ultimate in visibility for your collection; both top and bottom of boxes are manufactured with 375 micron archival quality, crystal clear polyester and feature metal edge construction.
B. 66
Product Code 734-2525-2 734-3540-2 734-4560-2 734-5575-2
www.preservationequipment.com
LxWxH 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5”
(64mm x 64mm x 32mm) (89mm x 102mm x 32mm) (114mm x 165mm x 38mm) (140mm x 191mm x 38mm)
weight 318g 410g 773g 864g
Price £32.65 £37.00 £48.60 £45.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Special Collections Storage II
II “Mix & Match” Artifact/Specimen Trays Now Available With New, Optional Clear-View Covers This artifact/specimen storage system provides you with the configuration which best suits the storage requirements of your particular collection. The 257 x 340 x 25mm metal edged carrier tray is constructed of our 1300gsm. buffered blue/grey board. All specimen trays are constructed of white, unbuffered, 2-ply, 100% rag board fastened on the corners by an acidfree paper tape with a stable heat seal acrylic adhesive. The system is ideal for storing items similar in character but varying in size. Jewellery, medals, buttons, small fossils, shells, and almost any collection of miniatures can benefit from this neat and orderly storage system. The design allows you to configure multiple specimen tray sizes within one carrier tray as shown above. Price includes one carrier tray and number of specimen trays indicated. A new, optional clear-view Mylar® cover for the carrier tray helps secure the collection, keeps it free from dirt and dust, and still allows full view of contents. Price each.
Product Code 727-14040 727-18040 727-18080 727-11680 727-8632 727-101312
specimen specimen specimen tray size tray size trays per (mm) (inches) carrier tray (A) 40 x 40 x 23 1.56” x 1.56” x 0.9” 48 (B) 40 x 80 x 23 1.56” x 3.12” x 0.9” 24 (C) 80 x 80 x 23 3.12” x 3.12” x 0.9” 12 (D) 160 x 80 x 23 6.24” x 3.12” x 0.9” 6 8 A’s, 6 B’s, 3 C’s, 2 D’s 19 assorted Clear-View polyester cover for carrier tray
wt 318g 273g 273g 227g 273g 45g
Price £29.95 £21.60 £16.10 £12.90 £20.95 £10.95
See page 53 for Really Useful Box Trays.
II Clear-View Boxes Store your collections safely and visibly with our Clear-View Boxes. These boxes are constructed of our1000gsm, unbuffered, tan box board which is both acid-free and lignin-free. The box top has a window of crystal clear, 75 micron, archival quality polyester so you can see the contents without disturbing them. Metal-edged corners and the telescoping design create an exceptionally strong box. Outside dimensions are given. Price each. Product Code 799-5372 799-7552 799-7555 799-1172 799-1174 799-1175 799-15114
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
size (L x W x H) 5.5” x 3.75” x 2.5” 7.5” x 5.5” x 2.5” 7.5” x 5.5” x 5.5” 11” x 7.5” x 2.5” 11” x 7.5” x 4” 11” x 7.5” x 5.5” 15” x 11” x 4”
(140 x 95 x 64mm) (191 x 140 x 64mm) (199 x 140 x 140mm) (280 x 191 x 64mm) (280 x 191 x 102mm) (280 x 191 x 140mm) (381 x 280 x 102mm)
wt 90g 90g 227g 182g 227g 364g 410g
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £6.23 £7.07 £13.30 £7.95 £14.36 £15.86 £13.36
67
II B-Flute Storage System
II B-Flute Tray System
G.
613-0771 Base Box with Standard Lid Size: 381 x 304 x 254mm
A system ideal for archival presentation or display of artifacts, these trays are constructed from heavy duty B-Flute corrugated board and are acid-free and lignen-free with a 3% calcium carbonate buffer. Note: Base storage carton will only accept trays without covers.
Base Storage Carton Complete with Lid Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour 1/8” (3mm) Yes Blue/Grey
E.
415-12151 Standard Lid Height: 35mm
Product Code G. 613-0771
Size (L x W x H) 15” x 12” x 10”
Design Bulk
Construction RTA
Weight 900g
Lignen-Free Yes Price £10.00
Inner Compartmentalized Trays
F.
415-121522 Lid made from Archival Polyester Height: 35mm
C.
613-0405 4 Compartments
Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free 1/8” (3mm) Yes Blue/Grey Nesting Tray Metal Edge Yes
Product Code A. 613-1525 B. 613-0625 C. 613-0405 D. 613-0207
Compartments 15 6 4 7
Size (L x W x H) 3.75” x 2.75” x 2.5” 5.75” x 4.75” x 2.5” 7.75” x 5.75” x 5” 12” x 2” x 1.375”
Weight 400g 360g 450g 400g
Price £17.40 £16.50 £16.50 £16.50
Size: 196 x 146 x 127mm
Tray Lids
B.
D.
613-0625 6 Compartments
Product Code E. 415-12151 F. 415-121522
Description 1.375” Standard Lid 1.375” Lid Clear Archival Polyester
613-0207 7 Compartments
II Pull-String Kit Use the unique kit to create reliable pull-handles for your artifact storage trays. With regular pliers, just crimp the nickel-plated clip over a knotted length of cord on the edge of the tray. Each kit contains 6 pre-crimped clips and 6 cords. Price per kit
613-1525 15 Compartments Size: 95 x 70 x 63mm
Product Code 613-0001
68
Price £9.10 £9.85
Size: 146 x 120 x 63mm
Size: 301 x 50 x 35mm
A.
Weight 180g 140g
www.preservationequipment.com
Weight 45g
Price £8.45
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Storage System E-Flute II 20 point (375 micron) Polyester Cover
N.
612-0104 E-Flute Corrugated Tray & Solid Lid
Trays also fit standard 2” (50mm) flat file drawers II ‘Mix & Match’ Modular Archival E-Flute Storage Boxes Sturdy and durable E-flute corrugated compartments and trays create a storge system for a variety of artifacts and collectibles. Acid-free and lignen-free, with a calcium carbonate buffer to help neutralize acids. Metal corners protect against wear and tear and provide stacking strength. Overall tray size is 18.375” x 12.5” x 1.5” (I.D.) Perfect for flat file storage. Trays are available with matching corrugated lid or the new Clear-View® 375 micron polyester lid. Trays and compartments sold separately.
612-01052 Tray & Clear-View® 375 micron Polyester Lid
I.
612-0103 4 Compartments
J.
Size: 228 x 152 x 35mm
K.
Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free 1/16” 1.5mm Yes Blue/Grey Nesting Tray Metal Edge Yes
612-0102 8 Compartments
Compartments
Size: 228 x 76 x 35mm
Product Code M. 612-0100 L. 612-0101 K. 612-0102 J. 612-0103
Master Tray 4 x 8 = 32 4 x 4 = 16 4x2=8 4x1=4
Size (L x W x H) 3” x 2.125” x 1.4” 4.5” x 3” x 1.4” 9” x 3” x 1.4” 9” x 6” x 1.4”
Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour 1/16” 1.5mm Yes Blue/Grey
Design Tray & Lid
Compartments 32 16 8 4
Price £14.30 £14.30 £14.30 £14.30
Construction Lignen-Free Metal Edge Yes
H.
612-0101 16 Compartments
L.
Size: 114 x 76 x 35mm
612-0100 32 Compartments
M.
Size: 76 x 54 x 35mm
Trays with Lids Product Code H. 612-0104 I. 612-01052 N. 612-0106
Description Tray & Matching Solid Lid Tray & Clear-View® Lid Tray & Solid Lid Set of 15 Compartments
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Size (L x W x H) 466 x 317 x 38mm 466 x 317 x 38mm 466 x 317 x 38mm
Wt 0.77kg 0.54kg 1.09kg
Price £16.95 £18.95 £51.95
612-0106 Tray & solid lid with complete set of 15 compartments
N.
www.preservationequipment.com
69
II Registers & Notebooks II Acid-Free Journals You will find hundreds of uses for these handsome volumes - as accessions books, diaries, keepsake books, journals, etc. Each book contains 160 pages of 75gsm acid-free, buffered Perma/Dur® bond, lightly lined. The covers are constructed of acid-free binder board and covered with a rich burgundy linen-textured fabric. The “Smyth sewn” construction allows the book to be opened completely with no damage. Bound exclusively for University Products of our own quality materials. Price each. Product Code 678-0003 678-0004
size 5.5” x 8.5” (140 x 216mm) 8.5” x 11” (216 x 280mm)
wt 90g 227g
Price £26.16 £29.46
II Acid-Free Wirebound Notebooks Record your notes for posterity on these spiral-bound notebooks of acid-free paper. Use as accessions books or for keeping working notes, genealogical information, scientific field notes, gardening notes, even recipes or classroom notes. Constructed of acid-free 75gsm Perma/Dur® bond with lined pages. Cover is our 1300gsm. Hunter Green boxboard with a wipe-clean surface. Stainless steel wire spiral. Each book is 160 pp. Price each. Product Code 678-0001 678-0002
size 5” x 7” (127x 178mm) 8.5” x 11.5” (216 x 280mm)
wt 90g 227g
Price £8.60 £11.21
II Accession and Deaccession Registers Acid-free Registers are the original, trusted, hand recorded account of details pertaining to the acquisition and removal of articles from museum collections. Seven columns permit entry of information including article number, date, description, remarks, and other pertinent information. Each hard cover book contains 80 two page spreads. Use Pigma Pens (page 63) for recording information.
Product Code 061-1000 Accession Reg 061-2000 Deaccession Reg
70
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £75.00 £75.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Natural History II
II Herbarium Specimen Sheet Protectors These sheet protectors provide vital protection for your herbarium specimens. Manufactured from soft, smooth, 75 micron polypropylane, these L-sealed enclosures help keep loose plant particles from becoming separated from the specimen. In addition they provide a safe, secure environment that keeps out dirt, dust and fingerprints, while separating one specimen from another. Overall size is 11.75” x 16.75” (298 x 425mm). Designed to fit standard 11.5” x 16.5” (292 x 419mm) herbarium mounting paper. Unlike polyester enclosures, polypropylane lacks the static that can cling to and damage small plant fragments. Price per package of 25. Product Code 416-9277
dimensions (W x H) 298mm x 425mm
Price £13.65
II E. Self-Sealing L-Velopes® Support and protect your valuable mounted specimens while in circulation, or on display with unique Self-Sealing L-Velopes®. Heavy, 100 micron Mylar D® construction. Two adjacent sides open (figure 1) so mounting sheet safely slips in (figure 2); then flaps fold over to make a seal (figure 3). Your specimen is safe from dirt, fingerprints and damage due to ordinary wear or handling, yet it is completely visible. Package of 5 L-Velopes. Additional sizes can be found on pages 42 and 45.
1.
2. 3.
Product Code description size fits up to: 738-0811 For documents 219 x 293mm 216 x 280mm 738-1217 For mounting sheets 308 x 435mm 292 x 419mm
Price/Pkg of 5 £10.15 £14.35
II Polyethylene Zipper Bags Minigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made fro 50 micron polyethylene, now available at very good prices giving excellent value. These simple efficient bags are completely inert and transparent. They have many uses in Museums, Archives and Libraries including storage of books, paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, archaeological specimens and odd shaped objects. Bags are water resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety of sizes for a variety of uses. Price per package of 500 & 200 bags Product Code 500-1000 500-1001 500-1005 500-1006 500-1008 500-1105 500-1100 500-10A4 500-1014 500-1016 500-1017
size 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 380mm x 510mm (14.96” x 20.08”)
qty 500 500 500 500 500 500 200 200 200 200 200
Price £2.60 £3.40 £8.85 £9.00 £8.70 £10.25 £7.70 £11.30 £13.70 £20.60 £26.20
Discounts available on large quantities.
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
71
II Natural History B.
A.
II Resistall Paper from Byron Weston Co.
II A. White Buffered Blotter Heavy .030 blotting paper is strong, absorbent, and durable enough to use time and time again. Safer for your specimens than the coloured felt blotters, which can delaminate and leave a coloured residue. Size: 12" x 18". Package of 100 sheets.
Thanks to the requests and efforts of so many Natural History Professionals, we are pleased to once again be able to offer Resistall. For years, Resistall has been used for labels for “wet” natural history collections (those specimens stored in alcohol or formaldehyde) because of its ability to maintain dimensional stability even when wet. The long, stable 100% cotton fibres of this material are specially treated for longevity and superior wet strength and durability. While we have eliminated some of the standard formats offered in previous catalogues, we will happily provide a quotation for any special requirements you may have, including imprinting. Note: not acid-free. Sheets for Printing, Laser Printer or Xerographic Copier (8.5” x 11”) Product Code sub. wt wt sheet size 219-368511 120gsm 730g 279 x 216mm 219-36A4 120gsm 3.64kg 297 x 210mm (A4) Large Sheets (18” x 23”) Product Code sub. wt wt sheet size 219-361823 120gsm 3.64kg 584 x 457mm
Product Code 702-1218
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £58.90
II B. Unprinted Newsprint Clean and economical sheets for field pressing specimens. Sheet size: 24"x18", pre-folded to 12"x18". Note: This paper, like other newsprints, is not acid-free. Price per package of 100 sheets.
qty 100 sheets 500 sheets
Price £23.89 £138.75
qty 100 sheets
Price £62.49
visit PEL online at www.preservationequipment.com
72
size 305 x 457mm
Product Code 170-1218
610 x 457mm folded to: 305 x 457mm
Price £33.40
II C. Species Folders University Products’ Species Folders are made of acid-free 165 micron folder stock in Pale Cream, watermarked for your protection. This archival Species Folder is folded from size 16.5" x 23.125" to 16.5" x 11.5". Price per 100 folders. Product Code 678-1611
Description wt Price 419 x 588 1.68kg £32.97 folded to: 419 x 294
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Natural History II
C.
E.
D.
II D. 100% Rag Herbarium Mounting Paper Our finest archival quality 100% Rag Herbarium Mounting Paper. This superior paper is off-white with a moderately textured surface for excellent adhesion of mounting strips or adhesive. It is buffered with approximately 3% calcium carbonate to inhibit acid migration. These 292 x 419mm sheets are available in four different thicknesses. The grain direction is parallel to the long dimension to assure ease in handling after specimens have been mounted. This paper is, of course, acid-free and lignin-free with a pH of 8.5 ±.5. By popular demand we have added a heavyweight unbuffered material in the UCAL type. Carton of 500 sheets, packaged with moistureproof wrapping. Product Code 170-1116L 170-1116S 170-1116H
wt 2.35kg 2.85kg 3.55kg
description Lt. wt. Std. wt. Hvy. wt.
type Stanford NYBG/Smithsonian UCal
Price per 100 £22.05 (292x419mm) £24.50 (292x419mm) £31.00 (292x419mm)
II E. Archival Quality Genus Covers Archival Quality Genus Covers in a light tan (natural) colour. Acid-free and lignin-free with 3% calcium carbonate buffer to repel migrant acidity. Covers possess high folding tolerance to endure years of service. University Products’ Genus Covers are 380micron thick and folded to size indicated below. Price per 100 folders. Product Code 170-1012
wt 6.7kg
colour Plain
size 422 x 610mm folded to 422 x 305mm
Price £70.49
II Archival Specimen Trays Acid-free, lignin-free specimen trays offer standard containers to fit in specimen cabinets (standard specimen tray drawer 590mm x 753mm x 48mm deep) in a variety of configurations. Trays are metal edged. Modular dimensions and design enable user to create drawer layouts to fit any collection. Items may be assorted for best quantity price. Manufactured from our 40 pt. Dark Tan board which is buffered for an alkaline reserve. Price per package of 10. Product Code 800-2911 800-2931 800-3651 800-7115
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Inside (L x W x H) 2.925” x 1.8” x 1” (74 x 46 x 25mm) 2.925” x 3.625” x 1” (74 x 92 x 25mm) 3.625” x 5.85” x 1” (92 x 149 x 25mm) 7.25” x 11.7” x 1.5” (184 x 297 x 38mm)
wt 0.36kg 0.27kg 0.59kg 1.36kg
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £18.80 £24.30 £25.51 £45.57
73
II Storage Entomology
C.
II Artifact Identification Tags
with New Size for Bar Code Labelling Identify artifacts or specimens with University Products’ acid-free Artifact I.D. Tags. Made of buffered 225gsm off-white tag stock which is both acid-free and lignin free, each tag features a strong 152mm cotton string for attaching to objects. Four sizes are available including a size to accommodate bar code labels. Price per package of 100 tags. Product Code 613-3478 613-1530 613-3050 613-1535
size 19 x 22mm 38 x 76mm 76 x 127mm 89 x 38mm (new size for bar code labelling)
wt 40g 90g 273g 136g
Price £7.68 £14.50 £16.45 £11.76
B. A.
II C. Pinning Boxes These insect pinning boxes are constructed of the finest archival quality materials, yet are reasonably priced. This fully telescoping box is constructed of tan unbuffered, 960gsm board with metal edged corners for added strength - no adhesives which might attract insect pests have been used. Each box has been lined with archivally safe 1/4" polyethylene foam. Price each.
Helpful Hint… Special Sizes University Products will manufacture most products to your exact dimensions and specifications, including imprinting. Replace damaging acidic storage materials with archival quality products from Preservation Equipment. Please call for a quotation.
74
www.preservationequipment.com
Product Code 799-1080/F 799-1080
size 8”W x 10”L x 2”H (203 x 254 x 51mm) Box only without foam lining
wt 273g 273g
Price £7.73 £4.53
II Entomology Pins The black hardened steel specimen pins have a lacquered finish that guards against rust. Two thicknesses are available, each measures 38mm in length. The stainless steel pins are smooth and are preferred by some customers. Product Code 023-0055 023-0530
thickness 0.55mm 0.53mm
length 38mm 38mm
qty/pack 500 500
finish black stainless
price £7.50 £13.95
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Cabinets Storage II II Entomology Cabinet (pictured right) These Entomology Cabinets are manufactured to a very high specification. Designed to take existing entomology trays size 446 x 443 x 57mm, with 20 tray spaces per cabinet. The lockable door has a seal to keep out possible infestation, thus keeping your collection safe and secure. The door is fitted with a lockable handle and metal identification label holder. Product Code: 501-7000 £499.00 Colour Light Grey Dimensions 521mm W x 523mm L x 1508mm H Drawer Size to take 446mm x 443mm x 57mm Weight 66 kilo Caution: Delivery is to ground floor first door only. For installation beyond this point you should contact our customer service department.
II Entomology Trays Made from American Lime, which is recognised as the most suitable wood for entomology. The trays have a glass lid in a tongued and grooved top, and lined with white Plastazote inert foam. These entomology trays are well known and are of an existing size already used in various Natural History Museums. Product Code: 501-7402
Plastazote Lined (446 x 443 x 57mm)
Price £67.50
II Geology Cabinet This cabinet is the same outside as the entomology cabinet, but with open metal drawers. Already installed for rare gemstone collection in Yorkshire. Drawers have overall dimension 456 wide x 490mm deep (front to back) and have 12 drawers per cabinet. We suggest drawer liner such as Plastazote or Polyfelt is used to protect specimens. No doubt other types of conservation storage within museums will be used for this cabinet. The lockable sealed door will keep out unwanted infestation and could be used with Art-Sorb to control humidity. A double plinth is available to support two cabinets secured together. Product Code: Colour Dimensions Drawer Size Drawer Quantity Weight
501-7012 £699.00 Light Grey 510mm W x 520mm D x 1695mm H 456mm x 490mm x 122mm (50mm at front) 12 Drawers 66 kilo
Product Code: Drawer Size Drawer Quantity
501-7010 £665.00 456mm x 490mm x 150mm (50mm at front) 10 Drawers
II Mylar Covers for Microscope Slides These sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captive flap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm) glass slides. Being glass clear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust and fingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomology at The Natural History Museum in London, who kindly allowed us to use the picture. P217-8032
1” x 3” (25mm x 76mm)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
See Full Range Cabinets & Shelving on pages 194 to 205
£115.85
www.preservationequipment.com
75
II Microchamber速 Mounting Board Antique White Microchamber Mounting Board
White Microchamber Mounting Board
Heritage White Microchamber Mounting Board
Natural White Microchamber Mounting Board
Ivory Microchamber Mounting Board
76
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Mounting Board Microchamber® II II Microchamber® Mounting Board Microchamber museum mount boards with their patented molecular trap technology have been proven to significantly outperform all other mount boards in the protection of framed art. These boards are available in 100% cotton rag manufactured exclusively by Nielsen & Bainbridge. The boards contain zeolites which are molecular traps which collect airborne acidic pollutant gases. These harmful gases are then neutralized by an alkaline buffer of calcium carbonate. Therefore, within the micro environment of a sealed frame mounted with Microchamber the ageing of artwork is considerably retarded. The boards are sulphur and lignin free, have a pH of 8.9 and pass the Photographic Activity Test. Microchamber® boards are the only mount boards available that pass the ANSI IT 9.15 1992 for the blockage of acid/oxidising gasses. Product Code 700-8649 700-8632 700-86348 700-86349 700-8652 700-8656 700-86408 700-86409 700-8645 700-0000
Colour White White White White Heritage White Natural White Antique White Antique White Ivory Sample Swatch
Size (mm) 813 x 1016 813 x 1016 813 x 1016 1016 x 1524 813 x 1016 813 x 1016 813 x 1016 1016 x 1524 813 x 1016
Size (inches) 32” x 40” 32” x 40” 32” x 40” 40” x 60” 32” x 40” 32” x 40” 32” x 40” 40” x 60” 32” x 40”
Thickness 1 ply 350 micron 2 ply 700 micron 4 ply 1400 micron 4 ply 1400 micron 4 ply 1400 micron 4 ply 1400 micron 4 ply 1400 micron 4 ply 1400 micron 4 ply 1400 micron
Pack 25 25 10 5 10 10 10 5 10
Price £74.90 £119.95 £83.00 £88.20 £83.00 £83.00 £83.00 £88.20 £83.00 FREE
Thickness 4 ply 1400 micron
Pack 10
Price £83.00
II Unbuffered Microchamber® Mounting Board Product Code 700-6001
Colour White
Size (mm) 813 x 1016
Size (inches) 32” x 40”
II Microchamber® Foam Board (bottom right) An archival heat-activated foamboard that allows art to be reversed to its pre-mounting condition. Ultimate Protection! You can safely reverse art to its exact, pre-mounting conditions. The non-permeable adhesive meets all archival standards and can be completely removed from the art. the adhesive activates at low temperatures with short dwell times, making it safe for most art. Fast and Easy! Gives you the fastest, easiest and safest mounting option available. You can mount art in just 15-30 seconds on a mechanical press - or as little as 2 minutes in most vacuum presses. Highest Quality Offers an ultra-smooth mount not achievable with other archival mounting methods. A permanent mount that is reversible when reheating to 150ºF and removing the art. Archival Plus! Patented Microchamber® technology actively protects art from the harmful effects of outgassing and from damaging pollutants - something no other foamboard can do! Product Code 616-3240/25 616-4060/25
Sheet Size 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Thickness 5mm 5mm
Pack Size 25 Sheets 25 Sheets
Price £141.20 £230.00
77
II Archival & Museum Board Most paper manufacturers obtain their water from nearby rivers. Obviously, whatever foreign matter is contained in the water can wind up in their paper. The manufacturers water supply is from an artesian well that originates from a limestone water table 800 feet below the earth's surface. For the 60 years they have tested their water, it has never varied in these astonishing characteristics: pH 7.2 - 7.6, no iron or copper traces, and a high concentration of calcium. Alum is never used in the manufacturing process.
Pure White
Soft White Colour Samples Cat. No. 700-sampler £1.00
II 100% Rag, Acid Free Museum Quality Mounting Board Manufactured from 100% select cotton fibres, this top quality rag board features a 3% calcium carbonate buffer to guard against acid migration. The pH level of 8.5 enables it to resist fading, discolouration, and embrittlement. It is the standard for museums and galleries. Ideal for both matting and mounting prints, watercolours, etchings, documents and letters. Outstanding surface characteristics and cutting properties. There is no finer board at any price. Sold in full cartons only. Price per carton. Sheets/Ctn 25 25 10
Ply 2 ply 4 ply 8 ply
Thickness 0.75mm 1.50mm 3.00mm
Pure White 700-3242 700-3244 700-3248
Soft White 700-4243 700-3245 700-3260
Antique White 700-3246 700-3247 700-3261
Natural 700-3256 700-3258 700-3262
Ivory N/A 700-3243 N/A
Cream N/A 700-3259 N/A
wt 11.36kg 24kg 23.64kg
size (mm) 813 x 1016 813 x 1016 813 x 1016
Price £130.50 £255.25 £255.25
II Unbuffered 100% Rag, Museum Quality Mounting Board The same 100% rag board described above is manufactured without the addition of a calcium carbonate buffer for those who prefer mounting and matting photos with an unbuffered board. Price per cartons of 10 sheets. Sheets/Ctn 10 25 25
78
Ply 4 ply 4 ply 2 ply
Thickness 1.50mm 1.50mm 0.75mm
White 701-3240A 701-3240 701-3242
www.preservationequipment.com
wt 9.6kg 24kg 11.36kg
size 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm)
Price £126.40 £225.25 £126.50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Antique White
Natural
Ivory
Cream
II Archival Conservation Mounting Board This superior quality, purified high alpha cellulose mounting board is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve and will resist fading, discolouration and embrittlement for years to come. Manufactured to museum quality standards, this mounting board has a smooth vellum surface quality and excellent cutting characteristics. Moderately priced and available in both 2 ply (0.75mm) and 4 ply (1.50mm") board. Price per package. 2 Ply: 30pt Soft White (0.75mm) 25 Sheets/Pk Product Code size wt 714-2810 8” x 10” (204 x 254mm) 0.9kg 714-2024 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 4.55kg Sheets/Ctn 25 25 25
Ply 2 ply 4 ply 4 ply
Thickness 0.75mm 1.50mm 1.50mm
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Pure White 714-3240 714-3243 N/A
Price £8.90 £63.90
Soft White 714-2324 714-4324 714-4060
Antique White N/A 714-3244 N/A
wt 12.75kg 23.18kg 43.18kg
size (mm) 813 x 1016 813 x 1016 1016 x 1524
Price £96.25 £185.00 £250.21
www.preservationequipment.com
79
II Mounting Board II Corrugated Plastic Sheets This rigid, heat resistant, chemically stable copolymer of polypropylene and polyethylene features a sturdiness unmatched by corrugated paper boards. Tests have proven that Corrugated Plastic has significantly higher burst, puncture and edge and flat crush properties than B flute fibreboard. Corrugated Plastic will not burst on the Mullen Tester. An ideal material for box making, print backing, picture framing, artifact support, and much more. Available in solid white and our new, translucent sheets for applications where some amount of visibility is preferred. Both are 4mm thick. Price per carton of 25 sheets. Product Code 225-3040TR 225-3040 225-4060
colour Translucent White White
size 30 x 40” (770 x 1000 x 4mm) 30 x 40” (770 x 1000 x 4mm) 41 x 61” (1040 x 1550 x 4mm)
wt 12.3kg 12.3kg 24.6kg
Price £61.80 £61.80 £128.40
Conservation Mounting Board found on page 79
B. Acid-Free Fome-Cor®
A. Unbuffered Museum Mounting Board 80
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
II A. Unbuffered Museum Mounting Board White
This 100% cotton mounting board is unbuffered with a neutral pH of 7.0. The pleasing soft-white colour will compliment most photographs and is desirable for matting albumen, chromogenic photographs and dye transfer prints which should not be stored in an alkaline environment. It is also an excellent choice for mounting textiles. Available in 2 or 4 ply. Price per package. 2 Ply (0.75mm) 25 Sheet Package Product Code size 701-3242 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm)
wt 12.27kg
Price £126.50
4 Ply available in 10 Sheet Package Product Code size 701-3240A 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm)
wt 10kg
Price £126.40
Translucent
II B. Acid-Free Foam Board This product was developed specifically for conservation quality framing. Designed to be used in direct contact with art work in framing as well as for backer boards, exhibits, displays and models. Cuts easily. Lightweight and sturdy, these boards are made from high quality neutral pH papers on an extruded polystyrene foam inner core 3mm or 5mm thick. Packed 5 sheets per package. No broken packages. Save on 25 pack quantity. Product Code 616-8771 616-8771/25 616-3240 616-3240/25 616-4060 616-4060/25
size 32” x 40” (3 x 813 x 1016mm) 32” x 40” (3 x 813 x 1016mm) 32” x 40” (5 x 813 x 1016mm) 32” x 40” (5 x 813 x 1016mm) 40” x 60” (5 x 1016 x 1524mm) 40” x 60” (5 x 1016 x 1524mm)
sheets 5 25 5 25 5 25
Price £30.20 £130.95 £33.65 £141.20 £52.20 £230.00
II Exhibition Foam Boards (non-archival) This CFC-free rigid polystyrene board is light weight and ideally suited for all mounting and display applications using our heat activated mounting and laminating products as well as wet glue and spray adhesives. Its smooth brilliant surface presents photographs, maps, artwork etc at their best and is easily cut, leaving a clean smooth edge. Colour: white. Product Code 616-4030W 616-4030/25
size 5mm thick 762 x 1016mm (30” x 40”) 5mm thick 762 x 1016mm (30” x 40”)
sheets 5 25
Price £21.75 £97.60
II C. Bi-Corr Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated Board Our exclusive blue/grey Bi-Corr™ Perma/Dur® acid-free and lignin-free corrugated board with cross direction corrugation offers exceptional strength without heavy weight. For making picture frame backings, special boxes, displays, or any application requiring an acidfree durable board. A 3% calcium carbonate alkaline reserve is added for protection from atmospheric pollutants. Sold in full cartons only. Product Code 613-4001
C. Bi-Cor™ Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated Board
size 32” x 48” (813 x 1219mm)
shts/ctn 8
wt Price 16.36kg £208.75
II White Display Board (not shown) This 2000 micron board, being only 2mm thick, is very rigid due to the dense core. It has the benefit of not attracting moisture (as does softer open structured mounting boards) and the smooth finish makes it ideal for exhibition mounting. The manufacturers claim the White Display Board is pH neutral and priced competitively for such a specialist product. This is a suitable alternative to foam board for creating exhibition displays and is now the most popular board for exhibition designers. Available in packs of 10 sheets. Product Code 809-5080
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
size 32” x 44” (815 x 1120mm)
shts/ctn 10
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £32.50
81
Mounting Boards
Acid-Free Davey Board
Acid-Free Davey Board
The Davey Co. has developed an acid-free board with a pH greater than 7 and an alkaline reserve. This board is far superior to paperboard products which have been pasted or laminated together. If quality bookbinding is your goal, only the highest grade binder board is good enough to withstand the severe stresses to which books are subjected. This board is available in standard sizes at a reasonable price for those bookbinders, conservators and librarians who want all acid-free cover materials on their books. Price per package. Board Product Code 473-0067 473-0082 473-0098
board size 26” x 38” 26” x 38” 26” x 38”
(660 x 965mm) (660 x 965mm) (660 x 965mm)
boards/thickness .067 (1.70mm) .082 (2.08mm) .098 (2.49mm)
pk 22 18 15
wt 28.64kg 25.91kg 25.00kg
Price £70.85 £73.85 £73.85
Acid-Free Pearl-Grey Pressboard Genuine Pressboard, 725gsm in thickness is specially manufactured with a neutral pH. It is ideal for binder covers, dividers or where a strong rigid board of neutral material is essential. Packed 50 sheets per carton. Price per carton.
Acid-Free Pearl-Grey Pressboard
Product Code size 711-2638 660 x 965mm
wt 34kg
Price £262.50
Acid-Free Buffered Perma/Dur® Archival Corrugated Board
Corrugated Single Wall
Corrugated Double Wall
This strong, smooth, lightweight, pale blue-grey material is the ultimate in corrugated boards. Available in either single wall (approx. 3mm) or double wall (approx. 6mm) thickness, Perma/Dur® Corrugated Board is acid-free, lignin-free and alkaline buffered with 3% calcium carbonate added for an alkaline reserve in all three layers for maximum protection. This exclusive board is made of fully bleached virgin fibres and is unusually strong - an excellent choice for boxmaking, print backers, picture framing, dividers - wherever a sturdy, light board is required. Price per carton. Single Wall Product Code 613-1114 613-1418 613-1620 613-2024 613-3040 613-4060 613-4896
size 11” x 14” 14” x 18” 16” x 20” 20” x 24” 30” x 40” 40” x 60” 48” x 96”
(280 x 356mm) (356 x 457mm) (406 x 508mm) (508 x 610mm) (762 x 1016mm) (1016 x 1524mm) (1219 x 2438mm)
shts/pk 10 10 10 10 25 25 15
Double Wall Product Code size 613-3041 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 613-4061 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm)
shts/pk 10 10
wt 0.6kg 1.0kg 1.4kg 2.0kg 14.5kg 27.3kg 36.4kg
wt 11.4kg 29.6kg
Price £13.95 £20.85 £26.15 £36.75 £149.00 £279.55 £326.15
Price £134.20 £253.30
Bi-Corr™ Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated Board
Bi-Corr™
For ultimate strength and rigidity in archival board, we offer Bi-corr Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated board. As the name suggests, we laminate two layers of our very best corrugated board together so the corrugation of each runs perpendicular to the other. The result is a light weight board of exceptional strength which resists bending, folding, or curling. This blue/grey board, with its 1/4” thickness, is exceptional for picture frame backing, but is equally effective as a sturdy display construction material. In fact, it excels in any application which requires a strong but lightweight acid-free material. A 3% calcium carbonate buffer offers additional protection from atmospheric pollutants. Like both our single and double wall corrugated boards shown above, this board is made of bleached cellulose fibres, and is acid-free and lignin-free. Sold in full cartons only. Price per carton. Product Code 613-4001
size 32” x 48” (813 x 1219mm)
sheets/carton 8
weight 13.64kg
Price £208.80
Our Cornerounder can add a professional finish to your own folders. See page 114. See pages 78-79 for Museum Mounting Boards.
82
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Conservation Boards
Buy online at www.preservationequipment.com Honeycomb Panels These lightweight panels provide a sturdy support medium for a variety of applications. Each 13mm thick, off-white panel is acid-free and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate, with a pH of approximately 8.0. They are manufactured using a neutral polyvinyl acetate (PVA) adhesive. Ideally suited for supporting large works of art and heavy textiles, and a great fabricating material for exhibits, displays, and models. Easily cut and shaped using a fine tooth saw blade or sharp utility knife. Price per carton of 6 sheets. Product Code 037-9850
board size 98.4” x 55” x 0.5” (2500 x 1400 x 13mm)
sheets 6
colour Natural White
Price £514.00
Buffered Blue-Grey/White Box Board Sheets of our sturdy 1300gsm barrier board (pH 8.5) are now available for a variety of uses. This improved barrier board is acid-free throughout and possesses excellent folding characteristics. Buffered with approximately 3% calcium carbonate. The blue-grey side has a smooth surface and the white lignin-free interior eliminates any concern for colour transfer to objects placed against it. This board is ideal for making phase boxes, special size boxes, dividers or any use where an archival quality board is required. May be cut to special sizes - consult our customer service department. Sold in packages of 25 sheets. Price per package. Product Code 345-1620 345-3240 345-5833
thickness .060 (1.5mm) .060 (1.5mm) .060 (1.5mm)
size 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 58” x 33” (1473 x 838mm)
grain long long short
wt 6.36kg 26.36kg 37.73kg
Price £42.20 £146.90 £214.55
Blue-Grey/White Barrier Board
Unbuffered Tan Barrier Board
Unbuffered Tan Box Board An archivally safe board which can be used for making your own custom sized storage boxes, dividers, heavyweight folders, pamphlet or photographic binders, etc. Acid-free and lignin-free, our non-buffered 1000gsm board is manufactured for those applications where buffering compounds such as calcium carbonate would cause an undesirable reaction with the materials contacting the board, including natural history specimens. This attractive tan board is lightfast, non-bleeding, and most importantly has no internal polyester barrier which prevents materials from receiving adequate air-flow and intensified, unwanted internal chemical reactions. Package of 25 sheets (polywrapped and cartoned for moisture and handling protection). No broken packages, please. Price per package of 25 sheets. Product Code 799-3040 799-4060
size 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm)
grain short long
wt 23.64kg 38.64kg
Multi-use Corrugated E-Flute
Price £148.80 £285.25
Archival Corrugated E-Flute Board (Acid Free, Lignen Free, Buffered) The strength of Perma/Dur® E-Flute corrugated board makes it ideal for box making. E-Flute is half the thickness of standard B-Flute with nearly the same strength. Acid-Free, Lignin-Free and Buffered with calcium carbonate. Pleasing Blue/Grey colour. Folding and cutting are easy and ideal for E-Flute corrugated board. Great for CAD box making machines. (1.75mm Thick). Product Code 612-2024E 612-3040E 612-3060E
size 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
weight 2.1kg 14.5kg 27.3kg
Sheets Per pack 10 25 25
Multi-use Corrugated B-Flute Single Wall
Price £42.40 £156.75 £313.65
83
Conservation Paper & Board Perma/Dur® Buffered Bristol Board Perma/Dur® Bristol is a high quality acid-free, lignin-free and buffered Bristol with a variety of potential uses. Excellent for folders, interleaving and lightweight mats. Also great for forms where a sturdy and durable index Bristol is needed. Price per package of 100 sheets.
Perma/Dur® Buffered Bristol Board
Medium Weight 0.25mm Thickness Product Code size 678-4112 10” x 12” (254 x 305mm) 678-4162 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 678-4324 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm)
wt 1.5kg 4.6kg 20.5kg
Price £21.70 £49.25 £174.10
Perma/Dur® Folder Stock This 0.25mm thick folder stock is sturdy and durable, excellent for making special size folders, as a divider, or for backing prints. It is acid-free, lignin-free and buffered, with a pH of 8.5 (±.2). Price per package of 100 sheets. Light Tan Product Code 750-1620 750-3240
grain long long
size 406 x 508mm 813 x 1016mm
wt 5.0kg 18.6kg
Price £54.70 £165.90
Perma/Dur® Heavy Duty Folder Stock Similar to the Perma/Dur® Folder Stock (above) except 0.5mm thickness for extra stiffness. It has a variety of uses in addition to the construction of sturdy protective folders. Ideal for making phase boxes, vertical standing dividers, print backings, drawer liners, lightweight mats, etc. Caution must be used when folding as this stock must be scored and folded along the grain. Available in Light Tan. Price per package of 50 sheets.
Perma/Dur® Folder Stock
Product Code 750-2620 750-3040 750-4060
grain long long short
size 381 x 508mm 762 x 1016mm 1016 x 1524mm
wt 5.0kg 19.6kg 34.1kg
Price £45.75 £170.00 £310.25
Unbuffered, Lightweight Folder Stock This unbuffered, 1660gsm paper is off-white in colour and has a pH between 7.0 and 7.5. It scores easily and has excellent folding characteristics. Great for making folders, envelopes, dividers or for interleaving, lining and printing. Sheet size is 32" x 40," grain long. Price per package of 100 sheets. Product Code 670-3240
Perma/Dur® Heavy Duty Folder Stock
size 813 x 1016mm
wt 15.5kg
Price £148.00
Silver Safe Photo Paper This photo and silver safe unbuffered paper is made from high purity 100% cotton all rag paper. It has been developed for photographic conservation. An ideal interleaving paper used for protecting prints and works of art on paper. The fibre distribution and formation are excellent with a very smooth finish to prevent damage by abrasion. At the time of manufacture the pH value is between 6.8 and 7.2 since the paper is not buffered, a drop in pH value is to be expected when exposed to normal atmospheric conditions. Various uses are found for this 40gsm 100% cotton rag paper other than the obvious photographic uses such as: Document and manuscript repair, backing, lining, reinforcing, hinging, interleaving and wrapping. Ideal for storage where unbuffered stock is used such as for wool and silk in textiles, silver and other artifacts.
Lightweight Folder Stock
This product passes the Photo Activity Test of ANSI Standard IT 9.16 in independent tests performed at the Image Permanence Institute at Rochester Institute of Technology, Rochester, NY. Product Code 682-1180 682-1182 682-1191
84
www.preservationequipment.com
description sheets 40gsm sheets 40gsm roll 40gsm
wt 610 x 914mm 610 x 914mm 1270mm x 227m
Price £36.00 (50 sheets) £164.65 (250 sheets) £234.30 (roll)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Paper Conservation Unbuffered See Thru, Acid-Free Glassine
Product Code 448-1625 448-3240 448-4000
size 406 x 508mm 813 x 1016mm 1016 x 305m Roll
Price £23.30 £76.70 £136.50
All available in sheets & rolls.
Acid-Free Glassine (26 gsm) for a variety of conservation applications. It is transparent and smooth with a pH of approximately 7.0 and is unbuffered. Its light weight makes it easy to fold or shape and is excellent for use in situations where its transparency is helpful. Available in both rolls and sheets. Price per pack of 100 sheets
See Glassine Envelopes page 38 Glassine
Unbuffered Acid-Free Tissue Paper (16gsm) Excellent for stuffing, interleaving or a variety of uses, this translucent tissue (16 gsm) is completely acid-free and has a thickness of .001. Available in either sheets or rolls, it has countless applications in museums, archives or libraries. Its very soft surface makes it an ideal choice for separation wrapping. Excellent for photographic and textile storage. Price per pack
Product Code 741-1015 741-1520 741-3040 741-3041
Price per roll
qty 100 100 100 12
size 254 x 381mm 381 x 508mm 762 x 1016mm 762 x 1016mm
Price £8.75 £19.80 £35.60 £5.50
Product Code 741-3250 741-3500 741-3100 741-3160
Size 1016 x 76m 1016 x 152m 1016 x 305m 1524 x 305m
Price £49.77 £74.30 £139.20 £210.25
Unbuffered Acid-Free Tissue Paper (9gsm)
Unbuffered Tissue
A long-fibered 9gsm tissue, which resembles Japanese papers in structure and appearance. Made from abaca fibers, this semitransparent paper lends itself to a wide variety of applications in conservation and preservation. At the time of manufacture the pH value is between 6.8 and 7.2. Since the tissue paper is not buffered, a drop in pH is to be expected when exposed to normal atmospheric conditions. Price per pack of 500 Product Code 741-1158
Size 914 x 610mm
Price £278.70
Buffered Acid-Free Tissue Paper The same .001 thick acid-free tissue (16 gsm) as above with a 3% calcium carbonate buffer added. Buffering agent will help prevent acid migration to the tissue itself. Available in sheets or rolls. Price per pack of 100 sheets
Product Code 741-1015BF 741-1520BF 741-3040BF
Buffered Tissue
Price per roll
Size 254 x 381mm 381 x 508mm 762 x 1016mm
Price £8.10 £19.24 £34.59
Product Code 741-2504BF 741-5004BF 741-1040BF
Size 1016 x 76m 1016 x 152m 1016 x 305m
Price £37.60 £66.20 £125.75
Microchamber® Paper This acid-free thick, heavyweight paper is 100% cotton rag Microchamber®, 350 micron paper. The patented technology actively protects the harmful effects of outgassing and damaging pollutants. These harmful gases are then neutralized by an alkaline buffer of calcium carbonate. The paper is sulphur and lignen free with a pH of 8.9 and passes the Photographic Activity Test. Price per pack of 25 sheets Product Code 700-8649
Size 813 x 1016 (32” x 40”)
Thickness 350 micron
Price £74.90
Low Cost Acid-Free Tissue Paper (not shown) We have introduced this unbuffered low cost acid-free tissue paper, after many requests from customers who use high volumes of tissue paper in transportation of works of art. This low cost bleached wood pulp tissue does not replace our high quality tissue papers. We made the rolls wider which is very useful for packing large items. One roll contains 1300 square metres of tissue a little over a penny per m2. Price per roll Product Code 741-1300
Size 1300 x 100m
Thickness 22gsm
Price £17.95
PEL 5 Gram Spider Tissue This handmade Tengucho 5 gram Japanese Kozo spider tissue is exclusive to PEL. The tissue is flexible, translucent and made from long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong. The tissue is unbuffered with a pH 7.2 developed for repair work in painting and paper conservation. Being extremely soft and strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicate works of art. The natural colour and wet strength makes the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair. Price per roll. Product Code 682-3638
Size 965mm x 20m
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Base Weight 5gsm
PEL 5 Gram Spider Tissue
Price £69.85
www.preservationequipment.com
85
Perma/Dur® Archival Paper Perma/Dur® Buffered Bond Sheets - Great for Photocopiers University Products’ exclusive 20# Perma/Dur® Bond (75 gsm) offers an excellent archival quality buffered paper at moderate cost. Watermarked for your protection, it is a premium quality paper with a potential life of over 300 years. Perma/Dur® Bond is an excellent choice for reproductions, reports, books, anywhere durability and longevity are a factor. For Laser Printing, Xerographic or Lithographic processes. Available in White or Olde White colours. Price per package of 500 sheets. White Product Code 678-8511 678-1175 Olde White 678-1176
size 8.5” x 11” (216 x 280mm) A4 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm)
gsm 75g 75g
wt 2.32kg 2.55kg
Price £13.90 £21.40
A4 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm)
75g
2.32kg
£22.60
Large Perma/Dur® Buffered Bond Sheets Acid-free Perma/Dur® Bond (75 gsm) in large sheets is ideal for wrapping and interleaving prints and drawings. These sheets may also be used for printing and drawing papers where an acid-free sheet is required. Substance 20, White. Price per package. Product Code 678-1722 678-3240 678-1711
sheets/pk 50 50 500
size 17” x 22” (432 x 559mm) 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 11” x 17” (280 x 432mm)
gsm 75g 75g 75g
wt 1.36kg 7.73kg 5.09kg
Price £9.70 £37.95 £36.95
Wide Rolls Perma/Dur® Buffered Bond
Now available in White & Olde White
Acid-free Perma/Dur® (75 gsm) in 34" wide x 100 yard rolls for wrapping, separating and interleaving. Very useful when an acidfree paper is needed in varying sizes. Substance 20, White. Price per roll. Product Code 678-3400
size 864mm x 92m
gsm 75g
wt 7.5kg
Price £69.27
Perma/Dur® Buffered Ledger An excellent acid-free paper (120gsm) used as an end paper in book binding. Its smooth finish is resistant to dirt marks or abrasions. Also used for lightweight folders, special envelopes and the like. Its pleasing Olde White colour and .007 (36#) thickness make it a good choice for many archival paper uses. Watermarked. Price per package of 100 sheets. Product Code 678-24A4
size A4 297 x 210mm
gsm 120
wt 0.86kg
Price £8.25
Byron Weston Paper (100% New Cotton) Archive Text Archive text is specially designed for long life by incorporating several very important features: Surface sized with gelatine starch. Woodfree pulp which gives high strength. Alkali buffering with 2% calcium carbonate to give protection against atmospheric acidity (currently about pH 4 in London. Not using conventional alum/rosin sizing but a special sizing which is neutral pH to ensure an acid-free paper. The long life of the paper is demonstrated by subjecting it to accelerated ageing at high temperature and testing for tear resistance and folding endurance. These attributes make it ideal for documents and records which are required to be preserved for posterity. The paper is classified as a permanent long life paper as defined in the American National Standard Z39.48-1992 and greatly exceeds ISO9706. Product Code size base weight quantity price
86
678-70A4 A4 297 x 210mm (11.7” x 8.27”) 85gsm 500 £11.95
A very high quality archival paper for valuable records. This white linen record paper from Byron Weston is produced from 100% new cotton, acid and lignin free, 120gsm, A4 size used for photocopying, laser printing and inkjet printers. The record paper is an excellent choice for reports, books, documents and records which are required to be preserved for the future. Product Code 219-0032
Description Record Paper (A4)
Size 297 x 210mm
Base Weight 120gsm
Quantity 500 sheets
Price £87.95
Wt 9kg 19.5kg 36.3kg
Price £56.00 £149.20 £272.00
Buffered Acid-free and Lignen Free Wrapping Paper (Light Tan & Blue/Gray) This sturdy, medium weight light tan paper (110gsm2) has excellent strength for many wrapping uses. It is an excellent choice for wrapping and protection of documents and art work - for either storage or shipping. It is buffered and has an average pH of 8.5. Price per roll. The pleasing, blue/grey 90gsm wrapping paper is slightly lighter than the tan, acid-free and buffered, and has excellent folding, cuting and handling characteristics.
Product Code 613-0037 613-2625 613-5425
www.preservationequipment.com
Description Blue/Grey Light Tan Light Tan
Size 914mm x 91m (36” x 100yds) 660mm x 228m (26” x 250yds) 1321mm x 229m (52” x 250yds)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Paper Conservation Buffered Alpha Cellulose Alpha Cellulose paper (105 gsm) in a pleasing ivory shade is an excellent choice for book plates, calligraphy and book printing. Its acid-free qualities provide protection when used as end papers in rare books. Other uses include printing, typing or Xerographic copying. Price per 100 sheets. Product Code 716-8275
size gsm (A4) 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm) 105
wt 0.68kg
Price £12.95
Unbuffered Blotting Paper This 112# (346 gsm), 100% cotton rag blotter is great for any number of conservation applications. Use it in wet treatment of papers and as a blotter in leaf casting. Line drawers and shelves with it to protect your artifacts or natural history specimens. It is also fine as a lining material in conservation picture framing. Because it is smooth and unbuffered, it is perfect for use with most photo processes. This pure waterleaf paper contains no buffers or fillers. The pH is 8.5 (± .2); white. Sheets Product Code 535-1925 535-3825 535-3850
sts./ctn. 10 25 25
size 20” x 30” (508 x 762mm) 38” x 25” (965 x 635mm) 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm)
gsm 346 346 346
wt 1.8kg 5.8kg 16.4kg
Price £32.68 £99.95 £210.60
Multisorb Blotting Paper This is the best paper for pressing and drying during conservation, especially leaf casting and paper infill. It will take 2.5 times its own weight in water. With its extra strong wet strength, the sheets can be used and dried many times. Although good for Herbarium conservation, it is not recommended for permanent interleaving or mounting. Product Code 682-3020A 682-3020
sheets 25 100
size 750mm x 680mm 750mm x 680mm
gsm 300gsm 300gsm
Price £39.85 £151.85
PEL Blotting Paper Acid-free, wood-free slightly textured to give high bulk and absorbency. The pH is close to 7. Product Code 535-1000 535-1048
size 860mm x 610mm (33.85” x 24”) 1220mm x 860mm (48” x 33.85”)
base wt 300gsm 300gsm
qty 100 50
Price £54.95 £59.95
This unbuffered 40gsm paper is made from high purity 100% all rag cotton. The fibre distribution and formation are excellent with a very smooth finish to prevent damage by abrasion. An ideal interleaving paper used for protecting prints and works of art on paper. Available in 250 or 50 pack 24" x 36" sheets. size 610 x 914mm 610 x 914mm 1270 x 227m
base wt 40gsm 40gsm 40gsm
quantity 50 sheets 250 sheets Roll
Lineco’s Document Cleaning Pads are recommended for cleaning dusty, dirty, or mouldy paper items. These pads contain a soft, grit-free powder that absorbs and cleans surface dirt from paper. Price each. Product Code 782-1004 782-1000
Unbuffered Interleaving Sheets & Roll
Product Code 682-1180 682-1182 682-1191
Document Cleaning Powder & Pads
Description one cleaning pad 2lb can of powder
wt 90g 2.0lbs (0.91kg)
Price £2.40 £9.95
To Use: Twist the pad lightly over the soiled document to produce a thin layer of white cleaning powder. Then, gently rub the pad over the area to be cleaned. This action causes the dust and dirt to be absorbed by the layer of cleaning powder. Once the area is clean, simply brush the residue away to reveal a clean, renewed appearance.
Price £36.00 £164.60 £234.30
Masa Lining Paper This Japanese paper is very popular with conservators and artists. Machine made white, thick, strong paper with one side smooth, the other textured. Masa is also very good for printmaking and drawings. Its quality and weight make it an excellent material for lining of large format works of art. Price per roll. Product Code 682-3200
size 1092mm x 30m
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
wt 70gsm
Price £58.50
www.preservationequipment.com
87
Japanese Paper A
B
A. Kitakata*
F. Mulberry Rolls
Handmade in Japan of 90% Phillipine Gampi and 10% pulp. The buff shade and silky touch of this paper make it a favourite with conservators of old books and documents. Also used for wood cuts, etchings and for Chine Colle applications. Acid-free and deckled on four sides. Price per package of 10 sheets.
Machine made version of the most popular Oriental paper in the U.S. It is slightly lighter than its handmade counterpart, but it affords the conservator a large format. Sheet is 10% Kozo with the balance being 90% sulphite pulp. There are no chemical fillers and a small amount of sizing is added before drying. Price per roll.
Product Code 682-2620
C
size wt 510 x 410mm 36gsm
Price £21.00
B. Usumino (Kizuki-shi) Silky 100% Kozo sheet paper. Natural in colour, with body and a hard surface. Created by master craftsmen of Japan. Especially made for mending since its fibres are compact and can be torn into a strong web. May be used for bookbinding. Price per package of 5. Product Code 682-2836
size wt Price 940 x 640mm 11-12gsm £65.80
Product Code size wt Price 682-2710 690mm x 9.15m 52gsm £37.75
G. Hosokawa Ohban* A handmade sheet of 100% Kozo, most popular with conservators as backing or support sheet for maps, documents, etc., especially larger pieces because it is slightly heavier than most Japanese papers. Also an excellent choice in block printing. Price per package of 5 sheets. Product Code 682-2926
size wt 970 x 640mm 23gsm
Price £54.00
C. Sekishu Kozogami Tsuru*
D
Created by one of the master craftsmen of Japan, this 100% Kozo paper is very soft and silky in appearance with chain lines. Its great strength makes it practical for all types of repair work. Price per package of 5. Product Code 682-2129
size wt 720 x 520mm 22gsm
Price £31.45
D. Okawara Large Sheets
E
100% Kozo sheet, cream colour with smooth surface, and fibres are quite visible throughout. Strong, soft and supple with laid lines. Excellent for conservation and print making. Machine made in Japan from 50% Kozo and 50% sulphite pulp. Price per package of 5 sheets. Product Code 682-3672
F
G
size wt 1830 x 910mm 60gsm
Price £48.50
E. Mulberry Paper
Japanese Hinging Tissue These generously sized sheets 597mm x 432mm (23 1⁄2” x 17”) of Japanese Mulberry paper are specially manufactured with 55 parallel “tear lines” that allow you to form perfect, deckled-edge Japanese hinges every time. The tear lines are arranged at various distances apart, to form hinges from 6mm wide to 23mm wide, all up to 432mm in length. Available in lightweight 12gsm for photographs and light artwork, and 20gsm for heavier work. Applied easily with wheat or rice starch to make sound conservation quality hinges. Pack of 4 sheets. Product Code description 682-0012 12gsm Hinging Paper 682-0020 20gsm Hinging Paper
Price £24.50 £26.15
Preservation Equipment Ltd has access to many other Japanese papers if you can not find the paper you require. Please contact our customer service department we may be able to locate the paper
This white paper is handmade in Japan from 30% Kozo and 70% sulphite pulp. Its name comes from the mulberry plant from which the Kozo fibre is taken. Lightweight and soft, it is strong, very versatile and pleasant to use. In addition to its conservation uses, this paper is excellent for printing or printmaking. Price per package of 10 sheets. Product Code 682-2433
size wt 850 x 640mm 42gsm
Price £23.00
Handmade Japanese & Conservation Paper Preservation Equipment offers the most complete selection of Handmade Japanese Papers and Conservation Papers. All are specifically designed for conservation but have a variety of uses in the hands of a creative person. Acid-free, they are delicate looking yet are remarkably tear resistant.
Japanese Paper Swatchbook A swatchbook of our Japanese papers. Designed to assist you with your selection of colour and texture for your projects. Product Code 682-Sampler
88
Price £6.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Paper Japanese H. Kaji Natural
Assorted Hinging Paper
H
Handmade in Japan of 100% Kozo. Lightweight yet sturdy. This sheet is a prime example of the best Oriental hand papermaking. Good for conservation, woodcuts, and letterpress. Acid-free, unsized with four deckled edges. Price per package of 5 sheets.
A variety of the highest quality Japanese Hinging Papers allows you to select the proper thickness and strength for your particular application. The five papers included in the assortment have different weights and finishes, one just right for your job.
I
Product Code 682-2439
size wt 980 x 640mm 11gsm
Price £23.80
Product Code 682-4000
6 Assorted Papers
I. Sekishi Natural*
Assortment Includes
Handmade in Japan of Kozo and sulphite pulp. A soft, lightweight paper showing dispersed fibres that do not intrude and give a rather soft background. Price per package of 5 sheets.
(one 720 x 520mm 22gsm handmade, 100% kozo, lightweight with laid finish sheet)
Product Code colour size wt Price 682-2439NA Natural 990x610mm 30gsm £16.25
A handmade, 100% Kozo paper, with especially long, silky fibres that give the paper an almost woven look. Price per package of 5 sheets. size 790 x 540mm
wt 9gsm
Price £36.50
K. Silk Tissue Machine made in Japan of Gampi and sulphite pulp. It is a very silky paper which is also very transparent. Excellent for interleaving, for overlays on prints or over illustrations in books. Acid-free. Price per package of 10. Product Code 682-2824
Size wt 610 x 460mm 10gsm
Price £14.95
L. Masa Lining Paper This Japanese paper is very popular with conservators and artists. Machine made white, thick, strong paper with one side smooth, the other textured. Masa is also very good for printmaking and drawings. Its quality and weight make it an excellent material for lining of large format works of art. Price per roll. Product Code 682-3200
size wt 1092mm x 30m 70gsm
Price £58.50
*Denotes that these papers use natural tororo
PEL-TISSUE (toned) This 9gsm acid-free tissue has been developed by PEL to replace the L2 Spider Tissue, which is no longer being made. Since we had to produce a suitable replacement we took the opportunity to improve the tissue in two prime areas. • Now toned; more suitable for faded papers (no longer a stark white) • Less visible with lamination wet repairs • Uniform covering is very even, again less visible Made from Abaca Hemp with fibres that are suitable for wet localised or full manuscript repairs, making the lamination barely detectable. A soft unbuffered tissue ideal for interleaving papers, photographs, book binding, stuffing textiles and other conservation applications. We also now use this same tissue to produce our Archibond archival heat set tissue. Product Code size 682-3610 927mm x 100m
Sekishu Kozogami Tsuru
Sekishu White (one 990 x 610mm 30gsm long fibre sheet) Sekishu Natural (one 990 x 610mm 30gsm long fibre sheet) Kizukishi (one 940 x 640mm 11-12gsm, 100% kozo, silky, long fibre sheet)
J. Tosa Tengujo*
Product Code 682-2925
Price £32.00
wt Price 9gsm £68.60
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Mulberry (two 850 x 640mm 42gsm sheets) handmade, kozo and sulphite pulp, long fibre, lightweight, strong and soft.
M. PEL Wet Strength Repair Tissue This toned tissue is specifically designed for wet repairs in paintings and paper conservation. The tissue is exclusive to PEL. Paintings and paper conservators are finding that the tissue is the strongest wet strength tissue available and has a higher wet strength than tissues offered by other suppliers. The tissue has a unique lint-free long fibre non-woven special blend of high strength, large diameter premium grade abacca fibres and other selected cellulose fibres. The fibres are specially selected for tensile, tear and porosity control at light basic weight and to facilitate natural bonding. The structure is characterised as non-abrasive, highly absorbant and consistently uniform in caliper, basic weight and pore size distribution. This uniformity provides exceptional fibre retention under stress with excellent drapability and elongation. Product Code 682-3612 682-3614 weight thickness air permeability dry tensile MD dry tensile CM wet burst moisture pH extract (cold)
size Price 1016mm x 100m £84.95 1016mm x 250m £189.50 12.3gsm 0.0020 inches (51 micron) 1130L/min/100sq cm at 12.7mm Water Delta P 5.71 lbs/in 1.85 lbs/in 2.68 psi 7.5% 6.75
J
K
M
PEL 5 Gram Spider Tissue This handmade Tengucho 5 gram Japanese Kozo spider tissue is exclusive to PEL. The tissue is flexible, translucent and made from long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong. The tissue is unbuffered with a pH 7.2 developed for repair work in painting and paper conservation. Being extremely soft and strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicate works of art. The natural colour and wet strength makes the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair. Price per roll. Product Code Size Base Wt 682-3638 965mm x 20m 5gsm
L
Price £69.85
89
Dry Mounting Acid-Free Mounting Adhesive Archival Quality. Acid-Free adhesive that has a completely neutral pH balance. The thermoplastic adhesive melts in the heating process, becomes transparent and adheres rapidly. Low-Temperature (70ºc) is formulated for general mounting applications in all presses and used in place of conventional mounting tissue. May be used to heat bond lithographs, posters, newsprint, parchment, art papers, all photographs including RC, and most mount and mat boards. note: Removable with heat. Price per Roll Product Code 426-2030
size 1040mm x 25m
Price £130.20
Permanent Dry Mounting Film Non-Archival. This film is ideal when mounting photographs, posters etc. onto difficult or uneven surfaces such as chipboard and plastics. It is also used for the canvas bonding process. It is slightly tacky which helps to position mounting work before activating in the press. This material is a PVC film coated on both sides with heat activated adhesive, supplied between two release papers. Price per Roll Product Code 426-6125
size 1040mm x 25m
Price £162.75
Permanent Dry Mounting Tissue Non-Archival. An all purpose widely used heat activated mounting tissue. Used for dry mounting paper subjects including resin-coated photographs to card, hardboard, chipboard, foamboard etc. Price per Roll Product Code 426-1508
size 1040mm x 25m
Price £59.85
PEL 5 Gram Spider Tissue This handmade Tengucho 5 gram Japanese Kozo spider tissue is exclusive to PEL. The tissue is flexible, translucent and made from long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong. The tissue is unbuffered with a pH 7.2 developed for repair work in painting and paper conservation. Being extremely soft and strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicate works of art. The natural colour and wet strength makes the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair. Price per roll. Product Code 682-3638
Size 965mm x 20m
Base Weight 5gsm
Price £69.85
Over Laminating Exhibition Film (heat activated) Non-Archival. This pre-pierced film is used for overlaminating exhibitions, photographs, posters and papers to protect them from sticky fingers etc. The satin matt finish prevents glare from lighting and gives an attractive appearance to your display. A 50 micron film which is conveniently pre-pierced to allow air to escape during application. A foam blanket must be used when applying over laminating film especially on photographs. Price per Roll. Product Code 426-1707 426-1708
size 650mm x 25m 1040mm x 25m
Price £72.00 £120.75
A. PEL Wet Strength Repair Tissue The tissue is exclusive to PEL and is specifically designed for wet repairs in paintings and paper conservation. Paintings and paper conservators are finding that the tissue is the strongest wet strength tissue available and has a higher wet strength than tissues offered by other suppliers. The tissue has a unique lint-free long fibre non-woven special blend of high strength, large diameter premium grade abacca fibres and other selected cellulose fibres. The fibres are specially selected for tensile, tear and porosity control at light basic weight and to facilitate natural bonding. The structure is characterised as non-abrasive, highly absorbant and consistently uniform in caliper, basic weight and pore size distribution. This uniformity provides exceptional fibre retention under stress with excellent drapability and elongation.
Self-Adhesive Mounting Board - Photo and Print Mounting without a Press. PEL’s new “Perfect Mount” cold application adhesive mounting board makes it easy to mount your photos and prints like a professional without a dry mounting press. Simply peel the liner and position the photograph on the board. Most items bond within minutes after pressure is applied allowing you some repositioning, if necessary. Complete instructions are included with each package. The soft-white, board is available in 2mm thickness. The adhesive is a safe, cold application acrylic adhesive which will not damage or discolour your photo or print in later years. Please note that this is a permanent process and should not be used on items that may need to be removed at a later date or rare originals. Non Archival. Product Code 887-1114 887-2024
90
size 11” x 14” 20” x 24”
(355 x 279mm) (610 x 508mm)
qty 20 20
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £32.55 £68.25
Product Code 682-3612 682-3614
size 1016mm x 100m 1016mm x 250m
weight thickness air permeability dry tensile MD dry tensile CM wet burst pH extract (cold)
Price £84.95 £189.50
12.3gsm 0.0020 inches (51 micron) 1130L/min/100sq cm at 12.7mm Water Delta P 5.71 lbs/in 1.85 lbs/in 2.68 psi moisture 7.5% 6.75
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Laminating Tissue Mounting
ABF (Area Bonded Fibre) Thin, non-woven nylon is coated with an acrylic adhesive and is similar in appearance to Archibond Tissue. Cerex® is extremely strong, tear resistant and flexible. Ideal for use when repaired document or book is expected to be handled considerably. note: ABF must be removed from carrier sheet prior to application. Product Code size wt 533-4110 1040mm x 25m 4.5kg 533-4027 1040mm x 100m 13kg
Price £95.20 £353.50
Archibond Heat Set Tissue (toned) For laminating or repair. Used for document repair and protection, Archibond 9gsm Tissue produces a lamination that is barely detectable on the repaired document. Neutral pH tissue is coated one side with archivally approved pure acrylic adhesive. Page repairs are done easily with a tacking iron (full laminations require the use of a hardbed press). Acrylic adhesive is removable (even after artificial aging) with mineral
spirits. Care should be taken when delaminating documents printed with inks which may have been spirit based. Note: Tissue is mounted on a carrier sheet and must be removed prior to application. Price per roll. Product Code roll size 533-7410 900mm x 25m 533-7400 900mm x 100m
wt Price 4kg £83.50 12kg £283.80
Beva® 371 Film (Gustav Bergers) Beva® is an adhesive created specifically for conservation applications. We have it available as adhesive film sandwiched between white silicone-coated paper and a Mylar® supporting sheet. Activate the adhesive with a tacking iron or hot air blower and remove the support film. Since it is not a liquid it can be cut and applied to small, well defined areas with no fear of it spreading. You’ll find many uses in the repair of papers, paintings and textiles. Price per roll. Product Code 695-371
size 686mm x 5m
Exhibition Mounting Machine The machine requires no heat for mounting photographs or paper prints and is ideal for digital photographs. All your exhibition graphics can be mounted on card/foam centred board/Perspex/ MDF/rigid plastic board – all up to 10mm thick. Flexible, rigid, temporary or permanent displays can be created. The 610mm throat means even large displays can be created on many types of mounting boards. Siliconised rollers are a feature normally found on expensive laminators, on this machine they come as standard giving clean, perfect results every time. The PEL range of pressure sensitive films are designed for use with the Exhibition Mounting Machine and can be used on other roller laminators. The films contain UV stabilisers and inhibitors to prevent the effects of fading from light. You should remember that the adhesives are non-archival and are not suitable for rare originals. For the best results we recommend using boards that have been designed with mounting in mind.
Product Code 809-6204 809-3165 616-4030W 616-4030/25 809-5080
PEL-TISSUE (toned) This 9gsm acid-free tissue has been developed by PEL to replace the L2 Spider Tissue, which is no longer being made. Since we had to produce a suitable replacement we took the opportunity to improve the tissue in two prime areas. • Now toned; more suitable for faded papers (no longer a stark white) • Less visible with lamination wet repairs • Uniform covering is very even, again less visible Made from Abaca Hemp with fibres that are suitable for wet localised or full manuscript repairs, making the lamination barely detectable. A soft unbuffered tissue ideal for interleaving papers, photographs, book binding, stuffing textiles and other conservation applications. We also now use this same tissue to produce our Archibond archival heat set tissue. Product Code size 682-3610 927mm x 100m
wt Price 9gsm £68.60
Price £92.60
Description Exhibition Mounting Machine Double Sided Mounting Film 650mm x 25m Foam Board 5mm x 762mm x 1016mm (30 x 40”) Foam Board 5mm x 762mm x 1016mm (30 x 40”) White Display Board 815mm x 1120mm (32 x 44”)
Price £659.00 £82.95 £21.75 (5pk) £97.60 (25pk) £32.50 (10pk)
Specification Power Supply 220/240 volt Power consumption 500 watts (5 amps) Dimensions 280mm H x 280mm L x 760mm W Weight 28kg Maximum working sizes: 610mm width x 1040mm length x 10mm thickness
Materials Double Sided Mounting Film Pressure sensitive adhesive is coated to both sides of a clear film. This film is used to coat all types of artwork or boards making them self adhesive. Protected with twin release papers. Foam Centred Board For high gloss photography and situations where weight is a consideration we recommend using our 5mm thick foam board. White Display Board This 2000 micron board (2mm thick) has a very dense core which does not attract moisture (as does softer open structured mounting boards). The dense core is smoother than ordinary pulp boards reducing the effect of orange peel on glossy work.
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
91
Conservation Materials Wool Felt The best and finest quality 100% wool felt available today. This excellent wool felt surpasses all other drying media and proves to be the most reliable when high standards are required. A truly top quality paper makers felt, ideal for our MasterPulp Paper Infill Machine. Product Code 986-2410 986-2405
size 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick
qty 10m roll 5m roll
C.
Price £171.00 £94.00
B.
PEL-Softwrap
A.
Acid-free, very soft handleable drapable material, already used for protecting fragile works of art especially in storage. Used for lining boxes, rolling textiles etc. Product Code 492-8000 492-8100
thickness 44gsm 0.35mm 80gsm 0.90mm
size 1200mm x 25m Roll 1500mm x 25m Roll
Price £31.95 £89.95
Bondina We have been requested to include Bondina in our range of non-woven polyester materials. Many conservators have used Bondina and know it well for various conservation treatments. Has an extra smooth surface and is much slicker than Reemay. The thinner 30gsm has a paper like feel making it ideal for lining. Product Code 492-3228 492-3230 492-1010
size 30gsm 30gsm 100gsm
1000mm x 10m 1000mm x 50m 1000mm x 10m
Price £28.60 £98.25 £58.95
Tyvek (Now available in 3m wide rolls) Tyvek fulfils the function of gas-permeable non-abrasive waterproof, dustproof barrier. A proven protective cover for artifacts, textiles, soft furnishings, tapestries etc. providing a barrier to dust and spores. It cannot support the growth of fungi or bacteria. Now available in 3 meter wide rolls. Product Code 212-1422 212-1422100 212-1422300
size 1524mm x 25m Roll 1524mm x 100m Roll 3000mm x 50m Roll
Price £49.50 £183.40 £206.40
A. Flymesh Netting Ideal for drying shelves and supporting textiles and paper in washing, makes a protective grid while vacuum cleaning delicate textiles. Product Code 805-7110
size 1220mm x 10m Roll
Price £52.90
B. Capillary Matting 8204 This material is well known as a media for the humidification process, when wetted has the advantage of a more uniform humidification to reduce the risk of liquid penetration when used with Gore-Tex or Sympatex. Can also be used as a reusable blotter, support when spraying or drying. Is also used in leaf casting as a drying support and to take away excess water in the machine. Product Code 986-8204 986-8204-50
size 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 5m Roll 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 50m Roll
Price £20.20 £152.90
C. Sympatex (alternative to Gore-Tex®) This material is moisture permeable. Used for humidification, allowing humidity to reach the object without wetting. Offers easy and inexpensive techniques for the humidification method in removal of residual adhesives, old linings and stains from water sensitive objects. Product Code 986-0360
size 1500mm x 10m Roll
Price £156.80
Goldbeaters Skin Goldbeaters skin is a thin transparent membrane with great tensile strength which was traditionally used as an interleaf for the manufacture of gold leaf. Used for the conservation of parchment and strengthening to books, this natural material is not readily available, however we have located a reliable supplier who knows the special requirements of conservators and bookbinders. Also used in miniture conservation to reseal coverglass to backing card.
Product Code 682-6025
92
www.preservationequipment.com
size approx. 590mm x 150mm. Pack of 4 skins
Price £25.50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Conservation Materials
Buy online at: www.preservationequipment.com PTFE Cloth This heavy-duty cloth is extremely useful since nothing sticks to its surface. Can be used over and over again in hard bed and vacuum presses.
492-12041
Product Code 426-0108
size 1000mm x per metre
Price £44.50
Silicone Coated Polyester Film This 36 micron clear polyester film is silicone coated on both sides, making an ideal release film for hot tables and our Hot Glass Vacuum Press, as it allows work to be viewed during the mounting process. Furthermore it will last longer than release papers.
B.492-12041 492-12050
Product Code 534-8411
Saatifil Saatifil is now available in 2 grades, 492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting and paper infill machines. 492-12050 is 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables.
492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting and paper infill machines (see PELCaster). It can also be used for backing, interleaving, as a support for parchment during repair and other conservation tasks. Makes a fine drying support, the material has a slick surface which prevents sticking, especially useful when using wet pulp. It is soft, drapable close weave material, with air permeable 120 micron mesh opening (41%) 51gsm. 492-12050 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables, allows good air flow with a smooth surface. An excellent support material for drying shelves, does not stretch or sag. Also used over fragile textiles and soft furnishings when being vacuumed to prevent loose threads leaving the fabric, yet allowing dirt and dust to be removed. When using this extra wide material on vacuum tables it provides full support to delicate works of art. Also prevents the vacuum table holes leaving impressions on the item during treatment. The material has a mesh opening of 50 micron and a weight of 180gsm. Price Per Roll Product Code 492-12041 492-12050
Description Saatifil 100% Polyester Saatifil 100% Polypropylene
size 1070mm x 5m 2370mm x 3m
Price £102.60 £215.00
Acid-Free 50gsm Greaseproof (Food Grade) Paper PEL makes every effort to introduce products that are frequently requested. This paper is one of them and is a suitable alternative to silicone coated release paper. The paper has a parchment feel and is softer than silicone papers. No doubt conservators will find various uses for this paper especially with the lower price PEL is offering. Price per roll. Product Code 741-9000
size 900mm x 100m
wt 50gsm
Price £21.50
size 1270mm x 25m Roll
Price £48.95
12 Micron Silicone Coated Polyester Silicone coated one side only, following a long search we are now able to provide this excellent product for conservation. Ideal for use as a transparent membrane on vacuum hot tables, vapour treatment and other applications. Product Code 534-0012
size 1600mm x 45m roll
Price £172.00
12 Micron Polyester Film Used mainly for hot tables when lining paintings. Extra wide, very light clear strong film. Product Code 415-12
size 1523mm x 100m roll
Price £45.40
Dartek® Cast Nylon Film Conservators will find many new uses for Dartek® cast nylon film. Dartek® is a soft, transparent, nylon film with no plasticisers, additives or surface coatings. It is often used as a covering membrane for lining of paintings on a vacuum hot table or low pressure table, becoming softer as it is heated. In addition, the film is ideal for long term storage in a dark, climate controlled environment. Dartek® performs well as a short term packing material, makes a great barrier layer for displays, and creates an ideal, transparent dust cover. The .075" thick material conforms easily, is clear, does not puncture easily, and will not stick to painting surfaces. It cuts with scissors, adheres with hot melt or double stick tape, and adheres to itself or other plastics with a heated spatula or tacking iron. Price per roll. Product Code 216-88200
size 2235mm x 61m
wt 5.5kg
Price £99.85
Silicone Coated Paper High quality white paper silicone coated. Prevents excess adhesive sticking to other surfaces and press platen. Especially useful in preparing single-sided laminations. Product Code 426-0923
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
size 1300mm x 25m Roll - single sided with grid backing
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £42.50
93
Conservation Materials Our sealing machines are ideal as an inexpensive means of creating your own pouch.
Moisture Oxygen Barrier Film with off gassing interceptor
Marvelseal® 360 Marvelseal® 360 is an aluminised polyethylene and nylon barrier film. New Marvelseal® 470 is an aluminised polyethylene and polypropylene barrier film. Both resist the transmission of water vapour and other atmospheric gases. This economical, flexible and easy to fabricate material is used for passive humidity controlled shipping or storage bags. In addition, Marvelseal® is ideal for lining the inside of shipping crates and exhibit cases, and for lining shelves with the objective of decreasing off-gassing from exposed wooden surfaces. It has also been used to create a sealed framing package and to create a low oxygen environment to treat insect infestation. Price per roll. Product Code 974-3610 974-3650
Description Marvelseal® 360 Marvelseal® 360
size 1219mm x 10m 1219mm x 50m
wt 5.7kg 29.4kg
Price £41.95 £149.95
Marvelseal is often stapled to wooden shelves and shipping crates to reduce off-gassing. Use the acid-free foil sealing tape with acrylic adhesive listed below to cover staples and seal the punctures they create. Price per roll. Product Code 387-0151 387-0156
size 1.25”w x 1000” (32mm x 25m) 3.5” x 1000” (89mm x 25m)
wt 182g 318g
Price £8.50 £17.95
Foil-Backed Shelf Liner If you have old wooden shelves or cases, you can protect your collections against direct contact with the harmful elements in wood by using this unique material to line drawers or shelves. The aluminum foil on one side acts as a barrier against harmful chemicals while your book or artifact only comes in contact with the alkaline buffered, white paper. For those collections for which unbuffered storage materials are indicated, we suggest you use this liner foil-side up and then top with a sheet of Polyfelt, Ethafoam, or unbuffered blotter. Replace the topsheet as needed; the foil-backed liner can remain in place. Roll size: 25" x 100' on a 3" core. Product Code 387-2510
size 635mm x 30m
wt 2.45kg
Price £53.95
Moistop Barrier Foils Moistop is a highly technically designed laminated barrier foil consisting of polyester, aluminium foil and polythene, used to prevent corrosion and moisture damage to works of art.
Visit PEL online at www.preservationequipment.com
Used in shipping, storage and as a barrier from off gassing, giving protection to moisture sensitive objects. Heat sealable at 180C/2 Seconds, the PEL crossweld Sealing Machine is ideal for sealing Moistop. Price each. Product Code 970-0010 970-0002
94
www.preservationequipment.com
Description 1500mm x 10m Roll 1500mm x 200m Roll
Price £44.60 £469.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Conservation Adhesives
White Neutral pH Adhesive Our acid-free adhesive has excellent lay-flat properties and dries clear. Easy to use polyvinyl acetate (PVA) formula is fast setting. This adhesive was formulated specifically for preservation materials and will not become brittle with age. Adheres to most surfaces. Price each. Product Code 901-1008 901-1032 901-1128
size (8oz. in Dispenser Bottle) (Quart) Gallon (3.8 Litres)
wt 227g 0.95 litres 4.27kg
Price £4.25 £13.25 £29.95
Dispenser Pump Take advantage of the lower cost on gallon containers of adhesives. Now you can use our rugged, reusable plastic pump to dispense small quantities of glue from gallon containers. No more drips, spills, or sticky messes to clean up! Fits all our gallon containers. A real handy money-saver! Inexpensively priced. Price each. Product Code 411-1000
wt 1.05kg
Price £6.26
Ethulose
Methyl Cellulose Adhesive Tube
Ethulose adhesive (ethyl hydro Product Code wt Price yethyl cellulose) forms a tough 615-5000 591g £23.50 flexible film when dry. Easy to prepare: simply dust the correct amount of Ethulose onto the surface of well-stirred water, stir until the mixture thickens, and let it stand overnight until Ethulose is fully dissolved. A 4% solution in water is about as viscous as honey; 8 to 10% solutions are gels and typically do not flow. These solutions may be diluted with pure ethyl alcohol to produce solutions where water alone would stain or defibrillate the paper items. Ethulose solutions do not support bacteria or mould growth. Available in 400 gm jars. Price each.
The 40ml tube is ready to use with a fine dispensing nozzle. The adhesive is a bio polymer cellulose derivative (methyl hydroxyl ethyl cellulose). From a conservation point of view it is reversible, adhesive and water soluble and a high quality adhesive. Used for mounting papers, picture framing and works especially well with Japanese papers. This ready made adhesive is extremely suitable for various conservation applications and is transparent.
A good conservation adhesive which ages without yellowing. Polyvinyl alcohol is extremely soluble in water for reversibility, and remains flexible as it ages. Price each. Description 8oz. plastic applicator top bottle 16oz. plastic jar
Description 40ml tube
Price £12.95
Beva® 371 Film (Gustav Bergers)
Polyvinyl Alcohol Adhesive
Product Code 411-1008 411-1016
Product Code 793-1400
wt 273g 545g
Price £9.55 £20.70
Beva® is an adhesive created specifically for conservation applications. We have it available as adhesive film sandwiched between white silicone-coated paper and a Mylar® supporting sheet. Activate the adhesive with a tacking iron or hot air blower and remove the support film. Since it is not a liquid it can be cut and applied to small, well defined areas with no fear of it spreading. You’ll find many uses in the repair of papers, paintings and textiles. Price per roll. Product Code 695-371
size 686mm x 5m (27” x 20ft)
Price £92.60
A variety of brushes for applying glues and adhesives can be found on page 123 Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
95
Adhesives Acid-Free
Wheat Starch
Repair/Hinging Blotters
Scotch™ Glue Stick
A very carefully purified, uncooked food grade wheat starch. When cooked, it makes a superior smooth wheat paste adhesive. note: must be cooked. Price each.
We recommend you use these acid-free, highly absorbent blotters when you're hinging or repairing with Japanese paper and wheat starch paste. This conservation quality blotting paper has a soft textured surface, a pH of 8.0 and is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate. Blotters may be used over and over. Price per package of 24-6"x 6" blotters.
This non-toxic, odour free, solid adhesive is a convenient means of adhering paper, cardboard or lightweight fabrics. White adhesive, with a pH of 12 +/-.5, goes on clear and dries clear. Price each.
Product Code 615-1002 615-1008 615-1000
Description (2oz.) (8oz.) 2 kilos (4.4lbs)
wt 57g 227g 2.14kg
Price £5.25 £8.82 £20.65
Belgian Rice Starch Similar to wheat starch, but it yields a lighter, thinner starch adhesive paste after cooking. note: must be cooked. Price each. Product Code 615-1502 615-1508 615-1500
Description (2oz.) (8oz.) 2 kilos (4.4lbs)
wt 90g 273g 2.14kg
Price £5.25 £8.82 £20.60
Product Code wt size qty Price 702-6060 227g 152 x 152mm 24 £15.96
Porcelain Mortar & Pestle The ceramic mortar and pestle have been used for centuries as a means of reducing substances to powder and for mixing. It’s still a great tool for obtaining a smooth mixture of paste or adhesives for your restoration work. Price each. Product Code 936-MORT
wt 273g
Price £19.25
Jin Shofu Jin Shofu Japanese wheat paste is a high quality paste for mounting papers and boards.
Japanese Strainers Beautifully made from natural materials in Japan a high quality traditional item. Available in horsehair, 240mm (9.45”) diameter. They are used to strain paste, after cooking and especially after storage and recooking. This removes any lumps and makes a very smooth paste. Product Code 996-7024
96
Horsehair
Price £79.00
Preparation is one part Jin Shofu to three or four parts water and mix thoroughly. You may need to experiment to obtain the correct consistency for your project. More water will make a thinner paste and longer cooking time will thicken the paste. During cooking stir constantly or use our Cook ‘N’ Stir Paste Cooker. When the solution becomes clear remove it from the heat and let it cool to room temperature before using. For fine paste strain through a Japanese Strainer (see page 155). Store prepared Jin Shofu in a sealed glass or plastic container in the refrigerator. Any mould that grows can simply be scraped off the top. Product Code 996-8000
www.preservationequipment.com
Weight 1kg
Price £14.95
Product Code 477-0023
wt 205g
Price £1.63
Acryloyd B-72 Adhesive (Pellets) Acryloyd B-72 is a copolymer of ethyl methacrylate and methyl acrylate supplied in 100% resin pellets which are soluble in acetone, toluene, and xylene. An excellent general purpose resin/adhesive, it can be applied in either clear or pigmented coatings by a variety of application methods and can be air dried or baked. Acryloid B-72 has a very low reactivity with sensitive pigments, and is durable and non-yellowing. Use in very dilute (5%) concentrations to consolidate flaking glazes or decayed surfaces; use in heavier concentration (20%) to form adhesive. This material has also been used as an underlining for numbering, a varnish for paintings, and a gap filler. The product is reversible with solvents. Price each. Product Code 422-9000
wt 500g
Price £15.75
Jade Adhesive 403N Jade 403 Polyvinyl Acetate Adhesive is a neutral adhesive that is extremely flexible, fast setting, and dries transparent. This popular adhesive is used in numerous applications, including bonding wood, plastic, ceramics, vellum, and a variety of commonly used bookbinding materials. This adhesive will freeze. Avoid winter shipments when possible. Product Code 964-40308 964-40332 964-403128
size 8oz. quart gallon (3.8litre)
wt 273gms 1.1kg 4.3kg
Price £15.40 £44.30 £136.50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Conservation Hinging Tape
Self Adhesive Linen Hinging Tape
Self Adhesive Hinging Tissue
Lineco's Self Adhesive Linen Tape is an extra strong, very thin linen cloth coated with a neutral pH non-yellowing, pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. The high thread count makes it an excellent choice for hinging window mats to backer mats, or for making repairs in book, etc. Price per roll.
This pressure sensitive, Mounting/Hinging Tissue is a fine, long fibre tissue with an archival quality, pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive that is permanent and non-yellowing. Ideal for hinging translucent art such as Japanese paper, papyrus, and other light weight art because it won't show through. Mineral spirits are required for removal. Price per roll.
Product Code size 533-1055 32mm x 46m 533-1015 32mm x 10m
wt 318gms 90gms
Price £28.95 £9.95
Product Code size 533-0125 25mm x 10m 533-0126 25mm x 30m
wt 45gms 90gms
Price £7.63 £13.44
Japanese Hinging Tissue These generously sized sheets 597mm x 432mm (23 1⁄2” x 17”) of Japanese Mulberry paper are specially manufactured with 55 parallel “tear lines” that allow you to form perfect, decklededge Japanese hinges every time. The tear lines are arranged at various distances apart, to form hinges from 6mm wide to 23mm wide, all up to 432mm in length. Available in lightweight 12gsm for photographs and light artwork, and 20gsm for heavier work. Applied easily with wheat or rice starch to make sound conservation quality hinges. Pack of 4 sheets. Product Code description 682-0012 12gsm Japanese Hinging Paper 682-0020 20gsm Japanese Hinging Paper
size 597 x 432mm 597 x 432mm
Price £24.50 £26.15
Insta-Mend® Mending Tissue Kit - with adhesive added A fine conservation mending tissue with a wheat paste adhesive applied to both sides. This new Insta-Mend® tissue is ideal for repairing tears in books, prints, music or wherever a strong sheet mend is desired. It is pH neutral and water reversible. Supplied in a 12" x 18" sheet, this product is an excellent tool for the conservator or the individual collector. Complete step by step instructions are included with every order. Kit also includes 4 pieces of blotting paper and 3 pieces of nylon mesh. Price per kit. Product Code size wt 617-1216 305mm x 457mm 45g
98
Price £13.50
www.preservationequipment.com
Gummed Paper Hinging Tape The high tensile strength of this quality, water activated hinging tape will support all but the heaviest works of art. The paper is acid-free with a calcium carbonate buffer and a pH of 8.5. The neutral pH adhesive has excellent tack to hold firmly without slipping or “creeping.” Price per roll. Product Code size 533-0751 25mm x 40m
wt 136gms
Price £5.99
Gummed Linen Hinging Tape This water activated tape, with 65/55 thread count fabric, provides superior strength for hinging, mounting, or repair applications. The neutral pH adhesive has high tack, lay flat properties that make it a Product Code size wt Price favourite for hinging mats and 533-1025 25mm x 9m 90gms £6.93 heavy pieces of artwork. 533-1050 25mm x 46m 182gms £14.49 Price per roll. 533-1010 25mm x 91m 410gms £28.35 533-1520 38mm x 91m 591gms £35.28 533-2020 51mm x 91m 727gms £48.93 533-3020 76mm x 91m 1.09kg £64.99
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Tape Mending
Transparent Mending Tissue This very thin and extremely transparent pressure sensitive archival mending tissue is non-yellowing, removable with solvents, and has a neutral pH. To use, dispense a length of the tissue, place over the tear, and burnish with a bone folder. Working the adhesive into the tear causes the adhesive to strengthen the tear as well as cover and support the area around the tear. Price per box. Product Code size 533-0017 13mm x 15m
wt 45gms
Price £6.29
PEL Paper Repair Tape Same as the Transparent Mending Tissue above but 25mm wide for larger repairs. It has been thoroughly tested and approved by numerous government agencies and is a favourite of both conservators and collectors. Easy to use, just place over tear and burnish with bone folder. Price per box.
Filmoplast® P For Mending Paper. Filmoplast® P is a highly transparent mending tape suitable for invisible dry mending of tears in documents, pages, maps, etc. Made of very thin, acid-free tissue coated with a self-adhesive. Tested by the Federal Institute for Materials Testing who reported a pH of 8.8 on unaged tape, 8.1 on aged material. Price per roll.
Hayaku® Instant Japanese Hinges Hayaku® is a Japanese Mulberry Paper coated with acid-free, water activated adhesive. This extremely strong, long fibre hinging material saves both time and money, and has passed the Photo Activity Test. It is used for hinging works of art on paper, repair of paper and structural applications in art, bookbinding, memorabilia and conservation. Easily reversible with water. Each roll measures 1" x 100 ft. Price per roll. • Just Moisten and Stick • Gummed adhesive is removable with water • Strong, tensile tested at 7kg per hinge Product Code 533-0752
size 25mm x 30m
wt 227gms
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £12.55
Product Code Description 533-0198 1” x 98ft (25mm x 30m) in dispenser box. wt 90g 901-0198 1” x 400” (25mm x 10m) in dispenser box. wt 32g
Price £8.93 £7.25
Product Code Description wt Price 620-0001 Filmoplast® P 182gms £8.95 White (19mm x 50m)
Filmoplast® P-90 Self Adhesive Paper Tape. Filmoplast® P-90 is a long fibre paper tape which is especially useful for repairing joints of book sections to be restitched, replacing torn-out pages, and mending damaged edges of documents and pages. Tested by the Federal Institute for Materials Testing with a reported pH of 9.1 on unaged tape and a pH of 7.8 on aged tape. Price per roll. Product Code Description wt Price 620-0002 Filmoplast® P-90 182gms £8.95 White (19mm x 50m)
To Use: Dispense a length appropriate for the area to be mended. Place over the tear, burnish gently, working the adhesive into the tear itself. For extra strength, do the same to the reverse side of the tear.
www.preservationequipment.com
99
Mounting Paste & Hinging Paper see page 62 for more mounting corners
Wheat Starch
Self-Adhesive, Preformed Mounting Corners
A very carefully purified, uncooked food-grade wheat starch. When cooked, it makes a superior smooth wheat paste adhesive. Note: Must be cooked. Product Code 615-1002 615-1008 615-1000
description (2oz.) (8oz.) 2kg (4.4lbs)
wt 57g 227g 2kg
Price £5.55 £8.82 £20.65
Belgian Rice Starch
Actual Size
Similar to wheat starch, but it yields a lighter, thinner starch adhesive-paste after cooking. Note: Must be cooked. Product Code 615-1502 615-1508 615-1500
description (2oz.) (8oz.) 2kg (4.4lbs)
wt 57g 227g 2kg
Price £5.55 £8.82 £20.60
Product Code 533-0020 533-0021
Lineco's conservation quality Mylar® polyester, self-adhesive mounting corners provide a safe, time saving method of securing photos, documents and artwork. Crystal clear, these corners provide a virtually invisible method of mounting. Two sizes are available, offering time saving convenience without the harmful plasticisers used in lesser quality vinyl corners. The non-yellowing acrylic adhesive backing never comes in contact with artwork. Ideal for mounting photos in albums. Price per package of 240 corners.
size 13mm (0.5”) 35mm (1.375”)
wt 91gms 136gms
Price £4.99 £9.75
Mulberry: Japanese Hinging Paper This white paper is handmade in Japan from 30% Kozo and 70% sulphite pulp. Its name comes from the mulberry plant from which the Kozo fibre is taken. Lightweight and soft, it is strong, very versatile and pleasant to use. In addition to its conservation uses, this paper is excellent for hinging or printmaking. Price per package of 5 sheets. Product Code 682-2433
size 640 x 851mm
(25.2” x 33.5”)
Price £23.00
Mulberry Rolls Machine-made version of the most popular Oriental paper in the U.S. It is slightly lighter than its handmade counter-part, however, it affords the conservator large format work. Sheet is 10% Kozo, 90% sulphite pulp. There are no chemical fillers and a small amount of sizing is added before drying. Price per roll. Product Code 682-2710
size 686mm x 9.15m (27” x 10yds)
Price £37.75
Jin Shofu Jin Shofu Japanese wheat paste is a high quality paste for mounting papers and boards. Preparation is one part Jin Shofu to three or four parts water and mix thoroughly. You may need to experiment to obtain the correct consistency for your project. More water will make a thinner paste and longer cooking time will thicken the paste. During cooking stir constantly or use our Cook ‘N’ Stir Paste Cooker. When the solution becomes clear remove it from the heat and let it cool to room temperature before using. For fine paste strain through a Japanese Strainer (see page 155). Store prepared Jin Shofu in a sealed glass or plastic container in the refrigerator. Any mould that grows can simply be scraped off the top. Product Code 996-8000
100
weight 1kg
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £14.95
Mounting Corners Self Adhesive Polypropylene corners provide extra strength and size to accommodate larger art pieces. They are safe and acid-free. The full view variety minimises the border required to hide the corner under the window mat. Suitable for light to heavyweight photographs and art. No adhesive comes in contact with the artwork these corners are the easiest way to mount precious art. When used correctly they provide adequate support and allow for the expansion and contraction of the art within the frame. Artwork can always be removed in its original, pristine condition. Product Code 533-0022 533-0034 533-0035 533-0036 533-0037
size 6.25mm (5/8”) 31.75mm (1.25”) 31.75mm (1.25”) 76.2mm (3”) 76.2mm (3”)
quantity standard 500 standard 250 full view 250 standard 100 full view 100
Price £5.30 £12.30 £13.60 £11.80 £12.97
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Framing & Mounting
See-Thru Mounting Strips Use these mounting strips for safe, hingeless mounting of artwork to mats. Sturdy and safe, Lineco Mounting Strips are made from conservation quality Mylar® polyester and acid-free paper with a self adhesive backing strip. Simply position the print or photograph in place and adhere strips to the mat. No adhesive ever comes in contact with the artwork, instead, the art is "cradled" by inert Mylar® and is ready to be framed. Available in our regular 4" strips and now in an economical 12" bulk package. Both can be cut to just the right size for a particular job. Both lengths sold in packages of 60 strips. Price per package. Product Code 533-4015 533-4020
size 4” (102mm) 12” (305mm)
wt 182gms 591gms
Price £10.40 £20.90
Museum Mounting Kit Everything you need to mount graphics and original art using rice starch and paper hinges. This kit contains a 2-oz. jar of unmodified Rice Starch Adhesive, enough heavyweight Mulberry Paper to make approximately 150 hinges, and a 25m x 254mm roll of Pressure Sensitive Linen Tape for hinging mats. Complete instructions included. Price per kit. Product Code 533-2000
description museum mounting kit
wt 182gms
Price £14.50
GlasGard® Prevents glass chipping in frames
Rabbet Tape
This soft polyethylene fits over standard 2mm and 2.5mm picture framing glass to help prevent chipping especially in metal frames. GlasGard® contains no plasticizers and is acid-free. Supplied in 100ft (30.48m) length in a convenient dispenser box. Includes a free applicator tool to make fitting safe and simple.
This inert 1/32" (0.8mm) thin foam tape features a high tack acrylic adhesive for lining frame rabbets. Protects canvas transfers, digital media and other forms of art by providing a cushion. Seals the glass in frames preventing insects entering the framed work (acts like draft excluder). Holds the glass firmly in a picture frame.
Product Code 724-0100
description 30.48m length
wt 4.5kg
Price £13.95
Product Code 018-1436
Description 1/4” x 36 yards (6.35mm x 33m)
wt 363g
Price £11.00
EconoSpace® A simple solution for conservation framing, keeps the glass away from the art. Works on both wood and metal frames, has acid-free high-tack acrylic adhesive. EconoSpace® is hollow for stiffness and lightness, does not sag in the frame, cuts clean and easily. Available in clear with one side matte and the other side glossy to create the right effect inside of the frame. Price per pack Product Code 724-0125 724-0150
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Description 1/8” (3.17mm) x 5 feet (1.5m) 1/4” (6.35mm) x 5 feet (1.5m)
Quantity 20 12
Weight 2.7kg 4kg
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £31.75 £25.95
101
Framing Supplies
Frame Sealing Tape Developed specifically to seal backing board to frames, this pressure sensitive tape attaches firmly to almost any surface, and conforms well to most surface irregularities. Manufactured from our exclusive Perma/Seal® label stock with a foil layer, a non-yellowing, permanent acrylic adhesive and coated to match our Frame Backing Paper above. Also provides an effective barrier for the rabbets of wooden frames. Available in White and Blue/Grey. Price per roll. Product Code 387-0151 387-0155 387-0156 387-0156F 387-0152 387-0154
colour blue/grey blue/grey blue/grey blue/grey white white
size (W x L) 32mm x 25m 32mm x 152m 89mm x 25m 89mm x 152m 32mm x 25m 32mm x 152m
wt 182gms 1kg 0.55kg 3.27kg 182gms 1.09kg
Price £8.50 £28.90 £17.95 £72.25 £8.39 £28.95
Lineco’s Acid-Free Buffered Frame Backing Paper With A New, Easy-to-use 90gsm. Standard Weight Protect your framed artwork from dust with conservation quality Perma/Dur® Frame Backing Paper. The durable paper offers acid-free, buffered, long term protection with an attractive blue-grey finish. The paper's moderately porous surface allows the frame to breathe readily and contains no harmful acids that commonly occur in brown kraft paper. Each roll is 92m long on a 76mm core to fit standard roll dispensers. Choose between our heavy weight (60lb.) or new 40 lb. standard weight that folds, cuts and handles like inferior kraft paper backing, without the damaging acids. Price per roll. Standard Weight (108gsm) Product Code size 613-0037 914mm x 91.5m (36” x 300’)
A. wt 9.09kg
Price £56.00
B.
One Ply Barrier Paper Like all quality barrier material, this 100% rag paper is acid-free and buffered with approximately 3% calcium carbonate. Its attractive white vellum finish eliminates any concern over colour transfer to objects which come in contact with it, making it ideal for separating artwork from coloured window boards which could mar framed prints. These same qualities make it an exceptional liner for storage cartons. Unlike thicker, stiffer barrier boards, this paper is easily cut, folded, and manipulated without the need for scoring, but maintains good structural integrity. Size 813mm x 1016mm, grain long. Price per package of 50 sheets. Sorry, no broken packages. Product Code 345-4030
size 813mm x 1016mm
wt/pkg 10.45kg
“Serving Museums, Libraries & Archives Worldwide”
102
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £110.97
A. Polyester Transparent Tape - Double Coated 3M no.415. A double-coated acrylic adhesive on both sides this transparent tape is used by the Library of Congress and many archivists. Used in encapsulation to seal polyester film to another sheet of film, Product Code size wt Price thereby forming an envelope 401-4151 6mm x 33m 45gms £8.26 around the document. 401-4152 13mm x 33m 90gms £12.82 Price per roll. 401-4153 25mm x 33m 182gms £19.59
B. Polyester Transparent Tape 3M no.850. A polyester tape coated with an acrylic adhesive similar to 3M “415 tape” but adhesive coated on one side only. Excellent for edge sealing plastic enclosures. Price per roll. Product Code size 401-8502 13mm x 66m 401-8503 25mm x 66m
wt 80gms 90gms
Price £19.25 £32.30
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Cleaning Products See page 155 for even more cleaning products & erasers
A.
B.
A. Bone Folder This Bone Folder, made of real bone, is used to smooth rough edges of mat board after cutting with a mat cutter or blade. Excellent for making creases or folds on tapes and papers. Price each. Product Code 870-900B 870-901B 870-902B
style 1 end pointed. 1 rounded large. 1 end pointed. 1 rounded 2 rounded
size 152 x 19mm 204 x 22mm 204 x 22mm
wt 45gms 48gms 48gms
Price £2.65 £4.25 £4.25
B. Rub Gum Eraser This unique formula eraser doubles as a nonabrasive eraser and a drycleaner. Using gentle pressure, a fine deep-cleaning powder is produced which will absorb and remove dirt, graphite, etc., from both mat board and drawing paper. Extra large size - 2" x 1" x 7/8". Price per dozen. Product Code 479-211
size 51 x 25 x 22mm
wt 409gms
Price £7.90
C. Dusting Brush A durable 15" long dust brush with high impact handle and soft horsehair bristles. Cleans dust, dirt and erasure crumbs from paper, mat board, glass, etc. Price each. Product Code 869-BR364
C.
size 381mm
wt 91gms
Price £9.95
D. Matting Tool Kit This handy kit contains four choice tools - ideal for framers! Sure grip paper positioner: a slight movement is all that is needed to position artwork precisely without leaving marks. Double-headed spatula with pointed and rounded ends - great for lifting small items, cutting hinges, sliding under prints to separate from support, etc. Bristle brush is perfect for holding and spreading paste, even in small areas. Arc-nose tweezers for hard-to-pick-up items. Price per kit. Product Code 617-0002
D.
wt 100g
Price £23.45
E. Groom Stick Dry clean your documents with remarkable efficiency with this natural rubber, kneadable “molecular” trap. Neutral pH Groom/Stick positively picks up and carries away a wide array of foreign matter. Graphite, carbon, charcoal, chalk, crayon, dry powder colours, mould, dust, dirt and grease are just a few of the many substances that are cleanly lifted off the surface and held within the “molecular trap.” Unlike most erasers, Groom/Stick will not abrade, smudge, crumble, or produce clinging debris. Also use to remove the oil from hands and fingers before tackling sensitive jobs. Permanently tacky and completely reusable. Price each. Product Code 638-0002
F.
B.
A. Cotton Swabs These swabs derive their high absorbency from the wrapped 100% cotton bud. The long wood handle makes them ideal for cleaning delicate items, absorbing & applying various solutions.
B. Foam Covered Cotton Swabs Foam head moulded around a cotton bud core on a long handle, these are best used where the cotton linting causes a problem. The polyurethane foam encapsulates the cotton bud and makes a high absorbing swab. Product Code A. 870-7005 B. 870-7006
qty pack of 200 pack of 50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £7.95 £17.95
Price £7.95
F. Alto’s Mat Makers’ Handbook E.
A.
wt 100gms
This handbook is designed to help you improve your mat cutting and mounting skills. Although the methods and techniques emphasise the use of Alto’s Mat Maker, over half the information is of a general nature, applicable to other mat-cutting devices as well. If you follow these instructions and suggestions, you will learn how surprisingly easy it is to cut beautiful mats of many types. Price each. Product Code 537-HB
wt 136gms
Price £9.98
PEL Document Cleaning Powder & Pads Pel’s Document Cleaning Pads are recommended for cleaning dusty, dirty, or mouldy paper items. These pads contain a soft, grit-free powder that absorbs and cleans surface dirt from paper. Price each. Product Code Description 782-1004 one cleaning pad 782-1000 2lb can of powder
wt 90g 2.0lbs (0.91kg)
Price £2.40 £9.95
To Use: Twist the pad lightly over the soiled document to produce a thin layer of white cleaning powder. Then, gently rub the pad over the area to be cleaned. This action causes the dust and dirt to be absorbed by the layer of cleaning powder. Once the area is clean, simply brush the residue away to reveal a clean, renewed appearance.
www.preservationequipment.com
103
Guillotines Trimming & Scoring
Product Code 486-MS30 486-MS36 486-MS42 486-MS54
Trimmer Stand For Trimmer 486-30M For Trimmer 486-36M For Trimmer 486-42M For Trimmer 486-54M
Price £162.50 £162.50 £162.50 £187.90
Professional Trimmer This Professional range of 8 superbly engineered machines is the one by which all others are judged! Over 250,000 are in use worldwide; in schools, offices, studios and darkrooms,where their robust construction is rigorously tested, day-in, day-out. With cut lengths from 12” (305mm) to 54” (1374mm), each model features the unique chromed steel twin guide rails, silent glide action, and all metal cutting head and end frames. The smooth running Professional cutters are designed to withstand high volume applications, and will handle virtually all flexible materials up to 3mm thickness. Fully guaranteed for 5 years. Each professional is screen-printed with very useful 10mm grid ‘A’ size indicators and two additional metric/imperial scale bars. Product Code model cut length 486-12M M12 305mm / 12” 486-15M M15 382mm / 15” 486-17M M17 445mm / 17.5” 486-24M M24 610mm / 24” 486-30M M30 763mm / 30” 486-36M M36 914mm / 36” 486-42M M42 1068mm / 42” 486-54M M54 1374mm / 54” Each model 382mm width x 95mm height
overall length 471mm 547mm 610mm 778mm 928mm 1080mm 1234mm 1539mm
cut capacity 3mm 3mm 3mm 3mm 3mm 2mm 1.5mm 1.5mm
wt 4.9kg 5.3kg 6.0kg 7.1kg 8.5kg 8.9kg 10.5kg 12.0kg
Price £130.00 £145.00 £165.00 £200.00 £245.00 £280.00 £330.00 £390.00
Product Code Roll Dispenser 486-RD30 For Model 486-30M 486-RD36 For Model 486-36M
Price £132.00 £132.00
Product Code 486-MC30 486-MC36 486-MC42 486-MC54
Price £95.00 £100.00 £105.00 £110.00
Board and Paper Chopper Free Standing. Cuts paper, mountboard, polyester film, reemay, tissue, metal foils and other materials. We know from experience in our own workshop, that this guillotine will cut very accurately all types of materials used in conservation and give troublefree service. A fold-away extension table and foot operated clamp are standard as well as a side lay with cm/inch scale, back gauge and front gauge with narrow-strip-cutting device (for cutting down to 1mm strips). Product Code: cutting length cutting capacity table size dimensions Product Code: cutting length cutting capacity table size dimensions
104
www.preservationequipment.com
487-1080 £1400.00 800mm to 4mm thick 800mm x 605mm 1215mmH x 670mmW x 1070mmD 487-1110 £2015.00 1110mm up to 20 sheets A4 70g/m2 1110mm x 760mm 1360mmH x 830m W x 1390mmD
Waste Catcher For Model 486-30M For Model 486-36M For Model 486-42M For Model 486-54M
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Mat Cutters
B.
A.
A. Dexter Mat Cutter Sturdy and durable, the Dexter Mat Cutter is chrome-plated to prevent marring or soiling of surface board when cutting. A metal knob controls blade adjustment enabling you to cut a bevel at the desired angle. Designed to conform to the hand, it is an ideal instrument for cutting and scoring mats, cardboard, illustration board, or cutting thin sheets of plastic. Five No. 3 high-grade cutlery steel blades are included. Replacement blades are available. Designed for right handed use. Price each. Product Code 471-5415 471-5417 471-5416
Description mat cutter No.3 blade (5 per box) No.3 blade (100 per box)
Price £28.56 £2.75 £46.70
B. Logan 32” Compact Mat Cutter Designed to meet the needs of those who want the simplicity and precision not possible withhand mat cutters, but do not have the volume to warrant the expensive high-production models. This Compact Mat Cutter features a guided cutting head with a fixed 45° bevel running on a grooved rail. Removable mat guide remains parallel to rail guide and is adjustable for border widths from 7/8" to 5". Measurements can be made down to 1/32". Start and stop guidelines prevent overcuts. Uses inexpensive backless razor blades, available below. Price each. Product Code 543-301 543-270
Description 32” compact matcutter blades, pack of 100
Ultimat Gold Mat Cutter Product Code: 486-0011 486-0012 486-0013
Ultimat Gold 1010mm (40”) 1200mm (48”) 1570mm (62”)
Product Code: description 486-0017 spare bevelcut blades pack 100 blades 486-0016
Price £849.75 £890.95 £937.30 Price £17.25
spare vertical cut blades £19.05 pack 100 blades
The ideal choice for the conservator looking for a dependable high quality matcutter, for mounting exhibitions and picture framing. The matguide allows precise parallel cutting small or large. Start-of-Cut limit stop enables mats to be cut with no over or under cuts, makes a perfect professional matboard every time. The Ultimat Gold is easy to use even with limited experience and it meets the exacting requirements of the most skilled and creative framer. Provides accurate positioning for a matboard to be marked or cut on an angle. The various angle settings will provide all the creative scope a framer will need with no fiddly adjustments. New on the Ultimat Gold is the unique micro stop adjuster for perfect corners.
Price £143.50 £23.75
Oval & Circle Mat Cutter Cut bevelled ovals from 3" x 4-1/2" to 20" x 23" and circles from 4" to 20" quickly and easily. The 3-step system features an exclusive mechanism for gradual entry of the blade into the mat to insure clean, consistent bevels. This unique mat cutter features an easy measuring system with both inch and metric scales, adjustable blade depth, extra blades, and fully illustrated instructions. Price each. Product Code 543-201
wt 0.9kg
Price £112.22
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Oval/Circle Mat Cutter This mat cutter is easy to adjust and light to operate, cutting ovals and circles from 0.8" to 25" (20mm up to 635mm) with or without a bevel, fast and clean every time. Conservators will find the coin size apertures useful. A single locking lever moves to select from 0.00" to make a circle progressively up to 8" (200mm) length - width differential to make an oval. Available accessory is the craftsman tool kit which comprises pen holder, tungsten carbide glass cutter, 2x embossing rollers and V-groove cutting tool. A very versatile machine for the creative framer. Bevel and vertical cutting 650 x 450mm (25" x 17"). Product Code: Product Code:
486-0010 £835.35 486-0009 £84.50 5 Piece Craftsman Tool Set
www.preservationequipment.com
105
Conservation Accessories
Brass Paper Clips Made for PEL, these solid brass paper clips are an economical alternative to our top quality stainless steel paper clips. Will not rust and are safe to use on rare papers. Price per 1000 Product Code 497-2020
size 33mm
wt 306gms
Price £14.50
Stainless Steel Paper Clips Standard size Stainless Steel Paper Clips will not rust or stain materials. Wire is smooth and will not abrade fragile surfaces. Approximately 700 jar. Product Code 497-3000
size 1.25” (33mm)
wt 850g
Price £14.50
Monel Staples Standard chisel point staples of 100% rust-proof Monel metal. Precision made, they penetrate without buckling. Fit all standard staplers. Price per box of 5000. Product Code 419-004M
wt 227gms
Price £36.52
Plastiklips Attractive plastic paper clips for identification, inventory control, record keeping, routing and many other uses. These clips will not mar, rust or tear papers. Attractive colours for colour coding. Three sizes to cover a range of uses. Price per box. Mixed colours include: White, Red, Blue, Green, and Yellow. Product Code 463-1030 463-1060 463-1070
size medium. 25mm large. 35mm king. 60mm
qty/box 500 200 75
wt 100gms 100gms 100gms
Price £4.95 £4.95 £5.50
Pink Cotton Tying Tape Pink Tying Tape also known as legal tape. "Red Tape" - Charles Dickens is believed to be the first person to have used this phrase. (In fact the colour is pink). Generally pink tape is used to tie up bundles of official papers. The tying tape is 100% cotton, the pink colour does not bleed. Product Code 586-1472
Description Pink Tying Tape 10mm x 100m
Price £7.56 per roll
Polyethylene Zipper Bags (not shown) Minigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made fro 50 micron polyethylene, now available at very good prices giving excellent value. These simple efficient bags are completely inert and transparent. They have many uses in Museums, Archives and Libraries including storage of books, paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, archaeological specimens and odd shaped objects. Bags are water resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety of sizes for a variety of uses. Price per package of 500 & 250 bags. Discounts available on large quantities.
25 units per pack
Binding Screws Bookbinders brass screws single 5.5mm diameter 6mm holes with fixed head and screw top. For bound books and binders. Price 25 pack Product Code 463-0020 463-0035 463-0050
106
Description 20mm Length binding screws 40mm Length binding screws 50mm Length binding screws
Price £7.70 £9.20 £11.55
Product Code 500-1000 500-1001 500-1005 500-1006 500-1008 500-1105 500-1100 500-10A4 500-1014 500-1016 500-1017
www.preservationequipment.com
size 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 380mm x 510mm (14.96” x 20.08”)
qty 500 500 500 500 500 500 200 200 200 200 200
Price £2.60 £3.40 £8.85 £9.00 £8.70 £10.25 £7.70 £11.30 £13.70 £20.60 £26.20
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Accessories Conservation
Unbleached Cotton Tying Tape Rare Book Identa-strips University Products’ acid-free and lignin-free Identa-Strips provide easy identification of shelved rare books. A die-cut tab prevents slippage into the book when vertically shelved. These acidfree Identa-Strips won’t discolour pages of books into which they are inserted. Tab is located 6 typewriter spaces (1") from top. Price per package of 100. Product Code 342-2630 342-2140 342-2410
size 2.25”W x 5”L w/tab (57mm x 127mm) 2.25”W x 10”L w/tab (57mm x 254mm) 2.25”W x 10”L w/o tab (57mm x 254mm)
wt 182gms 410gms 364gms
Price £9.67 £11.91 £10.58
note: We recommend the non-tabbed Identa-Strip for those books with very brittle pages.
This soft, unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of books and periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying together damaged books while they wait for repair. Non-abrasive, with no dye to bleed. Spool of 100m and 915m . Price per spool. Product Code 586-1516 586-1716 586-1058 586-0006 586-0010 586-0016
width 5/16” (8mm x 915m) 7/16” (11mm x 915m) 5/8” (16mm x 915m) 6mm x 100m 10mm x 100m 16mm x 100m
Museum Gel
Museum Wax
Cellugel
Previously known as 'Be still my art'. Protect your valuable collections from bumps, quakes, jolts. A special blend of microcrystalline waxes makes museum Wax safe for use on crystal, porcelain, marble glass, ceramic and wood finishes. Perfect for mounting breakable objects to shelves, stands and display cases. Performs well as a temporary "glue" to hold items in place whilst being cleaned, repaired or photographed. To use, attach a pea size bead to the contact base of your object, then with a slightly twisting motion, press your piece into place. To remove simply twist and lift. Scrape up the excess wax for reuse and wipe away any residue with a soft cloth.
The effective consolident for deteriorating powdery leather was developed by professional book conservators. Cellugel is essentially a mixture of hydroxypropylcellulose and isopropanol. Cellulose ethers have been used by book and paper conservators for years for the purpose of sizing paper and consolidating deteriorated leather. When applied to powdery leather (leather with red-rot), Cellugel is absorbed throughout the entire thickness of the leather and dries within minutes. After it is dry, the dust no longer comes off the leather. Cellugel does not darken, discolour nor leave a film on the surface of the leather.
Product Code 615-8000
description Museum Wax
wt 13oz
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £8.75
Product Code 993-0116
Price £39.95 £52.40 £69.95 £5.32 £5.99 £7.40
wt 460gms
Price £24.85
Clear museum gel is used as a removable adhesive under glassware china and crystal, originally used 11 years ago by major museums in the earthquake region of California. Since then, the practice of securing works of art and collections has become popular among both professionals and private collectors. Museum gel will stay soft and flexible, we recommend testing the product adhesion periodically and cleaning the area to ensure proper adhesion. Used in museum display cases for fragile works of art, is nontoxic, removable and reusable. Perfect for underneath clarity of glass and clear crystal objects on glass shelves. Also available Museum Wax which is a suitable alternative to Museum Gel. Product Code 085-3311
description Museum Gel
wt 4oz
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £7.45
107
Framing Tools C. A. See-Thru, Metal Edge Ruler A. B.
This extra-long ruler comes highly recommended by conservators. The heavy gauge, clear acrylic construction features internal markings that are very useful. One edge is bevelled, the other features a steel edge which keeps the acrylic from being nicked by sharp rotary cutters or scalpel blades when cutting against it, keeping the ruler itself accurate. The ruler is 500mm long, graduated in sixteenths of an inch with a 0 centreing scale. Calibrations and grids are visible on both light and dark surfaces. Price each. Product Code 869-1800
wt 91gms
Price £8.50
B. Stainless Steel Corkbacked Rulers An exceptional tool for drawing, cutting or scoring, these steel rulers feature a cork backing that helps prevent slipping. One side is graduated in inches (16ths), the other in millimeters. Available in three sizes, each ruler is 1-1/4" wide and made from .020" steel and .052 cork backing. Price each.
D.
Product Code 682-20012 682-20018 682-20024 682-20036
size 12” (305mm) 18” (455mm) 24” (610mm) 36” (910mm)
wt 60gms 91gms 91gms 136gms
Price £8.85 £11.65 £14.00 £21.69
C. Graduated 5’ Aluminium Straightedge With its hardened aluminum construction and stain resistant matte finish, this straightedge provides a practical design that features black graduations in 16ths and 8ths of an inch on opposite edges. Price each.
E.
Product Code size 682-100560 60” note: not available in metric size.
wt 136gms
Price £34.98
E. Straight Edges
D. Print Mounting Positioner
These straight edges are for heavy duty cutting as with a Stanley Knife, micron anodised aluminium with rubber anti-slip back, graduated in cm and mm.
Save time and avoid frustration with this Print Mounting Positioner. Position any size print on a mount board in seconds. No difficult measuring, complicated calculations, or unsightly pencil and erasure marks. Guessing the correct proportion between top and bottom borders is a thing of the past. Includes protective plastic cover. Price each.
Product Code 869-653M/50 869-653M/80 869-653M/100 869-653M/125
length 50cm 80cm 100cm 125cm
Price £20.40 £33.35 £41.60 £52.80
Product Code 605-2000
wt 227gms
Price £28.78
The device works on the Archimedean screw principle
A B
Japanese Push Drill Set
Thickness Gauges An essential instrument for measuring the thickness of paper board, film, fabrics and other materials. Product Code A. 985-1319
B. 985-1308
108
description Digital thickness Gauge with zero setting. Inches to mm conversion range 12mm/0.5” resolution 0.01mm/0.0005” accuracy 0.02mm Dial pocket micrometer 19mm (0.75”) throat capacity 0-10mm reading 0.01mm
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £328.90
£169.95
This push drill set is so handy, simply exert pressure on the tool and the chuck spins. Excellent for cutting clean holes in a variety of materials such as paper mount board, leathers etc. Made from wood and brass, a quality japanese tool. The chuck holds 9 hollow point drills in 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5 and 5mm sizes. Replacement drill bits are available. Product Code 617-7000 617-7002 617-7001
Description Drill Set plus 9 bits Set of 9 replacement drill bits Push Drill with 3mm Bit
Price £49.45 £29.50 £19.95
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Rare Book Storage Phase Box Riveter One of the best ways to protect old or rare books from damage caused by temperature and humidity changes, pollutants, light and the physical stresses of shelving is to create a phase box tailored to each book. Use this riveter with the rivets, washers and cord to create the box closures -no need to struggle with hammers or other clumsy methods of crimping the rivets. Riveting machine has a 76mm throat, cast-iron and steel construction, user-friendly cushioned handle, and can be mounted on workbench. Extra thick washers measure 19mm diameter x 0.3mm thick; rivet base measures 11mm; rivet top measures 8mm diameter. Linen thread (12-3) for tying comes on 1/2 pound spools. Product Code 112-370 297-0001 297-0002 297-3048 297-3036 106-0001
description riveter die punch rivet tops/pk of 100 rivet bases/pk of 100 washers/pk of 100
wt 182g 45g 45g 91g 91g 45g
Price £376.65 £55.00 £112.17 £17.67 £17.67 £14.29
MEASUREpHASE™ Book Measuring Device This simple tool allows you to quickly and efficiently determine the dimensions of books in order to produce the most accurate phase boxes possible. Measure the length, width and thickness of the book in just seconds with the movable gauge. Because accurate measurements are fundamental to a properly constructed phase box, you can be assured your volumes are safe and secure. Comes in both inches and metric measurements. Product Code 002-2000
size 610 x 305 x 160mm
step 1 Determine book size and select the 2 Closest box half sizes. eg: Book size 6"W x 7"L x 1"D One-half size piece 6" x 22" One-half size piece 7" x 16" note: allow at least 2" for overlap.
step 2 Encase book side to side first. Fold along scored lines for snug fit. Attach Velcoin to complete enclosure.
step 3 Encase book top to bottom. Again fold along appropriate score line. Attach Velcoin to complete the enclosure.
Adjustable Book Storage Boxes
Product Code 722-6014 722-6022 722-7016 722-7024 722-8018 722-8026 722-9020 722-9028 722-1022 722-1030 722-1124 722-1132 722-1226 722-1234 722-1430 722-1436
wt 1.64kg
size 6” x 14” 6” x 22” 7” x 16” 7” x 24” 8” x 18” 8” x 26” 9” x 20” 9” x 28” 10” x 22” 10” x 30” 11” x 24” 11” x 32” 12” x 26” 12” x 34” 14” x 30” 15” x 36”
(152 x 356mm) (152 x 356mm) (178 x 406mm) (178 x 610mm) (203 x 457mm) (203 x 660mm) (229 x 508mm) (229 x 711mm) (254 x 559mm) (254 x 762mm) (279 x 610mm) (279 x 813mm) (305 x 660mm) (305 x 864mm) (356 x 762mm) (356 x 915mm)
Price £107.00
Price £6.00 £6.40 £5.80 £7.25 £6.95 £8.15 £8.75 £8.40 £9.70 £10.00 £8.80 £12.50 £12.45 £11.85 £14.15 £15.40
Create your own storage boxes for your valuable rare books and documents with these acid-free 20-point boards. These soil-resistant cream colour boards are scored every 0.625" for easy folding and are available in a wide range of sizes. Enclosure is secured using a pressure-sensitive Velcoin (1 Velcoin provided per sheet; for additional supply, see below). See How-To on this page for complete instructions. Price per package of 5 boards.
E-Flute Corrugated Rare Book Storage Quick and easy, the E-flute corrugated is strong and offers maximum support for fragile books or books in parts. Simply measure the height and width then mark the board and score with a ruler and bone folder. Each package contains 5 pairs of mated Velcro self-adhesive buttons. You will need to purchase 2 packs or guillotine down to size. For example a book 8" wide by 10" high would require a pack of 612-0827 and 612-1031. Product Code 612-0623 612-0725 612-0827 612-0931 612-1031 612-1232 612-1432
description 6" x 23" (152 x 584mm) 7" x 25" (178 x 635mm) 8" x 27" (203 x 685mm) 9" x 31" (228 x 787mm) 10" x 31" (254 x 787mm) 12" x 32" (305 x 812mm) 14" x 32" (355 x 812mm)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
wt 272g 363g 408g 590g 725g 816g 862g
Price £9.25 £11.65 £11.30 £13.00 £13.50 £15.00 £18.25
www.preservationequipment.com
109
Binder Tapes
A.
C.
B.
A. Hinged Cambric Cloth Tape
Book Spine Repair Tape
Use this tape to reinforce and reattach book covers, hinge music scores, reinforce pamphlets, etc. Acid-free white cambric tape has neutral pH water activated adhesive and is scored down the centre to make hinging a snap. Roll is 1"x 25 ft. Price per roll.
This black spine repair tape is a self-adhesive, 2" wide tape for attaching torn book covers. We would not recommend you use this tape on rare valuable books however, it does make a quick repair for books that are in constant use.
Product Code 533-0125P
size 25mm x 7.6m
wt 45gms
Price £15.80
size 2” x 15yds (50mm x 13.7m)
Price £8.70
Gudy 870
B. Tyvek® Tape This pressure sensitive white polyethylene Tyvek® tape displays incredible tenacity, even under the most rigorous of circumstances. Uses include hinging mats, binding folder spines, performing book repairs to battered books, as well as a variety of other uses. The pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive eliminates the sticky mess associated with moistenable adhesive backed Tyvek® tapes around valuable art work. Price per roll. Product Code 804-0150 804-1550 804-2250
Product Code 550-1505
size 1” x 50yds (25mm x 46m) 1.5” x 50yds (38mm x 46m) 2.25” x 50yds (57mm x 46m)
wt 500gms 682gms 910gms
Price £10.95 £12.70 £20.55
A pH neutral transfer adhesive that can be applied to any smooth surface rendering it selfadhesive. Super-thin based on polyacrylate, solvent-free, age-resistant and permanently elastic not drying out or becoming greasy. Apply by burnishing with bone folder then simply remove the silicone release liner to expose the adhesive. Product Code 620-26694
size 19mm x 30m
Price £3.95
C. Book Cotton Tape This fine-stitched, white cotton textile tape is tear-resistant, acid-free and is designed for strengthening the joint between the inner book and the cover. Self-adhesive, biodegradable and coated on one side with solvent-free, age-resistant acrylic adhesive. Product Code 620-26324
size 30mm x 25m
Price £9.20
Unbleached Cotton Archival Tape (right) Various uses are made of archival quality tapes, from tying up bundles of documents and folders to bookbinding. This soft, unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of books and periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying together damaged books while they wait for repair. Non-abrasive, with no dye to bleed. Available in 3 widths in 100m rolls & 1000m rolls Product Code 586-0006 586-0010 586-0016
110
size 6mm x 100m 10mm x 100m 16mm x 100m
Price £5.32 £5.99 £7.40
586-1006 586-1010 586-1016
roll size 6mm x 1000m 10mm x 1000m 16mm x 1000m
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £49.20 £53.85 £69.45
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Materials Conservation A. Cotton Book Tape
D. Hinged Cambric Cloth Tape
This sturdy web cotton twill tape is used for sewing signatures together on the sewing frame; also useful for tying. Easier to use than the stiffer linen tapes. Price each.
Use this tape to reinforce and reattach book covers, hinge music scores, reinforce pamphlets, etc. Acid-free white cambric tape has neutral pH water activated adhesive and is scored down the centre to make hinging a snap. Roll is 1" x 25'. Price per roll.
Product Code 870-6562 870-5872
Description 13mm x 50m 16mm x 50m
Width 1/2” 5/8”
Price £5.45 £6.50
Product Code 533-0125P
wt 50gms
Price £15.80
B. Super An open weave cotton cloth for good adhesive penetration. Its purpose is to unite signatures while leaving the backbone of the book flexible. 1 yard square. Price per yard. Product Code 870-102YDB
wt 45gms
Price £9.66
Tag Ties These acid-free soft drape able tag ties have been heat sealed at both ends to prevent fraying. Made to a suitable 300mm length from polypropylene cord, making them ideal for most labels and tags that already have eyelets. The soft cord ties very easily and securely. Price per pack of 500.
C. Binder’s Thread A natural colour 225gsm cotton binding thread specifically made for heavy duty book repairs. Available in 1500 yard spools. Price each. Product Code 402-GT104
size 1372m
wt 545g
Price £37.95
Product Code 613-7000
size 500 x 300mm lengths
Price £10.80
Polypropylene Braided Cord This very strong acid-free white cord is soft and drapeable and ties readily, making it suitable for identification labels, tags, binding and bundling. Supplied on a plastic reel 4” (102mm) wide, diameter 8” (203mm) Product Code 463-1003
size 2mm x 500m
wt 7kg
Price £44.95
C.
B. A.
Tyvek Tying Tape Labels These Tyvek labels have two slots to thread through unbleached cotton tying tape. The labels are used for cataloguing and detailing notes when tying together bundles of papers, books and documents. No doubt other uses will be found for these Tyvek labels. They can be used outdoors as they withstand water and are very strong and will not split. Used as identification tags, Tyvek will take our pigma Pens (see page 36) for acid-free permanent lettering. Price per 1000 labels. Product Code 613-7500
D.
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Size 100mm x 70m
Price £62.75
For online buying visit our website at: www.preservationequipment.com 111
Stacking & Drying Racks
Stacking Trays Economical giant stacking trays provide an efficient, economical, and attractive flat filing system at a fraction of the cost of other systems. Ideal for drawings, artwork, charts, maps, mat board, blueprints, etc. These modular trays interlock when stacked to form a solid bank of flat storage and allow you to customize your storage needs. Each tray can be stacked with the opening positioned on either the same or opposite side as the one below it, and features a smooth surface and rounded corners to protect you, your clothing, and your work. Trays are available in two sizes and are constructed of heavy duty, steel reinforced, high density weight polyethylene for rigid support and strength. They can be stacked up to 5 feet high and provide a 80kg per tray load capacity. An optional wood-core vinyl laminate top with a light oak finish is also available for the top tray. Trays are available in white only and sold 2 per carton, tops sold 1 per carton. No assembly required. Price per carton. Product Code stacking trays - 2/ctn 532-4897 532-4899 optional tops - 1/ctn 532-4896 532-4898
inside size (H x W x D)
outside size (H x W x D)
wt
Price
51 x 925 x 622mm 51 x 1080 x 826mm
76 x 991 x 660mm 76 x 1150 x 864mm
9.55kg 14.09kg
£168.50 £198.50
top for 532-4897 top for 532-4899
19 x 991 x 660mm 19 x 1150 x 864mm
10.45kg 16.39kg
£128.93 £141.85
Mobile Drying Rack This unit is mobile and will fit through normal doorways so that it can be wheeled into special drying rooms. The size is ideal for drying maps, prints, drawings and small papers. The support material allows good air circulation. The trays are fitted with Saatifil non-woven polyester to give full support to delicate papers where the flymesh may leave a grid pattern. The trolley frame has U channel tray runners for each of the 20 trays, and has lockable wheels. The distance between each tray is 50mm, if more space is required, simply remove a tray. Comes ready assembled (not flat packed), the trolley is powder coated steel, and the trays are made from aluminium. Product Code Description Price 805-7001 20 Trays & Trolley £1799.00 Dimensions Trolley: 1020 x 720 x 1525mm H Tray Overall Size: 1000 x 700mm Drying Area: 970 x 670mm
Bookkeeper Deacidification Spray Bookkeeper is a deacidification process that safely neutralizes acids and extends the lifespan of paper at least 3 to 5 times longer than untreated material. The spray products and spray solution both feature the same patended technology as bookkeeper’s highly regarded mass deacidification process. The spray protects safely treated single sheets including manuscripts, documents, clippings, maps, posters and other paper based materials stored in libraries and archival collections. Independent tests conducted by leading research laboratories have verified the safety and effectiveness of the Bookkeepers process. Tests show that the buffering agent is evenly distributed throughout a sheet of paper with no affect on the integrity of inks and does not damage adhesive or binding fabrics. All Bookkeeper products are non-toxic, non-hazardous, contains no CFC’s and no solvents. The products are non-clogging, virtually odour-free and dry in minutes. Please note 214-2138 is only supplied as a “refill” for 214-2108 pump spray bottle. The solution is for spray systems. Product Code 214-2108 214-2138
112
www.preservationequipment.com
Description 8oz pump spray bottle (150 gram) 32oz refill (900 gram)
Price £29.95 £89.95
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Conservation Tools
E. F. B.
C.
A. E. Heavy Duty Spatula
A. Staple Extractor A specialized conservation tool used for extracting wire staples from paper, pamphlets, or magazines preparatory to sewing. Tapered blade and dull edge will not mar the paper as will other types of staple pullers. Smooth wooden handle. Price each. Product Code 402-1245
wt 90g
Price £16.80
B. Heavy Duty 8” Shears For heavy duty cutting. Will cut mat board, heavy-duty cardboard, canvas and other materials that regular scissors will not cut. Self-sharpening blades made from highest quality Solingen Steel. Moulded plastic handles give a comfortable grip to both right and left handed people. Adjustable tension. Price each.
Scalpel Blades Made of Surgical Steel. For all cutting and trimming work! Finest quality, micro-sharp carbon steel surgical blades; heat treated to assure just the right rigidity and flexibility. Every blade expertly tempered and ground to acute bevel for precise sharpness and high resistance to wear. Fit all standard handles, including those sold below. Please indicate blades, ie number 10 would be: 896-0010. Price per package of 10 blades or box 100 blades. Product Code 896-00 …
Please fill in blade number 10 blades 896-00 …/100 Please fill in blade number Box 100
Price £1.00 £8.95
Product Code 486-50038
size 203mm
wt 136g
Our heavy duty stainless steel spatula proves to be an indispensable tool in book repair and conservation work. You’ll find a number of uses for this 7.75" tool including paste or adhesive application, corner lifting or burnishing (when applying repair tissues or tape). One end is smoothly tapered while the other is a 10mm flat spade tip. A handy tool you won’t want to be without. Product Code 936-0028
length 197mm
wt 50g
Price £3.50
F. Small Spatula The ideal tool for lifting or slitting paper, applying paste to small areas and numerous other tasks, Metal: one end tapered, one rounded. Flexible, springy ends. Overall length 8". Price each. Product Code 617-003
length 203mm
wt 45g
Price £3.10
Price £31.95
C. Bookbinders’ Shears by Wiss
Spatula Minarette
The bent handle of these shears permits the blades to operate parallel to the cutting surface, providing better control and visibility. Perfect for bookbinding and repair, as well as for general use. Made of the finest steel by Wiss, known for their quality. Shears 8" long overall. Price each.
Extra fine steel retouching tool used in both objects and paper conservation treatments. The minarette is small, light and flexible enough to allow conservators to move small flakes of paint, push tiny fills or adhesive into small places, consolidate pigments, manipulate fine fibres and mix very small amounts of paint for in painting. Price each.
Product Code 873-28
size 203mm
wt 136g
Price £49.95
Product Code 092-2221
Price £4.50
Scalpel Handles Highest quality nickel steel handles; correctly weighted and properly balanced to fit all standard blades. Price each. Product Code handle 896-03 No. 3
Price £2.42
896-04
£2.42
896-2800
fits blades 6, 9, 10, 10A, 11, 12, 15, 16 No. 4 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26 Retractaway 10, 10A, 11, 15
£3.40
Retractaway Handle This handle allows the blades to be retracted and can be locked, closed or open. Ideal when placed in a toolbox and for on site conservation work. Please note can only be used with 10, 10A, 11 and 15 scalpel blades.
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
896-SF23
Fine Scalpel Blades The precision made stainless steel blades offer a wide range of cutting edge options including the single bevel blade that is proving popular with conservators. The handle has independently screwed top sections to facilitate blade changing which is a safety feature for fitting or removing blades, preventing the need to hold the blade. Blades are sterile stainless steel supplied individually foil-wrapped in boxes of 25. Product Code 896-SF23 896-SM61 896-SM62 896-SM65 896-SM68
type handle blades blades blades blades
Price £15.95 each £21.95 pk 25 £21.95 pk 25 £21.95 pk 25 £21.95 pk 25
896-SM61
896-SM62
896-SM65
896-SM68
www.preservationequipment.com
113
Cutting Accessories
Conservation Work Trays Quality, heavy weight, high impact polyethylene plastic trays for a variety of conservation uses. Excellent for bleaching or de-acidification by immersion. These trays are solid white, seamless, and possess a corrosion resistant surface. The handy pouring corner is useful for reuse of chemical solutions. Price each. Product Code 618-1418 618-2024 618-2428 618-2833 618-3240
approx. overall size 14.5” x 18” x 2.75” deep 20” x 24” x 3” deep 24” x 28” x 3” deep 28” x 33” x 4” deep 47” x 37” x 4” deep
top ext. size 454 x 372 x 89mm 610 x 508 x 89mm 712 x 610 x 89mm 826 x 705 x 108mm 1200 x 946 x 108mm
wt 0.60kg 1.14kg 1.55kg 2.23kg 3.00kg
Price £11.50 £23.20 £37.95 £55.95 £89.70
Cornerounder® Desk top Cornerounder® handles up to 1/2" of stock per cut. Exclusive twin-knife shearing for clean, precise cornering on polyester film, encapsulation units, paper, cardstock, plastics, boards, etc. Self-sharpening cutting units, easily changed without special tools, come with your choice of either 1/4" or 1/2" cutting unit. Table leaf extends to accommodate A4 297 x 210mm or larger sheets. Price each. Product Code size 421-2014 0.25” cutting unit (6mm) 421-2012 0.5” cutting unit (13mm) Additional Cutting Units Product Code size 421-20A 0.25” cutting unit (6mm) 421-20B 0.5” cutting unit (13mm)
114
Price £252.37 £252.37
Price £133.95 £133.95
Storage/Tote Basket These heavy duty, tough polypropylene Storage/Tote Baskets are strong enough to stand on! Store or move books, articles, files, etc. safely and conveniently with these large capacity baskets. Unit is an attractive grey colour. Baskets “nest” for safe stacking and come with frames for hanging files. 10-3/4"H x 20-3/4"L x 13-1/4"W. Price each. Unit folds flat to store when not in use. Product Code Size wt Price 444-40006 273 x 527 x 337mm 2.1kg £19.00
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Conservation Sprayers Dia Plastic Sprayer This 1 litre sprayer produces a consistent fine mist. The nozzle is adjustable from narrow to wide spray mist for large area applications. The translucent body allows you to view the water level. Product Code 996-7601
capacity 1 litre
wt 510g
Price £69.95
PEL Sprayer Designed for heavy-duty, long-term industrial liquid applications. The PEL-Sprayer features a clog-proof nozzle capable of delivering an infinitely variable and consistent spray pattern ranging from a fine mist to a powerful jet stream.
Recommended Uses: Water. Deacidification Solutions. Liquid Waxes. Detergents. Starches. Ceramic Cleaners. Leather Polishes and many other conservation uses. Clog-proof nozzle: Precision .030mm opening, prevents dust from entering. Fine nylon filter on dip tube keeps nozzle clog free.
Adjustable spray pattern: At just the twist of a wrist, from a fine atomized mist to a powerful jet stream. Straight-line pump action: Ensures more forceful, immediate action. Spray nozzle, priming valve, high pressure plunger, and suction mechanism are in-line for reliable consistent operation.
Patented easy-pull pump action: Has less pull tension to combat user fatigue.
Non-vacuum valve: Delivers sufficient liquid regardless of the amount left in bottle.
AirSpray™ Spray Bottle This reusable bottle can be filled and pressurized manually to dispense a number of liquids. The patented Airspray™ System uses air pressure to propel the contents from the container. Once pressurized by the user, the container can dispense up to 100 ml without further pumping. The bottle is translucent to provide a visible volume check. Bottle is polypropylene with a polyethylene cap and rubber gasket, so there is nothing to corrode. Components provide good chemical resistance. Use to apply a fine mist of water, cleaning solution, even thin methylcellulose sizing. Note: Not intended for use with solvents. We’re sure you’ll find hundreds of uses. Price each. Product Code size 968-2430 180ml capacity
wt 60g
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £11.50
The most chemical resistent sprayer on the market: All
Kuramata (Daliha Sprayer) This classic Japanese Sprayer creates a consistent fine mist from a variety of liquids. Manufactured from chrome plated solid brass, this rugged unit won’t rust or pit. Simply fill the sprayer with liquid of choice and pressurise manually with the hand pump. The simple but effective technology produces a fine, even mist without drops or spatters. Once pressurised, the unit can dispense up to 100ml of liquid with the push of a lever. You will wonder how you ever got along without the indispensible conservation tool. Price each.
parts are made of polypropylene or polyethylene with no rubber “O” rings or gaskets to dry out or deteriorate. Rust-proof springs and check valve are made of the finest quality stainless steel.
Exclusive pressure release device: Prevents bottle collapse no matter how hard you spray. Positive venting system prevents product container wall collapse. 28mm Standard Screw Cap: Fits any container, glass, metal or plastic with a 28mm threaded neck.
Spray Container: Palm size handle grip and liquid measurement scale.
Product Code 996-7000 996-7100
wt 427g 800g
capacity 400cc 1000cc
Price £122.00 £174.00
Product Code: 968-6000 PEL Sprayer
www.preservationequipment.com
£1.99
115
Conservation Supplies PEL Conservators Sponge™ (left) The sponge can be shaped to suit special needs by allowing it to dry out. It then becomes hard and can be cut to the desired shape with a sharp knife. Simply immerse in water for a few minutes, it then becomes soft and is ready to use again. During our research with conservators we supplied a small sample size, however, many commented that the sample was such a handy size we have included it in the range. Product Code 961-2000 961-2002
Description Conservators Sponge (2 Pk) Conservators Sponge (Each)
Dimensions 73 x 48 x 30mm 96 x 74 x 30mm
Price £2.95 £2.95
A. Polyethylene Foam Rod Archivally safe, closed cell polyethylene foam is now available as extruded rods of 30mm and 20mm diameters. This versatile material can be used to perform a variety of tasks, including the formation of “doughnut” supports for specimens, gasketing for storage cabinets and exhibit cases, and padding for collection storage and/or shipment. Also makes a good plug for certain size vials. The material is easily compressible, flexible, and chemically inert. Use hot glue or heat from hot air blower to form and seal this all-purpose material to a suitable shape and form. Offered in 30 metre lengths. Don’t confuse with harmful polyurethane backer rod. Price each.
C.
Product Code 956-075
size 20mm x 30m
wt 910g
Price £13.95
B. Blue Scales (Textile Fading Cards)
B.
Test for effects of light on paintings, documents, and textiles with Blue Scales Fading Cards. Each card features pieces of wool cloth dyed with blue dyes of different degrees of fastness which are used as light fastness standards. They allow you to monitor the net exposure to light given to objects on display, and to alert conservators to adjust intensity of illumination. Price each. Product Code 986-1000
A.
wt 40g
Price £14.95
C. Orvus WA Paste This exceptionally gentle detergent is recommended for cleaning many fine textiles (except silk). Orvus WA Paste is a synthetic anionic detergent with a neutral pH which will remove most common dirt and stains. Readily soluble in both hot and cold water, this product can be used as a wetting, emulsifying, dispersing and sudsing agent. Product Code 963-1000
wt 454g
Price £10.90
D. Solvent Dispenser Stop worrying about spills, fumes or contamination when using this fast and economical solvent dispenser. By simply applying light pressure of a brush on the dispensing dish, the high quality stainless steel pump releases just the right amount of solvent. The moulded polyethylene bottle is shatterproof. Please note, this unit is not recommended for viscous or bodied solvents.
D.
Product Code 984-0612 984-0150 984-0200
size 120ml 180ml 240ml
Price £10.60 £10.97 £11.35
Labelling Tape For Textiles Record the catalogue numbers of your textile collection with permanent, washable ink on this white woven 100% cotton twill tape and then stitch inside your artifact. Tape accepts ink well and is perfect for use with our Pigma Pens. Price per roll. Product Code 586-0172
116
size 1”W x 72yds (25mm x 66m)
www.preservationequipment.com
wt 364g
Price £16.25
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Conservation Materials F. Tyvek® 1422A Rolls - “Now available in 3m wide rolls” Tyvek® 1422A is a spunbonded olefin material that is inert, gas-permeable, non abrasive, and water and dust proof, making it ideal for a variety of artifact storage and protective situations. It is flexible, strong, soft, and smooth, and not susceptible to age degradation. The glossy side features a strong anti-static coating that repels dust and dirt, while the dull side tends to hold dust and dirt that transfers from dusty artifacts. Distilled water can remove Tyvek®’s antistatic agent. Tyvek® 1422A can be used as a protective cover for furniture, costumes, and artifacts, and has been used for mothball envelopes, shelf liners, padded hangers for costumes, and textile supports. Product Code 212-1422 212-1422100 212-1422/3
size 1524mm x 25m 1524mm x 100m 3000mm x 50m
wt 2kg 7kg 14kg
(43gsm) (43gsm) (43gsm)
G.
Price £49.50 £183.40 £206.40
G. Polyester Batting/Wadding This 100% virgin polyester batting/wadding has numerous uses in preparation and mount making. Use to stuff specimens. Create “nests” for eggs, shells or minerals. Line drawers or boxes where fragile and delicate specimens are stored (you may want to cover it with Tyvek®). And there are hundreds of ways it can be used in textile conservation. This batting is thermal bonded, so there are no resins to worry about. Approximately 12mm loft. 100gsm Price per roll. Product Code 979-1000
size 1000mm x 25m
wt 2.5kg
F.
Price £39.95
H. Dartek® Cast Nylon Film Conservators will find many new uses for Dartek® cast nylon film. Dartek® is a soft, transparent drapeable, nylon film with no plasticizers, additives or surface coatings. It is often used as a covering membrane for lining of paintings on a vacuum hot table or low pressure table, becoming softer as it is heated. In addition, the film is ideal for long term storage in a dark, climate controlled environment. Dartek® performs well as a short term packing material, makes a great barrier layer for displays, and creates an ideal, transparent dust cover. The 190 micron material conforms easily, is clear, does not puncture easily, and will not stick to painting surfaces. It cuts with scissors, adheres with hot melt or double stick tape, and adheres to itself or other plastics with a heated spatula or tacking iron. Price per roll. Product Code 216-88200
size 2235mm x 61m
wt 5.5kg
See Our Textile Storage Boxes On Page 10 H.
Price £108.75
Reemay® Acid-free, random-spunbonded 100% polyester, available in three thicknesses in rolls. Reemay has proved over many years to be a strong inert material for preservation and conservation methods. Retains its physical properties when wet and is dimensionally stable during humidity changes. As with Holytex it’s used in paper infill, a drying support media, lining, interleaving, backing, it can be used over and over again withstanding being laundered. More fibrous than Holytex, which is reflected in the price, because Hollytex is cullendered for longer in manufacture. Product Code 492-2250 492-2014 492-2024
size 1219mm x 25m 1498mm x 25m 1041mm x 25m
wt 17gsm 34gsm 71gsm
thickness 0.13mm 0.28mm 0.30mm
Price £10.65 Roll £35.25 Roll £28.40 Roll
Hollytex® Very low lint, smooth high tensile strength acid-free non-woven 100% polyester. Used for backing, lining, interleaving, and leaf casting are among its many uses. As a support material for drying and paper infill it’s excellent since it permits instant drainage. A quality material for conservators who use it in various preservation procedures. Product Code 492-3251 492-3257 492-3242
size 1194mm x 25m 1016mm x 25m 1219mm x 25m
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
wt 17gsm 34gsm 71gsm
Price £75.80 £94.00 £157.60
www.preservationequipment.com
117
Conservation Foams A. Archival Polyethylene Foam
Multi-Functional Foams For Storage Protection & Transportation.
Now available in black for diaplay purposes. Protect your collections by using archival quality Volara® polyethylene foam to line display cases, drawers, shelves and boxes. Line phase boxes for extra protection of rare books. Archival Foam Type A is a flexible, closed cell, polyethylene foam which is cross linked by using a unique electron irradiation process that results in a continuous, smooth surface. Foam has excellent chemical resistance, low water absorption and vapour transmission, superb thermal insulation and a non-abrasive, aesthetically pleasing surface. The foam is available in a 33kgm3 density in both 3mm and 6mm thicknesses, and in either black or white. It is easily cut using scissors, paper cutter or a utility knife. Product Code 170-8275 170-8275BK 170-4275 170-8235 170-8235BK 170-4235 170-4235BK
colour white black white white black white black
thickness 3mm 3mm 6mm 3mm 3mm 6mm 6mm
size 500mm x 25m 500mm x 25m 500mm x 25m 500mm x 500mm 500mm x 500mm 500mm x 500mm 500mm x 500mm
Price £47.50 per roll £47.50 per roll £89.95 per roll £17.95 20 sheet pk £17.95 20 sheet pk £19.50 10 sheet pk £19.50 10 sheet pk
B. Adhesive Backed Volara® Polyethylene Foam The Volara® Polyethylene Foam professional conservators have known and trusted for years is now available with a pressure sensitive, acrylic adhesive backing. The non-yellowing acrylic adhesive provides resistance to temperature extremes, conforms to irregular surfaces, and has excellent long term aging characteristics. Use in display cases, shipping containers, drawers, trays, boxes, and anywhere else additional padding is required to protect valuable artifacts. This 1/8", 2 pound density white foam features a silicone paper release liner. Price per roll. Product Code 018-1054 018-3054 018-1254 018-1854
Description 1” x 54ft (25mm x 16.46m) 3” x 54ft (76mm x 16.46m) 12” x 54ft (305mm x 16.46m) 18” x 54ft (457mm x 16.46m)
Price £11.40 £29.40 £93.74 £119.84
C. White PEL Polyester Felt A. white
A. Black
B.
The new improved version of our White Polyester Felt Liner is a, gentler, lighter weight material than before. Still ideal for lining of drawers, boxes, and frame cartons, Polyester Felt can be used wherever fragile materials must be cushioned or protected. Needle punched, chemically inert Polyester Felt is available in 3mm and 6mm thicknesses in both rolls and sheets. Textile conservators are finding the material suitable for rolling heavy uneven textiles. Price per package or roll. Sheets Product Code 170-9113 Rolls Product Code 170-9003 170-9006
sheet size 3mm x 1000mm x 1000mm (Approx)
sheets per pk 20
Price £31.20
size 3mm x 1000mm x 25m 6mm x 1000mm x 25m
Roll Roll
Price £33.95 £89.95
C.
visit our website at www.preservationequipment.com
118
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Storage Conservation PEL Soft Wrap Acid-free, very soft, easy to handle, drapable material used for protecting fragile works of art especially in storage. Easy to use, just cut, tape, sew, heat weld (see Crossweld) or install with hot melt gun. This 100% polyester material is chemically inert, provides a smooth, soft surface which conforms easily to most fragile objects. Used in Archives to make pouches for wax seals and line boxes to protect rare books. Also ideal for rolling heavy textiles that have uneven surfaces. Price per Roll Product Code 492-8000 492-8100
size 1200mm x 25m 1500mm x 25m
wt 44g/m2 80g/m2
thickness 0.35mm 0.90mm
Price £31.95 £89.95
Silicone Coated Polyester Film This Silicone Coated Polyester Film is ultra-clear and extremely durable. Particularly useful as a barrier when restoring paintings and painted wooden works of art with a tacking iron. It is also used in paper restoration because of its transparency and the fact that adhesives will not adhere to it. Dimensionally stable and will not wrinkle in use as silicone papers do. Thickness: 36 micron. Price per roll. Product Code 534-8411
size 1270mm x 25m
wt 2.5kg
Price £48.95
Polyethylene Foam Rod (white) Archivally safe, closed cell polyethylene foam is now available as extruded rods of 20mm diameters. This versatile material can be used to perform a variety of tasks, including the formation of “doughnut” supports for specimens, gasketing for storage cabinets and exhibit cases, and padding for collection storage and/or shipment. Also makes a good plug for certain size vials. The material is easily compressible, flexible, and chemically inert. Use hot glue or heat from hot air blower to form and seal this all-purpose material to a suitable shape and form. Offered in 30m lengths. Don’t confuse with harmful polyurethane backer rod. Price each. Product Code 956-075
size 20mm x 30m
wt 910g
Price £13.95
Ethafoam® Foam Planks Planks are rigid, inert polyethylene that are easy to cut and shape, conforms to preservation standards, and are used for the support of artifacts on display, in storage or during transportation. Available in 12" x 24" x 4" (9 planks/case) or 12" x 24" x 2" (9 planks/case). Ideal for making cavity trays. For Polyfoam sheets, see page 118. Price per case. Product Code 020-12244 020-12242
size 600mm x 305mm x 100mm 600mm x 305mm x 50mm
qty/case 9 9
Price £69.95 £39.95
Bubble Film Rolls The air-filled shock absorber with high performance properties, soft cushioning for tough protection. The bubble Film is flexible, strong, tear and moisture resistant. Manufactured from virgin low density polyethylene used to protect artifacts during transit and interim storage. Artifacts should be placed away from the bubble side. Product Code 425-1482/1 425-1482/3
bubble 10mm. small 30mm. large
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
size 500mm x 100m 1500mm x 50m
Ethafoam® Crystals This inert polyethylene material meets all preservation standards and readily conforms to the shape of delicate artifacts. An ideal packaging material for both storage and shipping. You can also create your own display “pillows” for delicate artifacts. Shipped in 8 cubic foot containers. Price per case. Price £14.95 £35.95
Product Code size wt Price 020-8421 0.25m3 0.25kg £83.70 Ethafoam® is a registered trademark of the Dow Chemical Corporation.
www.preservationequipment.com
119
Tyvek Garment Covers
Tyvek Garment Covers Tyvek has proved to be a suitable conservation and archival material used in museums archives to protect a range of works of art. Tyvek fulfils the function of a permeable non-abrasive waterproof, dustproof barrier. A proven protective cover for textiles, PEL’s Tyvek Garment Covers provide a barrier to dust and spores and cannot support the growth of fungi or bacteria. The conservation range includes garment covers and rail covers. Various sizes are available for jackets, coats and dresses. The zip enclosed covers provide full protection for larger, bulkier garments and are ideal for military uniforms and heavy greatcoats. A special tubular closure at the top allows for a hanger and tight fastening to prevent dust penetration. We also offer a Tyvek garment rail cover suitable for a standard rail. Price each Standard Garment Covers Product Code 212-7001 212-7002 212-7003
Description Jacket Cover Coat Cover Dress, long Coat Cover
Size (mm) 980 x 630 1400 x 630 1820 x 730
Price £7.40 £9.15 £11.40
Gusseted Garment Covers Product Code 212-7004 212-7005 212-7006 212-7007
Description Gusseted Cover Gusseted Cover Gusseted Cover Gusseted Cover
Size (mm) 900 x 610 x 240 1200 x 610 x 240 1400 x 610 x 240 1780 x 610 x 240
Price £10.15 £13.90 £14.95 £21.40
Description Rail Cover
Size (mm) 1800 x 170
Price £49.35
Garment Rail Cover Product Code 212-7020
120 206
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Accessories Conservation PELfelt (Non-Woven Polyester) This non-woven polyester material is a great padding material for drawers, boxes, crates, etc. In addition, the material is often used to wrap mannequins and armatures that will be used to display vintage clothing. Use as padding and stuffing for textiles on display or in storage. Approx 1/8" thick (3mm), White 120gsm.
PEL Low Melt Glue Gun See Page 132 Product Code Description wt Price 149-1000 1067mm (42”) x 50m 6.4kg £51.95
Plastazote LD45 (Large Size Sheets) This Museum Foam is recognised and used in conservation for many applications such as drawer lining for various specimens, coins/medals, glass photographic negatives, book rests, display supports, shipping works of art and protecting in archival storage. This high density closed cell inert foam can be cut cleanly to most shapes using the Thermocutter, and glued together using the Low Melt Glue Gun, it can be sculptured. Being inert and acid-free, it is also ideal for packing archival boxes to fit the object such as rare books and other valuable items that are subject to potential damage. Available black or white from 2mm to 30mm thickness with no lamination up to 290mm thickness with lamination, please note minimums will apply when ordering special sizes and thicknesses. Tolerance +/- 0.3mm up to 6mm. +/- 0.6mm over 6mm Product Code 170-4528 170-4512 170-4508 170-4502
size 1500mm x 1000mm x 28mm 1500mm x 1000mm x 12mm 1500mm x 1000mm x 28mm 1500mm x 1000mm x 12mm
density 45kg/m3 45kg/m3 45kg/m3 45kg/m3
wt 4.2kg 4.0kg 4.2kg 4.0kg
qty 2 sheets 4 sheets 2 sheets 4 sheets
colour black black white white
Price £55.95 £46.95 £55.95 £46.95
Padded Storage Bags Padded archival storage bags are used to protect wax seals and have ties to ensure they stay over the seal. These conservation storage bags are also useful for jewellery, gem stones, delicate fragments and items that require archival quality protection. The bags are made from inert acid free materials and have soft padding making them a truly conservation quality storage bag. Product Code 428-7107 428-7110 428-7113 428-7114 428-7116 428-7120
Size (mm) 70 x 70 100 x 100 110 x 130 140 x 100 140 x 160 200 x 240
Pack Qty 50 50 50 25 25 25
Price £46.20 £54.00 £58.20 £32.40 £34.20 £48.00
E. Tyvek™ 6060 Sheets Tyvek® is a sheet of pure spun-bonded polyethylene olefin fibres. It is lighter, tougher, and longer lasting than paper. You can mark it with pencil, pen, typewriter or you can emboss images into it. Tyvek® is unaffected by water, most solvents and most fumigants. You’ll find many uses for it: create washable labels for your textiles; cover padded displays; line shelves and display cases; create special enclosures. Tyvek® can be used with our neutral pH adhesive to reinforce book spines and hinges, or to line phase boxes. Each sheet is 23" x 35". Price per package of 25 sheets. Product Code 659-2335
sheet size 584mm x 889mm
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £49.95
121
Conservation Brushes Japanese Brushes
A. Kuroge-Tsukemawashi Joining Brush Black bristles. Horsehair bristle is slightly stiffer than white bristles of Tsukemawashi (above). Suitable for more detailed applications.
Product Code: 996-0005 Size: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 1” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 25mm)
A.
Price £86.00
B. Tsukemawashi Joining Brush Bristles are made from white goat hair. A thinner paste brush than Noribake (above) that is used for joining materials to backing.
Product Code: 996-0004 Size: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 1” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 25mm)
D.
Price £65.00
C. Noribake Paste Brush Dense goat hair bristles are used to create this brush. Use to apply paste to backing materials.
B.
Product Code: 996-0003 Size: 53/4” wide. 7/16” thick. 13/8” bristle length (146mm x 11mm x 35mm)
Price £78.00
D. Mizubake Water Brush with Deer Hair Bristles This brush is made with many hairs in order to hold water for moistening materials to be backed or to be stretched after backing.
E.
Product Code: 996-0001 Size: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 13/16” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 30mm)
Price £85.00
E. Nazebake Hard Smoothing Brush
C.
This bristles of this brush are made from the hemp palm tree. It is used to smooth and press moistened and pasted papers together.
Product Code: 996-0002 Size: 53/4” wide. 7/16” thick. 23/4” bristle length (146mm x 11mm x 70mm)
Price £66.00
Conservation Brushes Craftsman Brushes made by a small family business that has been in existence for over 100 years. The top quality bristles are made with natural materials such as white goat hair, horsehair, pig/hog, squirrel, plus German silver and brass bristles. Used for conservation from dusting, paste and paint applications, varnish, cleaning, retouching, washing, and various other functions. The makers produce far more brushes than we have shown in our catalogue. Therefore if you can not find the brush you are seeking, please let us know. We welcome your comments and look forward to hearing from you. Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 13 13 14 15 16
Product Code 687-461653 687-428653 687-428643 687-429653 687-462534 687-45130 687-45131 687-41356 687-413512 687-452653 687-453632 687-453522 687-452532 687-452115 687-41926 687-419210 687-41934 687-41938 687-451521 687-451110 687-451651
Width 120mm 150mm 150mm 300mm 200mm 40mm dia. 40mm dia. 15mm dia. 30mm dia. 100mm 110mm 110mm 90mm 90mm 5mm dia. 7mm dia. 6mm dia. 7mm dia. 30mm 30mm 30mm
Bristle Length 30mm double 35mm single 30mm double 35mm single 40mm double 15mm triple 15mm triple 30mm full 40mm full 35mm double 20mm triple 20mm triple 20mm double 20mm double 6mm full 9mm full 10mm full 15mm full 15mm triple 12mm triple 12mm triple
Type Hair White Goat White Goat Horse White Goat Hog White Goat Soft Hog White Goat White Goat White Goat Soft Hog Hog Brass Soft Hog White Goat White Goat Soft Hog Soft Hog White Goat Brass Hog
Price £8.25 £9.55 £10.95 £11.75 £18.60 £8.75 £7.90 £8.00 £15.85 £7.30 £8.20 £6.25 £5.70 £4.75 £1.05 £1.30 £1.05 £1.30 £4.45 £4.45 £4.45
6
5
13 16 14 15
2 7
4
Paste & Water Brushes Made in Germany by the same family business that makes our full range of conservation brushes. The white pig hair is a high quality paste brush to ensure even distribution. The dense white goat hair is very soft and is made to hold water making it an ideal wetting brush. Other uses can be found for these sought after brushes, which are only available in the UK from PEL. Product Code 687-4930 687-4931
122
width 140mm 140mm
bristle length 35mm 35mm
hair type white pig white goat
www.preservationequipment.com
1
Price £62.25 £63.95
3 12
11 10
9
8
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Brushes Conservation Conservation Brushes
Round Bridled Glue Brushes These 100% pure grey hog bristle brushes feature a plain sanded handle and seamless aluminum ferrules. For all hot or cold glue applications. Wire bridle construction for added strength. Product Code 032-3041 032-3035 032-3037 032-3039
size #8 #12 #16 #22
Dia. 0.5” 0.75” 1” 1.5”
Bristle 1.5” 1.75” 2” 2.375”
Price £3.95 £5.25 £6.95 £14.90
Anti-Static Brush Dissipate static and remove dust without the use of radioactive, electric or electronic devices. A special blend of natural hair and conductive fibre is carefully hand sewn with stainless steel wire. The result is a soft, gentle, and safe brush that is ideal for use on sensitive materials such as lenses, film, and computer screens. Static is removed by conductive fibres while the natural blend of fine goat hair whisks away dust. Price each.
Product Code 886-0038
Width 38mm
Price £9.95
We have a variety of brushes which painting conservators demand, and conservators in other areas will find appropriate for hundreds of tasks. Winsor & Newton Series 7 brushes are made of 100% Russian Kolinsky Sable hair, and feature seamless, cupro nickel ferrules on polished black handles. La Corneille Golden Taklon Brushes come in two styles, Tight Spot Detailers and Spotters. Both blend three thicknesses of dyed synthetic filament to perform like the finest natural hair. They are highly absorbent, durable and versatile. Price each.
E
E. Windsor & Newton Series 7 Product Code 682-7030 682-7020 682-7000 682-7001 682-7002 682-7003 682-7004 682-7005 682-7006
size 000 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Price £6.51 £6.98 £7.45 £7.91 £9.32 £12.98 £20.43 £27.23 £35.74
F
F. La Corneille Golden Taklon Brushes Product Code Tight Spot Detailers 682-7670-10 682-7670-5 682-7670-0 Spotters 682-7650-10 682-7650-4 682-7650-0
size
Price
10/0 5/0 0
£2.55 £2.55 £2.55
10/0 4/0 0
£2.55 £2.55 £2.55
Dusting Brush A durable, 15" long, high-impact handled dust brush with soft horsehair bristles. Cleans dust, dirt and erasure crumbs from paper, mat board, glass, etc. Price each. Product Code 869-BR364
Length 15” (381mm)
Price £9.95
Dusting Brush This quality Winsor-Newton brush will not scratch photographs, negatives, documents or artwork. Perfect for cleaning dust, dirt, and repair material residue; made of extremely soft goat hair. Bristle length is 1-0.5" out of a seamless aluminum ferrule. Ferrule is 0.75" wide, bristles flare to 1-0.75". White wooden handle with a black tip. Price each. Product Code 682-2403
Length 38mm
Diameter 19-45mm
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
H
G
Price £13.30
G. Classic Hake Brushes
H. Hake Brushes
Made from the softest, select sheep hair, Classic Hake Brushes are the ideal tool for working on the most delicate of items. They are indispensable for working with the soft surfaces of Japanese papers and tissues. Price each.
Flat, wide, soft, white hair brushes. Use for washes, sizing, mounting, gluing or spreading any thin media. Plain, wooden handles. Price each.
Product Code 680-215
Width 3” (76mm)
Price £36.70
Product Code 680-00C4 680-00C5 680-0B30
size 1.125” (29mm) 1.5” (38mm) 3” (76mm)
www.preservationequipment.com
£Price £9.25 £10.80 £16.90
123
Brushes
Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) A Japanese innovation which is as revolutionary to the traditional calligraphy brush as the fountain pen was to the quill in Europe. Made from polyethylene, polypropylene and nylon, the reservoir brush enables the application of liquids without the necessity of continually refreshing the tip through dipping. This ensures a more even distribution than normal brushes allow over a larger area, thus making it ideal for many brush-based conservation treatments where consistency is a requirement. The reservoir brush may be used for a number of applications, from wet-tearing (without the abrasive scratching usually associated with stylus pens) to the localised application of solvents*, deacidification agents and detergents. The Reservoir Brush has been used to good effect with vacuum treatments on the PEL Cold Suction Table and Small Suction Platens. Price each. * Not suitable for use with Alkenes, Alkanes or Ketones.
Japanese Brushes Both these small brushes are used in conservation repair. The wood handle lies across the fingers and between the thumb allowing a natural brushing stroke. Made from the softest selected sheep and goat hair. Price each. Product Code Size/Hair 996-0032 55mm/Goat Beard 996-0033 55mm/Sheep Hair
Product Code 685-0101 685-0102 685-0103
Description Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Detail Tip Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Small Tip Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Medium Tip
Wt 8.0g 8.0g 8.0g
Price £3.25 £3.95 £4.35
Price £21.95 £19.95
A.
B.
C.
A. Flat Angled Brush Flat angled Fitch or crevice brush made from white hog hair with strong copper ferrule. Price each. Product Code 032-4725 032-4721
Width 0.5" 13mm 1.0" 25mm
Length 300mm 325mm
Price £3.50 £5.75
B. Cleaning Brushes The cleaning brush has a wood handle, metal ferrule, flat 19mm wide bristles, stiff nylon one end and soft nylon the other. These inexpensive brushes can be discarded once too dirty. Price per pack of 5 brushes. Product Code 032-4703
Width 0.75" (19mm)
Length 237mm
Price £9.50
C. Brass Cleaning Brush This copper ferrule brush has brass wire one end and bristles the other. Also known as a sieve cleaning brush. Product Code 032-4750
124
Width 1.25" (32mm)
Length 130mm
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £5.25
Silicone (Non-Absorbent) Brushes The unique silicone tipped brush prevents adhesives, paint, glazes, wax and plaster from sticking to the brush. Ideal for mixing, spreading, modelling, carving or making small adjustments without the particle/fragment coming away on the end of the brush. No doubt conservators will find many other uses such as separating small specimens and much more. If any material dries on the tip it can simply be peeled away. Will work with tough adhesives, even dry contact cement peels off. Works like a spatula, use them to apply and spread even fine layers of paint, leather dressing, or adhesives, evenly blend pastel, charcoal and soft graphite. Available in ivory soft (S), grey firm (F), various shapes and sizes. To find out which silicone brush suits your intended application we have included sample wallet sets. This will allow you to test the firmness and shape. Product Code 683-11901 683-12901 683-11902 683-12902 683-11900 683-12900
Description Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape) Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape) Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape) Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape) Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape) Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape)
size 0 0 2 2 6 6
Price £15.95 £15.95 £20.95 £20.95 £28.95 £28.95
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Cubelite
Cubelite PEL has been requested to supply the Cubelite for the cataloguing of works of art and photography during conservation. This system will allow you to take professional looking subject shots time after time with no unsightly shadows or reflections. By placing the item to be photographed inside the Cubelite many of the typical lighting difficulties experienced by non professional photographs are automatically taken care of. The operation of the Cubelite is simple. It works with a constant light source and therefore requires no additional “flash” from the camera. This makes composing the shot very easy because what you see is what you actually get. The Cubelite also comes with a removal front panel. This can be attached if the subject matter is highly reflective such as glass. The subject is completely isolated from the surroundings with only a small zip opening for the camera lens. This ensures photographs with no unsightly reflections. The 2ft and 3ft kits include: 1 x Cubelite, 1 x Stand, 1 x Tungsten Light, 1 x 500w Bulb, 1 x Silver/White Reflector, 1 x White Vinyl Background Sheet, 1 x Carry Case, The 4ft kits include the same as the 2ft and 3ft plus a roll of white background paper. The 5ft & 6ft 6" kits include: 1 x Cubelite, 4 x Stands, 4 x Tungsten Lights, 4 x 500w Bulbs, 1 x Roll of White Background Paper, The removable back and base on the 3ft kit allows you to photograph a section of a much larger product that will not fit inside the Cubelite such as long subjects. The removable back also allows you to photograph fragments and retain the original background, useful for archaeological digs. Cubelite Light Table The Light Table folds flat for easy storage when not in use and can be assembled in a matter of minutes. It is supplied with an additional tungsten light which is placed inside the table and can be positioned facing upwards or downwards to achieve a different intensity and distribution of light. When the Light Table is assembled simply place the Cubelite Kit on top of it, remembering to swap the opaque white vinyl background sheet for the translucent film supplied with the Light Table Kit. The system is now ready to use. Available for 2ft and 3ft cubelite kits. Product Code 511-3611 511-3601 511-3612 511-3613 511-3615 511-3614 511-9550 511-9350 511-8827 511-8839
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Description 2ft Cubelite Kit 3ft Cubelite Kit 3ft Cubelite Kit (Removable Back & Base) 4ft Cubelite Kit 5ft x 5ft x 7ft Cubelite Kit 6ft 6" x 6ft 6" x 7ft Cubelite Kit Tungsten Light, Bulb & Stand Kit Tungsten Bulb 2ft Cubelite Light Table Kit 3ft Cubelite Light Table Kit
Price £264.00 £305.00 £332.00 £349.00 £698.00 £789.00 £125.00 £16.00 £215.00 £266.00
www.preservationequipment.com
125
Light Boxes Fibre Optic Light Sheet This product has been developed after extensive research and is a proprietary product of Preservation Equipment Ltd. The Fibre Optic Light Source provides a safe heat-free and UV-free bright light used for back illumination in bound books for research of water marks, repairs and photography. Paper and textile conservators will find the back lighting very useful as will other conservators who require a flexible, safe, cold, bright light for treatment or examination to a localised area of a specimen. Since no electricity is connected to the actual light sheet or lead (only electric power is at the light source) the sheet is safe to work in damp situations. The very thin (1.8mm) light sheet is water resistant, but not waterproof and should not be immersed in water. The selector switch has 3 settings for high and low light intensity with an off position. Product Code. 805-0051 £762.00 Power Supply 110 voltage Product Code. 805-0052 £762.00 Power Supply 220/240 voltage Lamp 12 volt 50 watt dichroic reflector lamp Dimensions Light Sheet 280 x 210 x 1.8mm Sheet Lead 525mm long Weights Sheet and Lead 250g Lightsource 4.5kg
Light Boxes Our extensive range of light boxes are designed to suit most requirements for conservators and photographic work. We have available from stock small to extra large light boxes with colour corrected lamps to British Standard 950 part 2 (5000°K). The opal perspex flush screen will not snag your material. The lightweight aluminium extrusion has a “silver hammer” finish, sizes A4, A3, and A2 have a carry handle, all models have an on/off switch. Models fitted with stage dimmer switch have a D at the end of the product code. Product Code 511-0204 511-0203 511-0202 511-0202D 511-0201 511-0201D
screen size (mm) (A4) 305 x 234 (A3) 459 x 305 (A2) 605 x 459 (A2) 605 x 459 (A1) 605 x 904 (A1) 605 x 904
overall size 275 x 346 x 90mm 346 x 500 x 90mm 500 x 646 x 90mm 500 x 646 x 90mm 646 x 945 x 120mm 646 x 945 x 120mm
wt 2.8kg 4.0kg 7.2kg 9.2kg 11.6kg 16.0kg
Price £180.00 £245.00 £370.00 £390.00 £560.00 £605.00
D - Stage Dimmer Switch.
Portable Light Viewers B.
These portable viewers are a convenient size for desk or briefcase, batteries ‘C’ type or mains adaptor powered. Product Code A. 511-0253 B. 511-3021 807-7000
screen size overall size 99 x 124mm 135 x 159 x 40mm 245 x 145mm 310 x 220 x 54mm Mains Adapter - European and UK
Price £14.50 £35.50 £12.95
A.
126
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Viewing Systems Microscopes Light Sheet The output from this very low priced light sheet will surprise you with its brightness. An inexpensive alternative to our top of the range Fibre Optic Light Sheet. This backlight is used for watermark research, photography, paper and textile repairs, viewing transparencies and examination of specimens. The size of the light surface is 11.7 x 8.25 inches (297mm x 210mm) an ideal size to fit A4 paper. The light source will last about 20,000 hours (15-20 years with average use). The power consumption is less than a 20 watt bulb, because of the type of fluorescent lamp used, it does not fade or get hot. It has a 12 volt input supplied by a mains 110 Volt and 230 Volt AC/DC adaptor. The Light Sheet is mounted on four rubber feet so that it can rest firmly on a table. The Light Sheet without AC/DC adaptor weighs 870 grams.
Product Code 511-7000
Description Light Sheet 360 x 260 x 18mm
Price ÂŁ64.95 each
873-410
Product Code: 873-410 Objective Magnification 1x 10x 2x 20x 3.5x 35x weight 10kg
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Field View 20mm 10mm 5mm
ÂŁ362.25 Working Distance 152mm 113mm 113mm
StereoMaster Microscope This budget priced long-arm stereo microscope with exceptional working clearance is ideal for conservation applications. The long working-distance allows its use with a variety of specimens, large and small. Excellent stereo viewing, large fields of view and depth of field at all powers, the beam is very nearly on axis to allow the illumination of surfaces, cavaties and holes. The StereoMaster comes with straight through binocular head, one eyetube has diopter adjustment, two wide field 10x eyepieces - accepting a 21mm diameter graticule, Pair of eyeguards, three interchangeable objectives giving 10x, 20x, 35x magnifications. Long arm stand with integral 12 Volt 10 watt illuminator and dust cover.
www.preservationequipment.com
127
Microscopes Stereo Zoom Microscope System Before choosing the Stereo Zoom Microscope, we discussed with conservators what they looked for in a microscope system. Our findings are that it should have flexibility with a quality optical system providing crisp, parfocal images plus a variety of illumination options and other accessories. The Zoom body is available in binocular and trinocular versions with 45° inclined eyetubes and convenient side mounted continuous zoom controls. 1x to 4x zoom range is standard. A detente mechanism indicates magnification without interrupting observation and ensures reproducibility of magnification for measurement purposes. Equipped with focusing eyepiece tubes and an adjustable interpupilary distance of between 50mm and 75mm. Rotatable through 360°, the body has a 74mm diameter. The trinocular body is fitted with a photo port for photographic and CCTV application. Optics provide un-reversed stereoscopic image with bright, crisp parfocal images throughout the zoom range. Widefield 10x eyepiece with eyecups as standard, providing a 10x to 40x magnification range and a longer working distance. Accessories available: 20x widefield eyepieces plus 0.5x and 1.5x auxiliary lenses. Trinocular body provides all the advanced features of the binocular body, but with the added facility of a camera port. A light path selector lever transfers the image from the right eye path, directly to the camera providing maximum light while still allowing simultaneous observation through the left eyetube. Camera adapters for 35mm SLR and CCTV cameras are supplied, most modern SLR cameras can then be fitted with a suitable ‘T’ mount adapter, which is available from a photographic shop.
873-3330
Universal Stand incorporates a heavy duty base and sturdy vertical column. A long horizontal arm supports the zoom head, making the system ideal for viewing large specimens, it will rotate through 360°. Duplex Stand features both transmitted (12V 10W halogen) and incident (12V 10W tungsten) illumination in a compact, self contained stand. A variable intensity control is used to optimise illumination. The stand includes an opal stage plate, blue filter, stage clips and focusing arm with illuminator.
873-2249 with additional 873-1500 Fibre Optic Illuminator
Trinocular body & Duplex Stand This system provides 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin dioptre and interpupilary adjustment. Pair of widefield 10x eyepieces, which accept 23mm diameter graticule. Pair eye guards, focusing arm with incident light (12 volt 20W tungsten) and stop collar. Adapters for 35mm SLR (requires T2 ring) and CCTV cameras. Transmitted light (12 volt 10W halogen). Ground glass stage plate, pair clips, blue filter and dust cover. Product Code: Price
873-3330 £1110.55
Binocular body & Universal Stand
Binocular body & Duplex Stand
Trinocular body & Universal Stand
Comes complete with: Binocular body 1:4 zoom ratio, pair widefield 10x eyepieces, pair eyeguards, focusing arm stop collar and dust cover. Universal stand with 25mm diameter post. Without illumination, requires P873-1500 light source with suitable fibre optic component.
This system provides 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin dioptre and interpupilary adjustment. Pair of widefield 10x eyepieces which accept a 23mm diameter graticule. Pair eyeguards, focusing arm with incident illuminator (12 volt 20W tungsten) and stop collar. Transmitted light (12 volt 20W halogen). Ground glass stage plate, pair clips, blue filter and dust cover.
Comes complete with: Trinocular body 1:4 zoom ratio, pair widefield 10x eyepieces, pair eyeguards, focusing arm and stop collar and dust cover. Universal stand with 25mm diameter post. Without illumination, requires P873-1500 light source with suitable fibre optic component.
Product Code: Price
128
873-2249 £1022.70
Product Code: Price
www.preservationequipment.com
873-2220 £829.50
Product Code: Price
873-3349 £1280.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Microscopes II II PEL - Vertical Microscope Trolley PEL have developed this mobile vertical microscope stand especially for conservators to view objects in a vertical position. Ideal for painting conservators working on site or in the studio. The trolley base comes with jacking feet that lock the trolley to provide very stable conditions for microscope use. Best used with a zoom microscope, using side zoom controls, and designed for the PEL range of microscopes. The trolley telescopic column has 440mm vertical movement and a further 140mm adjustment on the microscope column. The horizontal column has 280mm movement and includes a safety groove to prevent the microscope from rotating. The support bracket allows various angle movements and can easily be positioned even at various degrees to the working surface, accessory tray supports lighting source and tools. Product Code: 873-5000
£799.95
Dimensions Accessory Tray Trolley Base Eye Piece Height
300mm x 300mm 650mm x 550mm Max: 1598mm. Min: 965mm.
II Microscope Trolley Kits, Binocular Body (as shown) Binocular body, with 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin dioptre and interpupillary adjustment. Eyepieces 10x widefield accepts 23mm graticule. Fibre optic illuminator with focusing lens, brackets and trolley. Product Code: 873-5222
£1953.00
II Trinocular Body With Adapters For CCTV & 35mm Camera Trinocular body, with 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin dioptre and interpupillary adjustment. Eyepieces 10x widefield accepts 23mm graticule. Fibre optic illuminator with focusing lens, brackets and trolley (requires T2 ring to fit camera’s). Product Code: 873-5333
£1999.95
II Mylar Microscope Slide Covers These sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captive flap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm) glass slides. Being glass clear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust and fingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomology at The Natural History Museum in London, who kindly allowed us to use the picture. 217-8032
873-1500
Light Source Only
£429.60
II Fibre Optic Illuminators This high intensity illuminator provides a variable 150w cold light with a colour temperature of 3250k. The system can be used with single or bifurcated light guides with optional focusing lenses, or a continuous ringlight which provides shadow free illumination and fits easily to the microscope body.
Components 873-1502
Double light guide semi rigid 520mm x 5.5mm
£173.00
873-1515
Focusing lens for P873-1501 & P873-1502
£31.00
873-1510
Spare Lamp 150w halogen for P873-1500
£14.60
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
£115.85 per 1000
www.preservationequipment.com
129
II Conservation Hot Irons & Stations II Precision Temperature Tool
Product Code
Controlling the heat from 100°C upwards is easy and exact with the temperature dial controller. Some experimentation may be required to calibrate the amount of heat needed. The selection of tips gives a dependable variety of conservation uses, from removing Sellotape to activating heat-set adhesives. Order tips separately.
Product Code 452-1003/1 452-1003/1E
UK Plug 220 Volt Plug
Price £52.95 £52.95
Price
452-1002
Tool Stand
£8.33
452-1006
Sellotape Removal Tip
£10.86
452-1007
Bent Needle Tip
£8.04
452-1008
Medium Flat Tip
£10.15
452-1009
Wide Flat Tip
£10.15
452-1010
Fine Flat Tip
£10.15
452-1012
Button Tip
£8.04
452-1013
Blade Tip
£10.15
452-1014
Curved Spade Tip
£10.15
452-1015
Needle Tip
£8.04
452-1016
Long Blank Tip
£8.04
452-1018
Standard Tip
£8.16
452-1020
5mm Round
£8.16
II Tips for Precision Temp Tool A complete set of 12 tips to choose from for a variety of applications. These low-price tips are sold separately and are illustrated with approximate sizes. Sellotape Tape Removal Tip is used to soften the adhesive spading off the old tape. Please note GREAT CAUTION should be used in the removal of any tape. Some tapes may scorch when exposed to a high temperature tip setting. Always test a small unobtrusive area before attempting any removal method.
These tips only fit the precision temperature tool
II Tacking/Spatula Iron In Handle Control. Adjusting the temperature is easy, use a small blade screwdriver to set the temperature between 60°C and 160°C graduated in 20°C increments. The high positive temperature coefficient provides rapid tip temperature recovery time, and fast warm-up from cold (e.g. 50 seconds to maximum temperature). There are six extra tips to choose from, for a variety of applications. Uses same tips as conservation iron. Supplied with 805-2405 flat tip only.
D.
C. B. A.
Product Code: 805-6914 £72.50 Power Supply 220/240 Voltage Wattage to iron 50 Watt Temperature Range 60oC - 160oC approximate Dimensions Overall Length: 222mm. Tip to Handle Length: 82mm. Handle Length: 140mm. Weight: 55g.
E. II 452-1002 Stand F. 805-2405 TIP
II Conservation Iron & Station This state-of-the-art tacking and spatula iron is a PEL proprietary product designed to suit the needs of all types of conservation, from heavy tacking to a delicate spatula tip for oil paintings. The control station has the facility to dial in the tip size reference so that the LED temperature readout is the correct temperature, whatever the size of the tip, small or large. The iron shaft element has been strengthened with a stainless steel sleeve to give added strength, especially when used constantly as a tacking iron. Special safety features 115 voltage or 230 voltage is stepped down to 24 volt AC. The silicone cable provides remarkable protection against accidental burning, even at maximum tip temperature. Comes complete with instructions, control station, iron and flat tip (805-2405). The control station leaves the factory programmed in many languages, but set up in English. You can also select temperature readout in Fahrenheit or Celsius. Please note to ensure accuracy of temperature it is adviseable to have the unit calibrated at least once a year. Supplied with 805-2405 flat tip only.
17mm 74mm
130
805-690 £221.50 220/240 Voltage 805-690-110 £243.65 110 Voltage 50 Watt 24 volt AC 30oC - 200oC / 86oF - 392oF +/- 5ºC 2.3m Spare Iron £53.50 Iron Stand £8.33
32mm
P805-00S2 P805-00S3 21mm
20mm 46mm
P805-00S6
Product Code: Power Supply Product Code: Power Supply Wattage to iron Voltage to iron Temperature Range Accuracy Electric Cable 805-SD50 452-1002
P805-00S1
P805-00S4 30mm
5mm 32mm
A. 805-00S1 B. 805-00S2 C. 805-00S3 D. 805-00S4 E. 805-00S6 F. 805-2405
www.preservationequipment.com
62mm
II Tips Spatula and tacking tips for 805-6914 and 805-690. These individually made tips are sold separately, illustrated with design shape and mm size. £21.95 £21.95 £29.95 £29.95 £21.95 £13.95
II Tacking Iron This low priced iron is suitable for light-duty applications, such as photographic dry mounting or tacking corners of heat activated laminating materials before inserting into laminating presses. Comes complete with curved tip. Please note this iron is not temperature controllable and gets very hot. Product Code: Power Supply Wattage to iron Temperature Range Weight with Tip
805-6910 220/240 Voltage 15 Watt 170oC (approx.) 75g
£36.70
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Sealing Machines II II Crossweld™ Polyester Film Sealing Machine Preservation Equipment Ltd’s polyester sealing machines are recognised and trusted worldwide. After years of experience with the previous Crossweld we have now introduced the ultimate sealing machine. This new machine has been designed with health and safety approval, we no longer use a foot switch which could easily be activated by accidentally stepping on it (health and safety liked that). The jaws previously slammed down by touching the foot switch and could cause nipping of fingers, this cannot happen with this new machine. Not using jaws means you are not restricted by the jaw width and can continually weld very wide sheets, up to a maximum of 1400mm. The new style of operation allows much more room to work with the material you are sealing. The working alignment grid squares can now be replaced when worn. The PTFE cloth protecting the welding element is simply replaced by winding new material into place from the roll attached to the machine, a real advantage for quality welds. We have increased the weld length to 700mm and you are no longer restricted to the width between the jaws as on the old machine. For wider material you can now continuously weld in any position from the edge to the centre, this is because the jaws are no longer used. Product Code 806-7000-110 806-7000
Product Code 806-7001 806-7002 806-7003 806-7004
Description Power supply: 110 voltage Power supply: 220/240 voltage Weld length: 700mm continuous Weld width: 3mm Dimensions: 870 x 680 x 240mm high Weight: 58kg
Price £1995.00 £1995.00
Description Spare heating element Spare PTFE Cloth 700mm x 600mm Base protection PTFE tape 19mm x 15m Floor mounting stand
Price £8.50 £32.00 £41.00 £249.00
The heat compensating device uses the latest electronics to ensure constant welds every time. The Crossweld can be used for sealing various thicknesses of polyester film, it will weld polyester to paper and board also other materials such as Reemay, Hollytex, Tyvek, PEL Softwrap and even bubble film can all be welded to make pockets and bags. We have made replacing the heating element so easy (not like the old machine), replacing the PTFE Cloth is even simpler. A floor mounting stand is available complete with adjustable feet. Comes complete with instructions, spare element and PTFE cloth. Each machine is shipped in a wooden crate arriving ready for use.
II Polyester Sealing Machines Our professional experience of polyester film sealing machines for conservation is recognised and trusted worldwide. Conservators work and choose carefully which is why they trust and purchase the Preservation Equipment machines. Cut sheets and rolls for use in sealing machines, see Polyester Film section for our many sizes of polyester film.
II Warning The success of the Crossweld™ has attracted competitors to offer bag and flat tube machines with bottom element. We suggest these machines, designed for sealing low melt point polyethylene, are not suitable as a crossweld machine. To avoid disappointment, talk with customers who have purchased the Crossweld™, they will tell you how superior our machines are, that’s why we make this statement. The Crossweld™ is designed especially to suit the welding of polyester film, which requires a flat support surface both sides of the weld. The sealing of polyester filmrequires machines that have been manufactured for the precise welding of the very narrow band melt point of polyester film, if it’s too high it will melt through the film too low and it will not seal. The welding element must be fitted to the top moving jaw, not on the base/bottom as with bag sealers, this is essential for lining up the weld and sealing polyester to board
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
II Monarch Economy (Bead Welding) This product has without doubt out-sold any other sealing machine, constantly being used by conservators worldwide. A truly reliable machine justifiably referred to by its Product Code Specification Price users as “the best machine we’ve bought 806-6000-240 Power Supply: 220/240 Voltage £1399.00 and so easy to use”. The 710mm weld length allows continuous sealing for those 806-6000-110 Power Supply: 110 Voltage £1490.00 really large charts, maps and photographs. Weld Length: 710mm continuous The Monarch Economy will allow you to Dimensions (max): 770mmW x 750mmD x 120mmH make any size polyester pocket or sleeve or Weight: 15kg completely encapsulate in seconds. Capacity: 23 to 175 micron thick 805-ME710
Spare Element
£9.95
www.preservationequipment.com
131
II Shipping & Packing
II Low Melt Glue Gun We have selected this system because the low melt adhesive gives an instant bonding at a much lower temperature. This makes it easier and safer to use. More significantly it means you can bond heat sensitive substrates, such as Plastazote, even polystyrene foams, fabrics, films, corrugated board and other delicate materials without heat damage. This revolutionary new hot melt glue gun operates at a lower temperature than conventional glue guns. Nearly 70°C lower! It is even possible to stick decoration pieces onto inflated balloons without heat damage. After initial warm up, the glue melts on demand as trigger pressure is exerted. Just apply low melt glue to one surface, then press parts together for instant bonding. Conforms to very high safety standards, it operates using a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) heater that regulates its own temperature electronically. The heater will operate on any voltage from 100-240 voltage and provides a fast warm-up time of only 5-7 minutes. Product Code: Power Supply Power Consumption Temp Melt Rate Adhesive Size Weight
419-1000 £19.20 100/240v (Electronic Self Adjust) 20-400 watt (Electronic Self Reg) 130ºC (Self Regulating Heater) Up to 750g/hr 12 x 190mm sticks (low melt) 280 grams Gun Only
II Low Melt Adhesive These low melt glue sticks are clear 12mm general purpose hot melt adhesive, specially designed to be used in the 419-1000 glue gun: it will bond a wide variety of substrates, including paper, board, fabric, foam, film, wood and many more. It has been formulated for application temperatures between 120°C-140°C, making it particularly useful for bonding heat sensitive materials. Product Code: Adhesive Size Weight Quantity
419-1044 12mm x 190mm 1 kilo 50 sticks
£13.40
II Velcro® Hook & Loop Coin Fasteners (Velcoins®) These self-adhesive Velcro® fasteners consist of woven nylon hook and loop mated pairs. They have a very strong neutral pH adhesive and are useful for a variety of purposes including box and folder closures, holding displayed objects in place and exhibitions. The round coins are a very neat method of making a simple secure fastener. The rounded corners enable easy assembly and avoids lifted edges. Price 25m rolls and small packs. Product Code 483-0016 483-0020 483-1013H 483-1022H 483-1013L 483-1022L
Description 16mm Coins 20mm Squares 13mm Coins 22mm Coins 13mm Coins 22mm Coins
Type Pairs Pairs Hooks Hooks Loops Loops
Colour White White White White White White
No. of coins 16 sets 24 sets 1,550 1,022 1,550 1,022
Price £1.28 £1.93 £23.95 £31.29 £23.95 £31.29
II Velcro Tape® A continuous roll of both hooks and loops. Simply cut the strip to a desired length, attach to both surfaces and press together to fasten. Same as the Velcoin® the adhesive is strong and sticks to most surfaces. Product Code 483-1200
size/type 20mm x 10m
wt White
Price £15.75
II Velcro ® Brand One-Wrap Patented Velcro® brand one-wrap® Self-Gripping Fasteners offer a neat and secure fastening system that is both adjustable and reusable and can never over-tighten. These unique back to back fasteners can be cycled (open and closed) hundreds of times. One side has the loops and other the hooks, one single strip is all you need, it wraps round itself. The advantages of Velcro® are the straps can be adjusted, repositioned and reusable. Closed by one single touch. The application is to hold bundles of papers, folders, envelopes and rolled maps/drawings together. Making fastening for phase boxes the one-wrap can be riveted to boards. Also used in disaster recovery since water does not prevent the fasteners working. No doubt other uses will be found for Velcro® One-Wrap®. Price per 25m roll. Product Code 483-101OW 483-101OB 483-1025W 483-1025B
132
www.preservationequipment.com
size/type 10mm x 25m 10mm x 25m 25mm x 25m 25mm x 25m
wt White Black White Black
Price £10.50 £10.50 £15.75 £15.75
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Museum Vac® II II Museum Vac® (with dial suction control) Compact and light weight, specially developed to conservation standards with unique PEL features such as adjustable suction level, which allows the lowest vacuum on delicate fragile items, to full power for tougher cleaning jobs. Mildew spores are locked in a disposable paper filter bag by patented value preventing further contamination. A range of accessories are available (please order separately) to suit most applications. Secure shoulder strap for hands free operation is designed for this model, as is a nylon carry bag for the vacuum and all the accessories. Stretch hose without coil back pressure and soft rubber tools prevent chipping and scratching works of art. Comes with hose and rubber nozzle as shown and one filter bag.
561-8099
561-8090
Nylon carry bag
Shoulder Strap
Product Code: 561-1997 £159.95 Museum Vac, Hose & Rubber Nozzle Power Supply 230 voltage models Power Consumption 400 watt Airflow 12 litres per second Suction 642mm H2O Filtration 0.3 micron Capacity 1.7 litres Weight 2 Kg Dimensions 320 x 175 x 146mm 561-4251 Filter Bags £19.95 per pack of 10
II Museum Vac®
II Museum Vac®
Backpack with Dial Suction Control. This vacuum cleaner from our Museum Vac range is designed for mobile cleaning with hands free operation, ideal for working on steps and ladders. As with all Museum Vac’s, our unique electronic dial suction control allows the lowest vacuum on fragile items to full power on tougher cleaning jobs. A genuine practical design where particular attention has been paid to user comfort, convenience and safety, with lightweight distribution and low operational noise level. The performance is excellent, with extra large filter system and 2-stage disposable dust bags ensuring continuous high performance and easy emptying. The standard accessory kit incorporates all that is needed for the quick and efficient cleaning of all surfaces right down to the lightweight, free flo’floor nozzle which simply glides from carpet to hard floors or vice versa without so much as a single adjustment.
Product Code: 561-1982 £269.85 Power Supply 230 Volt Product Code: 561-1982-110 £275.85 Power Supply 110 Volt Power Consumption 1000 Watt Airflow 43.5 litre/sec Suction 2100mm H2O Capacity 9 litres Cable Length 12 metres Weight 5.9 Kg Dimensions 500 x 335 x 215mm Product Code: 561-4149 £8.95 HEPAFLO Filter Bags. Pack of 10
In carry case with dial suction control. This Museum Vac ® comes complete within a carry case storing the tools and accessories in the lid. As with all Museum Vac’s it is adjustable for delicate suction to full power vacuum. Thermal protection cuts out the motor if bag is full or blocked (automatic reset). The 800 watt motor produces a 30 litre per second airflow making a strong suction of 1400mm WG. This Museum Vac® will tackle very tough jobs and still do delicate conservation work. The 3 stage filter system keeps mildew spores locked in the disposable paper bag by a patented non-return valve. Our extensive range of purpose made brushes and accessories are available for all models of Museum Vac’s (please order separately). Comes completely integral, in its own carry case, stretch hose, rubber nozzle, crevice tool and brush and one filter bag. Product Code: 561-1990 £273.90 Power Supply 230 Volt model Product Code: 561-1990-110 £279.90 Power Supply 110 Volt model Power Consumption 800 watt Air flow 30 litres per second Suction 1400mm H2O Capacity 2.7 litres Weight 5.5 Kg Dimensions 457 x 241 x 190mm 561-4150 Filter Bags £21.95 per pack of 10
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
133
II Museum Vac® II Vacuum Pick-Up System
560-FV-30
This system is designed for various conservation practices, will pick up small fragments of wood, metal, gem stones, ceramics, paper and paint flakes. One feature is you do not have to hold your finger over a small hole (as with other systems) to create a vacuum. This is better for conservators to manipulate fragments into awkward positions, then simply press the button to release the fragment. The PTFE rigid cups will prevent pieces with wet adhesives sticking to the vacuum cup when you wish to release the fragment such as paint flakes.
Replacement Inlet Filter
560-FV-20
560-FV-10
Set of 4 Rigid PTFE Suction Cups
Vacuum Pick-Up System
The vacuum pump is very small, quiet in operation and lightweight and consumes only 5W of power. An internal filter on the inlet ensures that no particles can enter the pump mechanism and an outlet filter ensures that no particles created by the pump are released into the surrounding air. This makes the pump suitable for class 1 clean rooms. Vacuum pressure is sufficient to lift 150 grams weight and is adjustable from maximum to very soft pressure. Spare inlet filters are also available. This high quality wand is manufactured in PTFE, a fluoropolymer resin with exceptional resistance to high temperatures, chemicals and corrosion. This allows a high level of cleanliness to be maintained. The unique wand control valve ensures reliable suction and instantaneous release. Vacuum is continuosly drawn until the button is pressed (press to release). Suction cups are easily changed without dismantling the wand itself. Silicone suction cups are included in diameters 5,8,11 & 15mm. An optional set of rigid PTFE suction cups in the same diameters is also available. Product Code: 560-FV-10 Adjustable Vacuum Pressure 4kPa to -14kPa Flow Rate 2.71/min Power Consumption 5.0W Duty Cycle Continuous Dimensions (D x W x H) 155mm x 72mm x 54mm Weight 600g Flexible Tubing included 1 metre Product Code: 560-FV-20 Set of 4 rigid PTFE suction cups Product Code: 560-FV-30 Replacement inlet filter
£246.65
£42.50 £24.95
947-5040 Glass
II Museum Vac® With HEPA filter and disposable cartridge This model of Museum Vac® is designed for use when removing mildew spores, fungi and irritant or toxic dust. The machine is invaluable when cleaning documents and books that contain mildew spores that should be disposed of safely to reduce spreading. The health of the conservator is better protected by a HEPA filter. The disposable cartridge when filled with waste can then be disposed of in compliance with local regulations. The HEPA filter is built into the disposable cartridge and is automatically replaced when a new cartridge is fitted. As with all Museum Vacs it is adjustable from delicate suction to full power vacuum by the dial suction control. Comes complete with hose, crevice tool, brush, rubber nozzle and instructions all in its own carry case. Product Code: Power Supply Power Consumption Air Flow Suction Capacity Filtration Weight Dimensions 561-4300
134
561-3000 220/240 volt & 110 volt (USA plug) 800 watt 30 litres per second 1400mm WG 4.6 litres Down to 0.3 microns 5.2kg 465mmL x 195mm W x 245mm H 2 pack spare Filter Cartridge
www.preservationequipment.com
£269.00
947-3232 Standard
II PEL Cloth™ MicroFibre Cleaning without chemicals (just use water). Until recently it has not been possible to clean surfaces without the use of chemicals. Technology has changed this, with the PEL-Cloth you can clean either with or without water. Excellent results are achieved on all surfaces, without the need for cleaning agents and chemicals, and you protect yourself and the environment.
For more information on PEL Cloth see page 180.
£20.95
Product Code 947-3232/5 947-3232/50 947-5040/5 947-5040/50
description standard standard glass glass
dimensions 320mm x 320mm 320mm x 320mm 500mm x 400mm 500mm x 400mm
Price £10.95 pack 5 £89.00 pack 50 £10.95 pack 5 £89.00 pack 50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Museum Vac® II II Wet & Dry Vacuum Multi-purpose vacuum for professionals. Compact, easy-to use and lightweight with powerful technology in a modern design. This vacuum is the quietest vacuum we have found, just 62 dB(A) at 1 metre (quieter than a typewriter). The difference in this vacuum cleaner becomes obvious once you try it. Exceptional airflow and vacuum power using the cyclone principle for more effective suction. The filter is washable tear-resistant made of PE fibre fabric. Comes with accessories universal nozzle, 2 peice extension tubes and combination floor nozzle. Product Code: Power Supply Noise Level/DIN Container Volume Vacuum Air Flow Weight Dimensions
561-440 £128.50 230 Volt/1500w 62 db(A) 18 litre 160 mbar 3600 litre/min 5.6Kg 367 x 350 x 455mm
Product Code Description Price 5pk 561-61156 Dust bags for 561-4512 £9.95
www.preservationequipment.com L K
J
H
E
A
M
G
C
B
Mini Fittings A. Mini Adapter Kit. B. Fan Shaped Fitting shown fitted to mini adapter. C. Small Brush shown fitted to mini adapter.
F
Brushes
II Picture/Stretcher Vacuum Kit Designed especially for painting conservators but no doubt other uses will be found for this handy kit. Ideal as an accessory for the Museum Vac® and will fit other vacuum cleaners. The one metre long tube can be washed, as can the fittings to remove any infestations such as mildew spores. The thin flexible spatula end is designed to reach into narrow slots to disturb dust and dirt which can then be vacuumed, the flat end can be extended with card to reach further. The fan fitting is for vacuuming on the frame edges, it is also useful in other conservation cleaning methods. Product Code: 561-4960
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Pic.
Museum Vac ®
Accessories
Price
A. A. A.
875-UV-2/1 875-0021 875-0022 561-8099 561-8090 561-8650 561-8610 561-4958 561-4956 561-4955 561-4954 561-4953 561-4952 561-4241 561-4251 561-4150 561-4149
Mini Adapter Kit fits all models Spare Brushes fits mini adapter kit Spare Nozzles fits mini adapter kit Nylon Carry Bag fits 561-1997 model Shoulder Strap fits 561-1997 model Crevice Tool Brush Crevice Tool Fan Shaped Fitting for Mini Adapter Large Horse Hair Brush Small White Horse Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit Large White Goat Hair Brush Small Pig Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit Small White Goat Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit Large Brush & Textile Combination Attachment Filter Bags & Seal Label for 561-1997 Filter Bags & Seal Label for 561-1990 Filter Bags for 561-1982
£11.95 £3.95 £1.95 £11.95 £9.95 £3.95 £4.25 £14.95 £13.95 £9.95 pair £13.95 £9.95 pair £9.95 pair £5.60 £19.95 pack 10 £21.95 pack 10 £8.95 pack 10
F. E. B. M. H. L. J. G. K.
A full range of spares is available for each model of Museum Vac® All models are CE approved and are made in Great Britain. On the shelf spares, we are not dependent on overseas suppliers.
£21.95
www.preservationequipment.com
135
II Storage Bags II Cotton Bags PEL drawstring calico bags are soft to give delicate fragments protection. The 100% cotton bags are sturdy (not the flimsy see-through type) with strong cotton pull strings to seal the contents. Can be washed but should not be tumble dried. Used for seeds, specimens, jewellery, fragments and various items found in museums. As with all our bags, special sizes are available, a minimum of 250 bags will apply. Contact customer services. Price per pack 100 bags. Product Code 428-0023 428-0045 428-0057 428-0810
Size 2” x 3” (50mm x 76mm) 4” x 6” (101mm x 152mm) 5” x 7” (127mm x 177mm) 8” x 10” (203mm x 254mm)
Price £21.95 £22.95 £23.95 £27.95
II Tyvek Bags Tyvek has proven to be a suitable material for many conservation and preservation requirements. This protective material has high tensile/tear strength in all directions because its constituent fibres are spun-bonded. The relatively slick surface is a further barrier and prevents snagging with fragile specimens. Used as geological bags and archaeological bags because they can be used outside since the wet will not effect them. The Tyvek Bags are frequently used for field specimens, the convenient sown in label allows notes of the contents. The pull string closure enables the contents to be sealed inside the bag. All sizes are kept in stock, for special sizes, minimums of 250 bags per size would apply. We can print your desired wording on the label, contact customer services. Price per package of 100 bags. Product Code 613-7023 613-7045 613-7057 613-7010
Size 2” x 3” (50mm x 76mm) 4” x 6” (101mm x 152mm) 5” x 7” (127mm x 177mm) 8” x 10” (203mm x 254mm)
Price Plain £20.95 £28.95 £35.95 £53.95
Product Code 613-7023L 613-7045L 613-7057L 613-7810L
With Label £22.95 £30.95 £37.95 £55.95
II Padded Storage Bags
II Map & Banner Bags A range of protective stitched calico bags with cotton tape pull strings. These soft breathable bags are used to protect rolled tithe maps, plans and banners. Can be washed but should not be tumble dried. Width: 9.5” (241mm). Diameter approx 155mm.
136
Padded archival storage bags are used to protect wax seals and have ties to ensure they stay over the seal. These conservation storage bags are also useful for jewellery, gem stones, delicate fragments and items that require archival quality protection. The bags are made from inert acid free materials and have soft padding making them a truly conservation quality storage bag. Product Code 428-0036 428-0042 428-0048 428-0062 428-0072 428-0084 428-0096
www.preservationequipment.com
size 36” (914mm) 42” (1067mm) 48” (1219mm) 62” (1575mm) 72” (1829mm) 84” (2134mm) 96” (2438mm)
Price £4.70 £4.95 £5.10 £5.40 £5.70 £6.25 £7.95
Product Code 428-7107 428-7110 428-7113 428-7114 428-7116 428-7120
Size (mm) 70 x 70 100 x 100 110 x 130 140 x 100 140 x 160 200 x 240
Pack Qty 50 50 50 25 25 25
Price £46.20 £54.00 £58.20 £32.40 £34.20 £48.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Hot Air Pencil Steamers II II 891-J4
II 891-J2
II Derotor Steam Cleaner
II Jiffy Steamers
Steam, heat and pressure provide the means for immediate removal of particles from a given surface, cleaning it thoroughly. Conservators find these units useful for various work in stone, sculpture, archaeological, wall paper and no doubt other areas of conservation. The Derotor steam cleaners incorporate various safety features such as low voltage controls, thermostatic cut out should the water level become too low, a pressure release valve, water level indicator and rugged construction with stainless steel main tank and pipes. Deionised water is recommended to prolong boiler life. The steamers have a mains electrical supply and tank size of either 3 or 5 litres depending on the model. Water content of the vapour is controllable by a separate valve. Please Note: PEL supplies both models with extra long hose 1.75m long. This allows the unit to stand on the floor and the operator can then work standing up and reach much higher.
Used by textile, paintings, and paper conservators for various applications.
Product Code: Power Supply Steam Pressure Hose Length Max Temperature Tank Size Warm up time Dimensions Weight Product Code: Power Supply
891-75GV £633.00 220/240 volt & 1400 watts 3-4 bar 1.75 metre 130ºC 3 litres 20 minutes 320 x 180 x 300mm 8kg 891-75GV-110 £752.30 110 volt
891-75GV6 £718.00 220/240 volt & 1400 watts 4-5 bar 1.75 metre 130ºC 5 litres 20 minutes 370 x 220 x 310mm 13kg 891-75GV6-110 £842.90 110 volt
J2 Standard Steamer features a clear plastic, shatterproof water bottle. Unique heating element produces steam in a few seconds and is especially designed to control “spitting”. J4 Heavy Duty Steamer has dual thermostats for steam after preheating and built-in-stainless steel boiler tank. This model is designed for more steam and longer life, includes water level indicator. Product Code: Weight Product Code: Weight Voltage Power Supply
£323.20 £512.75
II Conservation Tool (not shown) Hand tool with 1.67 metre hose for single jet application. Fits both Jiffy steamers. Product Code: Nozzle
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
891-J2 7kg 891-J4 11kg 220/240 110 volts 1500 watts
891-CT 8mm Diameter
www.preservationequipment.com
£79.80
137
II Preservation Pencil® II A. Preservation Pencil® The Preservation Pencil was first available in 1989 and since that time hundreds have been supplied all over the world. The product has proved to be one of the most successful conservation tools. It provides fine delicate jets of moisture (or dry) air from ambient to 100ºC and is used for removing glue, resins, old labels, separating paper layers, activating adhesives and enzymes, relaxing and cleaning. Cold moisture produced by the humidifier is heated by the PENCIL to a desired predetermined temp, which remains at a constant level.
805-0003
A. Preservation Pencil®
Conservators continually find new uses for the product and quote “How could we manage without it”. The way the Preservation Pencil works is cold mist produced by the Ultrasonic Humidifier is heated by dialling into the control unit the desired temperature, which then remains at a constant precise level with a digital display of the actual temperature. Adjustment is made by dialling the selected temperature, the control unit will then automatically adjust the Pencil and display the actual temperature. The range is from ambient to 100ºC, users find the lower temperatures very useful especially for cleaning with enzymes. The dry air facility is especially useful for low temperatures adhesives such as Beva 371 used in oil painting conservation. Features over alternative steam units: • Temperatures below steam, Dry air facility, Adjustable moisture levels, • Ambient to 100ºC temperature range, No scalding boiling water, • Instantaneous (no start up time), Selection of support brackets, Selection of nozzles, • Does not spit or drip, Available from stock, 17 years proven experience, • Delicate jet of moisture (or dry), Patented product, CE approved, • Ergonomic handle grip, LCD temperature display, Demineralisation filter, • 220/240 or 110 voltage, Clear water container, UK manufactured.
805-1004
When ordering please ensure you include attachments, hose and ultrasonic humidifier. Product Code 805-0001 805-0011 805-7005 805-7002 805-0002 805-0003 805-1004
Description Preservation Pencil 240v Preservation Pencil 110v Ultrasonic Humidifier 240v Ultrasonic Humidifier 110v Attachments & 1.6m Hose Bench Bracket Flexible Work Top Bracket
Price £745.00 £775.00 £61.25 £126.00 £42.25 £15.95 £94.70
II B. Ultrasonic Humidifier Kit B. Ultrasonic Humidifier Kit
This kit contains our ultrasonic humidifier and hose kit to make a useful system. It provides an extremely fine cold mist, the pencil fine (green attachment) allows ‘spot’ work, while the other attachment is for spreading the mist over a wider area. Very good system for relaxing without wetting on parchment, leather, paper, textiles and many other uses. Product Code 805-7007
138
www.preservationequipment.com
Description 220/240 voltage
Price £103.50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
PEL Steamers II II PEL-Humidity Dome The PEL-Humidity Dome is designed to exactly fit our PEL Cold Suction Table (Low Budget) alternatively, it will fit over a large suction table. On a large table the perforated area should be blanked off to ensure the suction is only drawn inside the dome. It can also be used without suction on a workbench. The dome has a hole to take the humidity hose and a smaller one to insert a humidity sensor (see 0107-4500) humidity Controller). The large damper regulates the build up of negative vacuum pressure inside the dome and prevents excessive external pressure on the dome. We suggest our Ultrasonic Humidifier Kit (see page 138) is used for moist air, which gives a very even movement of mist within the dome, allowing relaxation to be controlled and even. Made from clear 6mm acrylic with a base size of 795mm x 595mm x 330mm high. Product Code: 0107-8063 PEL-Humidity Dome
£345.00
II PEL Steamer The PEL-Steamer is a super heated steam generator with precision fine adjustment for removal of adhesives, waxes and resins on paper, books, wall paintings, gemstone cleaning, ceramic, sculpture, metal, in fact many conservation applications where controllable steam pressure is required. Fine adjustment from 0.5 to 8 bar (120 P.S.I.) with no drop in steam pressure during operation. Safety features: automatic safety valve, automatic steam release (solenoid) valve, thermostatic cut out should the water level become too low. The machine is tested and approved to international standards. Operation is simple, once switched on, a short delay before neon indicating light illuminates to inform you the machine is operational. The extra long 1.75 metre flexible steam hose and fine jet hand-piece make it ideal for standing up on site work, especially for wall paintings. The long hose also allows the unit to sit on the floor (not on the bench) away from work in progress. The foot control switch allows hands free operation. To empty, simply turn on the outlet tap. Additional features such as pressure gauge, water level gauge, on-off foot switch, water outlet tap, 8 bar pressure, plugs into any 110 or 220/240 volt electrical supply with extra long steam hose. No other machine offers these features. Product Code: Power Supply Power Consumption Steam Pressure Max Temperature Water Capacity Dimensions Weight
805-0004 £1449.00 110, 220/240 Voltage 1800 Watts 0.5 to 8 bar (120 P.S.I) 150ºC 100mm away from nozzle approx 45ºC 3 litres 400mm high x 380mm x 210mm 14 Kilos
also see page 137 for more steamers
visit our website at www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
139
II PEL Cold Suction Tables
Picture for illustrative purposes only. Visit www.preservationequipment.com for current models
140
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Cold Suction Tables PEL II
II PEL Cold Suction Table (Low Budget) PEL’s experience in supplying cold suction tables has enabled us to develop a system that is high quality and capable of performing to the demands of conservators who have limited budgets. Manufactured completely in stainless steel to allow (with the correct vacuum system) solvents to be used. The perforated top, which is loose, enables thorough cleaning inside the table and the vacuum airways. The support stand (also stainless steel) is designed for the vacuum system to be located underneath and is available separately. The suction table can be used on a workbench or the support stand. The working height with the support stand is 960mm. Perforations are 1.5mm holes of 2.6mm pitch 30% open area.
II PEL Cold Suction Table The perforated work surface is hand ground aluminium with an overall table size of 1500mm x 1200mm (59" x 47") a flush surround of 38mm width to facilitate edge seal for masking and accommodate the fitting of a dome. The overall height of the table from floor level to work surface is 840mm (33"). The work surface and suction chamber are supported by square section powder coated tubular steel support stand with cross brace bars supporting the 1.1KW direct drive impeller exhauster unit.
Cold suction tables are used for stain removal, spot cleaning, relaxing, parchment treatment, removing creases and cockling, spot leaf casting and other conservation work. Comes with 2 metres of hose and tee piece (extra length of hose is available). For optimum drying, remove one hose, this will allow cross airflow below the object instead of totally pulling through it, especially useful in treating textiles and parchment. Various vacuum systems are available, such as our variable wet and dry vacuum, for solvents you will require a suitable system, alternatively you may already have an existing system. If you require information on the vacuum systems we supply, please contact customer service. Caution wet and dry vacuums must not be used with solvents. Product Code 0107-8060
0107-8600
The speed control unit and mechanical safety valve prevents overloading. Mounted on the side of the support stand just below the work surface is a small control box containing the variable speed control selector for ease of use when selecting the desired suction level. Product Code 804-2409 804-2400 805-7007 804-2407
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Description Suction Table Humidity Dome Ultrasonic Humidifier & Hose Kit RH Controller & Sensor
Price £7,348.00 £2,995.00 £103.50 £395.00
Description £595.00 Stainless Steel Suction Table Dimensions: 800 x 600 x 60mm Weight: 18kg Support Stand £187.25 Dimensions: 780 x 580 x 900mm Weight: 9kg
II Humidity Dome The humidity dome is blown from a single 8mm sheet of clear acrylic, fitted with a metal edge frame for added strength and rigidity. Attached to the table on two gas strut hinges, the dome is supplied with a small hole (25mm) to accommodate a humidity sensor, at the opposite side is a mechanical pressure relief valve, which removes negative vacuum pressure within the dome. Product Code 804-2400
Description Humidity Dome
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £2,995.00
141
II PEL-Book Suction Table Drying Rack II Mobile Paper Drying Rack This unit is mobile and will fit through normal doorways so that it can be wheeled into drying rooms. The size is ideal for drying maps, prints, drawings and small papers. We have designed the trays so that the support material does not leave a pattern on the paper after drying. This is acheived by using Saatifil polyester material as the support media. The trolley frame has U channel tray runners for each of the 20 trays and has lockable wheels. The distance between each tray is 50mm, if more space is required, simply remove a tray. Comes ready assembled (not flat packed), the trolley is powder coated steel, and the trays are made from aluminium. Product Code 805-7001 Dimensions
Description Price 20 x Trays & Trolley £1799.00 Trolley 1020mm x 720mm x 1525mm h Tray Overall Size 1000mm x 700mm Drying Area 970mm x 670mm
please note: rack comes with 20 tray’s.
II PEL-Book Suction Device Made from stainless steel (it will fit into a fume cupboard if you are using solvents). Withstands very high vacuum pressures, especially useful when spot cleaning a small area with the rest of the platen blanked off. Working surface of 380 x 300mm with 1mm perforated holes 3mm apart. To create a fine perforation surface use Saatifil over the Platen (see page 147). To blank off sections for spot cleaning use latex sheeting (see page 93). Comes with 2.5 metres of strong vacuum hose, can be connected to your existing vacuum unit (if you have one). Alternatively we can supply vacuum systems, please specify your working requirements. Product Code Platen Size Overall Size Weight
142
P805-3007 380mm x 300mm 425mm x 300mm x 300mm 7kg
www.preservationequipment.com
£685.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Vacuum Glass Press Hot Lining Table II
A.
B.
II Support Stands A strong sound construction of high quality stands designed for vacuum presses, offering a firm sturdy support. Product Code 809-6125 809-6130 809-6135
II A. Hot Vacuum Glass Press Incorporates a well proven high technology heating system. The top panel of the Hot Glass Press is made up of two sheets of toughened glass. The inner surface of the lower sheet has an invisible conductive film embedded into it. A controlled electric current is passed through this film creating a highly efficient heating system. The transparent top panel offers a high level of operator confidence as work can be viewed throughout the bonding process. Can also be used as cold press for wet tissue and paper repairs. The clear view of the work allows final adjustments before pressure is activated assuring correct alignment of work before laminating. All models include an automatic electronic cycle controller, with manual over-ride, together with a vacuum pressure control. Product Code 809-0220 809-0260 809-0360 809-0560
working area size 635mm x 940mm (25” x 37”) 890mm x 1195mm (35” x 47”) 1095mm x 1705mm (43” x 67”) 1276mm x 2496mm (50” x 98”)
power 2300w 2500w 4200w 5575w
Price £2995.00 £3495.00 £3995.00 £6995.00
II B. Heated Hot Lining Table Unlike other vacuum presses the lining table has a heated glass platen fitted into the base of the machine, with fixed temperature options and an efficient cooling system. The smooth glass surface is easy to clean and will no doubt be a benefit for various conservation methods. You will of course require a membrane to use on the press, we offer various materials for this purpose (such as Dartek or polyester films). The price is more competitive than other heated suction tables on the market. Product Code 809-1710
size 1705mm x 1095mm (67” x 43”)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £5885.00
for Model No 809-0220 809-0260 809-0360 & 1710
Price £331.70 £363.80 £406.60
II Foam Plastic (not shown) A high grade heat resistant foam blanket. Used when heat sealing with pre-pierced film to allow air to escape and prevent bubbles (silvering) for hardbed press use. Product Code 809-0155 809-0156
size 1219 x 1651 x 13mm 1219 x 813 x 13mm
Price £26.12 £13.81
II Vacu Foam (not shown) A special thin grey foam (5mm) for use with vacuum presses, same use as foam plastic. Product Code 809-0111
size 2304 x 1650 x 5mm
Price £22.42
II Dartek® Cast Nylon Film (not shown) Extra wide soft transparent nylon film with no plasticisers, additives or surface coatings. The film can be stretched to a higher draw depth without breaking, the approximate 5% stretch makes it ideal as a covering membrane for lining of paintings on a vacuum hot table or low pressure table, becoming softer as it is heated. It does not puncture easily, adheres to itself or other plastics with a heated spatula or tacking iron. Product Code 216-88200
thickness 19 micron
size 2235mm x 61m
wt 5.5kg
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £95.86
143
II pH Meters Both meters are made in the UK under ISO/CE Certification Conditions.
BOTH METERS REQUIRE 952-1413B PH PROBE
II pH Meter The 952-3510 is a versatile unit which utilises the best of modern technology to simplify operation without sacrificing accuracy or reliability. The meter supports 1,2 or 3 point pH calibration on either manually entering pH buffer values or automatically temperature compensated buffers to DIN, JIS and NIST. With push button operation and a customised liquid crystal display, determination of pH, mV and associated temperature levels can readily be achieved with the minimum of operator training. The meter includes a 32 reading memory facility. Remote monitoring and data collection is facilitated by the provision of both analogue and digital outputs and in the event of power removal all user defined parameters are retained. • • • •
Ideal for routine laboratory applications • 3 decimal place resolution 1,2 or 3 point pH calibration • Choice of pH calibration buffer types Differential pH input • 32 reading memory • Back lit custom LCD RS232 serial interface and analogue outputs • Wall mounting option Product Code pH range (1,2 or 3 point cal) Resolution Accuracy mV range (Abs & Rel) Resolution Accuracy Input impedance Temperature ranges Resolution Accuracy ATC range Manual Temp. Comp. Calibration Auto Buffer Selection
II Calibration & Electrode Solutions These dependable solutions are supplied in 500ml plastic bottles. If you are measuring in the alkaline range, use pH 10.01. For the acid range use pH 4.01. Description pH 4.01. Buffer pH solutions rated at 25ºC pH 7.01. Buffer pH solutions rated at 25ºC pH 10.01. Buffer pH solutions rated at 25ºC Topping up solution Storage solution
144
www.preservationequipment.com
The custom back-lit liquid crystal display simultaneously shows the pH reading and the manually set temperature compensation value that is simply adjusted with the up and down arrow keys. A one or two point calibration can be selected and, for ease of operation, automatic buffer recognition can be used. In special applications this can be overridden, enabling calibration to be set at any two points across the full pH range. This pH meter offers automatic temperature compensation (ATC) via the temperature probe supplied. When connected the secondary display will show the actual temperature, which is the value used for the ATC. If disconnected, the secondary display reverts to a manually adjustable temperature compensation value. This instrument also features a mV mode for Redox (ORP) measurement and electrode condition monitoring. Simultaneous pH and temperature reading with 32 reading data storage.
952-3510 £379.00 -2.000 to 19.999pH 0.001/0.01/0.1pH ±0.003pH 0 to ±1999.9mV 0.1mV /1mV ±0.2mV >1012ohms -10 to +105ºC/14 to 221ºF 0.1ºC /1ºF ±0.5ºC/±1ºF 0 to 100ºC/32 to 212ºF 0 to 100ºC/32 to 212ºF User selectable 1,2 or 3 point PEL (2.00, 4.00, 7.0, 9.20, 10.00) DIN (3.06, 4.65, 6.79, 9.23, 12.75) NIST (1.68, 4.01, 6.87, 9.18, 12.45) JIS (1.68, 4.01, 6.87, 9.18, 12.45) Or manually entered buffers
Product Code 952-7004 952-7007 952-7010 952-7071 952-7030
II pH Meter
Price £9.25 £9.25 £9.25 £9.75 £11.75
An indication of battery life is also permanently shown on the display. An automatic switch off facility helps to conserve battery life. The Model 952-370 is housed in a robust, ergonomically designed case that is environmentally protected to IP65. This product is ideal for use in field or any portable situation. Take care of your pH probe by keeping it wet and not letting the probe dry out. Care should be taken with the glass sensor end which can be easily broken. Always keep the end cap on when not is use. This will ensure years of life in your pH probe. The special flat pH probe is especially manufactured for PEL to a high standard. It is designed for the pH measurement of paper, textiles and other flat surfaces. It can also be used for liquids. Comes with temperature probe, carry case, instructions, 2AA batteries and pH 4, 7 and 10 buffered sachets. Product Code pH Range Resolution (Accuracy) mV (Abs & Rel) range Resolution (Accuracy) Temperature Ranges Resolution (Accuracy) ATC Range Manual Temperature Compensation Resolution Auto Buffer Recognition Calibration Power Battery Life Size Weight Product Code 952-1413B
952-370 £166.00 -2.00 to 16.00pH 0.01pH (±0.02pH) ±1999mV 1mV (±1mV) -10 to +105ºC/14 to 221ºF 0.1ºC/1ºF(±0.5ºC/±1ºF) 0 to 100ºC 0 to 100ºC /32 to 212ºF 0.1ºC/1ºF 4.00, 7.00, 9.22 & 10.00 (manual override) User Selectable 1 or 2 point 2 AA Cells (included) 500 hours typical (@25ºC with alkaline cells) 175(l) x 75(w) x 35 (d) mm 250g
Description Flat surface pH probe
Price £79.95
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
PEL-Caster Leafcasting Machine II
Features are as follows… I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Large casting area for large and multiple paper infill repairs Siphonic action for optimum infill Powerful and quiet centrifugal water pump Top sprinkler box enables low velocity rapid fill Bottom fill enables safe increase in water level with document in place Combined top and bottom fill ability Separate water level adjustment facility for accurate fill levels Holding tank allows quick drain down facility for easy access Flush support grid ridge allows simple masking and sealing with no pulp leakage Internal vacuum with speed and timer control gives high quality results of leaf casting Low maintenance and easy cleaning Mobile rubber tyred casters with foot operated brake Operation Manual CE Approved
II Mastercast Leafcasting Machine This new leaf casting machine has been developed by PEL after years of experience in designing and marketing leaf casting and paper infill machines for paper conservators. It incorporates a number of new design features, which when combined with its large casting area offer the conservators much more than any other leaf casting machine. The PEL caster trials have already proved a superior quality of paper infill. The way it works is the machine consists of a casting tank and holding tank. Water is pumped into the casting tank first from the holding tank, housed below the casting area. Pulp is then mixed with the water in the casting tank containing the paper to be infilled. During the casting process, the pulp is removed from the water through the openings of the document being repaired and is held in place by a filter mesh placed below the damaged paper. Normally available from stock due to the fact they are manufactured in a quantity to enable us to offer this high specification machine at such a low price. Other suppliers have them made to order, are more expensive, and have long delivery times. Comes complete with operating manual, please note that to operate this machine requires some experience of paper infill and leaf casting knowledge is recommended.
Before
Pictures show work before paper infill repair and the finished quality. Product Code: 0906-7080 Casting Area Dimensions Water Tank Power Supply Water Pump Vacuum Water Flow Weight
£4275.00 760mm x 690mm 900mm x 760mm x 1000mm high 15 gallons (67.5 litres) 240 volt 13 amp 50 Hz 370w 1000w 40 litres per minute 90kg
Cleaning is made easy, the casting screen is removable as is the internal holding tank and pipe work can be removed for cleaning. Casting sink has integral “shoulder” to enable easy sealing of the casting screen membrane. Vacuum unit can be manually or timer controlled. Vacuum power is adjustable. Controls enable a selection of either top fill through sprinkler bar, bottom fill or both together. This feature allows simple water level adjustment prior to casting.
After
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
145
II PEL Cold Suction Table (Low Budget)
C.
B. A.
II A. Flymesh Netting Ideal for drying shelves and supporting textiles and paper in washing, makes a protective grid while vacuum cleaning delicate textiles. Product Code 805-7110
size 1220mm x 10m Roll
Price £52.90
II B. Capillary Matting 8204 This material is well known as a media for the humidification process, when wetted has the advantage of a more uniform humidification to reduce the risk of liquid penetration when used with Gore-Tex or Sympatex. Can also be used as a reusable blotter, support when spraying or drying. Is also used in leaf casting as a drying support and to take away excess water in the machine. Product Code 986-8204 986-8204-50
size 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 5m Roll 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 50m Roll
Price £20.20 £152.90
II C. Sympatex (alternative to Gore-Tex®) This material is moisture permeable. Used for humidification, allowing humidity to reach the object without wetting. Offers easy and inexpensive techniques for the humidification method in removal of residual adhesives, old linings and stains from water sensitive objects. Product Code 986-0360
size 1500mm x 10m Roll
II PEL Cold Suction Table (Low Budget)
PEL’s experience in supplying cold suction tables has enabled us to develop a system that is high quality and capable of performing to the demands of conservators who have limited budgets. Manufactured completely in stainless steel to allow (with the correct vacuum system) solvents to be used. The perforated top, which is loose, enables thorough cleaning inside the table and the vacuum airways. The support stand (also stainless steel) is designed for the vacuum system to be located underneath and is available separately. The suction table can be II Pulp Blender This tough no nonsense blender is ideal for paper pulp and is used on a workbench or the support stand. The working height with the support stand is an essential accessory for leaf casting machines. Make your 960mm. Perforations are 1.5mm holes of 2.6mm pitch 30% open area. own pulp from prepared pulp or off-cuts of paper and board. The tough glass goblet allows you to view the pulp during Cold suction tables are used for stain removal, spot cleaning, relaxing, parchment treatment, blending, most useful when colouring or using off-cuts. It has removing creases and cockling, spot leaf casting and other conservation work. Comes with 2 3 speeds; 1 for normal work and 2 for really fine pulp. metres of hose and tee piece (extra length of hose is available). For optimum drying, remove one The multi position easy fix one litre glass goblet can even be hose, this will allow cross airflow below the object instead of totally pulling through it, especially positioned for left or right hand use. Within the jug lid is useful in treating textiles and parchment. Various vacuum systems are available, such as our a special measuring device, whilst the heavy chrome base variable wet and dry vacuum, for solvents you will require a suitable system, alternatively you may and non-slip feet ensure stability in use. As for cleaning, it already have an existing system. If you require information on the vacuum systems we supply, couldn’t be simpler. The tough glass goblet and blade are please contact customer service. Caution wet and dry vacuums must not be used with solvents. dishwasher proof and both come apart for easy cleaning. Product Code Description wt Price 0107-8060 Stainless Steel Suction Table 18kg £595.00 Product Code: P805-3901 £45.00 Power Supply Power Consumption Capacity Dimensions
146
Price £156.80
230 volt 550 watt 1.5 litre 405mm H x 210mm D
www.preservationequipment.com
0107-8600 0107-8063
800 x 600 x 60mm Support Stand 780 x 580 x 900mm Humidity Dome
9kg
£187.25 £345.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Conservation Materials II II Wool Felt (not shown)
II Multisorb Blotting Paper
The best and finest quality 100% wool felt available today. This excellent wool felt surpasses all other drying media and proves to be the most reliable when high standards are required. A truly top quality paper makers felt, ideal for our MasterPulp Paper Infill Machine.
This is the best paper for pressing and drying during conservation, especially leaf casting and paper infill. It will take 2.5 times its own weight in water. With its extra strong wet strength, the sheets can be used and dried many times. Although good for Herbarium conservation, it is not recommended for permanent interleaving or mounting.
Product Code 986-2410 986-2405
size 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick
qty 10m roll 5m roll
Price £171.00 £94.00
II Sympatex (not shown) This material is moisture permeable. Used for humidification, allowing humidity to reach the object without wetting. Offers easy and inexpensive techniques for the humidification method in removal of residual adhesives, old linings and stains from water sensitive objects. Product Code 986-0360
size 1500mm x 10m Roll
Price £156.80
II Paper Pulp for Leaf Casting & Paper Infill PEL have researched together with a well known private handmade paper mill, paper pulp to use in paper infill and leaf casting. This carefully designed, archival quality range of dry pulp boards is available in four colours and is ideal for our leaf casting machines. The boards are produced from a blend of beaten hemp and cotton fibres. Using a liquidiser (see product 805-3900, our Pulp Blender) the boards are easily made into paper pulp by simply adding to water. The paper pulp boards are already buffered with magnesium carbonate to give a pH in the range 7.5 to 8.3 and contain CMC in the correct papermaking proportions. Unlike beaten pulp supplied in a wet form, which must be used quickly because it does not keep, these boards are stored without worry of deterioration and are ready to use straight from the pack. Virgin pulp or unbeaten pulp in the form of linters is not easy to prepare and frequently does not give the desired result, this pulp has already been beaten and is much simpler to use. The boards are available in four colours, soft white, soft yellow, grey and soft brown. The different colours can be mixed to allow the matching shade on paper infill without the use of dye additives. To allow you to establish which colour suits your requirements we can provide a sample pack of at least two boards of each colour, product code 682-0008. Please note 1 kg is approximately 10 boards may be 9 or 11 since the weight of a board varies. Product Code 682-0008 682-00WH 682-00YL 682-00BR 682-00GR
Description Sample Pack Soft White Soft Yellow Soft Brown Soft Grey
size 640mm x 500mm 640mm x 500mm 640mm x 500mm 640mm x 500mm 640mm x 500mm
Price £56.75 per 1kg £56.75 per 1kg £56.75 per 1kg £56.75 per 1kg £56.75 per 1kg
Paper Pulp for Leaf Casting & Paper Infill as shown below.
Browse our website at: www.preservationequipment.com
Product Code 682-3020A 682-3020
sheets 25 100
size 750mm x 680mm 750mm x 680mm
gsm 300gsm 300gsm
Price £39.85 £151.85
II PEL Blotting Paper Acid-free, wood-free slightly textured to give high bulk and absorbency. The pH is close to 7. Product Code 535-1000 535-1048
size 860mm x 610mm (33.85” x 24”) 1220mm x 860mm (48” x 33.85”)
base wt 300gsm 300gsm
qty 100 50
Price £54.95 £59.95
II Saatifil Saatifil is now available in 2 grades, 492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting and paper infill machines. 492-12050 is 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables.
492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting and paper infill machines (see PELCaster). It can also be used for backing, interleaving, as a support for parchment during repair and other conservation tasks. Makes a fine drying support, the material has a slick surface which prevents sticking, especially useful when using wet pulp. It is soft, drapable close weave material, with air permeable 120 micron mesh opening (41%) 51gsm. 492-12050 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables, allows good air flow with a smooth surface. An excellent support material for drying shelves, does not stretch or sag. Also used over fragile textiles and soft furnishings when being vacuumed to prevent loose threads leaving the fabric, yet allowing dirt and dust to be removed. When using this extra wide material on vacuum tables it provides full support to delicate works of art. Also prevents the vacuum table holes leaving impressions on the item during treatment. The material has a mesh opening of 50 micron and a weight of 180gsm. Price Per Roll Product Code 492-12041 492-12050
Description Saatifil 100% Polyester Saatifil 100% Polypropylene
size 1070mm x 5m 2370mm x 3m
Price £102.60 £215.00
II Reemay® Acid-free, random-spunbonded 100% polyester, available in three thicknesses in rolls. Reemay has proved over many years to be a strong inert material for preservation and conservation methods. Retains its physical properties when wet and is dimensionally stable during humidity changes. As with Holytex it’s used in paper infill, a drying support media, lining, interleaving, backing, it can be used over and over again withstanding being laundered. More fibrous than Holytex, which is reflected in the price, because Holytex is cullendered for longer in manufacture. Product Code 492-2250 492-2014 492-2024
size 1219mm x 25m 1498mm x 25m 1041mm x 25m
wt 17gsm 34gsm 71gsm
thickness 0.13mm 0.28mm 0.30mm
Price £10.65 Roll £35.25 Roll £28.40 Roll
Saatifil 492-12050
Saatifil 492-12041
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
147
II PEL Anoxia Disinfestation System II Anoxia Disinfestation System PEL with EXPM offer anoxia disinfestation chamber for pest control in works of art in archives, museums and libraries. The EXPM anoxia treatment system has been used to eradicate pest infestation in books, documents, artefacts and other materials since 1997. The chamber is rectangular with a volume of six cubic metres, manufactured from stainless steel, the structure is reinforced with carbon steel sections. The hinged door allows full access, there is a small ramp for wheeling in the shelved trolleys containing items for disinfestation. The anoxia chamber eliminates insects no matter what their stage of development, using an ecological, non-toxic process. The process does not employ toxic or chemically aggressive products or high temperatures. Therefore, no damage or accumulation of substances in the treated material, allowing them to be handled immediately following treatment. Display readings from within the chamber provide up-to-date information on the major parameters of the workings of the system. Temperature, relative humidity and pressure sensors are located inside the chamber, the oxygen content control system comprises a small circulating pump that feeds the oxygen analyser. The readings of these parameters are transmitted to a small central computer which receives and analyses them, controlling the working of a system of electromagnetic valves that in turn control the pneumatic valves of the control and safety systems. The objects remain in the chamber from 3 to 4 weeks to complete the treatment. During the treatment period the parameters are set to achieve insect eradication without residues or interference of the artefacts. The holding trolley kit is availing for inserting stacked items such as books, the kit contains 4 holding trolleys and makes removal simple and easy. Product Code 107-7000 Power supply External dimensions Weight Air compressor Electrical switchboard Instrumentation and control cabinet Nitrogen distribution centre for 2 x 2 bottles
ÂŁP.O.A. 380v (three-phrase) 1937 x 1470 x 1920mm (depth x width x height) 3500kg 800 x 500 x 700mm 300 x 800 x 1000mm 300 x 800 x 1000mm 300 x 1100 x 2000mm
The kit contains 4 units, each holding trolley is made from stainless steel fitted with 4 rotating rubber-tyre castors, one fixed shelf of 2mm stainless steel sheet and 4 removable perforated 2mm sheet steel measuring 1500mm x 390mm x 40mm sandblasted and finished with chemical resistant coating. ÂŁP.O.A. 1500mm long x 1600mm high x 400mm wide
II Lack of oxygen safety detection system We recommend the working chamber room is protected by a warning light and buzzer system fitted to the entrance to the room. The safety warning system has a single-channel controller with a digital display indicating low oxygen inside the chamber. Product Code 107-7005
ÂŁP.O.A.
For online buying visit our website www.preservationequipment.com
148
We can offer installation and set up of the chamber together with ancillary equipment and training for personnel that are to use the equipment. We also offer a maintenance agreement which is undertaken by specialized technical personnel. Please contact customer services for costs. Delivery and crating at cost.
II Holding Trolley Kit
Product Code 107-7004 External dimensions
For health and safety we strongly recommend lack of oxygen detection equipment.
Foam Cutter Thermocutter II I
I I
PDT 50 (15mm) PDT 150 (150mm)
PT 150 PT 151 (110mm)
PT 012/06 (35mm)
PT 08/50 (50mm)
PT 013/45 (45mm)
PT 04 (15mm)
PT 11/15 (15mm)
PT 05 (40mm)
PT 06 (10mm)
PT 011/06 (10mm)
PT 015/06 (35mm)
PT 01 (6mm)
I I
II Thermocutter with Control Station. This model is designed for constant use with fine adjustment control. The cutting hand tool is much lighter weight and does not become hot. If you continuously use the Thermocutter Product Code: 805-5000 £695.00 then this model should be the one to Power Supply 230 Volt choose. Extra safety features include low Dimensions 190W x 205H x 300mm L voltage output. Weight 11.5 kg
Double Sided
PT 3/15 (15mm) PT 3/30 (30mm) PT 3/50 (50mm)
We supply museum quality foam in black and white 2mm to 290mm thickness with lamination in 2m x 1m sheets. Please note, will get warm when in use
II 020-PZTS-20
The Thermocutter with electrically heated blade is designed for cutting Plastazote® Ethafoam® and Polystyrene. It will also cut other types of foam and plastic materials easily and effortlessly. This tool will make professional display supports, shipping cavity trays and storage protection that fits artifacts and specimens. Its slim handle with spring-loaded on-off switch allows precise cutting in areas of limited access. Operating temperature is adjustable by a small fingertip control adjusting the blade to heat instantly to the correct working temperature and speed of cut. It can cut through foam (like butter) up to 5" (130mm) thick. To change blades simply loosen two thumb screws and insert another blade. A variety of blades are available for specific tasks and shaping of foam. A variety of blades are available for specific tasks and shaping of foam. Blades are easily fitted by simply loosening two thumb screws. Deciding on which type of blade to choose depends on the shape of cut and the material being used. For example, the PDT50 allows vertical cuts and the larger plate guides the blade in a straight line. PT015/06 is good for a chopping action, or cutting small pieces of foam. The PT2 blades have a cutting edge on both sides, allowing cutting back and forth. You should choose the length of blade to suit the thickness of foam, this will prevent overheating on continuous work. The PT150 wire blade (bestselling blade) can be shaped to the contour of a particular shape.
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
PT 2/50 (50mm) PT 2/100 (100mm) PT 2/150 (150mm)
Blades (for both types of thermocutter) 020-PT01 6mm Blade 020-PT011/06 10mm Blade 020-PT012/06 35mm Blade 020-PT015/06 35mm Blade 020-PT013/45 45mm Blade 020-PT04 15mm Blade 020-PT05 40mm Blade 020-PT06 10mm Blade 020-PT08/50 50mm Blade 020-PT11/15 15mm Blade 020-PT150 Set of Arms for wire cutters 020-PT151 Wire cutters 110mm Pk of 10 020-PT2/50 Dble Sided Blade 50mm 020-PT2/100 Dble Sided Blade 100mm 020-PT2/150 Dble Sided Blade 150mm 020-PT3/15 15mm Blade 020-PT3/30 30mm Blade 020-PT3/50 50mm Blade 020-PDT50 50mm Blade 020-PDT150 150mm Blade Product Code: Power Supply Power Consumption Weight
020-PZTS-20 230 & 110 Volt 120 Watt 1 Kg
Price £6.95 £6.95 £7.70 £6.95 £10.50 £6.95 £6.95 £6.15 £10.50 £5.20 £27.50 £18.75 £5.95 £5.60 £5.75 £4.55 £4.55 £4.55 £10.50 £19.20
£149.95
www.preservationequipment.com
149
II Balances B.
A. C. D. II C. Digital Weighing Scales II A. High Accuracy Balance The precision weighing balance housed in an impact resistant ABS case with stainless steel weighing pan, draft shield, splashproof membrane keypad, levelling bubble and adjustable feet. The balance can be either mains or battery powered for portability. • Weight in g, lb, oz, ct • Impact-resistant ABS case with adjustable feet • Splash-proof membrane keypad incorporating 5 function keys • 115cm Ø stainless steel weighing pan • Protective drip tray • 26mm high contrast backlit LCD display • The tare facility over the full range can be actioned several times throughout a weighing cycle • Zero tracking ensures stable and repeatable readings • Parts counting from 10, 20, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250 or 500 sample pieces • Plus/minus weighing • Overload protection to 100% over capacity • Error indication • Auto power off after 30 minutes & low battery indication (when used with battery) • User calibration checks with OIML Class F1 200g calibration weight (required separately) • Optional AC/DC mains power adaptor (required separately) • Supplied with draft shield, battery & user guide Range Resolution Accuracy Min pcs wt Power Dimensions Weight
Product Code 807-310 807-600CAL 807-310F/1 807-7000
0 to 300g 0.01g ±0.01g 0.01g 9V PP3 battery (supplied), or AC/DC mains adaptor (required separately) 255 x 200 x 70mm (unit), 175 x 155 x 87mm (draft shield) 1.5kg Description 300g x 0.01g Precision Balance Calibration Certificate F1 200g Calibration Weight AC/DC Power Adaptor
Price £135.00 £65.00 £41.70 £12.95
Portable – handholds for easy transportation, stay-on weighing pan and shipping lock to protect the load cell, 3 Window, backlit LCD screen, Fast display update under 2 seconds, Large, dedicated tare and sample keys, Accumulation function for weights and parts count, User-programmable parts checking made with high/low settings and audible buzzer, Auto-optimisation recalculates the average parts weight constantly for enhanced counting accuracy, 120 hours battery life with low battery indicator, AC/DC adaptor and internal rechargeable battery with auto timed shut-off. Supplied with full instructions, protective cover, rechargeable battery and AC/DC power adaptor.
150
www.preservationequipment.com
807-3002 £37.55 2 Kilo 1 gram/0.1oz +/- 3g /0.2oz 210x150x40mm 309g
Product Code Power Adapters 807-7000 AC Adapter UK Type
Price £12.95
These modern, portable, large capacity scales have high accuracy, memory & parts counting functions and are supplied with a weighing bowl and calibration weight. They are ideal for general purpose weighing in laboratory environments, conservation and other applications requiring reliable precision.
These precision weighing/counting balances are Ni-Cad battery powered and are ideal for multiple applications in simple weighing or parts counting. The impact-resistant ABS case has a heavy steel base plate with adjustable feet. The weighing pan is dished and of stainless steel. A touch type membrane keypad has graphic pictograms, numeric formatted keys and three 25mm LCD displays for total weight, individual part/s weight and quantity of calculated parts.
807-4003 807-4006 807-4015 £281.85 £281.85 £281.85 3kg 6kg 15kg 0.1g 0.2g 0.5g ±0.1g ±0.2g ±0.5g 0.01g 0.02g 0.05g Internal rechargeable battery with AC adaptor 300 x 230mm 310 x 115 x 340mm 4.2kg
Product Code Price Capacity Resolution Accuracy Dimensions Weight
II D.Compact Weighing Scales
II B. Parts Counting Scales
Product Code Price Capacity Resolution Accuracy Min rec pts wt Power Pan Size Dimensions Weight
Portable electronic weighing scales, these low cost units are available in 2 or 5 kilo models. An overload protection facility is incorporated to protect the load cell from being damaged. Tare facility is featured which is effective over the full range, allowing the user to place a container on the scales, press Tare and then weigh only the contents placed in the container. A hi-frequency sonic beep is sounded when the target weight is achieved. A switch to select grammes or ounces measuring range. Requires a PP3 9 volt battery or AC/DC power adaptor.
807-4030 £281.85 30kg 0.5g ±0.5g 0.10g
Weight in g, oz, troy ounce (oz t), pennyweight (dwt), Impactresistant ABS case with stainless steel pan, non-slip rubber feet and removable lid, 23mm backlit LCD display with function indicators, Tare facility, Memory function to store and total readings, Parts counting from 5, 10, 20 or 50 sample pieces, Plus/minus weighing, Overload warning display “EEEE”, Auto power off after 40 seconds of no activity, Low battery warning, Battery powered or by 50mA AC/DC power adaptor Supplied with weighing bowl, pan cover 2 x 200g calibration weights, power adaptor and batteries. Product Code Description 807-6100 1000g Compact Scale 807-600CAL Calibration Certificate Range Resolution Accuracy Power Dimensions Weight
Price £49.50 £65.00
1000g 0.1g ±0.02g 4 x 1.5V AAA batteries or 50mA AC/DC power adaptor 180 x 140 x 40mm (130mm Ø pan) 507g
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Roll Dispensers II II Single Roll Rack Dispensers/Cutters provide years of maintenance-free operation. Dispenses light to heavy papers and films smoothly, and cuts easily, using either side of the double edged, spring-loaded smooth blade. Comes equipped with a wooden dowel, dowel holders and knife arms which lock into open position for easy roll changes. Rugged, all steel units have grey baked enamel finish. Rubber feet protect surfaces. Mounts on wall, counter top or under counter. Holds up to 227mm diameter roll. Ship assembled. Price each. Product Code 959-A52036 959-A52048
Description Single Roll Rack Single Roll Rack
Width 36” (915mm) 48” (1219mm)
wt 3.00kg 4.32kg
Price £78.75 £100.25
II Wall Rack Dispensers/Cutters are designed to be convenient space savers. Available in both three and four tiers, these units provide maximum flexibility and convenience in roll loading, dispensing and cutting. Constructed of heavy duty materials to assure a long, useful life, each unit assembles and mounts easily. Each rack occupies just 305mm of depth from wall surface to the leading edge of a 227mm diameter paper roll. They incorporate regular, spring-loaded smooth blades with locking devices for easy roll changes. Attractive baked grey enamel finish. Ship in two cartons. Assembly required. Price each. Product Code 959-T29230 959-T29236 959-T29324 959-T29327 959-T29330 959-T29336
Description 3 Tier Wall Tower 3 Tier Wall Tower 4 Tier Wall Tower 4 Tier Wall Tower 4 Tier Wall Tower 4 Tier Wall Tower
Height 39” (990mm) 39” (990mm) 51” (1295mm) 51” (1295mm) 51” (1295mm) 51” (1295mm)
Width 30” (762mm) 36” (915mm) 24” (610mm) 27” (686mm) 30” (762mm) 36” (915mm)
wt 8.32kg 9.09kg 8.86kg 9.55kg 10.91kg 12.27kg
Price £192.45 £210.85 £217.60 £229.00 £239.25 £270.75
II Tower Racks Tower Racks are sturdily constructed of tubular steel with a strong steel base. The two tier, free standing unit is for use on counter top, while the three and four tier versions are designed primarily for free standing use. Tower Racks occupy a minimum of space while providing convenience in roll loading, dispensing and cutting. Paper and film rolls (maximum of 227mm diameter) in various widths, weights, and thicknesses can be dispensed. Hub adapters (available separately) allow varying roll widths to be mounted on a single dowel. Two rolls of material can be fed through a single blade. Heavy duty casters can be added to provide complete mobility. Grey baked enamel finish. Ship in one carton. Assembly required. Price each.
For added strength and stability, replace wooden dowels with metal dowels listed below. We strongly advise you use metal dowels.
Grey Baked Enamel Finish
Product Code 959-T367R48 959-T368R36 959-T368R48 959-T369R36 959-T369R48 959-397 959-1156
Description 2 Tier Tower 3 Tier Tower 3 Tier Tower 4 Tier Tower 4 Tier Tower set of four casters pair of hub adapters
Width 48” (1219mm) 36” (915mm) 48” (1219mm) 36” (915mm) 48” (1219mm) -
wt 12.27kg 12.50kg 13.64kg 14.09kg 15.45kg 1.59kg 0.23kg
Price £225.70 £214.55 £312.90 £299.50 £412.000 £73.85 £22.95
Product Code 959-MD30 959-MD36 959-MD48
Description Metal Dowel Metal Dowel Metal Dowel
Width 30” (762mm) 36” (915mm) 48” (1219mm)
wt 545g 636g 910g
Price £10.75 £12.20 £15.50
II Roll Storage Trolley This roll storage trolley is a safe and convenient mobile storage system which holds up to 12 rolls of materials. It fits through standard doors 36” (914mm) houlds up to 363 kilos and will take cores of 2” and 3” (51mm and 76mm). Conservators will find the trolley useful for keeping conservation materials organised and handy. Product Code 959-0012
Description Roll Storage Trolley
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £205.00
www.preservationequipment.com
151
II Conservation Products II Plastic Syringes For both manual and pneumatic usage. The kit contains one 6cc and one 35cc syringe and 6 tips, which are also available in packs of 10 tips of a style/size. These dispensing syringes are ideal for small or large applications of adhesives, pastes, resins and many other materials. The barrels are translucent for visibility of material level, all the components are chemical resistant. Product Code 870-1000 Product Code 870-1001 870-1002 870-1003 870-1004 870-1005 870-1006
description complete kit inside dia. 0.160mm 0.254mm 0.137mm 0.033mm 0.041mm 0.041mm
style blunt tip blunt tip flex tip flex tip clear taper max. flow
Price £13.95 pack qty pack of 10 pack of 10 pack of 10 pack of 10 pack of 10 pack of 10
Price £16.25 £6.70 £25.65 £30.85 £13.50 £6.70
1001
1004
1003 1005 1002 1006
No Spills
No Fumes
A.
One-Touch Standard Pump
Pure Touch Pump
II Solvent Dispensers These top quality solvent dispensers are an economical and convenient means of complying with COSHH and Health & Safety regulations. The pump/seal mechanism ensures that the contents are not contaminated by the dispensed solvent dripping back into the bottle. Designed to ensure the minimum evaporation of dangerous solvent fumes. A precision valve keeps the solvent sealed from the atmosphere. Depressing the dish-dispenser delivers a measured dose for use with a swab, yet keeps the bottle contents sealed should the bottle be knocked over. Product Code 984-0612 984-0150 984-0200
120ml Bottle 180ml Bottle 240ml Bottle
Price £10.60 £10.97 £11.35
Protects against cross-contamination by preventing fluid, once pumped into the stainless steel dish, from returning into the dispenser, all-the-while, reducing fumes, odour and evaporation.
152
120ml Bottle 180ml Bottle
II A. Foam Covered Cotton Swabs Foam head moulded around a cotton bud core on a long handle, these are best used where the cotton linting causes a problem. The polyurethane foam encapsulates the cotton bud and makes a high absorbing swab. Product Code 870-7006
II Pure Touch
Product Code 984-3512 984-3514
B.
Price £11.95 £11.95
qty pack of 50
Price £17.95
II B. Cotton Swabs These swabs derive their high absorbency from the wrapped 100% cotton bud. The long wood handle makes them ideal for cleaning delicate items, absorbing and applying various solutions. Product Code 870-7005
www.preservationequipment.com
qty pack of 200
Price £7.95
II Kuramata (Dahlia Sprayer) This classic Japanese Sprayer creates a consistent fine mist from a variety of liquids. Manufactured from chrome plated solid brass, this rugged unit won’t rust or pit. Simply fill the sprayer with liquid of choice and pressurise manually with the hand pump. The simple but effective technology produces a fine, even mist without drops or spatters. Once pressurised, the unit can dispense up to 100ml of liquid with the push of a lever. You will wonder how you ever got along without the indispensable conservation tool. Price each. Product Code 996-7000 996-7100
wt 427g 800g
capacity 400cc 1000cc
Price £122.00 £174.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Weights Conservation II
II Weight Bags from PEL PEL weight bags are a much improved product designed and researched by PEL with added features: • Loose washable/replaceable calico bag covers using Velcro to secure the internal weight bag. • Internal waterproof weight bag can be used without the loose calico cover. Ideal when weighing down wet repairs. When the weight bag becomes soiled/dirty simply wash the cover or replace with a new one. The filling is galvanized steel balls that are double sealed inside polyethylene tubing and finally covered with a calico bag. They have the feel of a heavy beanbag being soft and weighty giving surface protection while holding down curling charts, maps, posters and prints. Paper Conservators are using them to hold down papers during Conservation especially when digitising and camera work. No doubt other uses will be found for the PEL weight bags.
Product Code 969-0022 969-0044 969-0088
approx size 55mm x 80mm 55mm x 140mm 55mm x 260mm
approx wt 225g (0.5lb) 450g (1lb) 900g (2lb)
Price £5.95 £6.95 £8.95
Spare outer loose calico covers with velcro fastening Product Code size 969-0020 55mm x 80mm 969-0040 55mm x 140mm 969-0080 55mm x 260mm
Price £1.95 £2.20 £2.40
II Glass Weights
II Snake Weights
II Glass Weights
Made from laminated safety 6.4mm glass. Paper Conservators find these weights useful during conservation repairs and paper infill. The edges are polished smooth protecting the user and paper under the extremely flat even surface. The weights can also be used on charts that have been rolled to hold down curled edges, allows research with full visibility. No doubt other uses will be found for these glass weights, please let us know how you use them.
Weighted fabric snake weights allow the pages of books to be held open for display and research. The snakes can be used to hold down curled charts and single sheets of paper. Can be used with our Norfolk Sofa, Book Pillows & Book Cradles. Available in 3 lengths in pairs for small, medium and large books. Easily cut down to exact size for a special display
These glass paper weights have been recommended to PEL by a leading paper conservator who uses them on wet repairs. Other advantages are that they are less expensive, clear and are of good quality. Price per pack of 4.
Product Code size Price 426-3030 300mm x 300mm x 6.4mm £11.95
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Product Code 426-5000 426-5100 426-5150
length 500mm 1000mm 1500mm
wt 200g 400g 600g
Price £5.95 per pair £8.95 per pair £11.95 per pair
Product Code Description Thickness Wt Price 426-0090 90mm dia. 20mm 254g £14.95 426-0070 70mm dia. 20mm 155g £13.25
www.preservationequipment.com
153
II Conservation Gloves
II Purple Nitrile Gloves The unique purple colour provides quick visual differentiation from natural rubber latex and other synthetic gloves. Textured fingertips increases wet and dry grip, the design enhances comfort and fit. These natural rubber latex-free gloves have a primary material acrylonitrile-butadiene reducing the potential for glove associated type 1 allergic reactions to natural rubber latex proteins. Powder-free minimizing the potential for powder related complications such as irritant contact dermatitis. Better chemical resistance than latex also stronger and suitable for persons with latex allergy. The extra small could well be used for visits by schoolchildren. Product Code 837-5200 837-5201 837-5202 837-5203 837-5204
Description X Small Small Medium Large Extra Large
Pack 100 gloves 100 gloves 100 gloves 100 gloves 100 gloves
Price £14.80 £14.80 £14.80 £14.80 £14.80
II PEL Finger Grip Gloves
II Sure Grip Inspection Gloves
These gloves are used for fine delicate manipulation as well as handling valuable works of art with confidence. It is like having a finger grip on each finger and thumb and providing protection for finger ends. Record offices find the gloves ideal for sorting papers and book pages, protecting the documents from body oils and fingerprints. The gloves are made from white nylon and the fingertips are polyurethane. Each glove is ambidextrous and available in four sizes. Price per 10 pairs.
Handle objects with the confidence provided by Sure Grip Inspection Gloves. Thousands of tiny nodules cover the palms and digits of these heavy duty cotton gloves for a firm grasp, while protecting the object from the damaging chemicals in body oils. Gloves are available in small, medium, large. Price per dozen pair.
Product Code 837-100S 837-100M 837-100L 837-100XL
Description small medium large extra large
Price £16.95 £16.95 £16.95 £16.95
Product Code 948-101S 948-101M 948-101L 948-101XL
Description small medium large extra large
wt 364g 364g 410g 455g
II A. White Cotton Gloves Much of the damage to photographs and negatives is caused during handling by the chemical reactions of the body oils in fingerprints with the image during the handling process. These pure, lightweight white washable cotton gloves will protect your photographs, negatives, microfiche, microfilm and artwork from fingerprint oils, dirt and chemicals. Available in medium and large size. Price per dozen pair. Product Code 837-717M 837-717L 837-717XL
Description Medium White Large White Extra Large White
Price £8.75 £8.75 £8.75
II B. Disposable Gloves
A.
These disposable, copolymer gloves safeguard both your hands and the materials you are handling. Gloves fit either hand, require no powder and come packed in a 100-glove dispenser. Price per 1000 gloves Product Code 837-2000
Description 10 x 100 packs
Price £7.95
II Latex Gloves (not shown) These high quality powder free latex gloves are ambidextrous and have the high sensitivity required when handling items that require feel. They are also ideal for handling wet items in conservation procedures. Price per package of 100 gloves. Product Code 837-0001 837-0002 837-0003
154
size small medium large
Price £10.95 £10.95 £10.95
www.preservationequipment.com
B.
Price £16.95 £16.95 £16.95 £16.95
Products Cleaning II A
B
II Absorene
II Sponge Eraser This foam sponge can be cut into small pieces and shapes for effective, economical use. Dampen with clean water and rub gently against the surface to be cleaned. Remember this is an eraser (not a sponge). The water is essential to the cleaning action as it helps the eraser to stick to the surface. The sponge weighs 2 grams and it is as light as a feather. Wash under a running tap (do not squeeze) and let it dry out ready for the next time. As is customary with professional conservators a discreet test is advised to ensure the sponge is suitable for the project. Price per pack of 5 sponges.
Paper and book cleaner, Absorene is a unique approach to cleaning prints, maps, books, manuscripts, paintings and tapestries. This dry cleaner works like an eraser. Simply wipe the surface in one direction. Absorbs dirt, dust or smoke film from most papers while it cleans. Easy to use instructions included. Absorene is the original dry cleaner that works like an eraser by drawing dust and dirt from surfaces Product Code 001-1500
Wt 11oz (312g)
Price £3.95
Product Code Approx. Size Weight Price 961-3000 110 x 70 x 40mm 10g £4.75
All Purpose Cleaner/Polish The finest cleaner/polish wax available, specified by museums, art galleries and conservators throughout the world. It will gently lift the grime of antiquity and murky deposits of other polishes, leaving surfaces delightful to see and touch. Renaissance Wax may be used on any solid surface including wood, metal, marble/onyx, shell, stone, ivory, plastics, leather and even paper. Its translucency allows unlimited applications and polish never stains or discolours. The hardness of the matured wax coating gives excellent protection against normal spillages, finger marks, etc. The special seamless aluminum 200ml. container insures wax will remain in perfect condition long after other polishes hardened and become useless. Price each. Product Code 638-0001 638-0025
II Smoke Sponges These dry cleaning sponges are made from vulcanised natural rubber. The sponge lifts away dust, dirt, soot and lint from any dry surface. The open cells absorb the soot into the sponge. To clean the sponges you can wash them in cold water with a little soap. Let them air dry well before reuse. Widely used for clean-up following fire damage, the cleaning applications for these versatile sponges continue to grow. They are a must for your "Disaster Plan Kit". Price each. Product Code Size 961-1000 76 x 152 x 45mm 961-1002 76 x 152 x 22mm
II A. Renaissance Wax
Wt 182g 91g
Price £2.95 £1.95
PEL Document Cleaning Powder is manufactured to a high conservation standard set by years of experience in conservation supplies. The consistent white colour and particle size is designed and specially produced for sensitive cleaning of surface dirt and dust from historical paper. The soft powder lifts and absorbs the dirt, you will notice it working by the colour change as the dirt is absorbed. Once the area is clean simply brush the residue away. Comes in a container 180mm high x 70mm diameter with fine sprinkle holes, pouring slot and removable top. Product Code 782-4000
Weight 150g
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £4.95
Price £8.95 £50.10
II B. Leather Preservative/Restorer Fredelka Formula University Products’ Leather Preserver/Restorer is a unique product which has been thoroughly tested and proven to give outstanding results on fine leather bindings. Easily applied rich cream penetrates deeply into leather to produce a scuff resistant surface with a rich patina to rejuvenate, restore and preserve. A compound of animal and other nondrying oils, it contains no flammable or volatile components. Chemically neutral with defensive buffers to guard against external pollutants. Fredelka Formula will not leave an oily or sticky finish on books. Price each. Product Code 532-0875
II PEL Document Cleaning Powder
Size 200ml 3 litre
size 225g
wt 273g
Price £19.55
II Pre-lim Surface Cleaner A gentle abrasive paste for non-scratch cleaning of metals and many sensitive fine art surfaces. Pre-lim is widely used in the professional restoration of arms, armour, sculpture, brass, copper exhibition cookware, ceramics and other conservation methods. To ensure cleaned surfaces especially metals remain clean and bright, protect them with Renaissance wax polish for a long lasting and visually enhancing finish. We recommend a discreet test is done to ensure that Pre-lim is suitable for your specific project. Product Code 638-0030
Weight 200ml
Price £7.50
II Foam Eraser Smooth touch foam eraser suitable for even the thinnest of papers. Paper Conservators are also grinding these erasers down into small particles to make draft cleaning powder. The new Foam formula provides great clean erasing power with minimal pressure. Eraser dust sticks together making clean up easy. Price pack 10 erasers Product Code 961-7000
size Price 45mm x 20mm x 5mm £6.40
www.preservationequipment.com
155
II Conservation Tools
P-2 CM
II Utility Pliers No conservators' tool box should be without utility pliers. Handle small, delicate items with ease and confidence. Lap joint construction assures consistent alignment during use. High polished tempered steel assures durability while the insulated handles provide comfort and control. The extra long needle nose pliers have flat jaws to prevent marking objects.
Cutting Mat
MC-45
Product Code 729-7511
description extra long needle nose
wt 45g
Price £5.95
II Snap-Off Blade Utility Knife This sturdy and small utility knife features the unique snap-off blade system. Their superior safety, economy, and razor-sharp cutting performance make them ideal tools for thousands of applications. With the sharp, instantly renewable edge, they will quickly become your favourite instruments for cutting papers, films, leathers, tapes, etc.
CMP-1 688-9651 RTY2/DX
Product Code 688-9071 688-9281
688-9031
description small utility knife replacement blades, 10 pack
wt 45g 45g
Price £3.40 £2.70
688-AK1
II Pointed Tweezers Needle sharp points provide accurate control for sorting, probing and holding small items. Light tension facilitates delicate work. 125mm long, nickel-plated steel. Price each.
II OLFA Products Cutting Mats have a semi-hard surface which gives protection to knife blades. The mat surface heals completely after each cut. Best quality available - beware of cheap imitations. Product Code 688-9823 688-9822 688-9821 688-9876 688-9879 Product Code 688-CMP-2 688-9052 688-CMP-1 688-COB-1 688-MC-45 688-MCB-1 688-9031 688-9052 688-9651 688-9452 688-AK1 688-KB
156
description Green A3 (450mm x 320mm x 3mm thick) Green A2 (620mm x 450mm x 3mm thick) Green A1 (900mm x 620mm x 3mm thick) No Grid. Green Extra Large (1000mm x 1500mm) No Grid. Green Extra Large (1000mm x 2000mm) description Circle Cutter cuts 70mm to 300mm diameter in plywood, mountboard, leather, corrugated boards thick or thin. Spare Blades for OLF CMP-2 (pack of 10 snap off strips). Compass Cutter for circles of 10mm to 150mm diameter in paper, films or leather. Spare Blades for OLF CMP-1 (pack of 15 blades). Mat Cutter for perfect 45º bevels on mounting board. Spare Blades for OLF MC-45 (pack of 5 blades). Heavy duty cutter with rubber grip. Spare Blades for 688-90 (pack of 10 snap off blades). Rotary cutter for cutting paper, board, cloth or leather in any direction: backward, forward, straight or curved lines. Spare Blades for 688-9651. 45mm circular. Art-Knife complete with 5 spare blades Spare blades for 688-AK1 (pack of 25 blades)
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £16.80 £31.65 £65.22 £165.50 £218.00 Price £26.95 £4.24 £6.35 £2.70 £15.60 £10.20 £6.27 £4.24 £12.95 £3.80 £4.25 £3.40
Product Code 729-7336
description pointed tweezers
wt 45g
Price £2.95
II Self Closing Tweezers Self-closing, flat tips provide sufficient tension to hold larger materials firmly for positioning. 165mm long, nickel-plated steel. Price each. Product Code 729-7338
description self closing tweezers
wt 45g
Price £3.50
II Bent Nose Tweezers Curved flat pointed tip provides better view of work in sorting, assembling and positioning small parts. 152mm long, nickel plated steel. Price each. Product Code 729-7343
description bent nose tweezers
wt 45g
Price £3.50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Products Conservation II
II Spatula Minarette II Genuine Bone Folders These real bone quality tools are extremely useful for making a strong crease in paper, Mylar or other materials and as burnisher for tapes, press-on letters, etc. A must for bookbinding and repair. Smooth bone, available in three styles. Price each. Product Code style wt Price 870-900B one end pointed 40g £2.65 the other rounded 6” x 0.75” (152 x 19mm) 870-901B large, one end 50g £4.25 pointed, the other rounded 8” x 1” (204 x 22mm) 870-902B two rounded ends 50g £4.25 8” x 1” (204 x 22mm)
Extra fine steel retouching tool used in both objects and paper conservation treatments. The minarette is small, light and flexible enough to allow conservators to move small flakes of paint, push tiny fills or adhesive into small places, consolidate pigments, manipulate fine fibres and mix very small amounts of paint for in painting. Price each. Product Code 092-2221
Price £4.50
II Bookbinder’s Awl Simple sharp tool has an extra sharp point to punch holes in signatures before sewing to assure all the holes will line up. Price each. Product Code 870-884
II Book Sewing Needles
wt 50g
Price £3.50
Package of 25 English needles of the finest grade steel. Product Code 870-886
wt 35g
Price £6.95
II PTFE/Teflon Spatula A new alternative to traditional bone folders. The non-stick PTFE makes them ideal for conservation, a tool everyone’s asking for. Used for separating paper layers, burnishing, creasing and book binding. Product Code 870-9100 870-9101
size Price large (160 x 20 x 8mm) £11.20 medium (150 x 15 x 6mm) £9.95
II Japanese Strainers
A
Beautifully made from natural materials in Japan a high quality traditional item. Available in horsehair, 240mm (9.45”) diameter. They are used to strain paste, after cooking and especially after storage and recooking. This removes any lumps and makes a very smooth paste.
B II A. Small Spatula The ideal tool for lifting or slitting paper, applying paste to small areas and numerous other tasks, Metal: one end tapered, one rounded. Flexible, springy ends. Overall length 8-1/4". Price each.
Product Code 996-7024
Horsehair
Price £79.00
II Student Tool Roll
II B. Heavy Duty Spatula Our heavy duty stainless steel spatula proves to be an indispensable tool in book repair and conservation work. You’ll find a number of uses for this 7"L tool including paste or adhesive application, corner lifting or burnishing (when applying repair tissues or tape). One end is smoothly tapered while the other is a 3/8" flat spade tip. A handy tool you won’t want to be without. Price each. Product Code A. 617-003 B. 936-0028
length 210mm 178mm
wt 45g 55g
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £3.10 £3.50
II Teflon Delaminating Tool Looks just like a bone folder with the traditional thin pointed end. It is perfect for separating papers because the surface is the non-stick PTFE/Teflon. You will never use a bone folder again once you try this one! Product Code size Price 870-9103 160 x 20 x 8mm thin point end £11.50
Students starting a conservation training course are instructed to have a basic tool kit. This tool roll has been designed for a variety of small tools. No doubt conservators will find it useful for site visits, or simply keeping tools tidy in the studio. We could not find an existing tool roll - so we have had them especially made at a price students can afford. Various size compartments, zip pocket and roll tying tape. Tools shown are not included, but you can find them in this catalogue. Product Code: Dimensions
609-7000 540mm x 235mm
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £9.95
157
II Magnifiers
A
2x magnification
B
10x magnification
II A. Rectangle Magnifier This Rectangular Magnifier is an efficiently shaped large area magnifier which effectively provides the viewing area of a 4" round magnifier; yet it is lighter and more compact. The 2" x 4" rectangular lens is made of optical glass and is shaped to conform to normal reading patterns. The handle design and balance make it easy to hold, even for extended periods of use. Price each. Product Code 610-N8850
power 2x
lens size 2” x 4” (50 x 103mm)
wt 228g
Price £22.70
II B. Illuminating Coddington Magnifier II Pocket Microscope The majority of conventional fountain pen type simplified microscopes lack optical precision and because of their dark images are not practical. Our company has continued research and development for a small size, high performance and durable microscope that could be easily carried in the pocket for use at all times. The outstanding features of this Pocket Microscope are very sharp resolving power throughout its field of view, unbelievably bright and light in weight. To focus the microscope, hold it so that the notch at the tip of the acryl cylinder of the microscope will face towards you, place the center of the object lens right above the specimen and, while tilting the cylinder forward and backward with your eye on the eye-piece lens, fix the cylinder and observe at an angle which can give the sharpest image. This pocket microscope has completely changed the concept of pocket microscopes which were previously more or less regarded as toys. It is a practical and convenient pocket microscope for the professional in paper and textiles with amazing results. Conservators find the microscope ideal for looking at fibres. The 25x and 50x unit weight is only 12 grams, the 100x weighs 16 grams, 12.4mm diameter, 127mm long. There are three models: one with 25x magnification and 3.3mm field of view, one with 50x magnification and 2mm field of view, one with 100x magnification and 0.84mm field of view. Product Code 968-2001-025 968-2001-050 968-2001-100
158
Description 25x Microscope 50x Microscope 100x Microscope
Dimension 12.4ø x 127mm 12.4ø x 127mm 12.4ø x 127mm
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £53.45 £74.85 £110.10
A problem often encountered in using a high power magnifier is lack of sufficient light on the object. The Illuminating Coddington Magnifier eliminates this. A flashlight bulb is inserted into the groove of the Coddington lens and light is sent through the lens. In effect, the optical glass lens itself illuminates the object being examined. Uses two AA penlight batteries (not included). Price each. Product Code power diopters lens size focal distance 610-N8436 10x 40D 0.8” x 19.8mm 1” (25.4mm)
wt 45g
Price £38.78
II C. Aspheric Magnifier (see page 159) The 5X power aspheric lenses used in this magnifier differ from conventional lenses of the same power. They are especially made to provide users with a widened field of view and an undistorted edge-to-edge clarity and sharpness not possible with conventional lenses. Price each. Product Code power diopters lens size focal distance 610-N9126 5x 20D 1.375” x 35mm 2” (50mm)
wt 45g
Price £16.68
wt 45g
Price £28.75
II D. Watchmaker’s Loupes (see page 159) Lenses are made of optical glass. Rests comfortably in the eye socket. Product Code 610-N8630
power 10x
diopters lens size 40D 1”
focal distance 1” (25.4mm)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
E
C
Lamps & Magnifiers II D
II E. Hastings Triplet Magnifiers
E
The Hastings Triplet Magnifiers are highly corrected magnifiers that are Bausch & Lomb’s finest. Three separate optical glass lenses, bonded together to form a compound lens, provide sharp, very distinct magnified images - even under 10 power magnification. Lens sides are coated black to block out all glare. The next step up in image quality to the Hastings Magnifier is a microscope. A swing-away nickel-plated case protects the lens and serves as a handle. Please note 610-N8784P is a chrome pocket magnifier, not shown. Product Code power diopters lens size focal distance 610-N8784 10x 40D 0.63” (15.8mm) 1” (25.4mm) 610-N8784P 10x – 0.63” (15.8mm) 1” (25.4mm)
wt 45g –
A
Price £56.99 £23.36
C B II A. 30x Hand-Held Illuminated Lightscope Features two ABS plastic tubes that are pivotally connected at the snap joint near the bottom. One tube contains the illumination system while the other houses optics. A spring loaded on/off switch activates the illuminator as the tubes are moved apart. Rack and pinion focus is adjusted by means of a thumb wheel. The magnifier provides a 4mm. field of view and requires two 1.5 volt size batteries (not included). Each magnifier has an adjustable focus and built-in light source. Overall dimensions are 50mm x 22mm x 140mm high and comes with carrying case. Price each.
II Binocular Magnifier The precision binocular magnifier that leaves both hands free. Lightweight and comfortable in use designed for conservators who require to see minute detail clearly. The high quality glass lenses are ground and polished to exacting standards. Three easily interchangeable lens plates with magnification from 2x to 3.5x are available and can be purchased separately. They can be worn over normal spectacles and tilt upwards when not in use. The binoculars come with 2x magnification lens. The 2.75 and 3.5 lens are purchased seperately. Product Code 873-7744 873-7775 873-7735
Description 2x Binoculars 2.75x Lens only 3.5x Lens only
Working Distance 10” (250mm) 6” (150mm) 4” (100mm)
wt 142g 35g 35g
Price £39.75 £23.00 £23.00
II Micro Film Viewer A convenient handy viewer for reading aperture card, microfiche and X-ray film. Magnification 8x with a 24mm field of view. Product Code Dimensions Wt 886-2026 138 x 46 x 53mm 92g
Price £71.50
A 10x loupe with light source for inspection where illumination is insufficient. Magnification 10x. Batteries not supplied (requires 2 x R14C).
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
magnification 30x
wt 0.91kg
Price £33.50
II B. 10x Loupe Two separate plastic lenses are built into this economical, yet efficient, all purpose magnifying loupe with 10X magnification.
II C. 8x Loupe Specifically designed for viewing an entire 35mm slide or negative frame, this 8X loupe has a clear base for shadowless illumination.
II D. 8x Loupe with Holder/Puncher Accessory The same high quality 8X Loupe described above is also available with a convenient holder/puncher accessory. Attach the holder/puncher to the bottom of the loupe to check 35mm film and colour slides, then use the built in puncher to mark the negatives or slides you wish with a “V” shape cut to the film’s perforation. Price each. Product Code B. 886-2032 C. 886-2018 D. 886-2018WPH
description 10x Loupe 8x Loupe Holder/Puncher
weight 18g 52g 13g
Price £10.50 £48.25 £16.75
II E. Linen Tester
II Light Loupe
Product Code Dimensions Wt 886-1966 35 x 41 x 175mm 81g
Product Code 968-6385
Price £31.50
This convenient, fold away linen tester features a strong 7X single lens for superior inspection capabilities of all types of materials. Linen Tester has a 1" base and is constructed of black aluminum. Price each. Product Code 886-1006
wt 45g
Price £19.95
www.preservationequipment.com
159
II Lamps
II “Superglide” Trolley II High Output Twin Lamp Gives a light output equivalent to that of an ordinary 150 watt bulb. This luminaire casts an even shadow-free light over a large area. The lamp can be aimed in any direction. A table clamp is supplied as standard. Product Code: power supply light colour power cable length arm length colour
609-PT25-C 220/240v. 2 x 15w 4000K 1.80m 1050mm light grey
£142.00
609-5013 Table clamp
Suitable for all our luminaires, robust construction for long, trouble free life. The heavy zinc weighted base and long reach feet provide impressive stability and has been safety tested not to over-balance when tilted up to an angle of 10 degrees. Height is 1030mm from floor to top of pole, colour: white. Product Code 609-PSGT
wt 8kg
Price £209.10
£14.95
II High Brightness Luminaire
II Desk Top Lamp Fully adjustable spring balanced arms with parallel-motion, has a unique neck-joint, which allows the lamp head to be aimed in any direction. The fitting is supplied with 11 watt energy-saving fluorescent lamp with a light output equivalent to 75 watt bulb. Available with desk top 2.75kg weight or desk clamp. Please note desk weight is a a separate item. The lamp is supplied with a desk clamp. Product Code: 609-PTW desk weight only £16.25 Product Code: 609-PT88C with desk clamp £55.85 power supply 220/240voltage 11 watts dimensions 330mm long & 350mm high power cable length 2m colour light grey
160
www.preservationequipment.com
The unit utilises the new compact colour 95 fluorescent tubes which are specially manufactured for accurate colour rendition and high brightness. This allows a small, lighter luminaire head with integral control gear. Colour corrected the new Colour 95 tubes comply with BS950 part 2 and are the best for conservation work and have negligible UV and IR, makes the luminaire ideal for paintings, textile and any conservator requiring natural light. The easyglide trolley with high frequency ballasts give zero flicker and ensures all day working comfort. Product Code: power supply power tubes colour dimensions trolley wt
609-5000 £997.00 220/240 and 110 voltage 110voltage +15% surcharge 4 x 55w up to 3250 lux at 1 metre 5300 kelvin scale luminaire: 636 x 410 x 65mm adjustable to 2.75m height 10kg
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Lamps II
II Magnifier Luminaire (above) This magnifier has a 22 watt circular tube, and is perfect when viewing conditions require good light and magnification. The magnifying head is moveable, in both horizontal and vertical planes. The spring-balanced arm with parallel motion ensures easy positioning of the magnifying head at the correct focal length. The basic 3 diopter lens provides 1.75 times true magnification, optional clip-on 4 and 8 diopter lenses are available. Accessories: Colour Correction Tubes with high colour rendering to meet the needs of conservators and restorers. Product Code: 609-101C £175.95 power supply 220/240 voltage lamp circular fluorescent 22w Clamp for bench mounting arm length 1200mm to centre of lens colour light grey
II Twin Flourescent Task Light
II Magnifier Task Light
All metal twin fluorescent daylight (6000k) tubes spreading clear even light over a large area
We have included this competitively priced task light for the customer with limited budgets. However, we are sure the quality will surprise you at the price we are able to offer this task light. This magnifier comes with a 22 watt daylight (6000k) circular fluorescent tube. Two 13cm glass lenses (3 diopter 1.75x magnification and 5 diopter 2.25x magnification ) which can easily be interchanged.
Product Code power supply clamp
609-3500 220/240 voltage bench type
£92.70
Product Code 609-1054 Circular Tube daylight 5400k rendering index 98 complies BS950 Part 2 609-1004 Clip-on Lens 4 diopter provides total 2.75 times magnification 140mm WD 609-1008 Clip-on Lens 8 diopter provides total 3.75 times magnification 90mm WD
Price £15.95
£44.95
£47.50
Product Code: 609-2510 £125.00 power supply: 220/240 voltage. Bench type clamp
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
161
II UV Lamps 609-5012 Bracket for horizontal surface £12.95
II UV 250w Blacklight Flood Lamp This high intensity UV Hand Held Lamp gives a large illuminated area which enables conservators to reveal evidence of imperfections, previous restoration and repair, to works of art such as paintings, paper, books and ceramics which are not easily visible under normal lighting. Other applications include detection of forgeries, mould and enhancement of difficult to read print on paper and parchment.
II UV Wide Angle Magnifier (for UV and/or white light) We can now offer 9 watt UV lamps to replace the standard fluorescent tubes. You can fit one side with a normal standard light tube and the other with a UV tube, giving dual purpose of white light and UV light. Alternatively fit both sides with UV for stronger UV light. Each side is independently switched for your choice of lighting. Both types of tubes are easily replaced. The magnifier is supplied with standard tubes. For UV use you will need to add the UV tubes to your purchase order. This magnifier is a heavy, long reach (2 x 400mm sections) and we suggest you purchase a screw down surface bracket 609-5012 for added safety. Product Code 609-5001 609-5010 609-5012 609-5017
Description Wide Angle Magnifier Standard 7 watt fluorescent light tubes Bracket for horizontal surface UV 9 Watt Fluorescent Tubes
Price £369.65 £3.50 £12.95 £25.95
Blackout conditions are not required due to the excellent brightness of indications against a large background. This high intensity UV blacklight reveals evidence which can be difficult to determine using medium or low intensity UV lighting. The UV flood lamp unit is compact and lightweight. Constructed in aluminium to provide robustness and durability. It is simple to operate and can be used hand held, angle poised or fix mounted. An integral cooling system is incorporated to ensure low casing temperature and optimal UV bulb operating conditions. The equipment is CE approved and is supplied complete with comprehensive operating instructions detailing safe operation in accordance with Health and Safety guidelines. Accessories are available such as carry bag, various brackets and stands. Product Code: 946-5000 £732.95 Power Supply 230v/50Hz Product Code: 946-5000-110 £837.90 Power Supply 115v/50/60Hz Power Consumption 250watt Wavelength Transmission 300-405nm range Dimensions Lamp unit with handle 179 x 217 x 236mmH Weight UV lamp unit 1.5kg Weight Packed UV lamp unit + power pack 9kg
II UV Revealing Security Marker Pen This pen is designed for marking security codes, catalogue numbers and postcodes on valuable property, providing an effective form of hidden identification. The mark will be permanent and invisible, the revealing blue ink is exposed under UV blacklight. Product Code 946-5007
162
description Blue UV Ink Pen
wt 9g
Price £1.50
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Products Ultraviolet II
C.
A.
II A. Ultraviolet Torch The 12 LED Ultraviolet Torch is a compact and attractive design and small enough to fit in your pocket. Ideal for security code identification and UV inspection of a small illumination area. Will also detect faded inks, forgeries and previous repairs to ceramics. The 12 LED UV torch is powered by 3 x AAA batteries which are included in the price.
II B. UV Lantern with Torch This small very portable UV 4 watt lamp is useful when travelling. Ideal for security code identification and UV inspection of a small illumination area. Includes foldaway stand, 1 x 4 watt, 6 inch blacklight blue tube with a white light torch. The aluminium reflector ensures maximum UV light output. Comes complete with batteries. Product Code Power Supply Power Consumption Dimensions Weight
Dimensions: length 95mm, diameter 29mm and weighs just 67 grams. On/off button at the end of the torch. Product Code 946-0160
Description UV Torch
946-5050 £9.60 4 x AA batteries 4 watt 160 x 55 x 25mm 120g + Batteries
Price £9.95
II C. UV Rechargeable Lantern This ultraviolet hand held 12 watt rechargeable lamp provides visual UV fluorescent light. The UV lamp is used for inspecting documents with faded inks and it is also used for detecting forgeries, previous repairs to ceramics and underpaintings. The bright reflector ensures optimum UV light output and is switchable from single or twin fluorescent UV lamps. The UV rechargeable lantern also has a single fixed white spotlight. It has a rechargeable 6V 2.8Ah sealed lead acid battery and an alternative battery source of 4 x D size (not included).The twin 6 watt 9 inch blacklight blue UV tubes will give 3 to 4 hours of continuous use when the battery is full charged. Product Code Description 946-5020 UV Rechargeable Lantern 260H x 80W x 120D mm 946-5024 Spare UV Tube 6 Watt
Price £28.80 £8.55
II Ultraviolet Safety Spectacles B.
PEL are now supplying a fully CE marked ultraviolet safetywear. The cover spectacles are lightweight, comfortable and unobtrusive design which is specially produced by the leading European eye safety wear manufacturer. Guaranteed to completely block ultraviolet radiation below 400mm and conforms to international requirements for ultraviolet protection. Product Code 946-0400
description UV safety spectacles
Price £3.95
163
II UV-Ultra Violet & Lux-Visible Light Monitoring It is recognised that a major cause of damage to museum works of art can be light, with the most damaging being the UV content. To enable curators and conservators to monitor these levels we offer a proven range of instruments. These meters measure proportion of UV present (µW/Lumen), the total amount of UV (µW/M2) and the amount of visible light present (Lux). The amount of UV should be as little as possible and in general should not exceed 20µW/M 2 or 75µW/Lumen. Normal museum light levels should be limited to 150-250 Lux. Once measurements have been observed action can be taken, light levels altered, if necessary UV filters fitted to display cases, windows and fluorescent tubes. (See page 165 for UV filtering products).
II Environmental Monitor (RH Temp UV & LUX). This single instrument measures humidity (RH) Temperature (ºC, ºF) Ultra Violet (UV) and Visible Light (LUX). The appropriate button is pushed depending on the measurement required and the reading taken. The metre automatically turns off 10 seconds after the last reading unless a button is held down for over 5 seconds, this allows continuous monitoring until another button is pressed. The large 8 line display enables an easy to use menu system to select the more advanced functions. Data Logging functions enable over 10,000 readings of all four parameters to be automatically taken at selectable intervals (every 10 seconds to 1 hour). The saved data can be transferred to a computer by a wireless infared link (IRDA compatible). Modern computers have infa-red interface built in, for those that do not adapters are available. Software is provided to save the logged data in a CSV format that can be accessed and displayed by many applications (e.g. Microsoft Excel). Maximum and minimum values and their time measurement are displayed for each parameter. A calibration kit is available for user calibration of the RH sensor using saturated salt solutions. Product Code 684-764 684-764C 684-7647
description environmental monitor 684-764 with data logger RH calibration kit
visible wavelength visible power UV wavelength UV power UV proportion RH range display resolution accuracy data logging intervals data logging capacity batteries Dimensions weight
Price £547.00 £667.00 £85.00
400-700nM 0.1 - 200,000 Lux 300-400nM 2 2-50,000 µW/M 0 -10,000 uW/Lumen 0 - 100% LUX: 0.1 up to 100 then 1. footcandles: 0.1 up to 100 then 1. UV: 0.1 up to 100 then 1. proportion of UV: 1 uW/Lumen. temperature: 0.1ºC or ºF. RH: 0.1% light & UV: 5% +/- 1 displayed digit. Temperature: +/- 0.5ºC (+/- 0.9ºF). RH: +/-2.5% 0-90% otherwise +/-5% 10 sec (30 hours). 1 min (7.5 days). 10 mins (75 days). 1 hour (454 days) 10,900 readings of all 4 parameters 2 x alkaline AA type 150 x 65 x 25mm (including probe) 165g
II UV Light Monitor 7640 The 7640 will measure UV present (µM/Lumen) the total amount of UV (µM/M2) and the amount of visible light present (Lux or Foot-candles) similar to the 684-764 but without humidity and temperature sensors. Product Code Visible wavelength range Visible power range UV wavelength range UV power range UV proportion range Display resolution
Accuracy Angular response light & UV Batteries Dimensions Weight
164
952-7640 400-700nM 0.1 – 200,000 Lux (0.1 – 20,000 foot-candles) 300-400nM 2-50,000 mW/M2 0-10,000 µW/Lumen Lux: 0.1 to 100 then 1 Foot-candles: 0.1 up to 100 then 1 UV: 0.1 up to 100 then 1 Proportion of UV: 1 µW/Lumen Visible: 5% ± 1 displayed digit UV: 15% ± 1 displayed digit Cosine 2 x alkaline AA type 150 x 65 x 25mm 165g with batteries
www.preservationequipment.com
£470.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
UV Meters Ultraviolet Filters II
II UV Fluorescent Light Filters
II Blue Scales (Textile Fading Cards)
Protect your displays and storage area from the fading, bleaching and deterioration caused by the ultraviolet light from fluorescent lighting. Our fluorescent bulb jackets have virtually the same light transmission in the visible light spectrum as ordinary window glass; however, they transmit practically none of the harmful ultraviolet light. Engineered to fit the standard 48-inch, fluorescent bulb, the 24-inch bulb requires only 1/2 of a unit and the 96-inch bulb will require 2 units. Easily installed over existing or new fluorescent bulbs, these jackets will last indefinitely. Price per package of 10 units. Product Code 413-T-10
wt 0.64kg
length 1200mm
Price £66.80
Test for effects of light on paintings, documents, and textiles with Blue Scales Fading Cards. Each card features pieces of wool cloth dyed with blue dyes of different degrees of fastness which are used as light fastness standards. They allow you to monitor the net exposure to light given to objects on display, and to alert conservators to adjust intensity of illumination. Price each. Product Code 986-1000
II Ultraviolet Filter Polyester Film
wt 40g
Price £14.95
Safeguard your framed artwork, protect your displays, make your own clear cover binders and sheet protectors or use for lining your display cases and windows. Can easily be applied to surfaces with double-coated polyester tape. This processed polyester film has an impregnated UV inhibitor which absorbs light transmissions up to 400 nm and therefore screens or absorbs 97% of the ultraviolet spectrum. A strong, 50 micron, clear film that will last indefinitely. Resists mildew, rot, reagents, solvents and impregnants.
Product Code 479-0010 479-0030
roll size 1219mm x 10m 1219mm x 30m
wt 1kg 3kg
Price £93.75 £245.00
II Light Meter A truly professional Lux Meter which gives instant readings of light levels in Lux or Footcandles. Data hold function enables you to lock the reading in order to make notes. Min/Max memory allows you to leave the meter and record the minimum and maximum light levels and average recall (since power on). Low battery indicator and auto power off (10 minutes non-activity). The auto power off can be disabled to facilitate period monitoring. A zero adjustment function can be applied prior to measurements being taken, particularly useful for measuring light intensity levels above an already recorded measurement. The sensor is a silicon photo diode equipped with a colour correction filter incorporating a spectrum and cosine corrected lens connected to the instrument by a 1 metre coiled cable. Manual Range Selection, the low 40 and 400 Lux ranges are most suitable for low light levels in Museum displays. Product Code: 684-1335 £119.00 Range Lux 40, 400, 4000, 40,000, 400,000 Range Footcandles 40, 400, 4000, 40,000, 400,000 Resolution 0.01Lux 0.01fc Accuracy +/- 3% of reading +/- 5 digits Power 1 x 9VPP3 Battery (200 hrs) Dimensions 200 x 68 x 30mm Weight 220g Product Code: 805-107CAL £65.00 NCAL-LX Calibration Certificate Tested at 4 points
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Supplied with battery and comprehensive instructions. Ready for use.
www.preservationequipment.com
165
II Thermohygrometers II Thermohygrometer The Thermohygrometer sensors are positioned in the void of a protective grill making the handheld instrument mobile and suitable for taking temperature and humidity measurements in various locations. A compact design for ease of use with an integrated vented sensor grill, which enables measurements to be taken within an air stream. Sensing is by a precision thermistor for temperature, and a resistive polymer sensor for humidity, giving fast and repeatable readings. • • • • • • • •
Dual reading backlit display temperature and % RH Measures ºC or ºF Data hold freezes displayed measurements Max hold Low battery indication Auto power off Supplied with carry case, batteries & complete instructions 952-CAL Cal Certificate Issued at 2 Temp points: 20ºC & 40ºC & 2 RH Points: 35% & 75%
Product Code Description 952-3210 Thermohygrometer 952-CAL Calibration Certificate Specifications Humidity Resolution Accuracy Temperature Resolution Accuracy Power Dimensions Weight
Price £55.00 ea. £70.00 ea.
5 to 100% RH 0.1% RH ±3.5% RH @ 25ºC -20º to 60ºC 0.1ºC ±2ºC 1 x 9V PP3 battery 225 x 45 x 34mm 200g
II Digital Memory Thermo-Hygrometer This low cost combined RH humidity and temperature meter with 2 separate 23 mm hi-contrast LCD displays, one for temperature and one for humidity. It is ideal for environmental monitoring of showcases, museums, galleries and store rooms. The case construction incorporates a key way for wall mounting and a flip out desk stand. A min/max memory is continually updated for both temperature and humidity values since the last memory reset. Each instrument is supplied with instructions and 1 x 1.5 volt AAA battery ready for use.
II Hygrothermograph The first piece of equipment you need in any successful environmental monitoring program is a hygrothermograph. This model records humidity levels (0 - 100% R.H., +/-3% mid-range) and temperature (-15°C to 40ºC), simultaneously with a human hair humidity sensor and bimetallic temperature sensor. Battery powered quartz drive lets you select either 7-day or 31-day rotation. Two long life felt tip pens included. New blue finish and complementing smoked acrylic plexiglass window design makes this unit as attractive as it is dependable. The lockable hinged top includes a carrying handle. Comes complete with 100 charts (7 day centigrade). Overall dimensions: 267mmH x 387mmL x 137mm. Uses one AA battery, included.
Product Code:
805-2000
Range Accuracy Power Dimensions Weight
25 to 98% RH -15ºC to +50ºC +/- 1ºC (0-40ºC) +/- 5% (25% to 95%) 1 x 1.5V AAA Battery (supplied) 110 x 70 x 20mm 143 grams
£16.00
II Display Case Thermo/Hygrometer Product Code 438-0003 438-0004 438-0004C 438-0006 438-0006C 438-0005 438-0005R
166
description Hygrothermograph 7 day fahrenheit charts (100/pkg) 7 day centigrade charts (100/pkg) 31 day fahrenheit charts (100/pkg) 31 day centigrade charts (100/pkg) Black Replacement Pens (2) Red Replacement Pens (2)
wt 3.6kg 0.91kg 0.91kg 0.91kg 0.91kg 410g 410g
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £545.00 £28.50 £28.50 £28.50 £28.50 £10.30 £10.30
A discreet method to constantly monitor relative humidity and temperature in your display case. This compact, easy to read meter has excellent relative humidity response characteristics as well as an accurate temperature gauge. The two independent methods of measuring relative humidity assure accuracy. Calibration is simple when required. Calibration kit sold separately. Overall size is 1-7/8" L x 1" H 1/2"D. Price each. Product Code 684-0001 684-0002
description thermo/hygrometer calibration kit
size 48 x 25 x 13mm -
wt 45g 45g
Price £63.00 £28.75
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Art Protection II II A. Wallprotect Wallprotect accurately records moisture content in concealed areas/materials. It is commonly used to confirm the drying out of buildings and materials saving insurance companies time after a flood/leak. Can be used on solid floors.
A.
Ideal for use with: Internal brickwork, block work, timber, plasterwork, concrete floors and cavities/dry lining. In fact any concealed where dampness could be a problem
D.
We have set wall protect at 75% RH, if after 24 hours following installation it has not reacted the wall/material is dry and redecoration can take place. It can also be combined with damp protect, both easy to read and install. The humidity state of a material can be expressed in many different ways including: I I I I
Moisture content (kg/m3) Moisture ratio (kg water/kg material) usually expressed as % Relative humidity (%) Water activity (a number between 0 and 1.0)
However they are all related and if you know the material characteristics you can always convert from one unit to another. We are commonly asked what is the actual moisture ratio? Which is quite common in the building trade. In almost all imaginable situations relative humidity is what is actually relevant. For example mould requires the relative humidity to be above a certain value (generally 75%) to grow. We have successfully verified the functionality of 75% RH wall-protect sensors for measurements in three different materials (wood, brick and porous concrete) all having a humidity content corresponding to 78% RH. According to reference literature 75% RH corresponds to approx. 17% moisture ratio for wood and approx. 7 kg/m3 for brick.
C.
Product Code 931-6088
Description Pack 6 Sensors
Price £36.75
II B. Dry Rot Sensors Early recognition of active dry rot. The sensor allows you to tell if dry rot is present at its earliest stages in timber or masonry, giving early warning that action is required to prevent further damage. They are simple to install by drilling a 7mm diameter hole to a depth of 100mm in the “at risk” timber or masonry. The sensor changes colour from blue to yellow in the presence of incipient dry rot. It works with a blue dye that is vacuum impregnated into the wooden dowel of the sensor that reacts to the chemical that dry rot produces oxalic acid at very low levels, turning the dye to yellow. During the biological decomposition of wood by destructive fungi including the dry rot fungus serpula lacrymans to which the sensor reacts giving the indication that dry rot exists. Product Code 931-5008
Price £23.75
II C. Artprotect
B.
Accurately detecting changes over 58% relative humidity. Artprotect Detectors are based on a patented method to detect humidity. The indicator strip turns blue if moisture levels exceed 58% RH for at least 6 hours. Hydroscopic materials are of organic origin with fibrous or cellular structure such as paper, parchment, papyrus, fabrics, leather, natural adhesives and pigments all of which are at great risk from changes in relative humidity.
II D. Dampprotect Detects Damp and Condensation Problems. There are many ways to get an on the spot account of the relative atmospheric humidity however there are few ways of easily measuring the RH over a period of time i.e. how long something has been exposed to humidity above a certain level. Dampprotect sensors are based on a physical chemical principle and show how long the RH has exceeded a pre-determined level. The reading on the indicator is non-reversible. This means that even if the relative humidity temporarily falls below the humidity level the maximum humidity reading remains unchanged. With the help of Dampprotect it is possible to detect humidity and moisture problems before they cause any damage. The indicators provide early warning signals enabling the problem to be tackled at source as soon as it is discovered. Product Code 931-6006 931-6050
Description Pack 8 Sensors
Description Pack 6 indicators Pack 50 indicators
Price £19.95 £145.30
High humidity over 58% encourages mould growth on any natural material that provides a nutriment and also accelerates acid deterioration. The indication is irreversible and shows accumulative exposure to changes in humidity showing the period of time that has exceeded 58% RH. Ideal for shipping on loan works of art, uncontrolled environments, storage areas, display cases etc. Simply remove the backing sheet from the paper label with the detector attached. Write the appropriate date, sign and stick (the label and the detector) to the back of a picture or in close proximity to the artefact. The adhesive is low tack and will not permanently stick to the artefact and can easily be removed. The way it works is when the detector is exposed to changes in relative humidity that exceeds 58% for longer than 6 hours, the detector turns blue. The colour will not disappear but continue changing as the relative humidity changes. Supplied in packs of 6 detectors complete with full instructions. The sensors are calibrated at 23ºC and 69% RH and have an accuracy of ± 3% RH. Product Code 931-7006 931-7050
Description Pack 6 Detectors Bulk Pack 50 Detectors
Price £19.95 £145.30
www.preservationequipment.com
167
II PEL Thermohygrometer
II Exclusive PEL Thermohygrometer/Data Logger All in one meter and data logger compatible with the Tinytag range of loggers. • • • • • • •
Measures ambient temperature (ºC or ºF) and relative humidity Designed for museums, archives and libraries Replaceable probe Spot measurements with optional logging Displays actual temp/RH while recording changing valves Logging capacity 16000 readings Logging interval 1 second to 10 days
PEL has researched together with leading conservators, curators and librarians to design and produce this thermohygrometer. The manufacturer is a worldwide respected company in the field of temperature and humidity measurement with strong research and development experience. After many years supplying various thermohygrometers to museums, libraries and archives we at PEL are proud of this latest product which is of a very high quality and standard. We would not put the PEL logo on the meter unless we were completely satisfied. The meter can be switched off to save battery life with the level displayed, data logging mode is also shown. The actual RH and Temperature are displayed, changing from one to the other every 5 seconds. Customers already using Tinytag data loggers can use the same software and cable to activate the meter’s data logging. Alternatively if you are new to Tinytag you can add the data loggers to your meter using the same software and cable. Product Code 9903-7150 9903-0009 9903-0007 9903-0010 9903-USBC 9901-9004
We are frquently offered other manufacturers Thermohygrometers. They don not come up to the high standard of the PEL Tinytag
Description Thermohygrometer Tinytag Explorer Software PC Download Cable Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB Cable USB Cable Service Calibration
Specification Temperature Range Humidity Range Accuracy Display Resolution Logger Capacity Logging Interval Power Supply Dimensions Weight
Price £195.00 £49.00 £5.00 £55.00 £25.00 £65.00
-20ºC to +50ºC 0 to 100% RH ±0.5ºC ±3% RH 0.1ºC and 0.5% RH 16000 Readings 1 second to 10 days 2 x 1.5V AA Alkaline Batteries 195mm x 65mm x 23mm 175g (including batteries)
What is dew point? At a given temperature, air can only absorb a certain amount of water vapour. The higher the temperature the more water vapour it can absorb. The water in air condenses when it is saturated (corresponding to 100% RH). The temperature at which water vapour condenses to liquid water is known as the dew point (temperature). Example: 20ºC and 50% RH >9.3ºC dewpoint (if the air is cooled to 9.3ºC liquid water will develop).
168
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Instruments II
II Whirling Hygrometer The Whirling Hygrometer offers the maximum level of accuracy due to the nature of measurement. One of the most economic methods of monitoring relative humidity that utilises the wet and dry principle, thermometers manufactured to BS2842 allows accurate readings to be taken. Housed in a robust yellow plastic frame and black folding handle, the instrument incorporates a water cistern linked to the “wet” bulb by means of a cotton sleeve. The Whirling Hygrometer is whirled rapidly for thirty seconds, after which time a reading of the two thermometers is taken, with the wet bulb thermometer normally read first. This is repeated until two consecutive readings are obtained which are comparable. The relative humidity can then be determined by correlating the readings with those on the hygrometric tables supplied with each instrument. The Whirling Hygrometer comes complete with hygrometric tables and carrying case. Product Code: 952-2520 Range -5ºC to +50ºC Accuracy +/- 0.2ºC Dimensions 230mm x 50mm Weight 200g Product Code: 952-2525 25 pack of spare wicks Product Code: 952-2521 spare thermometer mercury tube Product Code: 952-2529 spare thermometer tube red spirit
This scientific grade meter has been independently tested and shown to be superior in terms of accuracy, reproducibility and low drift, its unrivalled specification makes it a top class product. Measurement is carried out automatically in cycles of 2 seconds as is minimum and maximum stored measured values. Additional interface available for further processing of the data using a PC, for example for statistics or graphics within a databank. What is dew point? At a given temperature, air can only absorb a certain amount of water vapour. The higher the temperature the more water vapour it can absorb. The water in air condenses when it is saturated (corresponding to 100% RH). The temperature at which water vapour condenses to liquid water is known as the dew point (temperature). Example: 20ºC and 50% RH >9.3ºC dewpoint (if the air is cooled to 9.3ºC liquid water will develop). 952-MS1 6% to 98% RH -20ºC to +80ºC ⫾1% RH (20-90%), ⫾0.3ºC 9v battery or mains adapter 54mm x 43mm x 265mm 279g
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
£5.30 £8.75 £8.75
II Masons Hygrometer
II Auto Self Calibration
Product Code Range Accuracy Power supply Dimensions Weight
£49.95
£650.00
The “Masons” and the whirling hygrometers have been sold in vast numbers and are in use in virtually every country in the world. Housed in a yellow plastic case with lid and bulb protectors, the instrument has twin thermometers fitted over polished aluminium scale. A detachable water cistern fitted to the lower case links the “wet bulb” to the water cistern thus providing both the “Dry” and “Wet” bulb readings. Hygrometric tables, supplied together with a spare wick and full instructions are contained within the outer carton providing the user with all the necessities to accurately measure the relative humidity and temperature. We are pleased to be able to offer this traditional instrument at such a low price, they are a museum piece in themselves and are a proven way to measure humidity and temperature. Product Code: 952-2501 £13.50 Range -5ºC to +50ºC & 20ºF to 120ºF Dimensions 380mm x 80mm Weight 300g Product Code: 952-2503 £2.95 10 pack of spare wicks
www.preservationequipment.com
169
II Data Loggers & Accessories Tinytag, Tinyview, Tinytalk Accessories 9903-0007 PC Download Tinytag/view cable (not USB) 9903-0009 Tinytag Explorer Software 9903-USBC USB cable 9903-0010 Tinytag software & USB cable 9901-1000 Batteries lithium for Tinytag, View, Talk 9901-9000 Initial calibration, single channel 9901-9001 Service calibration, single channel 9901-9002 Initial calibration, dual channel 9901-9004 Service calibration, dual channel 9903-9550 Tinyview service kit
Price £5.00 £49.00 £25.00 £55.00 £5.00 £35.00 £45.00 £55.00 £65.00 £5.00
II Tinytag Preservation Equipment Ltd is proud to be the official distributor appointed by Gemini to supply these very successful data loggers to Museums, Archives and Libraries. We can supply from stock at a price no other data loggers can offer in terms of size (so tiny) or price (so small). The range includes (RH) Humidity, Temperature, Shock, and vibration in single an dual channel. These data loggers are the perfect solution to monitoring the enviroment in Museums, Archives and Libraries in repositories, display cases, shipping and storage. Units have been used for a number of years, proving that they are reliable and easy to use. The software is a superior quality and will run all the loggers in the range. You can program the units to log in seconds, minutes, hours or days. Delay start or trigger start. Facility to add grid lines and “fine tick marks”. Ability to overlay up to 9 graphs (great for looking at number of loggers in a single graph). User title and notes field, independent axis zoom and zoom step option. Alarm facilities (two) can be set high or low. Each data logger comes with instructions and battery fitted. Battery life expectancy is 2 years, Tinyview and Tinyshock the battery life will be less.
II Tinyview Plus Data Logger Offering a clear, easy to read display, together with all the features of our Tinytag dataloggers. Small neat, off-white colour that blends into a museum, library or archive environment. This dual channel data logger measures temperature and humidity giving a constant display of current readings, the LCD display also shows the alarm state. Logging intervals are 1 second to 10 days, giving a battery life of up to 3 years. The RH (humidity) sensor has excellent long-term performance and can be wetted without damage. The RH sensor accuracy is +/- 3% RH at 25°C, logging and display resolution is 0.5% RH with a range from 0 to 100%.
II Tinytag Plus 2 Small, powerful, easy to use and offering many advanced features, these loggers, which can offload whilst logging, are the ideal choice for most professional logging applications. Tinytag Plus 2 Loggers feature rugged IP 68 casing, are able to store more than 32k data readings, giving over 5 months data at 15minute intervals. With trigger start, 2 programmable alarms, and the ability to offload data while continuing to log all offered as standard - Tinytag Plus offers customers the professional yet quick and easy answer to their needs. Product Code 9903-1550
range 0 to 100% RH -40 to +85ºC
accuracy +/-3% RH +/-2ºC (0-50ºC)
type Price Temp & RH £150.00 (Dual Channel)
The temperature range is -25°C to + 50°C with sensor accuracy of +/- 0.2°C from 0°C to 50°C. Other features are 32k memory giving 15000 readings, the ability to offload data whilst logging, and a weight of just 85 grams. The software is, in our opinion and our customers, the best available. It’s powerful, simple to use, and is standard with all our dataloggers. Windows based, it guides users through the available features. All data can be copied to other Windows based applications allowing speedy preparation of reports. Offers a launch confirmation screen a unique ID number each time loggers are started. Allows graph overlay together with the ability to ‘step’ through the data in equal time segments along with tabulated and statistical data. Product Code 9906-1501 9903-0009 9903-0007 9903-0010
Description Dimensions Tinyview Temp/RH Dia. 60mm depth 35mm Tinytag Explorer Windows Software Tinyview PC Cable 1 metre long (not USB) Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB cable
Price £165.00 £49.00 £5.00 £55.00
II Tinytag Ultra 2 (Dual Channel) The latest data logger to the range available in two channel. TinyTag Ultra offers all the features expected from a TinyTag - at a lower cost and in a case specifically designed to meet the customer requirements, simply stand it in position or hang on the wall. The 7900 data readings mean that the data logger can offer almost 3 months logging at 15 minute intervals. With offload whilst logging, 2 alarms and min/max/actual readings as standard. Alarm active indication (red LED) and data logger active (green LED) user replaceable battery, delayed start and 2 “stop” options. Product Code 9903-1500 9903-0007 9903-0009 9903-0010
170
www.preservationequipment.com
range accuracy type -40 to +85ºC +/-0.2ºC Temp & RH 0 to 95% RH +/-3% RH (Dual Channel) PC download cable: 1 metre long (not USB) Tinytag Explorer Windows Software Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB cable
Price £99.00 £5.00 £49.00 £55.00
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Accessories & Data Loggers II II Tinyview Plus with external probe With an external dual channel probe for both temperature and relative humidity this logger is ideally suited to applications where access is limited or where the logger needs to be unobtrusive. Museum display cases that have climate control need not be opened to download the data thereby allowing the conditions inside the display case to remain undisturbed. It is also most useful where the storage environment has to remain undisturbed such as containers with the probe fitted inside and the logger on view externally. This makes convenient access to downloading data. In addition to logging up to 32000 readings, current values of temperature and humidity are shown on the LCD display. The complete assembly is manufactured from food grade materials and is splash proof. The applications for Tinyview are many and varied such as historical houses, museums, archives, repository and cavity wall monitoring. The logger has 2 user programmable alarms, delayed and trigger start options (up to 45 days). Logging interval one second to ten days, off load data while stopped or when logging, reading types actual, minimum and maximum. Software compatible with all Tinytag and Tinyview data loggers. Product Code 9903-1506 9903-0007 9903-0009 9903-0010
Range Accuracy -30 to +50ºC 0% to 100% RH +/- 3% at 25ºC PC download cable 1 metre long (not USB) Tinytag Explorer Windows Software Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB Cable
Weight 150g
Price £180.00 £5.00 £49.00 £55.00
II Dimensions Case 60mm Diameter x 84mm Long 76mm Wide x 35mm Depth
Probe 8mm Diameter x 55mm Long
Cable
II Tiny Data Logger Audible Alarm We have frequently requested to provide an audible alarm for Tinytag and Tinyview data loggers. When the RH or temperature goes over or below the preset alarms the unit is activated. Ideal when loggers are placed out of sight or located in Archives within the storage area. Especially useful for works of art that have to be protected from high or low levels of humidity. The audible alarm can also be linked into another location or connected to other systems since it will trigger millivolt (20mA) to activate other suitable alarms. comes complete with instructions, software and 1.5 metre cable to connect to the data logger. Simply activate the data logger setting the high and low alarms required then connect via the cable supplied to the audible alarm. Should the RH or temperature go over or below the preset alarms the audible alarm will be activated.
1.5m Long Product Code Description Price Use with Tinytag/Tinyview only £49.00 9903-5000
II Tinytag Shock/Vibration This logger is primarily aimed at the transportation market. Works of art being transported can now be continually monitored for impact, shock, or excessive vibration which could cause damage. So if damage does occur you know exactly the time it happened and where to find the cause. The unit measures 32 x 66 x 80mm, has two bolt down points, is water proof and easily concealed inside shipping cases. Over 16,000 readings 2 programmable alarms, trigger start, will offload data whilst logging. Rugged IP68 casing, user replaceable battery. Fully compatible with tinytag range of units, CE approved and has a 6 month battery life.
Examples of Explorer Windows Software
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Product Code 9903-0610 9903-0605 9903-0650 9903-0009 9903-0007 9903-0010
range accuracy type 0-100g +/-5% shock 0-5g +/-5% shock 0-50mm/s +/-10% vibration Tinytag Explorer windows software PC download cable (1 metre long) (not USB) Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB Cable
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £235.00 £235.00 £235.00 £49.00 £5.00 £55.00
171
II Applicators & Pens
II Iron Gall Ink Test Paper This test paper has been developed by the Conservation Research Department at the Netherlands Institute for Cultural Heritage/Instituut Collectie Nederland (ICN), in the context of their extensive research into iron gall ink corrosion. Preservation Equipment Ltd is proud to be asked to exclusively market the test paper on behalf of the ICN. This non-bleeding iron test paper has been developed as a simple and quick method to detect iron (II) ions in hydrophylic substrates. These ions are harmful to organic substrates, such as paper, because they catalyse the oxidative degradation of cellulose and other organic materials. The test paper is non-bleeding, therefore it can be applied to originals. The test paper has been extensively tested in paper conservation. In general a positive reaction of the iron (II) test is a distinct identification of the presence of an iron-gall ink. However, it has to be realised that other inks and colourants, e.g. bistre, may be iron based or contaminated with iron. Iron (II) ions are water soluble and will migrate into a dampened test paper in contact with the ink. The indicator (bathophenanthroline) forms an intensely red-coloured complex with irons (ii) ions. Instructions are provided with the test papers. Further information can be obtained by contacting: Netherlands Institute for Cultural Heritage, Conservation Research Department, Dr. Han Neevel or Ms Birgit Reissland, PO Box 76709, 1070KA Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Tel: +31 20 305 4771, Fax: +31 20 305 4700 Email: han.neevel@icn.nl or Birgit.reissland@icn.nl The ink corrosion website: www.knaw.nl/ecpa/ink Price for 100 strips Product Code 539-3000
Size 75mm x 10mm
Price £19.85
II pH Indicator Strips Non-bleeding pH indicator strips are easy to use. For surface pH on paper and textiles, use deionised water. In contrast to conventional indicator papers, the indicator dyes of the pH strips are chemically bonded to cellulose fibres. As a result, the possibility of colour bleeding, even in strongly basic solutions, is avoided. Measurement of pH values is possible even in unbuffered or very weakly buffered solutions, since the strips can be left in the solution until the final colour change is completed. Colours of the individual colour fields cannot run into each other. This allows a more precise comparison with the colour scale, the special dyes guarantee a sharp differentiation between the individual pH values. Price per box of 100 strips Product Code 539-2500 539-2501 539-2502 539-2503
pH range 0-14 4.0-7.0 2.0-9.0 5.0-10
wt 45g 45g 45g 45g
Price £13.95 £13.95 £13.95 £13.95
II Lineco’s pH Testing Pen With a simple swipe of Lineco's pH Testing Pen, you can determine whether the paper and board you are using is acidic. This easy, convenient method allows you to distinguish the difference between safe (neutral or alkaline) paper and board and acidic materials. Easy to use; simply draw a small line on the material you wish to test. The Chlorophenol red indicator solution in the pen will turn purple on any paper with a pH of 6.8 and above. A clear or yellow colour indicates the material is probably unsuitable for conservation purposes. Paper can be respectably long-lived if its pH is as low as 6.0, especially if it is well made and carefully used and stored. In order to last for centuries in today's polluted air, it must have an alkaline reserve and this usually means a pH of 7.0 or greater. Please note: unreliable results may occur on coloured or coated papers. Price each. Product Code 533-0023
172
wt 40g
Price £4.40
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Pelsorb is a moisture sensitive silica gel capable of both absorbing and desorbing moisture, making it ideal for stabilizing relative humidty within an enclosed space (Such as museum display cases or storage cabinets). Pelsorb can be used to maintain a 45 - 55 % RH (Relative Humidity) level and can operate effectively for 5 years or more. Pelsorb is available in beads and as sachets of beads which should be placed around the perimeter of the case, or in a drawer. Use 1 sachet or 500g of beads per cubic metre (multiply cubic feet by 0.02832 to get cubic metres). Pelsorb is shipped in aluminium containers that are both moisture and airtight to ensure it arrives in perfect condition for use. Pelsorb is a suitable alternative to ArtSorb. Product Code 857-7500 857-7555 857-7545 857-7501 857-7502 857-7503
pH range Pelsorb 500g sachet (50%RH) Pelsorb 500g sachets (55%RH) Pelsorb 500g sachets (45%RH) Pelsorb beads (50%RH) Pelsorb beads (55%RH) Pelsorb beads(45%RH)
Price £15.95 each £69.00 pack of 4 £69.00 pack of 4 £125.00 5kg drum £125.00 5kg drum £125.00 5kg drum
www.preservationequipment.com
II Art-Sorb® cassettes
II Art-Sorb®
Sheets
Art-Sorb is a moisture-sensitive silica material which adsorbs and desorbs moisture in order to offset changes in external relative humidity. It provides over 5 times the moisture buffering capacity of regular density silica gel, and is even more efficient at higher relative humidities. Art-Sorb is available in two versions, each preconditioned at 50% R.H. Sheet Type: A non-woven sheet of archival polyethylene/polypropylene fibres is impregnated with fine particles of Art-Sorb. It can be used to line the sides, bottom or top of a display case, or placed in a frame. Sheets can be cut to size. About 5-10 sheets should be used for each cubic metre. Cassettes: Art-Sorb beads are encased in a convenient, non-woven polyethylene/polypropylene package that is supported by a fibre cassette. One cassette is sufficient for humidity control of one cubic metre of space. Product Code 857-1919 857-1919/20 857-1134 857-1454 857-1000
type size (approx) sheets 19.7” x 19.7” x 0.07” (500mm x 500mm x 2mm) pack of 20 sheets19.7” x 19.7” x 0.07” (500mm x 500mm x 2mm) full cassette 13”L x 4.3”W x 1.625”D (330mm x 110mm x 40mm) half cassette 13”L x 4.3”W x 0.875”D (330mm x 110mm x 20mm) Art-Sorb Technical Information Brochure
wt 100g 2kg 750g 400g
Price £18.70 £318.00 £49.50 £38.00 free
II Humidity Indicator Card Humidity indicator cards provide a quick and inexpensive means of checking relative humidity levels of your storage or display area. As humidity changes, the chemically impregnated spots change from blue (dry) to lavender (normal) to pink (humid). The standard card indicates the current humidity level, measures 4-1/2" x 1-1/2". Each of these cards are accurate to ±5% relative humidity (RH) at 24ºC (75ºF). Price per package.
II Silica Gel Desiccant Packets Prevent rust, corrosion, mold and mildew in closed containers with these easy to use packets. One kg. of this water absorbent chemical will dry approximately 2 cu. meters in an air tight container. Each contains 3 grams. Price per package of 4. Product Code 886-1000
size 50 x 57mm
wt 14g
Price £1.30
Silica Gel
Product Code 931-3100
174
size 114mm x 38mm
qty 5
wt 45g
Price £5.35
II Silica Gel & Orange Indicating Silica Gel Silica Gel is a porous, granular, chemically inert amorphous silica with a high absorbent capacity. As a desiccant, standard grades of silica can absorb 40% of their own weight of water. Because no visible physical change occurs when standard silica gel becomes saturated, we also offer orange silica gel which changes to pale yellow when saturated. Use alone or add a 10% mix to standard gel. Both can be reconditioned by heating for 3 hours at 150° F. the 10 gram sachets are fabric suitable for regenerations Caution: Do not inhale. Price each. Quantity guide 5g per cubic foot, 170g per cubic metre. Product Code 404-3100 404-3500 404-3300 404-3250 404-5010 404-5100 404-5300 404-5250
Orange Indicating Silica Gel
description standard humidity card
description standard white standard white standard white standard white orange indicating orange indicating orange indicating orange indicating
size 2-5mm beads 2-5mm beads 2-5mm beads 2-5mm beads 1-3mm granular 1-3mm granular 1-3mm granular 1-3mm granular
qty/wt 10g/10 sachets 500g 3kg 25kg 10g/10 sachets 500g 3kg 25kg
Price £3.20 £6.50 £20.90 £111.90 £3.70 £7.95 £28.99 £164.00
Activated Carbon Materials We have a new range of naterials to absorb off gassing, pollutants and oduors. Send for technical literature and samples. See P182.
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Dehumidifiers II II Dehumidifier & Convector Heater The integral 800 watt convector heater improves extraction at lower room temperatures. Ideal for basements and unheated properties. Operates down to 5ºC with an intelligent defrost system, of course the heater operation means there is little chance of icing up. Dehumidifies, cleans and purifies the air with an activated carbon and easy to remove washable dust filter to give a cleaner, fresher, healthier environment. Suitable for up to 220 square metres with adjustable humidistat control, two speed turbo fan for ultra quiet operation. Removes up to 15 litres per day at 30ºC, 70% RH. Large 7 litre easily removable water tank will full warning light and auto shut off. Continuous drainage kit available. Highly manoeuvrable with large rear wheels and handle.
II Dehumidifier The dehumidifier is light and compact enough to be lifted and carried with ease. They require no installation, just position the unit where its needed, plug in, switch on and leave it to get on with the job. Because they use energy efficient heat pump technology, costing no more than a TV to run. The product should be part of disaster planning, and can extract up to 10 litres of water per day. Unlike imported models, it is designed to operate more effectively at lower temperatures and is suitable for up to 80 square metres. The humidistat control is set to the level of humidity required, automatically switches the machine on when humidity rises, and off when the selected level of dryness has been achieved. Automatically switches itself off when the water container is full - so preventing overflowing. Fitted with rear dust filter and easy to move castors and carry handle.
Product Code Power Supply Energy Use Heater Water Capacity Colour Dimensions Weight 810-0035/1 810-00325
810-0320 £197.95 220/240 370 watts 800 watts 7 litres White 345 W x 722 H x 325mm D 22kg Permanent Drainage Kit £7.40 Pack of 3 Carbon Filters £9.50
Product Code Power Supply Energy Use
810-0035 £340.70 220/240 volt 5 amp fuse 250w @ 10ºC 55% relative humidity Water Capacity 5 Litre Water Extraction Up to 10 litres per day Dimensions 345mmW x 350mmD x 550mmH Weight 26kg 3 Airflow 150m /hr Min. Working Temp. 3ºC Product Code 810-0035/1 £7.40 Permanent Drainage Kit
II Dehumidifier with Pump to drain
II Humidity Cassettes (above)
This model does not house a water collection bucket it simply pumps the collected water through the hose into a drain. Will pump out of a cellar or through a window to a height of 4.3 metres. The dehumidifier eliminates the need to empty the bucket making it ideal for unattended locations and permanent installation.
These humidity control cassettes are constructed from perforated stainless steel. Designed to hold Pelsorb and various brands of Silica gel beads. Keeps beads away from works of art and provides easy access for reconditioning.
Running costs are approximately 2.5p per hour maximum extraction is 10.2 litres per day. Nominal effective volume 100 cubic metres suitable for storage areas and cellars. The variable humidistat allows you to adjust the humidity levels. Product Code Power Supply Energy Use Dimensions Weight Airflow Min. Work. Temp
810-0030 £444.50 220/240 volt 5 amp fuse 250w @ 10ºC 55% relative humidity 304mmW x 550mmD x 300mmH 23kg 150m_/hr 3ºC
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
The high quality humidity cassettes are compact, reusable and ideal for display cases, boxes, drawers or anywhere moisture or humidity may be a problem. The small size 165 x 64 x 25mm containing Pelsorb beads would be suitable for approximately 0.25 cubic metre. The larger size 330 x 114 x 38mm approximately 1.25 cubic metres. Naturally the amount of Pelsorb or Silica gel used can be varied to suit the control levels required.
Product Code 078-1345
Description Price Lge Cass 330x114x38mm £56.20
078-6525
Smll Cass 165x64x25mm £36.65
www.preservationequipment.com
175
II Conservation Cleaning Machines
More recent photograph online. Visit www.preservationequipment.com
Product Code: Power Supply Power Consumption Volume Air Filtered Dimensions Work Area
105-9010 220/240 & 110 Voltage 500 watts 0.12m3/second 973mm w x 668mm d x 1005mm h 911mm x 611mm
£3997.00
Product Code: 105-9014 £265.00 Main HEPA Filter 99.998% = 0.3 micon size ‘B’ Normal Life 2 years Product Code: 105-9012 Replacement Filterate pre-filter size ‘B’. Pack of 6
more photographs available online at: www.preservationequipment.com
176
www.preservationequipment.com
II PEL Conservators Cleaning Machine The downflow work station is manufactured for PEL. According to research some 136 types of fungi are harmful to people and archives. Of these, 18 are thought to cause a range of irritations and diseases including disorders of the respiratory tract, the mucous membrane, even tuberculosis, and can possibly cause disorders of the liver, mycoses and abscesses. The machine gives protection from mildew-spores, fungi and irritant or toxic sub micron particulates. Made from cold rolled sturdy steel structure epoxy powder coated for corrosion resistance in RAL: 9003 white. 80mm diameter nylon castors with brakes and an impact resistant handle included. Fitted with a particulate pre-filter 92% efficient @ 5 micron and a HEPA filter 99.999% efficient @ 0.3 micron for full protection.
£65.00
Standard Model - The machine has proved invaluable when cleaning books that have been subjected to poor storage, which frequently contain mildew spores that should be disposed of safely to reduce spreading, or affecting the health of the conservator, who has the task of cleaning them before they are placed into archival storage. Air is extracted from around the work surface. These air paths provide a containment airflow that will entrain any particles present during conservation procedures. Larger debris falls into a removable dust tray which is easily removeable for regular cleaning. The machine is completely mobile and can be wheeled to the required locationto perform the cleaning. Comes complete with operating and maintenance instructions.
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
PEL Filtration Cupboard II II PEL Fume Filtration Cupboard PEL re-circulating fume cabinet complete with "OS" filtration system. This cabinet meets BS7989 the British Standard that defines the specification and operation of ductless fume cabinets. The cabinet is for use with organic solvents and is designed to operate with a face velocity of 0.5 m/s (metres per second). Manufactured from polyester coated steel, aluminium uprights are anodised for added protection offering exceptional structural strength to support the 8mm thick transparent panels which are highly corrosion resistant and easy to clean in the event of accidental spillage. Front floor flaps are hinged to enable easy access for larger items, the rear of the cabinet is a clear panel. The base tray is manufactured from high density polypropylene. No ducting is required therefore, installation is not necessary. Fully portable enables positioning in the most suitable location. Quiet operation less than 50d (B) A and low power consumption. Comes with low air flow alarm. We recommend you change the pre-filters regularly to protect the main filters, this will reduce running costs. 105-900C supplied with pre-filter and carbon filter. 105-900H supplied with pre-filter, carbon filter and HEPA filter. The Hepa filter model is for particulates, this model is also suitable for removing mildew spores. We supply a base tray with each fume cupboard for table top use, trolley is extra and should be ordered seperately.
Specification Power Supply 230 & 110 voltage Power Consumption 0.5 Amps/100 watts Face Velocity 0.5 m/s Dimensions Internal 770W x 450D x 810mmH Dimensions External 800W x 570D x 1145mmH Weight 65kg Delivery to UK mainland. installation and commissioning: £240.00. Export delivery at cost
Product Code 105-900C 105-900H 105-9008 105-9013 105-9016 105-9017
Description Carbon Filter Model + Base Tray HEPA & Carbon Model + Base Tray Replacement carbon filter for both models Replacement HEPA filter for 105-900H Replacement Pre-filters for both models Trolley Locking wheels & shelf
Price £1974.00 £2275.00 £476.00 £259.00 £33.50 £559.00
II PEL Conservation & Book Cleaning Cabinet Horizontal clean air operator protection. This laminar flow cabinet is made especially for conservation work when using cleaning substances or contaminated works of art, with excellent working access. The Conservation Cleaning Cabinet is designed to protect the work of art and operating staff by maintaining a particle free ultra clean zone. It can be used whenever a Class II cabinet is deemed unnecessary. PEL together with the manufacturer have ensured the operator is protected and provided with a well lit diffused hidden lighting (as standard) and efficient sound insulation (sound levels less than 55dB(A)) which ensures the cabinet can be used for long periods without discomfort. Gives a consistent performance, complying to ISO 14644-1:1999 Class 5. The air is delivered to the work surface at better than Class 100 quality, guaranteeing a totally sterile working environment. Constructed from mild steel sheet, finished in chemical resistant epoxy coating, the removable side panels (for long objects) are made from 8mm clear acrylic. LED airflow indicators and audible alarms for incorrect airflow condition. Variable fan speed control (factory set) fans run at low speed to give long filter and low sound levels. Comes complete with operating and maintenance instructions. Product Code Product Code Power Supply Power Consumption
105-7010 HEPA FILTRATION MODEL £3242.00 105-7010C CARBON & HEPA FILTRATION MODEL £4844.00 220/140v 50/60Hz single phase Lighting 2 x 36 watt fluorescent tubes Super silent fan 600 watt Volume Air Filtered 0.4M/S Dimensions (mm) External 1000W x 762D x 1160H Internal 960W x 600D x 665H Delivery to UK mainland. installation and commissioning: £260.00. Export delivery at cost Product Code 105-7012 105-7013 105-7014 105-7015
Description Replacement HEPA Filter Replacement Pre-Filters Cabinet Stand (850mm high with adjustable feet) PVC Base Tray
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £540.00 £39.75 £495.00 £140.00
www.preservationequipment.com
177
II Respiratory Protection II Selection Criteria
Example
The five forms of Hazard that are likely to be encountered in the workplace are: Dusts formed by the breaking down of solid materials, In general the smaller the dust particle the greater the hazard that it presents. Fibres of material should also be treated as dusts. Mists formed by processes that involve atomisation (such as spraying) and consist of tiny liquid droplets. Fumes formed by the vapourisation of a solid material by the application of extreme heat. Extremely fine particles are created as the vapour cools and condenses. Vapours - A gaseous state formed by the evaporation from substances that are normally either solid or liquid at room temperature. A fume may form as vapour condenses. Gases - An air-like substance at room temperature. Gases can travel far, very quickly.
name of contaminant form of contaminant effects concentration OES exposure time
graphite dust respiratory sensitivity 3 85mg/m 3 4mg/m 5 hours
Therefore 8 hr time weighted average divide TWA by OES result
3
(85mg/m x5)/8 = 53.125mg/m 53.125/4 = 13.28 13.28 x OES
3
In this case a 214-6321 Disposable Dust Mask or 214-0209TP P3 Filter Cartridge should be used as they provide protection up to 20 x OES TWA = The 8 hour Time Weighted Average. OES = Occupational Exposure Standard.
II Tyvek Proven Protection Against Dangerous Hazards. Test results show Tyvek stopped or filtered out 99.9% of particles 0.5-0.7 micron. The relatively slick surface is a further barrier against particle entrapment. There is just no place for particles to attach themselves. All in all, whether particles are radioactive or bacteriological, organic or inorganic, carcinogenic or just plain dust, Tyvek protects. Liquid hold-out tests give Tyvek the same high ratings being non-absorbent and essentially inert. Tyvek has high tensile/tear strength in all directions because its constituent fibres are spunbonded in all directions. It keeps this strength, wet or dry, water has virtually no effect on it.
II Tyvek Hooded Coverall Lightweight comfortable to wear hooded coverall with elasticated hood, ankles and cuffs. Ideal for disaster clean-up work to protect the wearer with maximum comfort and protection. Product Code 035-1412S 035-1412M 035-1412L
size small medium large
qty 5 5 5
Price £29.75 £29.75 £29.75
II Maximask Respirators The premium half mask, offering maximum protection and comfort. A unique, extra wide sealing surface offers unparalleled comfort and fit. This twin filter mask is made to medical grade silicone for user comfort prevents sticking to your skin. Four adjustable point cradle suspension. Comes complete with speech diaphragm. The Maximask has balanced low profile angle mounted filters for better weight distribution and minimal visual impairment. The full range of gas and particle filters are colour coded to European norms in three versions and conforms to EN141. Pre-Filter Kit P2 and P3 consists of two filter covers and 6 pre-filters are used in conjunction with a vapour/gas cartridge to protect against both vapour/gas and a particular hazard at the same time. Pre-Filter Kits must not be fitted to the type P2 and P3 (white) filters. Product Code 214-0110 214-0209A 214-0209P 214-2309
Description Twin Maximask Respirator Twin A1 Brown Filter Organic Vapour and Gases Twin P2 White Dust/Particle Filter Pre-Filter Kit P2 Pair
Price £25.50 each £6.75 pair £6.75 pair £13.50 pair
II Dust Masks (Pre-Moulded Shape)
214-6321
The masks are available in two traditional designs with or without valve. The new shape 214-6321 mask design offers a maximum surface area. This minimises breathing resistance and maximises the dust carrying capacity. The 214-6321 mask is shaped without the use of malleable nose clips. In addition, it has a 4 point suspension with integral elastic adjustment. Wide range of masks to protect against a variety of dusts, fumes and mists. Hygienic and hypoallergenic for excellent protective performance. Lightweight and comfortable to wear. Highly efficient and completely reliable. Produced from premium quality materials. Elasticated head straps for perfect personal fit. Extremely low breathing resistance for reduced wearer fatigue. Compatible with other facial protection equipment. Approved EN 149. International packaging with user instructions in seven languages. Valve to enable easier breathing when worn for long periods. Product Code 214-5211 no valve fine toxic dusts, fibres & aqueous mists APF4 x OES, FFP1-111 214-5221 valved fine toxic dusts, fibres & aqueous mists APF10 x OES, FFP2-122 214-6321 valved fine toxic dusts, fibres & liquid based aerosols APF20 x OES, FFP3-132
178
Pk 20 10 5
Price £18.95 £18.95 £20.95
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Conservation Products II C
A
II Crepe Rubber Eraser This product is the best material for picking up the adhesive left behind when removing pressure sensitive tapes (a must for paper conservators). It can also be used for easily removing excess rubber cement and other adhesives. Simply cut into shape for getting into those small areas. Price each. Product Code Description Size (mm) Price 682-2030 Crepe rubber 50 x 50 x 10 £1.95
B II A. Conservation Work Trays Quality, heavy weight, high impact polyethylene plastic trays for a variety of conservation uses. Excellent for bleaching or de-acidification by immersion. These trays are solid white, seamless, and possess a corrosion resistant surface. The handy pouring corner is useful for reuse of chemical solutions. Price each. Product Code 618-1418 618-2024 618-2428 618-2833 618-3240
approx. overall size 14.5” x 18” x 2.75” 20” x 24” x 3” deep 24” x 28” x 3” deep 28” x 33” x 4” deep 47” x 37” x 4” deep
top ext size 454mm x 372mm x 89mm 610mm x 508mm x 89mm 712mm x 610mm x 89mm 826mm x 705mm x 108mm 1200mm x 946mm x 108mm
wt 0.60kg 1.14kg 1.55kg 2.23kg 3.00kg
Price £11.50 £23.20 £37.95 £55.95 £89.70
II B. One-Wipe® Dust Cloth Product Code description 881-116 One-Wipes
wt 273g
Price £23.17
Specially treated pure-cotton flannel cloth attracts and holds dust, yet won’t leave a residue. Won’t scatter dust. May be laundered up to 20 times without losing its effectiveness. Price per package of 6 cloths.
wt 100g 148g
Price £12.25 £18.70
II C. The Dust Buff Product Code 542-3612 542-3648
size 12” long (305mm) 48” long (1219mm)
Product Code Description 961-2000 Conservators Sponge (2 Pk) 961-2002 Conservators Sponge (Each)
II Dust Bunny™ The Dust Bunny™ dusting cloth combines hi-tech Tyvek® and nylon fibres which are chemical free, lint free, soft, nonabrasive, washable and reusable! With nearly 50,000 fibres per square inch, Dust Bunny™ generates an electrostatic, “magnetic” effect which causes surface particles to adhere to the fabric as it is used. Renew your Dust Bunny™ by washing by hand or machine using mild detergent and drying at less than 140°F. It is a super absorber of oils and grease and can be used safely with solvents, yet will not absorb water. Dimensions: approx. 17" x 17". Price each/pack of 10. Product Code size 947-1000 432mm x 432mm 947-1000/10 432mm x 432mm
wt 50g 500g
See page 155 for Conservation Cleaning Products Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £3.57 £28.89
Washable tanned natural wool “Dust Buffs” collect dirt easily within their fibres. Extra long 48" model can be used without extension handle. Price each.
Dimensions 73 x 48 x 30mm
Price £2.95
96 x 74 x 30mm
£2.95
II PEL Conservators Sponge™ The closed-cell structure is hydrophilic and can be used for various conservation procedures such as: • • • • • •
Wet repairs to remove residual water, as the repair tissue does not attach to the sponge. Small disasters - takes in a large amount of water rapidly. Painting Conservators are using the sponge with solvents to clean and remove varnish. In leafcasting to remove excess water without lifting off the pulp repair. Can also be used in conjunction with draft cleaning powder. No doubt conservators will find other uses for the Conservators Sponge TM.
The sponge can be shaped to suit special needs by allowing it to dry out. It then becomes hard and can be cut to the desired shape with a sharp knife. Simply immerse in water for a few minutes, it then becomes soft and is ready to use again. During our research with conservators we supplied a small sample size, however, many commented that the sample was such a handy size we have included it in the range.
www.preservationequipment.com
179
II PEL Cloth™ II PEL Cloth™ MicroFibre Cleaning without chemicals (just use water). Until recently it has not been possible to clean surfaces without the use of chemicals. Technology has changed this, with the PEL-Cloth you can clean either with or without water. Excellent results are achieved on all surfaces, without the need for cleaning agents and chemicals, and you protect yourself and the environment.
The secret is in the fibres PEL-Cloths are manufactured from tiny ultra micro fibres. These micro fibres have such a good, natural cleaning action compared to normal fibres - breaking down, trapping and absorbing dirt particles so well, that only water is necessary as a solvent. Our cloths are made from polyester/polyamide ultra micro fibres, which contain no chemicals and give such a good cleaning effect that only water is needed as a solvent. The fibre mix gives the cloth enormous absorption. When used damp, the cloths clean all surfaces, especially glass, plastics, stainless steel, chrome, brass and wood. When used dry the cloths have a natural “positive” charge which attracts “negative” dust. If correctly maintained, in normal use, our products will last for several years and pay for themselves many times over.
II How to use your PEL-Cloth MicroFibre Cleaning System. It is important to follow these instructions. Using the PEL-Cloth… DRY The static effect when using the cloth dry gives it an extremely good accumulation ability for dust and micro particles. Drag the cloth lightly over the surface to be cleaned and the particles will stick to the cloth. Do not rub hard on plexi glass. Dirt in the cloth could stratch the surface.
947-3232 Standard
Using the PEL-Cloth… DAMP Wet thoroughly with pure water only, (no soap) completely wring out and fold, then wipe impurities from all dirty surfaces such as glass, mirrors, aluminium, stainless steel, plastics, treated and untreated woods, tiles, brass etc.
Using the PEL-Cloth… WET Wet thoroughly with pure water only, (no soap) completely wring out and fold, then use as you would a wet sponge.
Maintenance of the PEL-Cloth For the cloth to perform correctly, it is necessary to keep the cloth clean with regular washing. The cloth should be hot washed at 95ºC. It can be machine washed at least 300 times. For small quantities you may choose to boil the cloths in a saucepan for 15 minutes. Use 1/3 of the normal dose of ordinary washing powder. Always wash the cloths separately from other items to avoid adding fluff to the cloth. N.B. Do not use fabric softener or bleach. The fabric softener removes the static effect for dry use and bleach breaks down the micro fibres. Either tumble dry or hang dry. If too much washing powder is used, the fibres become blocked and the performance of the cloth is reduced. Wash the cloth a few times without any washing powder to remove excess soap.
Product Code 947-3232/5 947-3232/50 947-5040/5 947-5040/50
947-5040 Glass
description standard standard glass glass
dimensions 320mm x 320mm 320mm x 320mm 400mm x 400mm 400mm x 400mm
Price £10.95 pack 5 £89.00 pack 50 £10.95 pack 5 £89.00 pack 50
II Battery Eraser This is one of our best selling products. Battery operated electric eraser which weighs only 68 grams (including the batteries). It’s an indispensable tool for anyone involved in book repair and paper conservation. The soft non-abrasive vinyl eraser cleans pencil marks without damage to your papers. Unit includes 2 “AAA” batteries, 10 white vinyl erasers (for pencil marks), 10 blue solvent erasers (for drafting ink) and 2 spare eraser chucks. Product Code 642-2000 642-500 642-SE10
180
description battery eraser pack of 70 white eraser refills pack of 70 blue (ink) refills
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £56.11 £7.73 £11.18
II Rub Gum Eraser This unique formula eraser doubles as a nonabrasive eraser and a drycleaner. Using gentle pressure, a fine deep-cleaning powder is produced which will absorb and remove dirt, graphite, etc., from both mat board and drawing paper. Extra large size - 2" x 1" x 7/8". Price per dozen. Product Code 479-211
size 51 x 25 x 22mm
wt 409gms
Price £7.90
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Wishab® II II Akapad® PEL is the UK appointed distributor for Akachemie Products. This dry cleaning system has proven its reliability for over 20 years by conservators who use Wishab for a number of specific cleaning problems. Akapad is available as a dry sponge in powder-form and as a spray powder. The usage depends on the type and sensitivity of the artwork being cleaned. Akapad Sponge is used to carry out convenient and safe dry cleaning of surfaces on paper, walls, ceilings, pictures, frescos, mural paintings, wallpaper, tapestries, textiles and other surfaces. The sponge consists of a blue handle with the yellow cleaning layer moulded into it, this layer restores itself constantly due to the crumb formation process. The soft sponge is used for sensitive surfaces, the hard sponge for less sensitive base surfaces and the extra hard sponge for non-sensitive surfaces such as stone. The surfaces to be cleaned must be absolutely dry. Akapad Powder has been specially developed for dry cleaning of paper documents, it can also be used on other items. Simply spread the powder over the surface of the object to be cleaned. Rub the powder over the surface by hand using cotton wool or wearing our cotton gloves. For tougher applications the powder can be used with soft felt disks on rotating tools. Caution must prevail with any cleaning method and we advise this is done by a professional conservator. Akapad soft powder is used for sensitive surfaces such as paper and textiles, the hard powder for less sensitive surfaces such as sturdy heavy papers, wood etc. The surfaces to be cleaned must be absolutely dry and not powdery. Akapad Spray Powder is a special development for dry cleaning using the spraying method. The spray powder method is used to penetrate in depressions and hollow spaces where access is difficult, such as masonry (Sandstone), sculptures or objects that have extremely rough surfaces. When using the spray method, the correct adjustment of the air pressure is very important, however the air pressure is easy to determine by conducting trials. Recovery of the sprayed-on material is possible since the powder can be used several times (10 times or more). Akapad spray powder is coarse, (particle size approximately 0.5-1.5mm) the sprayer piping and nozzle must have large diameters. Nozzle size 5-10mm diameter with air volume of 1000 litres/minute, working pressure of 5-10 bar with a distance of about 0.5-1 metre.
II Akapad® White Sponge
Product Code 782-4101 782-4101/30 782-4121 782-4121/30 782-4141 782-4141/30 782-4151 782-4151/30 782-4301 782-4301/8 782-4261
description soft sponge soft sponge hard sponge hard sponge extra hard sponge extra hard sponge white sponge white sponge soft powder soft powder Extra fine spray powder
qty each 30 each 30 each 30 each 30 500g 4kg 5kg
Price £3.85 £104.50 £4.65 £127.00 £5.50 £149.80 £5.95 £162.65 £12.15 £88.30 £103.40
The Akapad White Sponge has been designed for the cleaning of sensitive surfaces. the composition of the Akapad White Sponge has been especially formulated to provide excellent results regarding ageing properties of the cleaned surfaces, of works of art on paper. Product Code 782-4151 782-4151/30
Description white sponge white sponge
Quantity each 30
Price £5.95 £162.65
Product Code: 782-5120 £1080.75 Container content 0.7 litres L x W x H (mm) 240 x 200 x 340 Working pressure Maximum 6 bar Air consumption 110 l/min with 1.8mm nozzle Weight 5.8kg (without pedal) Precautionary measures Protection glasses/mask Product Code: 782-4261 £103.40 Powder 5kg Akablast Extra fine
II Akatec Micro Blaster Akatec Micro Blaster is a pressure blasting machine with low air consumption for precise spraying. There is no need for any other source of energy but pressurized air. Akatec Micro Blaster can either be connected to the pressurized air system of a spraying cabinet or can be connected to any other pressurized air pipe. It has to be ensured that only clean and dry air is filled into the Micro Blaster. The small dimension and the low weight enables the easy transport and versatile use of the Micro Blaster. The spraying pressure of Akatec Micro Blaster is steered
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
by an adjustable pressure regulator. Included is a pressure release valve cuts off the air stream immediately after switching off the Micro Blaster. Unwanted spraying is avoided. The Akablast extra fine powder (product code 782-4261) is the most suitable for the Micro Blaster. You will require air pressure to operate the system. Should you not already have compressed air available we recommend a compressor with a minimum 110 litres per minute. We will be pleased to quote should you have difficulty in obtaining a compressor.
181
II Conservation Supplies II Carbon Cloth Developed in conjunction with conservators and Preservation Equipment Ltd, UK, this unique breathable activated carbon cloth offers the best practical protection for artefacts and artworks against damaging atmospheric pollution. As well as offering protection for single material items such as coins, PEL's activated carbon cloth also offers protection for all artefacts and artworks - effectively neutralising acids, bases, volatile organics, decomposition products, odours etc. Activated Carbon Cloth is composed of 100% activated carbon presented in a textile form and as such, can be cut, sewn and bonded to other materials to allow its integration within display and storage systems. Activated Carbon Cloth will absorb vapours, including odours and certain inorganic molecules in the atmosphere. These pollutants are attributed to a combined problem of air pollution in the environment and emissions of contaminants from both display and storage materials and the objects themselves.
II Kleenmaster® Brillianize® Cleaner & Polisher
Activated Carbon Cloth is most commonly used in preventive conservation to retard the corrosion of metals by absorbing contaminants such as acetic acids. It can also be used to remove odours from deteriorating organic objects and to retard the deterioration of books, paper, drawings and sketches. In addition to the absorption of potentially harmful contaminants, Activated Carbon Cloth will also absorb water vapour and therfore can reduce humidity in a similar way to other desiccants such as silica gel. At the same time, overall performance will not be affected by high humidity. The cloth is manufactured in a 1525mm (approximately 60 inches) wide roll and can be readily cut to fit into storage and display systems. Create bags for storage of one or more items, or line backboards of paintings, drawers and textiles. Also an ideal drawer, box or shipping crate liner. Activated Carbon Cloth is cut to each customer's specific length requirement. Pricing is per linear metre. Product Code 492-7000 492-7000/10
Dimensions 1500mm x 1m 1500mm x 10m
Kleenmaster® Brillianize® is an anti-static cleaner which does not attract dust and reduces scratching of plexiglas exhibit cases and display cases. Cleans and shines all types of plastics, glass, and any other hard, shiny, non-absorbent surface. Also helps resist finger marking. Non-toxic. Avoid freezing. Price per 8 oz. bottle. Product Code 962-0008
wt 318g
Price £8.20
Price £54.00 per metre £447.00 per roll
II Qwicksilver®
II Pacific Silvercloth® Saves Work and Keeps Your Silver Bright Pacific Silvercloth® tarnish-preventing material keeps your silver and silver plated articles clean, bright and shiningwithout polishing! Thousands of silver particles embedded in the rich brown, velvety cloth absorb tarnish producing atmospheric gases before they reach the silver. Pacific
182
Silvercloth® also protects against dust and scratches. Cloth is 38” wide and comes with instructions on how to make custom bags, pouches, rolls and how to line drawers and cabinets. Note: Laundering reduces effectiveness. Product Code Description Price 929-0003 3 yd roll (965mm x 2.7m) £71.00 929-0015 15 yd roll (965mm x 13.5m) £297.70
The internationally patented Quicksilver® method is the most advanced system available for cleaning sterling and silver plate. A 305mm x 305mm perforated electrolytic alloy metal grid creates a very controlled, low intensity magnetic field which is just strong enough to draw off the soft sulphur ions of tarnish without removing or harming the harder metal ions of the items being cleaned. Large quantities of tarnished items will emerge sparkling and tarnish free in seconds. The activator solution is completely non-toxic and environmentally safe. The Qwicksilver® method requires no polishing, buffing, pads, sponges, harmful chemicals, or caustic dips. Use one cup of activator for every 8 gallons of water. Product Code description 958-10001 cleaning plate 958-10002 activator solution (approx: 19 cups) 958-10008 activator solution (approx: 1 cup)
wt Price 1.36kg £180.80 11.36kg £107.30 0.59kg
£5.90
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Costume Figures Conservation II
217-0019
217-0017 & 217-0018
217-0016
217-0015
II Conservation Costume Figures These figures are designed to be versatile with adjustable heights, arm lengths and flexible elbows.they are easy to dress and undress. Sizes are small, narrow across the shoulders and are designed with padding to fit most costumes within a particular size range. Male torsos are available with "standard shoulders". Shoes on figures with legs require a hole drilled into the left heel so that the base plate spiggot can fit through to support the figure. Figures should be ordered at least 2" (50mm) smaller than costume sizes to allow them to fit. They can always be padded out as required with polyester wadding. The figures are conservation quality and have been approved and used by a number of major institutions.
Conversion Formulae To Convert Inches to Centimetres Centimetres to Inches Feet to Metres Metres to Feet 12” (inches) = 1’ (feet)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Multiply by 2.540 0.03937 0.3048 3.281
Product Code 217-0015
Description Male Figure with legs
217-0016
Male Figure on stand
217-0017
Female Figure with legs
217-0018
Female Figure with legs
217-0019
Female Figure on stand
Size Height 168cm to 180cm. Chest 83cm Waist 62cm. Hips 81cm Height 165cm to 185cm. Chest 83cm Waist 74cm. Hips 86cm Height 147cm to 163cm Chest 74cm to 79cm Height 163cm to 183cm. Chest 74cm to 79cm Waist 56cm. Hips 91cm Height 147cm to 173cm. Chest 74cm to 79cm Waist 45cm. Hips 84cm
Price £1,325.00
www.preservationequipment.com
183
£1,120.00 £1,325.00 £1,325.00 £1,120.00
II Display Cases II General Specification II Model 1
These attractive high specification display cases are designed to meet modern conservation standards with UV filtering laminated glass, inert materials and a high level of dust sealing. A silica gel facility can also be incorporated into the cases to provide a humidity buffer for sensitive objects. A robust aluminium construction, laminated glass to BS 6206A and Abloy™ high security locks ensure a well protected environment for artifacts on display. Cases can also be supplied with other glass specifications such as anti-bandit glass to BS 5544, Optiwhite glass and non reflective glass - prices are available upon request. All cases have a hard wearing powdercoated finish in either grey (BS 00 A 05), black (EN 204 E) or cream (RAL 1013) as standard, other colours are available upon request. Delivery is not included but for budget purposes an allowance of 12.5% of the costs should be made - please call for specific quotation. Please remember to specify colour when ordering.
II Model 1 - Display Case with Integral Light Hood (Full Height) Full height display case with integral light hood. This case has 10.8mm laminated glass and an aluminium egg crate diffuser with a sealed UV filtering layer. The case can be fitted with fully adjustable shelving and can be fitted with a range of lighting options including fibre optics. A silica gel facility can be incorporated within the lower case framework. Dimensions of exterior: 2000mm high x 750mm wide x 750mm depth. Model 1 - Display Case with Integral Light Hood (Full Height) Product Code Description Price 599-1000 Display Case £4784.00 599-1002 Glass Shelf & Supports £360.00 599-1003 Fluorescent Lighting £295.30 599-1004 Low Voltage Lighting £313.50 599-1005 Fibre Optic Lighting £1918.50 599-1006 Silica Gel & Pelsorb Facility £331.70
II Model 2 - Display Case with Integral Light Hood & Cupboard Storage Display case with integral light hood and cupboard storage. This case has 10.8mm laminated glass and an aluminium egg crate diffuser with sealed UV filtering layer. The case can be fitted with fully adjustable shelving and can be fitted with a range of lighting options including fibre optics. The lower storage area is lockable and can incorporate a silica gel facility Dimensions of exterior: 2000mm high x 1000mm wide x 500mm depth. Model 2 - Display Case, Integral Light Hood & Cupboard Storage Product Code Description Price 599-2000 Display Case £5511.60 599-2002 Glass Shelf & Supports £357.00 599-2003 Fluorescent Lighting £330.65 599-2004 Low Voltage Lighting £313.50 599-2005 Fibre Optic Lighting £1918.50 599-2006 Silica Gel & Pelsorb Facility £331.70
II Model 2
184
www.preservationequipment.com
See Page 170 & 171 for Data Loggers and Accessories
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Display Cases II II Model 3 - Display Case with Glass Top (Full Height) Full height display case with glass top. This case has 10.8mm laminated glass and a slimline top channel. The case can be filled with fully adjustable shelving and are normally lit externally. A silica gel facility can be incorporated within the lower case framework. Dimensions of exterior: 1800mm high x 750mm wide x 750mm depth. Model 3 - Display Case with Glass Top (Full Height) Product Code Description 599-3000 Display Case 599-3002 Glass Shelf & Supports 599-3006 Pelsorb Facility
Price £3710.00 £367.00 £331.70
II Model 4 - All Glass Table Top Display Case All glass table top display case with 8.8mm laminated glass and high quality UV bonded joints. These cases can be supplied with steel support legs or slab and plinth supports. These cases are generally lit externally but can also incorporate swan neck fibre optic lights. A silica gel facility can be incorporated within the lower case framework. Dimensions of exterior: 900mm high x 1200mm wide x 600mm depth. Display area: 1200mm wide x 600mm depth x 300mm high. Model 4 - All Glass Table Top Display Case Product Code Description 599-4000 Display Case 599-4005 Fibre Optic Lighting 599-4006 Pelsorb Facility
Price £3196.00 £2035.00 £331.70
II Model 3
II Model 5 - Wall Mounted Display Case Wall mounted display case for thin items such as medals, textiles, documents and other small size artifacts. This case has 8.8mm laminated glass to BS 6206A and can be easily fixed to most types of walls or display panels. Dimensions of exterior: 1250mm high x 750mm wide x 82mm depth. Model 5 - Wall Mounted Display Case Product Code Description 599-5000 Display Case
Price £1563.00
II Model 4
II Model 5 Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
185
II Display & Accessories
B. A.
II Flat Open Book Stand This stand will let a book rest on its spine while holding the left and right sides up slightly. Price Each Product Code 077-SG52
Size (H x W x D) 3.5” x 20” x 12” (89 x 508 x 304mm)
Wt 318g
Price £47.54
II A. Clear Book Display Very sturdy, flexible easels. For display of books, documents, etc. Lucite is 1/8"thick and has been sanded and polished to a crystal clear finish. Price each. Product Code 488-2531 488-2532 488-2533
Size (W x H x D) 3” x 2.75” x 4.5” (76 x 70 x 114mm) 3.5” x 3.75” x 5.25” (89 x 95 x 133mm) 5” x 5.5” x 7.25” (127 x 140 x 184mm)
Wt 90g 90g 182g
Price £6.95 £9.95 £11.25
II B. PlexiGlas® Display Cube Beautifully handcrafted 3mm thick PlexiGlas® cubes to display special items. Price each. Product Code 488-1451 488-1454
Size 6” square (152mm) 12” square (305mm)
Wt 727g 227g
Price £25.60 £72.02
II Book Display Pillows The idea for this simple, yet safe and effective method of providing full support for rare books on display came to us from the Department of Special Collections at the University of Florida. Each pillow contains inert polyfoam crystals encased in a heat-sealed tyvek cover for durability. Simply mould the pillow to the desired shape and rest the book in place. May be used again and again. Originally designed for rare books, but great for nearly any delicate item you wish to display. Price each.
II Clear Polyester Strips Clear 50 micron polyester plastic strips will keep books being held for binding in order, while at the same time allowing them to be shelved. This clear, non-adhesive strip can also be used to hold rare books open for exhibition while allowing patrons to read the type beneath. Simply cut the strips to the desired length, wrap around the pages of the open or damaged book and attach using tape or Velcro® fasteners as shown. Price per roll. Product Code Size 415-0010 1” x 500ft (25mm x 152m) 415-0150 1.5” x 500ft (38mm x 152m) 415-0200 2” x 500ft (51mm x 152m) Velcro® Brand Velcoins Product Code size description 483-0016 0.62” (16mm) circles 16 pairs 483-0020 0.78” (20mm) squares 24 pairs
186
Wt 364g 555g 670g
Price £6.50 £9.50 £12.50
wt 45g 45g
Price £1.28 £1.93
www.preservationequipment.com
Product Code 327-0012 327-0018 327-0024
Size 12” square (305mm square) 18” square (457mm square) 24” square (610mm square)
Weight 364g 410g 700g
Price £8.95 £11.95 £12.95
II Soft Polypropylene Book Strips We have frequently been requested to supply an alternative to polyester strips which are stiff with sharp edges. These polypropylene strips are the answer because they are soft, much more drapeable and less likely to damage the open pages. the 50 micron strips are clear, inert and can be used for long term display. Simply cut the strips to the desired length, wrap around the pages and secure using Velcro® fasteners or archival tape. Price per roll. Product Code 415-25100
Size 25mm x 250m (1” x 273.5yds)
Price £6.50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Book Supports & Displays II A. C. A. D.
B.
B.
II D. Snake Weights Weighted fabric snake weights allow the pages of books to be held open for display and research. The snakes can be used to hold down curled charts and single sheets of paper. Can be used with our Norfolk Sofa, Book Pillows & Book Cradles. Available in 3 lengths in pairs for small, medium and large books. Easily cut down to exact size for a special display
C.
Product Code 426-5000 426-5100 426-5150
length 500mm 1000mm 1500mm
wt 200g 400g 600g
Price £5.95 per pair £8.95 per pair £11.95 per pair
II A. Cover Display Cradle These cradles were specially designed with a gentle slope and front lip to protect your rare and valuable books from damage while displaying the cover. Made of 5mm crystal clear acrylic. Wt.182g. Price each. Product Code 898-3472
size 0.75” x 7” x 4” x 2” (19 x 178 x 102 x 51mm)
Price £17.80
II B. Book Exhibition Cradles Improper display of books can cause irreparable damage. By their very nature, the objects exhibited are often the ones which can least afford the exposure. These clear book cradles were developed with the assistance of a conservator to provide displays which do not put unnecessary stress on the bindings of displayed books. Beautifully constructed of seamless bent 5mm acrylic. We offer four cradles, with two spine lengths and two widths, which will accommodate books of different sizes and stiffnesses. For larger books, you may want to use two cradles of the same dimension. Once the book is on the cradle, use our clear Polyester Strips (see opposite page) to hold pages open.Weight 182g. Price each. Product Code 898-153 898-154 898-173 898-174
size (H x W x D) 1” x 3” x 5” (25 x 76 x 127mm) 1” x 4” x 5” (25 x 102 x 127mm) 1” x 3” x 7” (25 x 76 x 178mm) 1” x 4” x 7” (25 x 102 x 178mm)
angle 140º 150º 140º 150º
Price £18.25 £18.25 £18.25 £18.25
II C. Book Support Wedges One of the best arrangements for book display is to use a set of wedges of varying sizes and angles. This allows you to select the appropriate ones to fit the lay of the book. The wedges have a one piece bent construction of 5mm acrylic. The independent wedge design allows you to move each wedge to achieve different angles of support. For tall books, you may use two sets of wedges of the same dimensions. Smaller wedges may also be used to prop up individual photographs on display. Wedges may be assorted for quantity pricing. Wt. 91g Price per pair. Product Code 898-244 898-144 898-1244 898-1525 898-1225
size (H x W x D) 2” x 4” x 4” 1” x 4” x 4” 0.5” x 4” x 4” 0.5” x 2” x 2.5” 1” x 2” x 2.5”
(51 x 102 x 102mm) (25 x 102 x 102mm) (13 x 102 x 102mm) (13 x 51 x 64mm) (25 x 51 x 64mm)
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
angle 30º 14º 7º 7º 10º
Price £24.00 £24.00 £24.00 £24.00 £24.00
II Norfolk Book Sofa This book support system is a registered design of the Norfolk Record Office and is marketed exclusively by PEL. The design allows books of a large variety of sizes and thicknesses to be supported correctly during handling by researchers. The shape adjusts gradually as reading progresses to cradle volumes exactly where needed, but without allowing them to open too far, thus limiting strain on the spines. The removable outer cover is made from a 100% cotton fabric, which is approved as a display material by major museums. It is also machine washable, which ensures that the support can be kept clean and presentable. The neutral grey colour should not conflict with existing search room decor and resists showing dust and book deposits. The unbleached calico inner contains lightweight, flame retardant polystyrene beads. The Norfolk Book Sofa is a durable user friendly design; with no loose foam wedges and no complex folding sections… simplicity itself! Available in two sizes; Standard for volumes of up to approx. 28 x 40cm (closed dimensions), and Large for bound newspapers and bigger volumes. Product Code 327-2000 327-1000
Description Norfolk Book Sofa Standard Size Norfolk Book Sofa Large Size
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £43.75 each £55.75 each
187
II Shipping & Packing Shipping & Packing We are frequently asked to supply various materials for shipping works of art. We have now included many products for use in transporting museum collections. Although this page features products used for packing and protecting you will find other products within this catalogue. Data Loggers Shock/Vibration, Temperature and Humidity. Tyvek, Cotton and Finger Grip Gloves, Silica Gel, Art-Sorb, Humidity Meters, Zip Lock Bags, Bubble Wrap, Tyvek Tags and Labels, Be Still My Art, Insect Traps, PEL-Softwrap, Acid-Free Tissue, Polyester Pockets and Wallets, Roll Storage Tubes, Cotton Tying Tape, Acid-Free Folders and Envelopes, Map and Banner Bags, Packing Tapes, Fragile Tapes, Lift Off Tape, Plastazote and other foams. Thermocutter Hot Cutting Knife, Cotton Twine, Corrugated Boards, Paper and Corroplast, PEL-Seal Archival Microclimate, Low Melt Glue Gun, Tote Baskets, Polyester Batting, Polyfelt, Ethafoam Crystals, Balances and Scales, Acid-Free Boxes, PermBag.
II PEL-Protection Tape (non-archival) This low tack clear tape lifts off without leaving adhesive residue behind. Ideal for shipping glass and protecting picture frames in transit. Attaches to most surfaces including paper and can be removed easily leaving no sticky adhesive behind.
II Corner Protectors II Handheld Tape Dispenser Designed for use with most self adhesive tapes (not suitable for gummed tapes). The dispenser has a special built in brake, which adjust easily for various tapes unwinding speeds. Particularly suitable for use with packing tapes with widths of 50mm wound on 75mm diameter cores. Product Code 425-0709
Price £6.95
We use these corners for shipping various packs of board and paper flat packs to protect the vulnerable corners. Shipping damage is significantly reduced. Our customers have requested we offer them in our catalogue. Expanding corner protectors are a simple method to protect corners and eliminate damage to picture frames, table tops, books, mounting boards and most flat packs. Available in two sizes from 14mm to 70mm thickness. Price per pack. Product Code Expanding Size 425-0013 14mm-40mm
Quantity Price 48 £4.35
425-0014
48
40mm-70mm
Product Code 425-0700
size 50mm x 66m
Price £3.40 each
A.
£9.95
C.
B.
II Clear or Buff Polypropylene Packing Tape (non-archival) This general use tape is pressure sensitive and is used for packing cases and parcels. Should not come in contact with valuable works of art and is difficult to remove. Pack of 6 rolls.
II Cotton Twine
II Bubble Film Rolls
This acid-free unbleached cotton twine is suitable for tying our Tyvek tags and doesn’t fray or unravel. It is soft and drapable and can also be used on other labels, bundling, attaching identification tags and other applications.
The air-filled shock absorber with high performance properties, soft cushioning for tough protection. The bubble Film is flexible, strong, tear and moisture resistant. Manufactured from virgin low density polyethylene used to protect artifacts during transit and interim storage. Artifacts should be placed away from the bubble side.
Product Code thickness length approx. Breaking Strain
188
460-1002 2mm 240m 18kg
£4.95
Product Code bubble size Price 425-1482/1 10mm sml 500mm x 100m £14.95 425-1482/3 30mm lge 1500mm x 50m £35.95
www.preservationequipment.com
Product Code A. 425-0200 Buff B. 425-0210 Clear
size 50mm x 66m 50mm x 66m
Price £3.95 6 rolls £3.95 6 rolls
II Fragile Warning Tape (non-archival) Made from polypropylene the tape is pressure sensitive and helps to protect cases and parcels from transit hazards. Printed red on white. Product Code C. 425-0643
size 50mm x 66m
Price £1.69 each
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Preparation Disaster II II Smoke Sponges
II Disaster Planning
For Clean-up In Fire Restoration.Made of vulcanized natural rubber, our dry cleaning sponges will effectively remove soot and smoke damage from wallpaper, painted metal and wood surfaces, fabrics, and a variety of additional surfaces. Widely used for clean-up following fire damage, the cleaning applications for these versatile sponges continue to grow. 3"W x 6"L x 1.75"H. Price each.
When natural or man-made disasters happen they can wipe out libraries and archives that have taken generations to build. Having a “Disaster Plan” with a suitable kit of materials on hand can make all the difference in your ability to come to the immediate aid to best deal with the disaster. To effectively cope with such disasters collections should be surveyed, inventoried, staff should have adequate equipment and supplies on hand to handle the collection during an emergency, and the know-how to use it. We have included a number of products for your “Disaster Plan Kit” no doubt other items will be added to our suggestions. All the items listed are featured in this catalogue.
Product Code 961-1000 961-1002
size 76 x 152 x 45mm 76 x 152 x 22mm
wt 182g 91g
Price £2.95 £1.95
II Barricade Tape This barricade tape allows protection for staff and visitors by highlighting danger areas. Thick polyethylene tape, durable and lightweight. Wrap round poles, fittings or staple to wood stakes to block off areas of disaster quickly. Supplied on easy-to-use spools, the tape can be used time and time again. Available over printed with DANGER, or plain red and white tape.
II Tyvek Proven Protection Against Dangerous Hazards. Test results show Tyvek stopped or filtered out 99.9% of particles 0.5-0.7 micron. The relatively slick surface is a further barrier against particle entrapment. There is just no place for particles to attach themselves. All in all, whether particles are radioactive or bacteriological, organic or inorganic, carcinogenic or just plain dust, Tyvek protects. Liquid hold-out tests give Tyvek the same high ratings being non-absorbent and essentially inert. Tyvek has high tensile/tear strength in all directions because its constituent fibres are spun-bonded in all directions. It keeps this strength, wet or dry, water has virtually no effect on it.
Product Code: 961-1076 Danger Red/White Tape Width: 3” x 1640ft (76mm x 500m)
£29.95
Product Code: 961-1070 Plain Red/White Tape Width: 2.75” x 1640ft (70mm x 500m)
£11.80
II Minibooms Sorbents
II Tyvek Hooded Coverall & Apron
Ideal for immediate containment of non-aggressive spills and water. Light-weight and versatile, they are simple to use and dispose of, with high liquid holding capacity. They will hold back low levels of water creeping across a floor while other action can be taken. Price per pack of 12
Lightweight comfortable to wear hooded coverall with elasticated hood, ankles and cuffs. Ideal for disaster cleanup work to protect the wearer with maximum comfort and protection. Apron, loop at neck, tie sides. Product Code 035-1412S 035-1412M 035-1412L 035-1215
size small medium large Apron one size
qty 5 5 5 10
Price £29.95 £29.95 £29.95 £23.95
Product Code: dimensions absorbency
II Multi-Format Sorbents With a high fluid holding capacity the versatile design is four sorbents all rolled into one. They can be used closed as a boom, unfold once it is a pillow, or open it right out to use as a pad or roll to absorb fluids swiftly and efficiently. Ideal for the Disaster Kit with its own dispenser and simple graphic instructions. Product Code: 035-2002 £35.95 dimensions 120mm wide x 14m & 50mm thick absorbency 110 litres
II Plastic Sheeting Clear strong polythene centre-fold sheeting for protection in storage against dust, moisture, is ideal for draping over library shelves protecting from leaks and water in a disaster situation. Thickness: 76 micron. Price per roll. Product Code dimensions 425-0312 2m folding to 4m x 50m Weight: 14kg
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £49.95
Wet and Dry Vacuums, Dehumidifiers, Fire Cabinets, Tyvek Rolls, Wool felts, Capillary Matting, Tyvek Label, Dust Bunnys, Cotton Gloves, Drying Rack/Trays, Insect Traps, Cleaning Sponges, Respirators, Silica Gel, Art-Sorb, Humidity Meters, Steam Cleaners, Erasers, Water Alert, Blotting Paper, Zip lock Plastic Bags, Newsprint Paper, Books: Disaster Planning, Disposable Gloves, PEL-Cloth.
II Tyvek Rolls A proven protective cover for soft furnishings, textiles, tapestries, artifacts, etc, providing a necessary barrier to dust & mildew spores. It cannot support the growth of fungi or bacteria. Product Code 212-1422 212-1422100 212-1422300
size 1524mm x 25m roll 1524mm x 100m roll 3000mm x 50m roll
Price £49.50 £183.40 £206.40
035-2000 £52.50 750mm wide x 1.2m long 3.75 litres (45 litres per pack)
II Tyvek Tags & Labels Identity tags for artifacts and specimens, very strong, tearproof, waterproof, can be used outside since the wet will not affect them. Tyvek is acid-free, lightweight, resistant to harsh chemicals and can be easily over printed (contact our sales office for over printiing). Tag has eyelet reinforced hole, supplied without ties. We suggest our acidfree cord (463-1003) is used for ties, so you can cut to necessary length. Special sizes available, contact our customer service department. Used in museums, archives for labelling works of art. Product Code size Price 613-7550 75mm x 50mm £37.95 per 1000 613-7510 150mm x 100mm £55.00 per 500
www.preservationequipment.com
189
II Disaster Preparedness
D. A.
B. C.
II PEL-WaterCushion When a water disaster strikes the PEL-Water Absorbing Cushion will be of real assistance in removing water and other liquids. The absorbing capacity is 10-12 litres in 60 seconds and amazing 20 litres in 5 minutes. The dimensions are 780mm x 640mm x 5mm, and the cushion is easily handled and put into place quickly. It requires little storage space, is lightweight environmentally friendly and are easily disposed of. Although it only weighs 400 grams, the cushion can absorb liquids of up to several times its own weight. The tear-resistant outer cover contains a super absorbent material, which absorbs 20 litres, ie. 50 times it’s own weight of 400 grams. It absorbs flood water, fire fighting water, weak acids, alkalis, diluted solvents and mud-sand-water mixtures. Thanks to its high degree of heat resistance, the PEL-Water Cushion can be used close to any fire. Application possibilities because the cushion instantly absorbs water falling from above while protecting the surface below it from moisture. If placed on furniture, carpets for example, the bottom of the cushion remains dry and protects objects underneath the cushion, especially useful in museums and stately homes.
II B. Respirators With HEPA Filter. The soft, lightweight face piece makes this respirator extremely comfortable and the easy to adjust head straps add to worker comfort. The initial cost of this respirator is just a little more than a disposable respirator, but the savings grow through reuse of the face piece. The HEPA filter system removes even the smallest particles from the air you breathe, including mould and fungi. Filters sold separately. Price each. Product Code 035-6200 035-6300 035-2040
description medium mask large mask hepa filters (2 ea.)
wt 50g 50g 50g
Price £18.60 £18.60 £10.30
This product is a must for any “Disaster Plan Kit”. Product Code Description qty Price 035-2003 WaterCushion each £19.80 780 x 640 x 5mm 035-2003/10 WaterCushion Pk of 10 £179.95 780 x 640 x 5mm
II A. 3M Powersorb™ Universal Sorbents. Protect books, artwork and artifacts from accidental spillage of solvents, chemicals, beverages, and other hazardous or aggressive spills. Powersorb Universal Sorbents work quickly to minimize exposure of valuable materials. Each Sorbent is chemically inert, absorbs acids, acid based chemicals and most hazardous liquids. No conservation lab should be without them. Available in either 280mm x 330mm pads or 750mm x 1.2m mini-booms. Price per package. Product Code description wt Price 035-P110 50 pads in dispenser 1.6kg £43.50 035-2000 12 mini-booms 6.8kg £52.50
Buy on-line at www.preservationequipment.com 190
II C. Tyvek® Coverall Suit Protect your clothing from dirt and dust, solvent and other chemical spills, various art media, and anything else that can cause staining problems with disposable Tyvek® Coveralls. Each suit is highly tear resistant, repels water, features a zipper front, and can be used over and over again (depending upon the application). Generally, medium fits average build under 1.8m large fits over 1.8m in height or larger frames. Price pack of 5. Product Code 035-1412S 035-1412M 035-1412L
description small medium large
qty 5 5 5
Price £29.95 £29.95 £29.95
II Disposable Aprons White Polythene disposable aprons, 100 to a dispenser pack. They are used extensively in food processing and other related industries. The aprons are fluid and bacteria resistant. Ideal for studio use for washing and wet repairs. It is a good idea to put a pack in your disaster kit. Price per 100 aprons 27" x 42" (686 x 1067mm) Product Code 611-P450
www.preservationequipment.com
quantity 100 pack dispenser
Price £5.95
II Emergency Response & Salvage Wheel Much of our cultural heritage is held in collections like yours but when a natural disaster or other emergency strikes many irreplaceable items can be lost. Water damage is the most common threat to collections. The wheel will help you to safeguard artefacts and records damaged by water whether from flooding, fire, earthquakes or severe storms. Available in English or Spanish languages the wheel has essential information to help you cope quickly and effectively when disaster strikes. Side One Action Steps outlines critical stages of disaster response such as stabilizing the environment and assessing damage. Side Two Salvage Steps provides practical tips for nine types of collections, books, documents, photographs, electronic records, paintings and more.
The wheel is produced by Heritage Preservation in the USA. Product Code 476-2020
description English Language
Price £9.50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Preparedness Disaster II
A.
B. II A. Water Alarm Works like a smoke detector guarding against water leakage. Simply place the water sensor in areas where water may potentially be a danger. The 1.8 metre length cable allows the alarm to be positioned away from the water sensor ready to sound. Ideal for remote areas such as cellars, packed storage areas, hard to reach positions, unstaffed locations and potential trouble spots. As you do with a smoke detector periodically check the alarm by pressing the test button. The 85 dB buzzer sounds for 3 days. Product Code Power Supply Dimensions Weight
476-1007 £14.95 9 Volt Battery 90mm x 90mm x 33mm 144g including battery
II B. Just Incase Case This new Disaster Preparedness Kit is not ready at the time of going to print. Unfortunately, the ReactPak is no longer available. We are working on the replacement which will be known as the “Just in case case”. We expect it to be available in June 2009. Contact customer services for details or look on our website www.pel.eu
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
191
II Disaster Supplies II Helpful Hint What You Should Know… Disasters can result from an act of nature or an act of man. To effectively cope with such disasters, collections should be surveyed, inventoried and reviewed by appropriate staff. Staff should have adequate equipment and supplies on hand to handle the collection during an emergency, and the know-how to use it. Finally, emergency handling guidelines should be discussed in expectation of a disaster, procedures written, and copies provided to key staff members both on and off the premises. Put aside a supply of emergency supplies. They should include flashlights, plastic sheeting, rolls of paper, and blotters. These and other emergency tools should be kept together in a readily accessible, designated area and be easily transportable to the disaster site.
II Pest Management “Pest Management in Museums, Archives & Historic Houses” By David Pinninger. Everyone working in a Museum, Library or Archive should familiarize themselves with the pests that can attack their collections. This book incorporates much of the material contained in Insect Pests in Museums but it has been expanded to include as much up-to-date information as possible. It is intended to be a working guide to help people recognise pests and take practical steps to prevent and control damage to collections. It includes information on trapping and detection of pests and evaluates the advantages and disadvantages of physical and chemical control measures. Product Code 975-1873
wt 300g
Price £19.50
II Yellow Sticky Traps Monitor flying insects with these yellow plastic sheets (100mm x 245mm) coated on both sides with non-drying adhesive. Mount them near windows and other light sources. Early detection of infestations, easy handling, no chemical pesticides. Since the traps emit no chemical and rely on colour to attract pests, they may be left in place for as long as necessary. Product Code 975-0005
dimensions 100mm x 245mm
qty 10pk
Price £3.75
II Silverfish Traps II Newsprint Paper Newsprint Paper is an inexpensive, absorbent material ideal for mopping up spills and for drawing water away from saturated documents. If disaster strikes, you can’t have enough of this economical wipe-up at your disposal. Not acid-free. Price per roll. Product Code 668-3400
size 800mm x 200m
Price £14.50
Silverfish eat paper and glue with great gusto. Damage inflicted by silverfish ranges from sight abrasion to actually eating through pages of books and other paper based artifacts. They also eat rayon and cellophane. Unlike messy powders, These silverfish traps are clean, and won’t leave residue on your hands or locations where they are placed. By infusing boric acid, paper pack and glue with an attractant that is irrestible to these damaging insects, the silverfish will crawl inside the corrugated package to eat, and are quickly killed. Price per package of 24 traps. Product Code 368-6047
wt 136g
Price £10.15
II Water Alert® Water Alert® guards year round against undetected water leakage. A small amount of water seeping under Water Alert® activates its electronic sensor producing a loud high pitched “on-off” alarm. The self-contained, dome shaped unit is rugged, non-corrosive and safe. Sensor adjusts easily to allow activation from 0.4mm to 3mm above surface. Will not activate due to high humidity. The battery operated sealed solid state circuitry will provide approximately 3-day on/off audible alarm when activated (9 volt battery not included). Can easily be heard throughout a two-storey home for full day/night surveillance. Price each.
Product Code 476-1000
192
www.preservationequipment.com
wt 318g
Price £169.00
II Insect Detector Traps Collections can be devastated by an insect population, yet unnecessary use of insecticides can damage your collection. These traps allow you to monitor exhibits and storage areas, for insects so that the correct action is taken for the type of infestation. Insects likely to be trapped: woodborers, moths, beetles, silver-fish, booklice, cockroaches, flies etc. Product Code 975-1163
description pack of 30 traps & lures
Price £7.40
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Insect & Pest Traps II
II Lo-Line (Cockroach Trap)
II Webbing Clothes Moth Trap Kit The number one museum insect pest worldwide is the webbing clothes moth (Tineola bisselliella). Clothes moth larvae feed on wool, hair, feathers, fur, upholstered furniture, bristles, dried hair and leather. This effective trap is for the monitoring and trapping of moths and other flying insect pests. The trap is cut and creased to shape for on-site assembly, coated with a very tacky non-drying adhesive, suitable for capturing large and small moth species. Pheromone lures are placed in the centre of the sticky insert before location in the trap, and catch inspection is possible without the need for dismantling of the trap. The moths are unable to escape from the strong adhesive and are retained for identification and counting. For monitoring insect populations use a maximum density of one trap per 100m2 of floor area. In large open buildings the density may be reduced to one trap per 800m2. The kit comes with instructions, 10 traps and lures. Product Code: 975-0030
II SP-Locator (Warehouse Moths)
The window trap is a general purpose trap for small crawling insects. It can be used without lures, relying on the attraction of a harbourage to entice the insects to enter, or it can be used with specific lures. Once inside, insects are captured on the sticky surface. Use in inconspicuous areas of your exhibits and storage areas. The kit comes with instructions, 10 traps and 10 lures.
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Product Code: 975-0050 £6.25 per 10 dimensions 210mm x 100mm x 22mm
£34.80
II Window (Tribolium) Trap
Product Code: 975-0010
These large traps will catch a large number of insects, giving a lot of information on the population in the immediate locality. Easy to assemble and safe to handle, use in cafeterias and collection storage areas. Whilst a large variety of insects will be caught in these traps, they are primarily used to monitor cockroaches. The lures contain a mimic of the aggregation pheromone used by these pests, to enhance attraction. Lures for crawling insects, whether they contain aggregation pheromone, sex pheromone, or food attractants, operate over a much shorter distance, often no more than 1.5 metres. Establishing a grid of traps is therefore not a realistic proposition, so it is more important to concentrate on key positions where insects are more likely to congregate, or at entry points to vulnerable areas. Comes with instructions, 10 traps, and 10 blister packed 11mm tablet attractant lures.
£35.20
A low profile, disposable trap for localised detection of sources of warehouse moth infestations in sensitive and inaccessible areas, such as beneath shelving or display cabinets, inside stored collections in the repository. The cardboard locator is supplied folded flat. It folds quickly and easily into an open-ended box shape, with adhesive covered floor. This non-drying adhesive catches and retains warehouse moths, which are attracted into the trap by the pheromone lure provided with the locator. Effective for monitoring the effect of cleaning, fumigation or insecticide treatments. May be used horizontally or vertically, allow at least 5 metres between locators. Most positions of use will be dusty and the adhesive loses the ability to retain insects once covered in dust. Comes with instructions, 20 traps and 20 lures. Product Code: 975-1313 £14.20 dimensions: 100mm x 70mm floor area. 20mm high
www.preservationequipment.com
193
II Cabinets Fire Record Protection II Fire Record Protection Cabinets For the best in secure storage of documents against the destruction of fire, pilferage and other damage - PEL Record Protection Cabinet Range has been designed for generous storage of personal records, certification and other vital documentation. Steel filing cabinets offer very little protection against fire and transmit heat rather than dissipating it. The Record Protection Cabinet Range has been expertly designed & manufactured to protect vital documents from exposure to such hazards. Tested to the highest standards Available in five sizes, each cabinet has gained the NT 017 5120 Standard fire test label which affords 2 hours protection against fire for documents and paper. I Monolithic construction of fire testing resisting barrier material affords maximum protection. I Internal temperatures limited to 170ºC after 2 hours of exposure to severe fire. Quality locks and fittings Cabinets are available with a wide capacity, cost effective fittings including shelves, pullout platform, pullout file frame. I I I I I I I
A.
Available in five sizes. Wide range of fittings to allow effective methods of paper storage. Slam shut action providing peace of mind that the cabinet is sealed when closed. High capacity storage. Keylocking as standard. Alternative locking available. All cabinets are finished in a light textured finish to suit all working environments.
Product Code External Size (mm) Handle Projection Internal Size (mm) Capacity Weight
521-1820 £1468.00 880H x 780W x 620D 50mm 700H x 600W x 440D 185 litres 235kg
Product Code External Size (mm) Handle Projection Internal Size (mm) Capacity Weight
521-2340 £1741.00 1230H x 780W x 620D 50mm 1050H x 600W x 440D 277 litres 310kg
Product Code External Size (mm) Handle Projection Internal Size (mm) Capacity Weight
521-3720 £2133.00 1580H x 780W x 620D 50mm 1400H x 600W x 440D 370 litres 380kg
Product Code External Size (mm) Handle Projection Internal Size (mm) Capacity Weight
521-8320 £3748.00 1930H x 1260W x 620D 50mm 1750H x 1080W x 440D 832 litres 635kg
Product Code External Size (mm) Handle Projection Internal Size (mm) Capacity Weight
521-4620 £2478.00 1930H x 780W x 620D 50mm 1750H x 600W x 440D 462 litres 445kg
Delivery is to ground floor first door only. For installation beyond this point you must contact our customer service department.
II Fittings For Record Protection Cabinet
B.
C. 194
A. Shelving for Record Protection Cabinets Cabinet 521-1820 521-3720 Product Code 521-1821 521-3721 Description Shelf Shelf Size H x W x D (mm) 17 x 594 x 432 17 x 594 x 432 Price £19.80 £19.80
521-4620 521-4621 Shelf 17 x 594 x 432 £19.80
521-2340 521-2341 Shelf 17 x 594 x 432 £19.80
521-8320 521-8321 Shelf 17 x 1074 x 432 £37.40
B. Pull Out Platforms for Record Protection Cabinets Cabinet 521-1820 521-3720 Product Code 521-1822 521-3722 Description P/O Platform P/O Platform Size H x W x D (mm) 50 x 567 x 430 50 x 567 x 430 Price £52.80 £52.80
521-4620 521-4622 P/O Platform 50 x 567 x 430 £52.80
521-2340 521-2342 P/O Platform 50 x 567 x 430 £52.80
521-8320 521-8322 P/O Platform 50 x 1074 x 430 £78.00
C. Pull Out A4 File Frames for Record Protection Cabinets Cabinet 521-1820 521-3720 Product Code 521-1823 521-3723 Description P/O File Frame P/O File Frame Size H x W x D (mm) 75 x 567 x 357 75 x 567 x 357 Price £84.70 £84.70
521-4620 521-4623 P/O File Frame 75 x 567 x 357 £84.70
521-2340 521-2343 P/O File Frame 75 x 567 x 357 £84.70
521-8320 521-8323 P/O File Frame 75 x 1074 x 357 £124.30
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Fire Record Protection Cabinets II II Fire Filing Cabinet Proven Fire Performance. 2 hour protection for documents. In addition to the manufacturers own stringent fire testing. Fire file cabinets are independently tested to NT 017 5120 paper standard for 2 hour fire protection. I Furnace exposure to over 1000ºC. I Slow cooling to simulate being buried in hot rubble. I A 9.1m drop test duplicates conditions of a floor collapsing in a fire, (a test that the Fire File passes due to the high integral strength of its design). At no stage during the test did the internal temperature of the cabinet exceed the safe storage temperature for paper: 170ºC. Construction for the purpose Available in two, three or four drawer sizes, three robust filing cabinets contain a minimum of 38mm of fire proofing all round, with intumescent seals around drawer to close up tolerances in the event of fire. Fire resistant bulkheads between each drawer ensure that they are individually insulated. A shock absorbing plinth provides maximum impact absorbtion in the case of floor collapse. Heavy duty drawer slides are fully ‘life tested’ and a day catch fitted to each drawer ensures that they stay shut even if the cabinet is unlocked during a fire. Drawers are designed to ensure smooth operation. Protection built-in Each drawer is individually protected from fire. Even if one of the drawers is accidentally left open, the other closed drawers are still protected by the built-in, fire resistant partitions. The drawers are fitted with sturdy suspension files adjustable to accommodate foolscap or A4 filing wallets. Comes with unique locking action. Quality locking The standard version of the cabinet has a Chubb Ava key lock, fitted to the top drawer for securing all the drawers. Key lock as standard. The Fire File is available in a choice of two, three or four drawer sizes. Product Code No. of drawers External Size (mm) Int. Drawer Size (mm) Capacity Weight
521-2406 £1995.00 4 1408H x 544W x 776D 291H x 387W x 619D 278 litres 287kg
Product Code No. of drawers External Size (mm) Int. Drawer Size (mm) Capacity Weight
521-2203 £1430.00 2 734H x 544W x 776D 291H x 387W x 619D 139 litres 172kg
Product Code No. of drawers External Size (mm) Int. Drawer Size (mm) Capacity Weight
521-2303 £1769.00 3 1071H x 544W x 776D 291H x 387W x 619D 208 litres 291kg
II Secure Professional Safe The Secure Professional Safe offers affordable theft and fire protection for important documents and other treasures. This high quality burglary and fire resistance box has a double walled construction that provides extra security. Manufactured to the European Standard EN 14450. Cash rating £4000.00. Thermal insulation protects valuables and documents from fire. Supplied with anchoring kit for securing at the base and the rear to the floor and/or wall. Every safe comes complete with installation instructions and fixing kit available in six sizes. Removeable shelf with all models except 3010. Product Code External (HxWxD) Internal (HxWxD) Weight Product Code External (HxWxD) Internal (HxWxD) Weight Product Code External (HxWxD) Internal (HxWxD) Weight Product Code External (HxWxD) Internal (HxWxD) Weight Product Code External (HxWxD) Internal (HxWxD) Weight Product Code External (HxWxD) Internal (HxWxD) Weight
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
501-3010 180mm x 310mm x 205mm 100mm x 230mm x 110mm 18kg 501-3020 270mm x 350mm x 345mm 190mm x 270mm x 240mm 34kg 501-3030 320mm x 440mm x 395mm 240mm x 360mm x 290mm 48kg 501-3035 440mm x 320mm x 395mm 360mm x 240mm x 290mm 48kg 501-3040 410mm x 460mm x 395mm 330mm x 380mm x 290mm 58kg 501-3050 610mm x 460mm x 395mm 530mm x 380mm x 290mm 77kg
www.preservationequipment.com
£161.00
£213.00
£279.00
£279.00
£316.00
£389.00
195
II Storage Cabinets II Multi-Media Archival Cabinets Glass Negatives, Photographs, VHS Cartridges, Music & Video Cassettes, Floppy Disks, Compact Discs A highly versatile lockable cabinet with simple drawer fittings which can be easily adjusted to suit a variety of formats as listed above. Archives and Libraries can store more than one form of media, allocating a drawer, or part of a drawer. The unique feature of the PEL cabinets is the drawers can be opened fully to the back of the drawer, making it so easy to remove the last item at the back. The easy-action drawers have a safety interlock which permits only one drawer to be opened at a time. Six different size cabinets available. We have endeavoured to offer a guide to cabinet capacity because of various thicknesses of material, or if stored with protective covers, sleeves or case, these figures can only be approximate. Drawer size:155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm Front to back. Colour: Two-tone coffee/cream.
Cabinet 501-4000 501-5000 501-6000 501-7007 501-8008 501-9009
No. of Drawers 4 5 6 7 8 9
Cabinet 501-4000 501-5000 501-6000 501-7007 501-8008 501-9009
No. of Drawers 4 5 6 7 8 9
Height 785mm 955mm 1125mm 1295mm 1465mm 1635mm
Width 575mm 575mm 575mm 575mm 575mm 575mm
Glass Negatives 3000 3750 4500 5250 6000 6750
Front to back 635mm 635mm 635mm 635mm 635mm 635mm
Photographs 7000 8750 10,500 12,250 14,000 15,750
VHS Cartridges 168 210 250 290 330 370
Video Cassettes 430 530 640 750 850 960
Floppy Discs 3000 3750 4500 5250 6000 6750
CDs 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350
Product Code: 501-5007 Spare Metal Drawer Dividers
Price £616.00 £708.00 £778.00 £853.00 £975.00 £1097.00
£2.80 each
Caution: Manufacturer’s filing cases can vary, please ensure drawer dimensions are adequate. Delivery is to ground floor first door only. For installation beyond this point you should contact our customer service department.
Buy on-line at: www.preservationequipment.com
II Microfilm Storage Cabinets Metal Construction with full anti-tilt facility. The drawer can be configured to take 16mm roll, cartridge, ANSI/C clip, 35mm roll, jacket or fiche. Media is divided using special metal drawer dividers to enable three rows of cartridge/roll or two rows of fiche/jackets to beheld in each drawer. Our unique follower blocks are used to hold the media in place. They fit between the dividers and can be moved to any position in the drawer. Internal Drawer Dimensions: 110mmH x 327mmW x 576mm front to back, comes with two dividers. Colour: two tone grey.
Product Code Price Height Width Depth Weight Capacities: Drawer Size Fiche Jacket
196
www.preservationequipment.com
501-BMH5 5 Drawer £494.00 730mm 430mm 630mm 19lb (54Kg)
501-BMH7 7 Drawer £662.00 980mm 430mm 630mm 172lb (78Kg)
110mm H x 327mm W x 576mm front to back 25,000 35,000 18,250 25,550 16mm Roll/Cart 330 16mm Roll/Cart 462 35mm Roll 195 35mm Roll 273
501-BMH10 10 Drawer £864.00 1355mm 430mm 630mm 220lb (100Kg)
50,000 36,500 16mm Roll/Cart 660 35mm Roll 390
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Postcard Storage II II Postcard Storage Cabinet This archival quality cabinet has been especially produced for PEL who worked with archivists to design a cabinet that would house various sizes of postcards. The drawers have metal dividers to provide storage channels of widths to suit an assortment of sizes. Available in either 4 or 6 drawers, the internal drawer width is 442mm. The channel width can be adjusted to various sizes by inserting the metal drawer divider into the appropriate slot at the front and back of each drawer. The unique feature of the PEL cabinet is the drawers open fully to the back of the drawer to avoid damage when removing even the last postcard from the back of the drawer. For safety reasons only one drawer can be opened at one time to prevent the cabinet tipping forward. The drawer and channel sizes have been designed to take postcards with or without sleeve protectors, we recommend our archival ones are used. Product Code: Colour Dimensions Drawer Size Weight
501-4000 (Four Drawer) Two-tone Coffee/Cream 785mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to back 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to back 53kg
£616.00
Product Code: Colour Dimensions Drawer Size Weight
501-6000 (Six Drawer) Two-tone Coffee/Cream 1126mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to back 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to back 73kg
£778.00
II Postcard Protectors
II Economical Polyethylene
Postcard Sleeve protectors, sealed on two sides, will protect your postcard collection from damage caused by handling. Made from 50 micron archival polyester which is glass clear, giving complete visibility during research. These products are made in-house and can be produced in any size, minimum of 250 sleeves for special sizes, contact our customer service department for a quotation.
Postcard sleeve protectors 50 micron polyethylene providing inexpensive protection for your collection. Archival quality polyethylene is free from damaging plasticizers found in other cheap plastics. Open on one short side and is also ideal for photographic storage.
Product Code: 780-4070 780-4060 780-6141 780-7050
Product Code: 500-3756 500-4256
size 5.75” x 3.62” 6” x 4.12” 6.25” x 4.5” 7.38” x 5.38”
(146mm x 95mm) (152mm x 102mm) (158mm x 115mm) (183mm x 132mm)
II Postcard Storage Boxes Strong Perma/Dur® board for durability and lasting archival storage. Blue/grey outside and white inside, buffered to prevent acid migration. These acid-free archival boxes are just one of our range of archival boxes used by museums worldwide.
Full cut or half cut for easy division of postcards to enable collection groups to be catalogued. Made from our acid-free tan colour card. Overall size 43/4" (121mm) H x 6" (152mm) W. description Half-cut Full-cut
Price £5.55 pack 100 £5.30 pack 100
Price £6.75 pack 25 £7.00 pack 25 £7.00 pack 25 £8.00 pack 25
II Divider Guides
Product Code 228-5400 228-5500
Size 6” x 3.75” (152mm x 95mm) 4.25” x 6.25” (108mm x 158mm)
Price £16.00 pack 50 £13.20 pack 50
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Product Code: 780-4618 780-4612
Internal Size: L x W x H 8” x 6.125” x 4.5” (204mm x 156mm x 114mm) 12” x 6.125” x 4.5” (305mm x 156mm x 114mm)
www.preservationequipment.com
Price £5.10 each £6.40 each
197
II Storage Map & Poster Cabinet
Cabinet Types
Hole Dimensions
Width
5F2
ONLY AVAILABLE IN STRIPS
5F4 5F1189 5FD2 5FD4 5F300 5F305 5F402 5FHT Rolls 100m lengths
5F5560
ONLY AVAILABLE IN ROLLS
MULTIFILE
II PEL Map & Poster Cabinets
height int. size width 1200mm 680mm 790mm 1380mm 910mm 1020mm 1200mm 1290mm 1400mm Suspension Tape: 100m Roll
depth 430mm 430mm 430mm
orientation portrait portrait landscape
Price £986.00 £1035.00 £1228.00 £49.95
colours: light grey, dark grey, white & beige. Light grey will be sent if no colour is requested.
II Archival Suspension Wallets These polyester glass clear acid-free wallets have prong holes punched to fit the PEL Map & Poster cabinet. Our unique system with pre-punched hanging holes prevents the need for suspension tapes being attached directly to the map. Large rare maps, posters and charts are stored freely in glass clear archival quality polyester wallets easily removed from the storage cabinet and still protected for research and reference (see page 43 for complete range of archival Polyester products). Wallets are also available plain (no holes) for use with suspension tapes to fit your existing cabinets. Product Code 565-5137 565-4733/1 565-3724/1 Product Code 565-5137H 565-4733H 565-3724H Suspension Tape 502-6227
plain no holes 1320 x 955mm open side 841 x 1200mm open side 625 x 955mm open side punched with holes on open side 1320 open x 955mm 841 open x 1200mm 625 open x 955mm
cabinet 501-4120 501-4084 501-4060 cabinet
qty 10 10 10 qty
Price £69.00 £55.00 £36.00 Price
501-4120 501-4084 501-4060
10 10 10
£77.00 £59.50 £40.75
100m
£49.95
For PEL Map & Poster Cabinet
Allow 50mm for area with prongholes (i.e. 1320 will take paper size 1270 x 955mm) with no holes the full wallet size can be used. We suggest if you use wallets which are not punched, then suspension tape is attached to a closed top and the opening is on vertical side. Special sizes available, prices on application, minimum 200 wallets of a size for specials.
198
5F165 5FA170 PEL MAP & POSTER
5FG170
PEL-FILE
5F305
The PEL Cabinet is based on a proven system which will give years of trouble-free service, the security lid is fully lockable. The two position opening system eliminates the possibility of maps falling into the cabinet, the first position allows you to move the maps so that you can remove just one map, by moving to the second position simply lift out the map. Extending feet keep the cabinet upright and stable even with all the weight on the open door, which is counter-balanced and easy to open and close whatever the weight. 170mm prong centres. 8 prongs in portrait. 12 prongs in landscape. Product Code 501-4060 501-4084 501-4120 502-6227
5F135
www.preservationequipment.com
5F200 Elite Style Tape 66m length
502-6225
II Polyester File Suspension Tapes Rolls & Pre-cut lengths: 100 pack. These suspension tapes will fit most vertical cabinets on the market and are ideal for attaching to our polyester wallets and pockets. They are so strong the holes will not split and are permanent. When using suspension tapes with wallets we suggest the wallet is open on the vertical side so that the tape is not just attached to one single side of the open top wallet material. The precut lengths are available in sizes 594mm (A1), 762mm (DE), 841mm (A0) and come in packs of 100. To order, take the product code number of the hole dimension configuration you require for your cabinet e.g. for 594mm length 5F2 would become 5F2-594; if in doubt, contact our customer service department. Product Code: 5F____-594 5F____-762 5F____-841 5F____-1189 502-6225 502-6226 502-6227
tape length 594mm 762mm 841mm 1189mm 66m (Elite) 100m (Multifile) 100m (PEL)
Price £26.80 £34.65 £38.50 £56.95 £24.25 £49.95 £49.95
II Multifile Multifile vertical cabinet to file A0 to A4 papers, charts etc. in one single cabinet. Fitted with anti-tilt legs and gas struts to the lid for complete safety. It is compatible with all cabinets using similar 60mm prong centres. The security lid is fully lockable and its low height makes access easy - even for the smallest member of staff. The capacity is in excess of 900 papers of mixed sized from A0 1189 x 841mm down to A4, 297mm x 210mm. Product Code: size (mm) 501-4150 1200H x 1500W x 430D 501-4102 1380H x 1060W x 430D 501-4079 1200H x 790W x 430D standard colours as horizontal cabinets suspension tape size 502-6226 55m x 100m roll
orientation landscape portrait portrait
Price £1509.00 £1182.00 £1101.00 Price £49.95
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Vertical Cabinet PEL-File II
II PEL-File Vertical Cabinet Preserving and archiving original and rare drawings, posters, maps and prints with easy access is exactly why we introduced the PEL-File. Archivists, Librarians, Curators and Conservators have requested PEL to provide this system. Hanging is an effective way to archivally store large paper items in a conservation condition, whilst obtaining optimum storage space and good security. Using our 75 micron archival film pockets allows removal and research without having to remove the document from the pocket. Damage frequently occurs when papers are removed and re-inserted, this system prevents such damage. The operation of the cabinet is simple: 1. Open cabinet to automatic stop position 2. Locate drawing/print required. 3. Place selector bar in position to isolate required print. 4. Release lock and open cabinet fully. 5. Extract required print through cabinet side opening. 6. For security, close and lock cabinet if required. Designed for maximum safety, with efficiency and high volume archival capacity. Vertical side opening for ease of drawing removal. Overlapping lid and cabinet seal store contents clean and safe. with simple easy access. Solid hanging bar and prong 170mm centres configuration for use with 502-6227 (5FG170) suspension tape.
Operation of Cabinet: Stage 1
Product Code: Price height width depth (front to back) weight format colours
501-8A1P 501-8A0P 501-8A0L £1133.00 £1226.00 £1407.00 1200mm 1390mm 1200mm 870mm 1070mm 1355mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 140kg 160kg 160kg portrait portrait landscape light grey, dark grey, white, beige, brown, other colours on request.
501-A0LX £1788.00 1000mm 1610mm 500mm 180kg landscape
Operation of Cabinet: Stage 2
501-A0PF £2306.00 1390mm 1070mm 500mm portrait
Please specify colour on purchase order, if no colour specified standard light grey will be delivered. Polyester Hanging Pockets (for use with Suspension Tape)) Product Code: 565-6086 565-9011 Price pack 10 £31.00 £55.00 size (mm) 600 x 860 open 900 x 1100 open fits cabinets 501-8A1P 501-A0PF & 501-8A0P
565-11786 £58.00 1170 x 860 open 501-8A0L
Suspension Tape (for PEL-File Cabinets) Product Code: Description 501-8FD4 170mm hole centres 55mm 100m roll
Price £49.95
For other polyester pockets see page 43 for full range. The hanging pockets have one vertical open side. Fire Resistant model available product code 501-AOPF
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
565-14586 £69.00 1450 x 860 open 501-A0LX
Delivery is to ground floor (no steps) first door only. For installation beyond this point you must contact our customer service department for a quotation.
Each cabinet will hold 500 plus maps inside polyester hanging pockets. This is a workable quantity you may get more especially maps without pockets.
www.preservationequipment.com
199
II Cabinets Plan Files
II Horizontal Plan File Cabinets The steel roller drawer action gives smooth drawer operation, and the drawer weights are in excess of 50kg per drawer. Full width drawer handles for ease of use, and available in 4,5,6, and 8 drawer units. The 50mm deep drawers are fully lockable and fitted with anti-tilt mechanism. All steel construction allowing units to be stacked without brackets. Content identification is made simple by label holders positioned on the drawer fronts. Product Code: Price No. of drawers internal drawer size is height width depth (front to back) weight colours Product Code 501-00PL
2 x 5 (50mm) drawer units shown stacked
501-0041 501-0051 501-0061 501-0071 £634.00 £766.00 £891.00 £1018.00 4 5 6 7 50mm x 900mm x 1225mm for all variations. 359mm 434mm 509mm 584mm 1326mm 1326mm 1326mm 1326mm 920mm 920mm 920mm 920mm 120kg 135kg 150kg 165kg light grey, dark grey, mid grey, blue, white, beige and brown. description plinth 2” (50mm) to act as base on the bottom of cabinet
501-0081 £1157.00 8 659mm 1326mm 920mm 180kg Price £118.00
Please note: mid grey will be delivered if colour is not specified on the purchase order.
II Horizontal Plan File Cabinets We have been supplying these consevation quality cabinets for a number of years to Libraries, Museums and Archives who require archival quality storage, for larger papers, textiles, charts, maps, posters and drawings. Our “Rollerglide” drawer system is only available for 50mm deep drawers, steel rollers give optimum smooth drawer operation. The “Sureglide” range is available in 25mm, the shallow drawer is especially useful when only a small amount of rare paper or single textile are placed in one drawer. Retaining channel at back of each drawer prevents charts, maps etc from curling upwards avoiding damage when opening drawers. Cabinets can be stacked on top of each other. Legs 250mm high for raising the cabinet to a working height. Plinth 102mm high allows the cabinet to be raised to allow the bottom drawer to be higher from the floor. Security Locks lock all drawers on the cabinet. Colours can be mix and match for panels, frame and drawers. Available in light grey, dark grey, mid grey, white, beige, brown, blue and red. Please note: mid grey will be delivered if colour is not specified on the purchase order. Paintwork is conservation quality powder coated which does not off gas making the cabinet archivally safe.
2 x 12 (25mm) drawer units shown stacked Product Code 501-A110 501-A112 501-A114 501-A116 501-OS10 501-OS12 501-OS14 501-OS16 501-AO10 501-AO12 501-AO14 501-AO16 501-AQ10 501-AQ12 501-AQ14 501-AQ16
200
sureglide Price £893.00 £1067.00 £1272.00 £1421.00 £1067.00 £1203.00 £1502.00 £1720.00 £1067.00 £1203.00 £1502.00 £1720.00 £1067.00 £1203.00 £1502.00 £1720.00
No. of drawers 10 12 14 16 10 12 14 16 10 12 14 16 10 12 14 16
depth (mm) 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Product Code 501-A105 501-A106 501-A107 501-A108 501-OS05 501-OS06 501-OS07 501-OS08 501-AO05 501-AO06 501-AO07 501-AO08 501-AQ05 501-AQ06 501-AQ07 501-AQ08 501-AQ04 501-AQ03
www.preservationequipment.com
Product Code: 501-00PL 501-00LG 501-00LK
rollerglide Price £839.00 £1049.00 £1216.00 £1400.00 £894.00 £1076.00 £1257.00 £1421.00 £894.00 £1076.00 £1257.00 £1421.00 £986.00 £1178.00 £1382.00 £1587.00 £1200.00 £942.00
Description plinth 2” (50mm) to act as a floor base on the bottom of cabinet legs 250mm high for horizontal cabinets security lock for horizontal cabinets
No. of drawers 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 4 3
depth (mm) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 70 70
drawer size (mm) FTB x LTR 670 x 900 670 x 900 670 x 900 670 x 900 900 x 1010 900 x 1010 900 x 1010 900 x 1010 900 x 1240 900 x 1240 900 x 1240 900 x 1240 900 x 1390 900 x 1390 900 x 1390 900 x 1390 1290 x 1610 1290 x 1610
Price £118.00 £107.00 £49.00
cabinet dimensions (mm) Height x Width x Depth 488 x 1016 x 730 560 x 1016 x 730 630 x 1016 x 730 720 x 1016 x 730 488 x 1126 x 960 560 x 1126 x 960 630 x 1126 x 960 720 x 1126 x 960 488 x 1350 x 960 560 x 1350 x 960 630 x 1350 x 960 720 x 1350 x 960 488 x 1506 x 960 560 x 1506 x 960 630 x 1506 x 960 720 x 1506 x 960 560 x 1750 x 1400 475 x 1750 x 1400
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Plan Files Cabinets II II Map & Poster Cabinets These continental styled cabinets are British made especially for PEL to our conservation quality specification. The paintwork is powder coated which does not off gas making the cabinet archivally safe. All steel construction the drawers are 50mm internal depth and will take a weight of 50kg per drawer. Our superb steel roller mechanism gives the smoothest of drawr operations, the action is quiet and feather light. Traditional drawer handles for ease of use, the drawers are fully lockable and are fitted with an anti-tilt device.
Colours, light grey, dark grey, mid grey, white, beige, brown, blue, red & jet black. Please note: mid grey will be delivered if colour is not specified on the purchase order.
Please note that you will require a plinth base and top panel for each stack of drawers. For example if you require 10 drawers you need to order: 2 x 501-1015 5 drawer cabinets 1 x 501-10PL 100mm high plinth 1 x 501-00TP Top panel If in doubt contact our customer service department for assistance.
Product Code 597-7913 597-10913 597-15913 597-7710 597-10710 597-15710 597-71216 597-101216 597-71510 597-79147 597-791411 597-79149 597-110154 597-110155 597-117694 597-113187 597-1517692 597-1588105 597-158615 597-258615 597-101521
No. of Drawers 7 6 4 7 6 4 5 5 5 7 11 9 4 5 4 7 2 5 5 5 5
Height of Drawers (mm) 70mm 100mm 150mm 70mm 100mm 150mm 70mm 100mm 70mm 70mm 70mm 70mm 100mm 100mm 100mm 100mm 150mm 150mm 150mm 250mm 100mm
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Product Code: 501-1015 501-1017 501-1005 501-1007 501-10PL 501-00TP
Drawer Size (mm) FTB x LTR 900 x 1300 900 x 1300 900 x 1300 700 x 1000 700 x 1000 700 x 1000 1290 x 1610 1290 x 1610 1500 x 1050 900 x 1400 900 x 1400 900 x 1400 1000 x 1500 1000 x 1500 1776 x 690 1380 x 1840 1776 x 690 880 x 1040 865 x 1500 865 x 1500 1500 x 2133
Price £2810.00 £2639.00 £1920.00 £2673.00 £2502.00 £1823.00 £2639.00 £2890.00 £2356.00 £3078.00 £4836.00 £3958.00 £1930.00 £2412.00 £1930.00 £4407.00 £1382.00 £2613.00 £2261.00 £2450.00 £3454.00
No. of Drawers
Drawer size (mm) Cabinet Dimensions (mm) FTB x LTR Height x Width x Depth 5 x 50mm 730 x 1030 550 x 1130 x 795 7 x 50mm 730 x 1030 705 x 1130 x 795 5 x 50mm 920 x 1300 550 x 1400 x 965 7 x 50mm 920 x 1300 705 x 1400 x 965 Plint Base, 100mm high, Required for each stack Top Panel, required for top of each stack
Price £828.00 £1115.00 £853.00 £1169.00 £118.00 £115.00
II Extra Large Museum Drawers British made to PEL conservation specification. Full drawer extension slides with steel roller bearings and dust shields. We can supply the drawers with drop down fronts for heavy items to slide in or out of the drawers without lifting them over the drawer front. Laminated Safety Glass drawer tops are also available for secure visible storage display.
Please specify colour when ordering. Special sizes available please contact Customer Services.
www.preservationequipment.com
201
II Shelving Clip-On
# Self Assembly II Clip-On Shelves Faster Installations, Ease of Adjustability, Combines Strength with Stability, shelf capacity 70kg, No need to move bays in alcoves to adjust height of shelves, Suitable for Rare Books, Shelves can still be fitted with Nuts and Bolts, if required - JustAsk!, New shelving in Light Grey Colour, Dividers available for small collections, Simple to extend for new acquisitions. Bay width
1850mm High x 1000mm Wide
1850mm High x 1000mm Wide
Bay Depth Cross Braced 300mm 370mm 450mm Fully Clad 300mm 370mm 450mm
Starter Product Code Price Cross Braced 502-0313 £119.77 502-0314 £135.84 502-0315 £149.90 Fully Clad 502-0316 £156.43 502-0317 £172.49 502-0318 £186.56
Extension Product Code Price Cross Braced 502-0319 £97.48 502-0320 £110.07 502-0321 £121.61 Fully Clad 502-0322 £134.13 502-0323 £146.73 502-0324 £158.28
Extra Shelves packed singularly with 4 shelf clips Extra Shelves
Extra Shelves
Extra Shelves
1000 x 300mm Product Code 502-0337 Price £10.09
1000 x 370mm Product Code 502-0338 Price £11.61
1000 x 450mm Product Code 502-0339 Price £13.11 Starter (left) Extension (right)
Close up of Shelving Clip
Bay load 500kg
Finished in light grey they come complete with all necessary fixings. The bays are supplied with 6 shelves and the relevant rear bracing or cladding. Bays are 36” wide with a choice of heights and depths.Shelf load capacity is 200lb UDL
II Reference Shelf This handy pull out shelf is ideal for file reference. Product Code: Description 502-0340 1000mm x 370mm 502-0341 1000mm x 450mm
Price £120.00 £126.42
BioCote BioCote is a new, patent-protected powder coating which inhibits the growth of patentially lethal bacteria and fungi. This reduces the risk of cross-contamination from surfaces with high contact frequency. Although this is no substitute for correct cleaning practices, the incorporation of BioCote into the manufacturing process provides users of our products with the peace of mind that every effort is being made to maintain a hygienic working environment.
202
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Hazardous Storage Cupboards II
II Hazardous Storage Hazardous substance storage cupboards provide a secure facility for materials which are required to be stored when not in use. Supplied with appropriate safety labelling, the highly visible yellow colour also ensures awareness of the potential danger of the materials stored and makes location easy. Hazardous cupboards are manufactured throughout from steel, available in full or half height. The secure storage cupboards are epoxy powder coated in RAL 1003 yellow, supplied with safety labelling accordance with BS 5378 perforated adjustable shelves allow drainage to the sump which has handles for easy removal. Product Code 502-0421 502-0422 502-0431 502-0432
Dimensions 1000mmH x 500mmW x 500mmD 1800mmH x 500mmW x 500mmD 1000mmH x 1000mmW x 500mmD 1800mmH x 1000mmW x 500mmD
Style 2 shelf, narrow small 3 shelf, narrow tall 2 shelf, wide small 3 shelf, wide tall
Price £217.57 £308.15 £317.42 £433.73
II Locking (Wide Shelf) Storage Cabinet Easily adjustable interior 50 kilo maximum weight shelving, heavy gauge steel construction, and an attractive appearance are what makes these storage cabinets a welcome addition to any library work area. Each cabinet features a 3 point door locking mechanism, raised bottom and integrated shelf support tabs. The 72" high unit provides five openings with four adjustable shelves. Supplied with 4 shelves Extra shelves are available. Colour light Grey. supplied assembled Price each. Product Code item size (H x W x D) size (mm) Price 589-7525 cabinet 72” x 36” x 18.5” 1829h x 915w x 470d £345.00 589-0600 extra shelf 36” x 18.5” x 0.75” 915 x 470 x 19 £16.90
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
www.preservationequipment.com
203
II Museum Longspan Shelving
heavy duty shelving. ideal for heavier museum collections. unrestricted access from both front and back. easy to install and adjust. beams simply clip into frame upright. choice of shelf materials to suit different collections.
Easy Step by Step Assembly & Adjustment
204
Museum Longspan Shelving
www.preservationequipment.com
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Product Code Load Weight (kg) Dimensions LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 18mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 1800mm HIGH 504-0001 397kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0002 463kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0003 464kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0011 397kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0012 463kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0013 464kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0004 145kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0005 169kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0006 193kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0014 145kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0015 169kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0016 193kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 18mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 2100mm HIGH 504-0022 397kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0023 463kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0024 464kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0221 397kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0223 463kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0224 464kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0025 145kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0026 169kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0027 193kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0225 145kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0226 169kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0227 193kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH STEEL PANEL SHELVES 1800mm HIGH 504-0031 525kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0032 596kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0033 469kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0331 525kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0332 596kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0333 469kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0034 408kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0035 476kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0036 469kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0334 408kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0335 476kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0336 469kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH STEEL PANEL SHELVES 2100mm HIGH 504-0041 525kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0042 596kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0043 469kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0441 525kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0442 496kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0443 469kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0044 408kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0045 476kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0046 469kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0444 408kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0445 476kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0446 469kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 25mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 1800mm HIGH 504-0051 914kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0052 1067kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0053 872kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0551 345kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0552 403kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0553 460kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0054 914kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0055 1067kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0056 872kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0554 345kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0555 403kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0556 460kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 25mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 2100mm HIGH 504-0061 914kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0062 1067kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0063 872kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0661 345kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0662 403kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0663 460kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0064 914kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0065 1067kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0066 872kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels 504-0664 345kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0665 403kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels 504-0666 460kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Price £294.04 £322.81 £344.32 £233.55 £262.32 £283.85 £316.40 £348.06 £369.67 £251.12 £282.78 £304.37
Longspan Shelving II II Shelving Starter bay contains 2 up right frames, 3 pairs of beams and your choice of 3 shelves. Extensions bay contains 1 up right frame, 3 pairs of beams and your choice of 3 shelves.
25mm chipboard
£316.72 £341.82 £367.00 £244.89 £270.01 £295.19 £340.73 £367.70 £389.41 £262.92 £289.88 £316.90
18mm chipboard
£415.98 £472.69 £508.06 £355.49 £412.21 £447.56 £478.17 £545.92 £587.77 £412.87 £480.61 £522.49
Steel Panel
£438.66 £495.37 £530.73 £366.83 £423.55 £458.92 £503.20 £571.26 £612.82 £425.40 £493.28 £531.73
Supplied as a complete kit. Contains beams, locking clips, cladding material and where applicable wire beam ties are finished in light grey. All panels are galvanised. note: chipboard is non-archival, we suggest using steel shelves for conservation quality.
£338.26 £370.67 £401.92 £277.77 £310.19 £341.45 £364.33 £398.71 £433.01 £299.05 £333.43 £367.73
(2xbeams and 1xshelf)
£360.99 £392.73 £424.60 £289.16 £320.91 £352.77 £389.38 £423.70 £458.15 £389.38 £345.87 £380.33
II Frames & Beams Finished in graphite grey with light grey ties. Frames come complete with footplates.
II Frames & Beams Product Code 504-1186 504-1216 504-1246 504-2186 504-2216 504-2246
Shelf Type 18mm Chip 18mm Chip 18mm Chip 18mm Chip 18mm Chip 18mm Chip
Size 1800 x 600mm 2100 x 600mm 2400 x 600mm 1800 x 900mm 2100 x 900mm 2400 x 900mm
Price £59.13 £68.10 £76.09 £61.74 £70.47 £78.47
Product Code 504-3186 504-3216 504-3246 504-4186 504-4216 504-4246
Shelf Type 25mm Chip 25mm Chip 25mm Chip 25mm Chip 25mm Chip 25mm Chip
Size 1800 x 600mm 2100 x 600mm 2400 x 600mm 1800 x 900mm 2100 x 900mm 2400 x 900mm
Price £73.93 £84.62 £95.16 £75.99 £86.94 £97.88
Product Code 504-5186 504-5216 504-5246 504-6186 504-6216 504-6246
Shelf Type Steel Panel Steel Panel Steel Panel Steel Panel Steel Panel Steel Panel
Size 1800 x 600mm 2100 x 600mm 2400 x 600mm 1800 x 900mm 2100 x 900mm 2400 x 900mm
Price £50.47 £62.42 £67.28 £67.99 £83.63 £90.65
www.preservationequipment.com
205
II Trolleys & Steps
II Kik-Step Stools These stools roll on non-marking casters while bumpers protect fittings and walls. Step up, and the instant you apply weight to the platform, the spring loaded casters retract and the rubber base ring locks to the floor. Step off, and the instant the user’s weight is completely removed, the casters extend and the Kik-Step is ready to roll. Made of heavy gauge metal. Colour: grey only. Product Code: 406-0098 Dimensions Weight
Colour Price Grey £39.50 420mm (16 1/2”) High, 286mm (11.25”) Top Dia. 5 kg
II Iron Horse™ Book Trolleys Quite simply the toughest trolleys money can buy! Our all-welded, ready assembled steel look trolleys are built for years of use and are available at a price that is hard to ignore. Just look at these features. Exceptionally strong and safe: • 1-piece, seamless 16 gauge flat panels with 25mm round tubular steel frames • Shelves made from 16 gauge or 20 gauge steel • Rolled shelf edges and smooth rounded frames for safety Exceptional manoeuvrability: • Curved handles for better steering • 102mm ball bearing swivel castors with non-marking rubber wheels Versatility: • Shelf clearances typically 292mm top and 368mm bottom - capacity for books of all sizes • Choose from four shelf variations 403-3121 - 3 large flat shelves 403-3122 - 4 sloping and 1 flat shelf 403-3123 - 2 large flat shelves 403-3124 - 4 sloping shelves Product Code: 403-3121 403-3122 403-3123 403-3124
206
Description 3 flat shelves 4 sloping, 1 flat shelf 2 flat shelves 4 sloping shelves
H x W x D (mm) 984 x 857 x 381 997 x 857 x 431
Shelf Length 768mm 768mm
914 x 762 x 406 914 x 762 x 431
675mm 679mm
www.preservationequipment.com
Shelf Depth 355mm 158mm top 406mm bottom 381mm 165mm
Book Capacity 150 290
Price £297.00 £340.00
85 85
£265.00 £296.00
Serving Museums, Libraries & Archives Worldwide Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Glossary II Acid In chemistry, a substance capable of forming hydrogen ions when disolved in water. Acids can weaken cellulose in paper, board, and cloth, leading to embrittlement. Acids may be introduced in the manufacture of library materials and may be left in intentionally (as in certain sizings) or incidentally. Acids may also be introduced by migration from other materials or from atmospheric pollution. See also pH and Acid migration.
Acid-free In chemistry, materials that have a pH of 7.0 or higher. Some-times used incorrectly as a synonym for alkaline or buffered. Such materials may be produced from virtually any cellulose fiber source (cotton and wood, among others), if measures are taken during manufacture to eliminate active acid from the pulp. However free of acid a paper or board may be immediately after manufacture, over time the presence of residual chlorine from bleaching, aluminum sulfate from sizing, or pollutants in the atmosphere may lead to the formation of acid unless the paper or board has been buffered with an alkaline substance.
Acid Migration The transfer of acid from an acidic material to a less acidic or pH neutral material. This may occur directly, when the two materials are in intimate contact. For instance, acid may migrate from boards, endpapers, and protective tissues, as well as the paper covers of books and pamphlets, to the less acidic paper of the text.
Acrylic A plastic noted for transparency, light weight, weather resistance, color fastness and rigidity. In addition to these qualities, acrylics are important in preservation because of their stability, or resistance to chemical change over time, a characteristic not common to all plastics. Acrylics are available in sheets, films, and resin adhesives. Some common trade names for the sheet form are: Perspex®, Lucite® and PlexiGlas®.
Alkaline Alkaline substances have a pH over 7.0. They may be added to a material to neutralize acids or as an alkaline reserve or buffer for the purpose of counteracting acids that may form in the future. A buffer may be added during manufacture or during the process of deacidification. While a number of chemicals may be used as buffers, the most common are magnesium carbonate and calcium carbonate.
Alpha cellulose A form of cellulose derived from cotton. The presence of alpha cellulose in paper or board is one indication of its stability or longevity. Non-cellulosic components of wood are believed to contribute to the degradation of paper and board.
Buffer See Alkaline.
Calcium Carbonate An alkaline chemical used as a buffer in papers and boards.
Cellulose The chief constituent of the cell walls of all
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
plants. Also, the chief constituent of many fibrous plant products, including paper and some cloth.
Chemical Stability Not easily decomposed or otherwise modified chemically. This is a desirable characteristic for materials used in preservation, since it suggests an ability to resist chemical degradation (such as the embrittlement of paper), over time and/or upon exposure to various conditions during use or storage. Other terms used loosely as synonyms: inert, stable, chemically inert.
paper and board is believed to contribute to chemical degradation. It can be, to a large extent, removed during manufacture. No standards exist for the term “lignin-free’’ and additional research is needed to determine the precise role of lignin in the durability and permanence of paper.
used in adhesives, which are themselves also referred to as PVA or PVA adhesive. There are dozens of PVA adhesives, some are “internally plasticized’’ and are suitable for use in conservation, due to greater chemical stability among other qualities.
Micron
A plastic, often abbreviated as PVC. It is not as chemically stable as some other plastics, since it can emit hydrochloric acid (which in turn can damage library materials) as it deteriorates, and therefore has limited application in the preservation of books and paper. Some plastics called vinyl may be polyvinyl chloride.
Unit of thickness one mm is equal to 1000 micron.
Mylar® & Melinex® See Polyester.
Conservation
Neutral
The treatment of library or archive materials, works of art, or museum objects to stabilize them chemically or strengthen them physically, sustaining their survival as long as possible in their original form. See also Preservation.
Having a pH of 7; neither acid nor alkaline.
Deacidification A common term for a chemical treatment that neutralizes acid in a material such as paper and deposits an alkaline buffer to counteract future acid attack. Deacidification technically refers only to the neutralization of acids present at the time of treatment, not to the deposit of a buffer. For this reason, the term is being slowly replaced with the more accurate phrase “neutralization and alkalization’’. While deacidification increases the chemical stability of paper, it does not restore strength or flexibility to brittle materials. See also pH.
Encapsulation A form of protective enclosure for papers and other flat objects; involves placing the item be-tween two sheets of transparent polyester film that are subsequently sealed around all edges. The object is thus physically supported and protected from the atmosphere, although it may continue to deteriorate in the capsule. Because the object is not adhered to the polyester, it can be removed simply by cutting one or more edges of the polyester.
Preservation
pH In chemistry, pH is a measure of the concentration of hydrogen ions in a solution, which is a measure of acidity or alkalinity. The pH scale runs from 0 to 14, and each number indicates a ten-fold increase. Seven is pH neutral; numbers below 7 indicate increasing acidity, with 1 being most acid. Numbers above 7 indicate increasing alkalinity, with 14 being most alkaline. Paper with a pH below 5 is considered highly acidic. Buffered storage materials typically have a pH between 7 and 9. See also Acid; Alkaline.
Permanence Ability of a material to resist chemical deterioration, but not a quantifiable term. Permanent paper usually refers to a durable alkaline paper that is manufactured according to ANSI Standard Z39.48-1984 Permanence of Paper for Printed Library Materials. Even so called permanent materials depend for their longevity upon proper storage conditions. See also Chemical Stability.
PlexiGlas® Trade name for acrylic sheet material made by Rohm and Haas. See Acrylic for other trade names.
Fibre content
Point
A statement of the types and percentages of fibers used in the manufacture of a paper, board, or cloth. Important because the quality of the fiber significantly affects both the durability and chemical stability of the material.
A unit of thickness of paper or board; one thousandth of an inch. For example, .060" equals sixty points. See also Micron.
Fibreboard Paperboard made of laminated sheets of heavily pressed fiber.
Inert See Chemical Stability.
Lamination A process of reinforcing fragile paper, usually with thin, translucent or transparent sheets. Some forms of lamination are considered unacceptable as conservation methods because of potential damage from high heat and pressure during application, instability of the lamination materials, or difficulty in removing the laminated item, especially long after the treatment was performed.
Lignin A component of the cell walls of plants that occurs naturally, along with cellulose. Lignin is largely responsible for the strength and rigidity of plants, but its presence in
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Polyester A common name for the plastic polyethylene terephthalate. Its characteristics include transparency, colorlessness, and high tensile strength. In addition, it is useful in preservation because it is very chemically stable. Commonly used in sheet or film form to make folders, encapsulations and book jackets. Its thickness is often measured in mils. Common trade names are Mylar® by DuPont and Melinex® .
Polyethylene A chemically stable, highly flexible, transparent or translucent plastic. Used in preservation to make sleeves for photographic materials, among other uses.
Polypropylene A stiff, heat resistant, chemically stable plastic. Common uses in preservation: sleeves for 35mm slides or films, containers.
Polyvinyl Acetate (PVA) A plastic usually abbreviated as PVA. A colourless transparent solid, it is usually
Activities associated with maintaining library, archival, or museum materials for use, either in their original physical form or in some other format. Preservation is considered a broader term than Conservation. See Conservation.
Pressboard A tough, dense, highly glazed paperboard, used where strength and stiffness are required of a relatively thin (e.g. .030") board. It is almost as hard as a sheet of fiberboard, and is commonly used for the covers of notebooks. See also Solid board, Fibreboard.
Reversibility Ability to undo a process or treatment with no change to the object. Reversibility is an important goal of conservation treatment, but it must be balanced with other treatment goals and options.
Sizings Chemicals added to paper that make it less absorbent, so that inks applied will not bleed. Acidic sizings can be harmful and can cause paper to deteriorate, but some are not acidic and are expected to be more chemically stable.
Solid Board A paperboard made of the same material throughout. Distinct from a combination board where two or more types of fiber stock are used, in layers. See also Fibreboard, Pressboard.
Stability See Chemical stability.
UV Filter A material used to filter the ultraviolet (UV) rays out of visible light. Ultraviolet radiation is potentially damaging to library, archival, and museum objects and more is present in sunlight and fluorescent light than in incandescent light. Removing UV radiation from storage, use, and exhibition spaces can reduce the rate of deterioration of library materials stored there. Usually a UV filtering material is placed over windows or fluorescent light tubes, or over glass used in framing, or in exhibition cases. Certain acrylic sheet materials have UV filtering properties built in.
Vinyl The word vinyl is imprecisely used to refer to any of a number of plastics, many of which are not appropriate for use in preservation. For specific safe plastics, see Polyester, Polypropylene, Polyvinyl acetate, Acrylic.
www.preservationequipment.com
207
II Index A A4 - Archival Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Absorene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Accession Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Activated Carbon Cloth . . . . . . . . . .182 A-D Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Adapters, Ring Binder . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Adhesive - Acryloid B-72 . . . . . . . . .96 Adhesive - Anchor Wax . . . . . . . . . .191 Adhesive - Archival Quality Liquid . . .91 Adhesive - Belgian Rice Starch . .96,100 Adhesive - Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Adhesive - Cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Adhesive - Cloth Tape . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Adhesive - Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Adhesive - Dispenser Pump . . . . . . .95 Adhesive - Double Sided Tape . . . . . .48 Adhesive - Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . .90 Adhesive - Ethulose . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Adhesive - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Adhesive - Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Adhesive - Glue Gun . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Adhesive - Glue Stick . . . . . . . . . . .132 Adhesive - Jade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Adhesive - Jin Shofu . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Adhesive - Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Adhesive - Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . .101 Adhesive - Neutral pH . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Adhesive - Polyvinyl Alcohol . . . . . . .95 Adhesive - Remover . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Adhesive - Rice Starch . . . . . . .96,100 Adhesive - SCMC Cellulose . . . . . . . .95 Adhesive - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Adhesive - Wheat/Rice Starch . .96,100 Adjustable Book Storage Boxes . . . . .41 Aerosol Generating System . . . . . . .139 Airbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177 Airdryers - Dehumidification . . . . . .175 Airspray Spray Bottle . . . . . . . . . . .115 Akatec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 Akapad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 Alarm - Water Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Album - Box, Preservation . . . . .34, 54 Album - Boxbinders . . . . . . . . . . .30,31 Album - Collectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Album - Divider Guides . . . . . . . . . . .33 Album - Heritage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Album - Infinity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Album - Oversize . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 Album - Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32,34 Album - Pages, Black . . . . . . . . .31,34 Album - Pages, Photographic .58,60,61 Album - Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Album - Scrapbook . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 Album - Sheet Protectors . . . . . . . . .33 Album - Slipcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Album - Stamp Collectors . . . . . . . . .28 Amerivacs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Anchor Wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Annotation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Anoxia System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 Anti Static Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Anti Static Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Anti Static Record Sleeves . . . . . . . .25 Applicators - Miniature Fibre Tipped 172 Apron - Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Archibond Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Archival Organizer Pages . . . . . . . . .34 Area Bonded Fibre . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Art - Sorb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174 Art Gum Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Artifact ID Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65,74 Artifact Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66,67 Artprotect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 Audio Tape Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . .23,24 Audio/Visual Labels . . . . . . . . . . .23,64 Audio/Visual Storage . . . . . . . . . .22-24 Awl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
B Backing Paper, Frame . . . . . . . . . . .102 Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Bags - Anti-Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . .183 Bags - Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Bags - Comic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
208
Bags - Entomology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Bags - Mylar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Bags - Polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Bags - Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Bags - Zipper . . . . . . . . . . . .46,71,106 Balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Barricade Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 Barrier Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Barrier Film . . . . . . . . . . . .93,117,119 Barrier Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Bars - Hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59 Basket, Tote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Batting, Polyester . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Beva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Bi-Corr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Binder - Drama/Playbook . . . . . . . . .41 Binder - Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38,41 Binder - Perma-Saf . . . . . . . . . . .51,59 Binder - Photo . . . . . . . . . . . .30,31,61 Binder - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Binder - Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 Binder - Wide Spine . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Binder/Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Binding Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Binocular Magnifier . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Blades, Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Blender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Blotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Blotters, Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Blotting Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Blue Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Board Chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Board - Backer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Board - Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79,83 Board - Bi-Corr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Board - Bristol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Board - Conservation . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Board - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80 Board - Corrugated . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Board - Davey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Board - Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Board - Exhibition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Board - Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Board - Framers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Board - Grey Mounting . . . . . . . . . . .82 Board - Honeycomb Panels . . . . . . . .82 Board - Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Board - Mounting . . . . . . . . . .78,79,81 Board - Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Board - Scoring Machine . . . . . . . .109 Board - Self Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Board - Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Board - Swatchbook . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Board and Paper Chopper . . . . . . . .104 Bond Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Bondina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Bone Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103,157 Book - Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Book - Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 181 Book Covering System . . . . . . . . . .136 Book - Cradles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Book - Display Easels . . . . . . . . . . .186 Book - Displays . . . . . . . . . . . .186,188 Book - Maintenance . . . . . . . .110,114 Book - Measuring Machine . . . . . . .109 Book - Pillow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Book - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Book - Storage Boxes, Adjustable . . .41 Book - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Book - Suction Device . . . . . . .142,144 Book - Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Book - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110,111 Book Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206 Book - Wedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Bookkeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Books - Blank/Journals . . . . . . . . . . .35 Books - Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Books - Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Books - Picture Framing . . . . . . . . .103 Bottle - Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Box- A Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Box - Audio Cassette Storage . . . . . .23 Box - Audio Tape Reel . . . . . . . . . . .24 Box - Audio/Visual Storage . . . . .22-24 Box - Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15,31 Box Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
www.preservationequipment.com
Box - Bulk Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .9,12 Box - Card File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Box - Clamshell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7,12 Box - Clear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Box - Comic Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Box - Compact Disc . . . . . . . . . . .13,22 Box - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Box - Corrugated . . . . . . . . . .7,8,10,12 Box - Costume/Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Box - Document . . . . . . . . . . .5,7,8,12 Box - Drop Front . . . . . . . . . .6,8,16,73 Box - Film Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Box - Flat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Box - Gallery Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Box - Hat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Box - Herbarium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Box - Hinged Document . . . . . . . . . .7,8 Box - Hinged Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Box - Insect Pinning . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Box - Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35,64 Box - Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Box - Media Storage . . . . . . . . . .22-24 Box - Microfiche/Microfilm . . . . . .20-21 Box - Negative Storage . . . . . . . . . . .18 Box - Negative/Print . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Box - Newspaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Box - Pamphlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Box - Phonograph Record . . . . . . . . .25 Box - Photo Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Box - Photo Organizer . . . . . . . . . . .50 Box - Photo Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Box - Pinning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Box - Portfolio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15 Box - Postcard Storage . . . . . . .27,197 Box - Rare Book . . . . . . . . . . . .41,109 Box - Really Useful Box . . . . . . . . . . .52 Box - Record Album . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Box - Rescube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 Box - Riveter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 Box - Roll Storage . . . . . . . . . .8,11,13 Box - Slide Storage . . . . . . . . . . .52,53 Box - Telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Box - Textile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Box - Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Boxbinders, Photo . . . . . . . . .31,34,59 Brass Paper Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Bristol Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Brochure Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Brush - Anti-Static . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Brush - Conservation . . . . . . . . . . .122 Brush - Dusting . . . . . . . . . . . .103,123 Brush - Glue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Brush - Hake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Brush - Japanese . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Brush - Museum Vac . . . . . . . . . . .122 Brush - Natural Hair . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Brush - Silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Brush - Windsor & Newton . . . . . . .123 Bubble Wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 Bulk Storage Boxes . . . . . . . . .9,12,50
C Cabinet - CD Storage . . . . . . . . . . .196 Cabinet - Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 Cabinet - Entomology . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Cabinet - Fire Protection . . . . .194,195 Cabinet - Flat Files . . . . . . . . . . . . .199 Cabinet - Geology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200 Cabinet - Horizontal Plan File . . . . .199 Cabinet - Locking Storage . . . . . . .203 Cabinet - Map and Poster . . . . . . . .198 Cabinet - Microfilm . . . . . . . . .194,196 Cabinet - Multifile . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198 Cabinet - Multimedia . . . . . . . . . . .196 Cabinet - Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . .201 Cabinet - PEL-File Vertical . . . . . . .199 Cabinet - Postcard Storage . . . . . . .197 Cabinet - Poster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198 Cabinet - Slide Storage . . . . . . . .52,53 Cans - Movie Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Canister - Desiccant . . . . . . . . . . . .174 Capillary Matting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Carbon Filter Materials . . . . . . . . . .182 Cards - File-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cards - Humidity Indicator . . . . . . .174
Cards - Textile Fading . . . . . . .116,165 Cartons - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .8,9,12 Case - Carrying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Case - Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 Case - Document . . . . . . . . . .5,7,8,12 Case - Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Case - Microfilm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Case - Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15 Case - Slide File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Case - Solander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Cases - Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Cassette Storage - Audio . . . . . . . . .23 CD Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 CD ID Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 CD Spacer Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 CD Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-24,196 Cellugel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Cellulose (SCMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Cellulose Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Cerex Heat Set Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Chart Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 Checktemp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 Clamshell Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .7,12,15 Clean Air Cupboard . . . . . . . . . . . .177 Cleaner - Book and Print . . . . . . . .181 Cleaner - Document . . . . . . . . .99,181 Cleaner - Dry Cleaning Sponge . . . .192 Cleaner - Dust Cloth . . . . .154,179,180 Cleaner - Duster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 Cleaner - Dusting Brush . .103,123,181 Cleaner - Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Cleaner - Goo Gone . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Cleaner - Groom/Stick . . . . . . . . . .103 Cleaner - Kleenmaster . . . . . . . . . .182 Cleaner - Leather . . . . . . . . . .107,182 Cleaner - Orvus WA Paste . . . . . . .116 Cleaner - PEL Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . .180 Cleaner - Platen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Cleaner - Renaissance Wax . . . . . .182 Cleaner - Silver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Cleaner - Sorbents . . . . . . . . .189,190 Cleaner - Triton X-100 . . . . . . . . . .116 Cleaner - Vacuums . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 Cleaning Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Cleaning Machine - Conservation . .176 Cleaning Materials . .103,155,179-181 Cleaning Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Cleaning Products . . . . . . . . . .103,155 Clearview Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Clips - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Cloth - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Cloth - Dusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 Cloth - Silver Protection . . . . . . . . .182 Cloth - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . .98,110,116 Coin Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Colibri Book Covers . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Cold Suction Table . . . . . . . . . .140,147 Collectors Album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Comic Book Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Cone and Seed Envelopes . . . . . . . .71 Conservation - Boards . . . . . . . . .80,83 Conservation - Books . . . . . . .206-208 Conservation - Brushes . . . . . . . . .122 Conservation - Clean Air Cupboard .176 Conservation - Cleaning Machine . .176 Conservation - Labels . . . . . . . . . . .102 Conservation - Mounting Board . .78,79 Conservation - Papers . . . . . . . . .86,87 Conservation - Trays . . . . . . . . . . . .179 Conservators Sponge . . . . . . . . . . .179 Cook ‘N’ Stir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111,188 Cores - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Cornerounder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Corner Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Corners - Mounting . . . . . . . . . .62,100 Corrogated Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Corrugated Boxes . . . . . . . . .3,8,10,12 Corrugated Plastic Sheets . . . . . . . . .80 Corrugated Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . .70 Costume/Fabric Storage . . . . . . . . . .10 Costume Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 Cotton Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Cotton Swabs . . . . . . . . . . . . .103,152 Cotton Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106,110 Cotton Twine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
Cover Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Coverall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 Covers, Genus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Cradles - Book Display . . . . . . . . . .187 Crepe Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 Crossweld Sealing Machine . . . .44,131 Cube - Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Cubelite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Currency Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Cutters - Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Cutters - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . .104,105 Cutters/Dispensers - Roll . . . . . . . .151 Cutting Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105,156
D, E Dahlia Sprayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Damp Protect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 Dartek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117,143 Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . .170,171 Davey Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Daylight Simulation Bulbs . . . . . . . .161 Deaccession Registers . . . . . . . . . . .70 Deacidification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Dehumidification . . . . . . . . . . . .56,175 Deionisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Derotor Steam Cleaner . . . . . . . . . .137 Desiccants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54,174 Disaster Supplies . . . . . . . . . .189-191 Disinfestation System . . . . . . . . . . .148 Dispenser - Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Dispenser - Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 Dispenser - Solvent . . . . . . . . .116,152 Display - Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Display - Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 Display - Cradles . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Display - Cube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Display - Document . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Display - Easels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Display - Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Display - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Display - Honeycomb Panels . . . . . . .82 Display - Mounting Corners . . . .62,100 Display - Pillow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Divider Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25,26 Divider Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25,33 Divider Guides, Microfiche . . . . .20,197 Dividers Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Document - Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Document - Case Spacer . . . . . . . . . .4 Document - Cases . . . . . . . . .5,7,8,12 Document - Cleaning Powder .103,155 Document - Pads/Powder . . . . . . . .103 Document - Display Holders . . .186,187 Document - Preservation Folders . . .41 Document - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Document - Repair Tape . . . . . . . . . .99 Document - Storage . . .4,7,8,12,36,37 Dots - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Double Sided Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Drama/Playbook Binders . . . . . . . . . .41 Drill Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Drop Front Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,16 Drop Front Gallery Box . . . . . . . . . .8,16 Drop Front Print Boxes . . . . . . . . . . .16 Dry Cleaning Sponge . . . . . . . . . . .189 Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Dry Rot Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 Drying Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112,144 Dust Bunny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 Dust Cloths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 Dust Masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Dusting Brush . . . . . . . . .103,123,181 Easels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Econospace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Edgemaster System . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Emulsifier, Triton X-100 . . . . . . . . . .116 Encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44,131 Enclosures - Clear . . . . . . . . . . . .43,46 Enclosures - Four Flap . . . . . . . . . . .18 Enclosures - Fragment Folders . . . . .75 Enclosures - Genus Covers . . . . . . . .72 Enclosures - L-Velopes . . . . . .42,48,71 Enclosures - Negative Print . . . . . . . .38 Enclosures - Print/Negative . . . . .45,47 Entomology . . . . . . . . .70,71,72,74,75
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Index II Entomology Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Entomology Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Envelope - Button & String . . . . . . . .39 Envelope - Coin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Envelope - Comic Book . . . . . . . . . . .26 Envelope - Compact Disc . . . . . . . . .23 Envelope - Cone & Seed . . . . . . . . . .71 Envelope - Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Envelope - Glassine . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Envelope - Lantern Slide . . . . . . . . . .18 Envelope - L-Velopes . . . . . . .42,48,71 Envelope - Map & Print . . . . . . . .43,48 Envelope - Microfiche . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Envelope - Mylar . . . . . . . . . .42,43,45 Envelope - Negative . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Envelope - Negative Strip . . . . . . . . .51 Envelope - Perma/Dur . . . . . . . . . . .39 Envelope - Phonograph Record . . . . .25 Envelope - Polyester . . . . . . . .42,43,45 Envelope - Print/Negative . . . .26,45,47 Envelope - Side Opening . . . . . . . . . .39 Envelope - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . .45,57 Envelope - Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Envelope - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,39 Environmental Testing . . . . . . .164-173 Equipment - Disaster Recovery . . . .191 Equipment - Humidity Indicators 174-175 Equipment - Light Sheet . . . . . . . . .126 Erasers . . . . . . . . . . .103,155,179,180 Ethafoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Ethulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Exhibition Cradles, Book . . . . . . . . .187 Exhibition Film - Over Laminating . . .90 Exhibition Foam Board . . . . . . . . . . .81 Exhibition Mounting Machine . . . . . .91 Expansion Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Expansion Pages, Scrapbook . . . .28,29 Extractor, Staple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 E-Flute Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 E-Flute Corrugated Book Storage . .109
F Fabric Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Fading Cards, Textile . . . . . . . .116,165 Fasteners, Velcro . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Felt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92,118 Fibre Optic Illuminators . . . . . . . . . .129 Fibre Optic Light Sheet . . . . . . . . . .126 Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 File - Boxes, Corrugated . . . . . .9,12,66 File - Document Cases . . . . . . . . . .5,7 File - Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199 File - Folders & Accessories . . . . . . .36 File - Folders, Hanging . . . . . . . . . . .36 File - Folders, Photographic . . . . . . .40 File - Infinity Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 File - Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 File - Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 File - Negative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59 File - Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,40 File - Portable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59 File - Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202-205 File - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51-53, 59 File - Suspension Tape . . . . . . . . . .198 File - Out Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Film - Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90,91 Film - Barrier . . . . . . . . . . .93,117,119 Film - Cores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Film - Exhibition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Film - Marking Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Film - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Film - Nylon . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117,143 Film - Polyester . . . . . . . . . .43,92,165 Film - Reel Storage . . . . . . . .24,28,56 Film - Sealing Machine . . . . . . .44,131 Film - Silicone Coated . . . .92,119,143 Film - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Film - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Film - UV Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Filmoplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Filter Respirator . . . . . . . . . . . .178,190 Filter-Jet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Filters, Ultraviolet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Finger Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Flat Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199 Flat Storage Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . .9,50
Flymesh Netting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Foam - Adhesive Backed . . . . . . . .118 Foam - Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77,81 Foam - Crystals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Foam - Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . .103,155 Foam - Ethafoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Foam - Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Foam - Planks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68,119 Foam - Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Foam - Polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Foam - Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Foam - Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Foam - Volara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Foam - Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Foil-Backed Labels . . . . . . . . . . .35,64 Folder Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Folder Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Folders - Bone . . . . . . . . . . . .103,157 Folders - Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43,49 Folders - Clear Front . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Folders - Document Preservation . . .41 Folders - Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Folders - File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36,37 Folders - Fragment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Folders - Genus Covers . . . . . . . . . .72 Folders - Hanging File . . . . . . . . . . .36 Folders - Juris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Folders - Large Print . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Folders - Manuscript . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Folders - Map and Print . . . . . . . . . .49 Folders - Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Folders - Negative/Print . . . . . . . . . .18 Folders - Open Wide . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Folders - Oversize . . . . . . . . . . . .17,45 Folders - Palm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Folders - Perma/Dur . . . . . . . .36,37,40 Folders - Polyester . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Folders - Species . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Folders - Storage/Display . . . . . . .40,49 Forbon Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Four Flap Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Frames/Framing - Accessories . . . .101 Frames/Framing - Backing Paper . .102 Frames/Framing - Barrier Paper . . .102 Frames/Framing - Books . . . . . . . .103 Frames/Framing - Conser. Labels . .102 Frames/Framing - Coroplast Shs. .80,83 Frames/Framing - Desiccant . . . . . .174 Frames/Framing - Tissue . . . . . . . . .98 Frames/Framing - Mount. Cor. . .62,100 Frames/Framing - Mounting Strips .101 Frames/Framing - Sealing Tape . . . .102 Frames/Framing - Spacer . . . . . . . .101 Frames/Framing - Tape . . . . . . . . .102 Framers Mountboard . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Fredelka Leather Preservative . . . . .155 Fume Filtration Cupboard . . . . . . . .177
G, H Gallery Box, Drop Front . . . . .6,8,16,73 Gallery Print Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Garment Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Gel, Silica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Genus Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Geology Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Glass Plate Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Glass Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Glass Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153 GlassGard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Glassine Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Glassine Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209 Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Glue - Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Glue - Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Glue - Low Melt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Glue - Neutral pH . . . . . . . . . . .95,107 Glue - Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Glue - White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95,99 Goldbeaters Skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Gore-Tex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Greaseproof Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Grips, Rubber Finger . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Groom Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Group Slide File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Guide, IPI Film Storage . . . . . . . . . . .24 Guides, Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25,33 Guillotines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Gum Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Gun, Glue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Hake Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Hammer - Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Handbook, Mat Makers . . . . . . . . . .103 Handles, Scalpel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Handmade Papers . . . . . . . . . . . .88,89 Hanger Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Hanging File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Hanging Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Hardbed Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Hat Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Hazardous Cupboard . . . . . . . . . . .203 Hayaku . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Heat Set Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91,98 Heat Sealer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44,131 Herbarium Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Herbarium Supplies . . . . . . . . . . .70,72 Heritage Albums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Heritage Scrapbooks . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Hinging - Blotters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Hinging - Paper . . . . . . . . . .89,98,100 Hinging - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Hinging - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Holder - Document . . . . . . . . .186,187 Holder - Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Holder - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Hollytex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Honeycomb Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Hot Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Hot Lining Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Hot Melt Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Hot Vacuum Glass Presses . . . . . . .143 How To, Matting Handbook . . . . . . .103 Humidifier Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Humidity Cassettes . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Humidity Control . . . . . . . . . . .174-175 Humidity Dome . . . . . . . . . . . .139,146 Humidity Indicators . . . . . . . . .118,173 Humidity Tester . . . . . . . . . . . .166-175 Hygrometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 Hygrothermographs . . . . . . . . .166-170
I, J ID Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21,65,76 Indexing, Microfiche . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Indicator Strips, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Indicators, Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . .174 Infilling Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 Infinity - Album Pages . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Infinity - Box Binder . . . . . . . . . . .30,31 Infinity - Mounting Pages . . . . . . . . .31 Ink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Insect Control/Traps . . . . . . . . . . . .193 Insect Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Inserts, Album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Inserts, File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Inspection Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Inspection Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Insta-Mend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Interleaving - Reemay . . . . . . . . . . .117 Interleaving - Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Interleaving - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Inventory Pages, Photo . . . . . . . . . . .33 IPI Storage Guide for Acetate Film . . . .24 Iron Gall Ink Test Paper . . . . . . . . . .172 Iron - Tacking/Spatula . . . . . . . . . . .130 Jade Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Japanese Brushes . . . . . . . . . .122,124 Japanese Hinging Paper . .85,88,89,98 Japanese Papers . . . . . . . . .88,89,100 Jiffy Steamer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 Jin Shofu Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Juris Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
K Kik-Step Stools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206 Kits - Encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Kits - Matting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Kits - Negative Storage . . . . . . . . . . .17 Kits - Organiser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Kits - Pest Control . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Kits - Photo Organizer . . . . . . . . . . .50 Kits - Print Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Kits - Tissue Mending . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Kleenmaster Brillianize . . . . . . . . . .182 Knife - Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Knife - Scalpel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Knife - Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Knife - X-Acto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Kuramata Sprayer . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
L Lab Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Label Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Labeling Tape, textile . . . . . . . . .10,116 Labels - Audio Cassette . . . . . . . . . .26 Labels - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,107 Labels - Box & File . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Labels - Compact Disc ID Labels . . . .23 Labels - File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Labels - Foil Backed . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Labels - Laser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Labels - Perma/Dur Laser . . . . . .65,75 Labels - Pin-Fed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Labels - Roll Storage . . . . . . . . .64,111 Labels - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Labels Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,189 Labwater Deionisers . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Lamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90,91 Lamp - Magnifying . . . . . . . . .161-163 Lamp - Ultravoilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160-163 Lantern Slide Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .18 Laser Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Laserdisc Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Latex Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Leadshot Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153 Leafcasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144-146 Leather Preservative . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Ledger Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Light - Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Light - Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 Light - Damage Slide Rule . . . . . . .165 Light - Examination . . . . . . . . . . . .162 Light - Fibre Optic . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Light - Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Light Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 Light - Handheld UV . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Light - Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Light - Monitor, UV . . . . . . . . .164,165 Light - Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Light - Viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Lighting Accessories . . . . . . . .160,165 Lightsheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Linen Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Linen Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Liner, Polyfelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Liner, Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Liner, Volara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Lining Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Loupes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Luminaires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160,161 Lux Data Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171 Lux Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 L-Velopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42,48,71
M Magnifiers . . . . . . . . . . . .126,158,159 Magnifying Lamp . . . . . . . . . . .161,162 Mailers, Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Mannequins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 Maintenance, Book . . . . . . . . .110,115 Manuscript Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Map and Banner Bags . . . . . . . . . . .13 Map and Print Folders . . . . . . . . . . .40 Markers, Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57,63 Markers, Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Marking Pencil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Marker Pens, Film . . . . . . . . . . . .57,63 Marking Pens, Metallic . . . . . . . . . . .32 Marvelseal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Masks, Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 Mat - Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78,79,81 Mat - Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Mat - Cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Mat - Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Mat - Self Healing . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Matting Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Matting Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Matting Tool Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Maximask Respirators . . . . . . . . . .178 MEASUREpHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 Measuring Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Media Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Melinex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Mellotex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Mending Kit, Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Mending Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Metallic Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Meter, Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Meter, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 Methyl Cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Microblaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 Microchamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 Microchamber速 Foam Board . . . . . .77 Microchamber Silversafe Paper . . . . .85 Microfiche - Divider Guides . . . .20,197 Microfiche - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . .20 Microfiche - Indexing Box . . . . . . . . .20 Microfilm - Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . .196 Microfilm - Reel Boxes . . . . . . . . . . .21 Microfilm - Storage . . . . . . . . . . .20,21 Microform Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .20,21 Micrometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Micromounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Microscope Accessories . . . . . . . . .129 Microscope Slide Covers . . . . . .21,129 Microscopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127-129 Mini Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Mini-Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Minarette Spatula . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Moisture Control . . . . . . . . .94,171,174 Moistop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 Monarch Welding Machine . . . . .44,131 Monitor, UV Light . . . . . . . . . . .164,165 Mortar and Pestle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Moth Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193 Mounting - Accessories . . . . . . . . .101 Mounting - Board . . . . . . . . . .78,79,80 Mounting - Board Self Adhesive . . . .90 Mounting - Corners . . . . . . . . . .62,100 Mounting - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . .80,83 Mounting - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Mounting - Foam Board . . . . . . . . . .81 Mounting - Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Mounting - Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Mounting - Paper, Herbarium . . . . . .72 Mounting - Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Mounting - Pressboard . . . . . . . . . . .82 Mounting - Print Positioner . . . . . . .108 Mounting - Sleeves, Photo . . . . . . . .62 Mounting - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Mounting - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Mounting - Swatchbooks . . . . . . . . .87 Mounting - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . .85,90 Mounts, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Movie Film Cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Mulberry Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . .88,100 Multisorb Blotting Paper . . . . . . . . . .87 Museum Boxbinder . . . . . . . . . . .31,58 Museum Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Museum Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Museum Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Museum Gel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Museum Mounting Board . . . .78,79,81 Museum Mounting Wax . . . . . . . . .107 Museum Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . .101 Museum Vac . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133,135 Museum Vac Accessories . . . . . . . .135 Museum Wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Music Sheet Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Mylar - Boxbinder Pages . . . . . . . . . .31 Mylar - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .42,43,45 Mylar - L-Velopes . . . . . . . . . .42,48,71 Mylar - Map & Print Envelopes . . .43,48 Mylar - Page Protectors . . . . . . .28,29 Mylar - Photo Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Mylar - Protector Bags . . . . . . . . .26,46 Mylar - Sheet Protectors . . . . . . .33,34
N Natural History . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-78
www.preservationequipment.com
209
II Index Natural History Storage . . . . . . . .70-77 Needles - Sewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Negative - Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,19 Negative - Enclosures, Four Flap . . . .18 Negative - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . .38 Negative - Preservers . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Negative - Sleeves . . . . . . . . .47,51,54 Negative - Storage . . . . . . . . .45,51,54 Neumade Slide Cabinets . . . . . . . . . .53 Newspaper Storage Boxes . . . . . . . . . .6 Newsprint Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Norfolk Book Sofa . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Nori Wheat Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Notebooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Notepaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Nylon Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
O, P Olfa Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Open Wide Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Opener, Slide Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Organizer Kit, Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Orvus WA Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Oval Mat Cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Oversize Album . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 Pacific Silvercloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Packing Material . . . . . . . . .68,119,188 Packing Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Padded Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Page Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 Pages - Album . . . . . . . . . . . .31,32,34 Pages - Archival Organizer . . . . . . . . .34 Pages - Boxbinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58 Pages - Infinity Album . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Pages - Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Pages - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Pages - Negative . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Pages - Perma-Saf . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Pages - Print/Neg . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Pages - Scrapbook . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 Pages - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Palm Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Pamphlet Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Paper - Acid-free Journal . . . . . . . . .35 Paper - Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Paper - Blotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Paper - Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Paper - Cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Paper - Cleaning . . . . . . . . .87,103,155 Paper - Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Paper - Conservation . . . . . . . . . .86,87 Paper - Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Pape r- Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . .104,105 Paper - Folder Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Paper - Frame Backing . . . . . . . . . .102 Paper - Glassine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Paper - Greaseproof . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Paper - Handmade . . . . . . . . . . .88,89 Paper - Herbarium Mounting . . . . . . .72 Paper - Hinging . . . . . . . . . . . . .89,100 Paper - Humidicator . . . . . . . . . . . .174 Paper - Infilling Machine . . . . . . . . .146 Paper - Interleaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Paper - Japanese . . . . . . . . .88,89,100 Paper - Ledger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Paper - Mellotex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Paper - Microchamber . . . . . . . . .77,85 Paper - Mulberry . . . . . . . . . . . .88,100 Paper - Newsprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Paper - Note, Permanent . . . . . . . . . .86 Paper - Notebooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Paper - Perma/Dur . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Paper - Photo Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Paper - Pulp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Paper - Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Paper - Repair Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Paper - Resistall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Paper - Roll Dispensers . . . . . . . . . .151 Paper - Silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Paper - Swatchbooks . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Paper - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98.188 Paper - Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Paper - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Paper - Transparent . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Paper - Wrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,97,100 Paste, Orvus WA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
210
PEC - Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 PEL - Caster Leafcasting Machine . .145 PEL - Cleaning Machine . . . . . . . . .176 PEL - Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 PEL - File Vertical Cabinet . . . . . . . .199 PEL - Loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . .169,171 PEL - Racking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207 PEL - Sprayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 PEL - Softwrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 PEL - Steamer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 PEL - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 PEL - Wet Strength Tissue . . . . . . . . .91 Pelsorb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Pen Set, Pigma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Pencil, Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Pencil, Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Pens - Film Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Pens - Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Pens - Metallic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Pens - Pec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Pens - pH Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Pens - Pigma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Pens - White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Perma/Dur - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . .39 Perma/Dur - Folder Stock . . . . . . . . .84 Perma/Dur - Labels . . . . . . . . . . .65,75 Perma/Dur - Pages . . . . . . . . . . .31,34 Perma/Dur - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 Perma/Dur - Photo Folders . . . . . . . .40 Perma/Dur - Storage Box . . . . . . . . . . .8 Perma/Seal Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Permalife Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Perma-Saf Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Perma-Saf Slide Storage . . . . . . . . . .59 Perma-Saf Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59 Pest Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193 pH Buffer Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 pH Indicator Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 pH Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 pH Neutral Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 pH Testing Pen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Phase Box Accessories . . . . . . . . . .109 Phase Box Riveter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 Phonograph Record Storage . . . . . . .25 Photo - Album Divider Guides . . . . . .33 Photo - Album Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Photo - Album/Slipcase . . . . . . . . . . .28 Photo - Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31,34 Photo - Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Photo - Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . .45-47 Photo - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .43,45-47 Photo - File Folders . . . . . . . . . . .16,40 Photo - Insert Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Photo - Inventory Pages . . . . . . . . . .33 Photo - Mounting Board . . . . . . . . . .90 Photo - Mounting Corners . . . . . .62,100 Photo - Mounting Sleeves . . . . . . . . .62 Photo - Mylar Pages . . . . . . . . . . .31,34 Photo - Organizer Kits . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Photo - Pages . . . . . . . .28,31,34,60,61 Photo - Photo/Negative Sleeves . . . . .47 Photo - Photo/Slide Cleaner . . . . .17,54 Photo - Sheet Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33,34,16,31,34,45,59 Photo - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .19,60,61 Photo - Storage Binders . . . . . . . .31,34 Photo - Storage Display Folders . . . . .40 Photo - Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Photography Books . . . . . . . . .206-208 PhotoSafe Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Photowipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,54 Pick Up Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . .155,179 Picture Framing, Book . . . . . . . . . . .103 Pigma Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36,63 Pillow, Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Pinning Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Pins, Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Plant Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Plastic Sheeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 Plastazote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Plastic Sheets, Corrugated . . . . . .80,83 Plastiklips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Platen Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Playbook Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Plexiglas Cubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
www.preservationequipment.com
Pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Pocket Magnifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158 Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Polyester - Batting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Polyester - Double Sided Tape . . . . .102 Polyester - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Polyester Felt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Polyester - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Polyester - Melinex . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Polyester - Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . .31,34 Polyester - Pockets . . . . . . . . . . .26,43 Polyester - Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Polyester - Sealing Machines . . .44,131 Polyester - Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Polyester - Silicone . . . . . . . . . . .92,143 Polyester - Spunbonded . . . . . . . . .117 Polyester - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 Polyester - Welding Machine . . . .44,131 Polyethylene Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Polyethylene Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Polyethylene Foam Rod . . . . . .116,119 Polyfelt Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Polyvinyl Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Portfolio Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15 Positioner, Print Mounting . . . . . . . .108 Postcard Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .27,197 Precision Temperature Iron . . . . . . .130 Prelim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Presentation Portfolio . . . . . . . . . .14,15 Preservation - Album . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 Preservation - Box . . . . . . . . . .34,59,61 Preservation - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Preservation Pencil . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Preservation, Leather . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Preservation, Print/Neg . . . . . . . . .60,61 Preservers, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Pressboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Print - Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15,19 Print - Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,54 Print - Drop Front . . . . . . . . . .6,8,16,73 Print - Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Print - File Preserves . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Print - Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Print - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,40 Print - Mounting Board . . . . . . . . . . .90 Print - Mounting Corners . . . . . .62,100 Print - Mounting Positioner . . . . . . .108 Print - Mounting Strips . . . . . . . . . .101 Print - Pages . . . . . . . . . . .28,31,60,61 Print - Preservers . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Print - Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Print - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,45 Print - Storage Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Print - Storage Boxes . . . . . . .16,18,19 Print - Storage, Oversized . . . . . . .17,45 Print File Range . . . . . . . . . . . .59,60,61 Print/Negative Enclosures . . . . . . .43,45 Processing Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 Protection, Polyester Batting . . . . . .117 Protectors - Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Protectors - Comic Book . . . . . . . . . .26 Protectors - Currency . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Protectors - L-Velopes . . . . . . .42,48,71 Protectors - Mylar . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29 Protectors - Photo Page . . .28,29,60,61 Protectors - Postcard . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Protectors - Print . . . . .27,47,60,61,197 Protectors - Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Protectors - Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Protectors - Slide Label . . . . . . . . . . .56 Protectors - Stock Certificate . . . . . . .48 PTFE Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 PTFE Bonefolders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Pulp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Pulp Blender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Pump Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Push Drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Q, R Qwiksilver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Rabbet Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Rack, Carton . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202-205 Rack, Drying . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112,144 Rare Book Display Pillow . . . . . . . . .186 Rare Book Storage . . . . . . .41,107,109 Really Useful Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Record/Phonograph Storage . . . . . . .27 Reel Boxes, Microfilm . . . . . . . . . .20-21 Reel ID Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Reemay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117,147 Registers - Accession . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Registers - Deaccession . . . . . . . . . .35 Reinforced File Folders . . . . . . . . . . .37 Release Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Remover, Stain/Adhesive . . . . . . . . . .65 Remover, Staple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Renaissance Wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Repair - Blotters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Repair - Document . . . . . . . . . . .97,130 Repair - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85,91 Rescube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 Reservoir Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Resistall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Respirators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178,190 RH Display Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 Rice Starch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,100 Ring Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Riveter, Phase Box . . . . . . . . . .109,155 Rod, Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116,119 Roll Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 Roll Storage Boxes . . . . . . . .6,11,12,13 Roll Storage Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . .11,13 Roll Storage Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 Rotary Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Rubber Finger Grips . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Rubgum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Rulers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
S Saatifil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 Salvage Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Scalpel Blades/Handles . . . . . . . . . .113 Scissors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Scrapbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29,33 Screws, Binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Sealing Machines . . . . . . . .132,44,131 Sealing Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Select Analyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Self Adhesive Mount Board . . . . . . . .90 Self Healing Cutting Mat . . . . . . . . .156 Self Sealing L-Velopes . . . . . . . . .42,45 Sewing Needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Shears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Sheet Protectors . . . . . . . . . . .28,34,60 Sheeting, Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 Sheets, Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . .80,83 Sheets, Interleaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Sheets, Photo Insert . . . . . . . . . . .33,34 Shelf Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202-207 Shelf Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 Shelf Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53,202-205 Shipping, Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . .68,119 Shipping, Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Shipping Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Side Opening Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .39 Silica Gel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Silicone Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Silicone Coated Film . . . . . . . . . .93,119 Silicone Release Paper . . . . . . . . . . .93 Silver Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Silvercloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 Silverfish Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Silversafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Sleeves - Anti-Static . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Sleeves - Photo Mounting . . . . . . . . .53 Sleeves - Photo/Neg . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Sleeves - Postcard . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Sleeves - Record Storage . . . . . . . . .25 Sleeves - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Sleeves - Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Slide - Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Slide - Desiccant Packets . . . . . . . .174 Slide - Dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Slide - Dots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Slide - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,57 Slide - File . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,52,53,59 Slide - File Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Slide - Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Slide - Label Protectors . . . . . . . . . . .56 Slide - Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Slide - Mounting Accessories . . . . . . .57 Slide - Preservers . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61 Slide - Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,57 Slide - Sorters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Slide - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .53, 58-61 Slide - Storage System . . . . . . . . . . .59 Slide - Storage, Labels . . . . . . . . . . .56 Slide - Viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Slipcase, Photo Album . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Smoke sponges . . . . . . . . . . . .155,189 Snake Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . .153,187 Solander Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15 Solvent Dispensers . . . . . . . . . .116,152 Sorbents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189,190 Sorters, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Spacer Board, Document . . . . . . . . . . .4 Spacer, Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Spatula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113,157 Spatula, Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Species Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Specimen Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Specimen Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Specimen Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Specimen Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66,68 Spider Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Sponge - Conservators . . . . . . . . . .179 Sponge, Dry Cleaning . . . . . . . .155,189 Sponge Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Spray Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Sprayer - Kuramata . . . . . . . . .115,152 Spunbonded Polyester . . . . . . . . . . .117 Stacking Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Stand, Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Staple Extractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Staples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Starch Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,100 Starch, Rice/Wheat . . . . . . . . . . .96,100 StaticWisk Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Steamers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 Steel Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Stereoscopic Storage . . . . . . . . . .22,47 Stick/Groom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Stiffening Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Stools, Kik-Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206 Storage - Accessories . . . . . . .202-205 Storage - Audio/Visual . . . . . . . . .22-24 Storage - Bags . . . . . . . .46,71,106,136 Storage - Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Storage - Bulk . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9,12,50 Storage - Cabinets . . . . . . . . . .196-203 Storage - Cartons . . . . . . . . . . .9,12,50 Storage - Comic Book . . . . . . . . . . . .26 Storage - Compact Disc . . . . . . . .22,23 Storage - Cone & Seed . . . . . . . . . . .71 Storage - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Storage - Costume . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Storage - Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Storage - Document . . . .4,7,8,12,36,37 Storage - Drop Front Boxes . . . . . .6,16 Storage - Entomology . . . . .71,72,74,75 Storage - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Storage - Ethafoam . . . . . . . . . .68,119 Storage - File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . .36 Storage - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 Storage - Film Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Storage - Flat Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Storage - Flat Files . . . . . . . . . . . . .199 Storage - Foam . . . . . . . . . . . .118,199 Storage - Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Storage - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,49 Storage - Gallery Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Storage - Glass Plate, Negative . . . . .18 Storage - Hat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Storage - Herbarium . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Storage - IPI Guide for Film . . . . . . . .24 Storage - Lantern Slide . . . . . . . . . . .18 Storage - L-Velopes . . . . . . . .42,48,71 Storage - Maps & Timetables . . . . . . .48 Storage - Microform . . . . . . . . . . .20,21 Storage - Micromounts . . . . . . . . . . .72 Storage - Movie Film . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Storage - Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Storage - Mylar Envelopes . . . .42,43,45 Storage - Natural History . . . . . . .70-77 Storage - Negative/Print . . . . . . . .45,54 Storage - Oversized Print . . . . . . .17,45
Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Index II Storage - Pamphlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Storage - Perma-Saf . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Storage - Phonograph Record . . . . . .25 Storage - Photo . . . .16,31,34,45,59-61 Storage - Playbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Storage - Polyester Batting . . . . . . .117 Storage - Polyfoam . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Storage - Postcard . . . . . . . . . . .27,197 Storage - Radiographic . . . . . . . . . .183 Storage - Rare Book . . . . . . . . . .41,109 Storage - Record Divider Boards . . . .25 Storage - Roll Storage . . . . . . .11,12,13 Storage - Shelf Markers . . . . . . . . . .70 Storage - Shelving . . . . . . . . . .202-205 Storage - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Storage - Stacking Trays . . . . . . . . .200 Storage - Stereoscopic . . . . . . . .27,47 Storage - Textile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Storage - Tissue Paper . . . . . . . . . . .85 Storage - Tote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Storage - Tube . . . . . . . . . . . .11,12,13 Storage - Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Storage - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . .117,189 Storage - Tyvek Envelopes . . . . . .18,39 Storage - Volara Foam . . . . . . . . . .118 Storage Boxes - Clamshell . . . . . . .7,12 Storage Boxes - Coroplast . . . . . . . . .9 Storage Boxes - Corrugated . .7,8,10,12 Storage Boxes - Document . . .5,7,8,12 Storage Boxes - Drop Side . . . . . . . .19 Storage Boxes - Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Storage Boxes - Herbarium . . . . . . . .73 Storage Boxes - Negative Print . . . . .18 Storage Boxes - Newspaper . . . . . . .19 Storage Boxes - Print . . . . . . . . . .6,16 Storage Boxes - Roll . . . . . . . . .8,11,12 Storage Boxes - Slide . . . . . . . . .52,53 Storage Boxes - Specimen . . .66-68,72 Storage Boxes - Telescoping . . . . . . . .8 Storage Boxes - Textile . . . . . . . . . . .10 Storage Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Storage/Display Folders . . . . . . . . . .49 Straightedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Strainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Strips - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Strips - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Strips - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Strips - pH Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Suction Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Suction Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . .141,142 Superglide Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 Support Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Supports, Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Supports, Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Sure Grip Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154 Suspension Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198 Suspension Wallets . . . . . . . . . . . .198 Swabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Swatchbook, Japanese Paper . . . . . .88 Swatchbook, Paper & Boards . . . . . .87 Sympatex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Syringes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Syringe Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Systems, Mat Cutting . . . . . . .104,105
T Tabouret Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Tacking Irons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Tag Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 Tags - Artifact ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Tags - Forbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Tags - Reel ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Tags - Roll Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 Tags - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,189 Tape - Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Tape - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Tape - Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . .98,110,111 Tape - Cotton . . . . . . . . . . . . .111,116 Tape - Cotton Tying . . . . . . . . . . . .111 Tape - Document Repair . . . . . . . . . .97 Tape - Double Coated . . . . . . . . . . .102 Tape - Filmoplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 Tape - Frame Sealing . . . . . . . . . . .102 Tape - Gummed Paper . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tape - Hinging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tape - Labelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Tape - Linen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tape - Mending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Tape - Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Tape - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tape - Polyester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Tape - Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Tape - Self Adhesive Paper . . . . . . . .98 Tape - Transparent . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tape - Tying . . . . . . . . . . .107,110-111 Tape - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Tape - Velcro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Task Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159,162
Teflon Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Teflon Spatula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Temp Controlled Spatula . . . . . . . . .130 Temp Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168,173 Temp/Humidity Tools . . . . . . . .166-171 Tester, Linen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Tester, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172-173 Test Papers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Testing Pen, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 Text Paper, Buffered . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Texitile - Fading Cards . . . . . . .116,165 Textile - Labelling Tape . . . . . . . . . .116 Textile - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Thermocutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Thermohygrometers . . . . . . . .166-169 Thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168 Thickness Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Thread, Binders . . . . . . . . . . . .109,111 Time Capsule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Tinytag Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . . .169 Tinyview Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . .167 Tissue - Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . . . .90 Tissue - Filmoplast . . . . . . . . . . .97,99 Tissue - Hinging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Tissue - Laminating . . . . . . . . . . .90,91 Tissue - Mending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Tissue - Mending Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Tissue - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . .90,98 Tissue - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Tissue - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Tool Kit, Matting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Tool Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Tool Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Tools - Bone Folder . . . . . . . . .103,157 Tools - Book Maintenance . . . .110,115 Tools - Conserv. 112,113,130,134-142 Tools - Encapsulation . . . . . . . . .44,131 Tools - Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162 Tools - Light Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Tools - Linen Tester . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Tools - Magnifiers . . . . . . . . . .158,159 Tools - Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Tools - Measuring . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Tools - Paper Cutters . . . . . . . .104,105 Tools - Phase Box Riveter . . . . . . . .109 Tools - Rulers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108 Tools - Temp Control . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Tools - Testers . . . . . . . . . . . .166-171
Trade Mark
Product
Company
Melinex® Museum Vac® Preservation Pencil® PEL® Microchamber® Print File® Econospace® Perma Dur® Perma Seal® Bi Corr® Dura Clear® L-Velopes® Hayaku® archivalware® Tyvek® Arcare® Corrosion Intercept® Velcro®
Polyester Film Vacuum cleaners Hot Mist Tool Brand Paper & Board Photographic Storage Art/Glass Separator Paper Enclosures Labels Corrugated Board Plastic Enclosures Plastic Enclosures Hinging Paper Archival Storage Fabric Brand Corrosion Technology Fasteners
Dupont Teijin Films Preservation Equipment Ltd Preservation Equipment Ltd Preservation Equipment Ltd Conservation Resources Print File Inc. Frametek Inc. University Products Inc. University Products Inc. University Products Inc. University Products Inc. University Products Inc. University Products Inc. University Products Inc. Dupont Arcare Ltd Engineered Materials Inc. Velcro Industries B.V.
Tools - Thermohygrometer . . . .166-168 Tools - Vacuums . . . . . . . . . . .133-135 Tools - Viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Tote Basket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Tower Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 Transparent Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Traps, Insect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Trays - Conservation . . . . . . . .114,179 Trays - Giant Stacking . . . . . . . . . .112 Trays - Specimen . . . . . . .16,67,68,69 Trays - Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . .114 Trays - Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Trimmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 Tube Storage System . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Tubes, Roll Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Tweezers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Twine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111,188 Two-Sided Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Tying Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Tying Tape Pink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92,117,189 Tyvek Aprons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189,19 Tyvek Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 Tyvek Coverall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 Tyvek Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Tyvek Garment Covers . . . . . . . . . .120 Tyvek Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,189 Tyvek Roll Storage Sleeves . . . . . . . .13 Tyvek Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . .92,117,189 Tyvek Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Tyvek Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65,189 Tyvek Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . .76,110,188
U, V, W Ultrasonic Humidifier . . . . . . . . . . .138 Ultraviolet Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 Ultraviolet Inspection Lamps . . . . . .163 Ultraviolet Safetywear . . . . . . . . . . .163 Utility Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 UV and Lux Meter Kit . . . . . . . . . . .164 UV Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171 UV Filtering Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 UV Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 UV Light Monitor . . . . . . . . . . .164,165 Security Marking Pen . . . . . . . . . . .163 Vacufoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Vacuum Cleaners . . . . . . . . . .133-135 Vacuum Generator System . . . . . . .140
Vacuum Pick Up . . . . . . . . . . .134,179 Vacuum Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 Vacuum Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 Vacuum Tweezer Unit . . . . . . . . . . .134 Velcro Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Velcro Loop Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Velcro Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Velcro Velcoins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Video Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Video Classification Labels . . . . . . . .23 Viewer, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Viewing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Vilene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Volara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Wadding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Wall Protect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167 Wall Rack Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . .151 Water Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191,192 Water Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Water Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 Water Purifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Wax, Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Wax/Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Wedges, Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 Weighing Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Weighing Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153 Weight Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153 Welding Machines . . . . . . . . . . .44,131 Wet & Dry Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Wet Strength Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 Wheat Starch . . . . . . . . . . . .96,97,100 Whirling Hygrometer . . . . . . . . . . . .169 Wipes, Dusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 Wipes, Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,54 Wishab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 Woolfelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 Work Apron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190 Work Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177 Work Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Workroom Shelving . . . . . . . . .202-205 Wrapping Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
X, Y, Z X-Acto Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 Zen Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,100 Zipper Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . .46,71,106
Originated & Printed by Micropress Printers, Suffolk, England
Preservation Equipment Ltd Vinces Road Diss Norfolk England IP22 4HQ t +44 (0)1379 647400 f +44 (0)1379 650582 e iinfo@preservationequipment.com w www.preservationequipment.com